| 17.2.2015 | SL | Uradni list Evropske unije | L 42/1 | 17.2.2015 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 42/1 |
| DELEGIRANA UREDBA KOMISIJE (EU) 2015/208 | COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) 2015/208 |
| z dne 8. decembra 2014 | of 8 December 2014 |
| o dopolnitvi Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta v zvezi z zahtevami za funkcionalno varnost vozil za homologacijo kmetijskih in gozdarskih vozil | supplementing Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles |
| (Besedilo velja za EGP) | (Text with EEA relevance) |
| EVROPSKA KOMISIJA JE – | THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION, |
| ob upoštevanju Pogodbe o delovanju Evropske unije, | Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, |
| ob upoštevanju Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta z dne 5. februarja 2013 o odobritvi in tržnem nadzoru kmetijskih in gozdarskih vozil (1) in zlasti členov 17(5) in 49(3), | Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 February 2013 on the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles (1), and in particular Article 17(5) and Article 49(3), |
| ob upoštevanju naslednjega: | Whereas: |
| (1) | Notranji trg zajema območje brez notranjih meja, ki zagotavlja prost pretok blaga, oseb, storitev in kapitala. Zato veljata celovit sistem EU-homologacije in sistem okrepljenega tržnega nadzora za kmetijska in gozdarska vozila in njihove sisteme, sestavne dele in samostojne tehnične enote, kot to določa Uredba (EU) št. 167/2013. | (1) | The internal market comprises an area without internal frontiers in which the free movement of goods, persons, services and capital is ensured. To that end, a comprehensive EU type-approval system and a strengthened market surveillance system for agricultural and forestry vehicles and their systems, components and separate technical units as defined by Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 apply. |
| (2) | Kmetijska in gozdarska vozila, ki ustrezajo opredelitvi pojma „traktor“ iz člena 3(8) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, na katera se namestijo stroji, bi morala biti homologirana v skladu s členom 77 navedene uredbe. | (2) | Agricultural and forestry vehicles falling under the definition of ‘tractor’ set out in Article 3(8) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, on which machinery is mounted, should be type-approved in accordance with Article 77 of that Regulation. |
| (3) | Traktorje z nameščenimi stroji je mogoče uporabljati za številne kmetijske in gozdarske namene, vključno s specializiranimi deli. Za te nameščene stroje bi zato morala veljati Direktiva 2006/42/ES Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta (2), kot je opredeljeno v členu 77 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | (3) | That mounted machinery enables tractors to be used for a wide variety of agricultural and forestry purposes, including special purpose works. Therefore, that mounted machinery should be subject to Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (2), as set out in Article 77 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| (4) | Unija je s Sklepom Sveta 97/836/ES (3) pristopila k Sporazumu Gospodarske komisije Združenih narodov za Evropo o sprejetju enotnih tehničnih predpisov za cestna vozila, opremo in dele, ki se lahko vgradijo v cestna vozila in/ali uporabijo na njih, in o pogojih za vzajemno priznanje homologacij, dodeljenih na podlagi teh predpisov (v nadaljnjem besedilu: Revidiran sporazum iz leta 1958). Komisija je v svojem sporočilu CARS 2020: Akcijski načrt za konkurenčno in trajnostno avtomobilsko industrijo v Evropi poudarila, da je sprejetje mednarodnih predpisov v okviru Sporazuma UN/ECE iz leta 1958 najboljši način za odpravo netarifnih ovir za trgovino. | (4) | By Council Decision 97/836/EC (3), the Union acceded to the Agreement of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) concerning the adoption of uniform technical prescriptions for wheeled vehicles, equipment and parts which can be fitted to and/or be used on wheeled vehicles and the conditions for reciprocal recognition of approvals granted on the basis of these prescriptions (‘Revised 1958 Agreement’). In its communication CARS 2020: Action Plan for a competitive and sustainable automotive industry in Europe, the Commission highlighted that the acceptance of international regulations under the 1958 UNECE Agreement is the best way to remove non-tariff barriers to trade. |
| (5) | Unija je s Sklepom 97/836/ES pristopila tudi k pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 19, 23, 31, 37, 38, 43, 71, 79, 98 in 99. | (5) | By Decision 97/836/EC, the Union also acceded to UNECE Regulations Nos 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 19, 23, 31, 37, 38, 43, 71, 79, 98 and 99. |
| (6) | V Uniji so nekatere zahteve iz predpisov o delih vozil prenesene iz ustreznih pravilnikov UN/ECE. Pravilniki UN/ECE se zaradi napredka tehnologije ves čas spreminjajo, ustrezne predpise Unije pa je treba redno posodabljati, da bi bili usklajeni z vsebino ustreznih pravilnikov UN/ECE. | (6) | In the Union, some of the requirements under regulations on vehicle parts are taken over from the corresponding UNECE regulations. As technology progresses, UNECE regulations are constantly amended and the relevant Union regulations have to be regularly updated to keep them in line with the content of the respective UNECE regulations. |
| (7) | Možnost uporabe pravilnikov UN/ECE za namene EU-homologacije vozil kot podlage za zakonodajo Unije je določena v Uredbi (EU) št. 167/2013. Skladno z navedeno uredbo se homologacija v skladu s pravilniki UN/ECE, ki se uporabljajo enakovredno z zakonodajo Unije, obravnava kot EU-homologacija v skladu z navedeno uredbo ter njenimi delegiranimi in izvedbenimi akti. | (7) | The possibility to apply UNECE regulations for the purpose of EU vehicle type-approval as a basis to Union legislation is provided for in Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. According to that Regulation, type-approval in accordance with UNECE regulations which apply on an equal basis to Union legislation is to be considered as EU type-approval in accordance with that Regulation and its delegated and implementing acts. |
| (8) | Z enakovredno uporabo pravilnikov UN/ECE in zakonodaje Unije se preprečuje podvajanje tehničnih zahtev ter certificiranja in upravnih postopkov. Poleg tega bi morala homologacija, ki neposredno temelji na mednarodno dogovorjenih standardih, izboljšati dostop do trgov tretjih držav, zlasti držav, ki so pogodbenice Revidiranega sporazuma iz leta 1958, s čimer bi se okrepila konkurenčnost industrije Unije. | (8) | Using UNECE regulations on an equal basis to Union legislation helps to avoid duplication not only of technical requirements but also of certification and administrative procedures. In addition, type-approval that is directly based on internationally agreed standards should improve market access in third countries, in particular in those which are contracting parties to the Revised 1958 Agreement, thus enhancing the competitiveness of Union industry. |
| (9) | Primerno je, da se pravilniki UN/ECE št. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 19, 23, 31, 37, 38, 43, 71, 79, 98, 99, 106, 112 in 113 vključijo v Prilogo I k tej uredbi, kjer so navedeni pravilniki UN/ECE, ki veljajo enakovredno z zakonodajo Unije. | (9) | It is appropriate to include UNECE Regulations Nos 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 19, 23, 31, 37, 38, 43, 71, 79, 98, 99, 106, 112, 113 in Annex I to this Regulation, which lists the UNECE regulations that apply on an equal basis to Union legislation. |
| (10) | V členu 17 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 in Prilogi I k navedeni uredbi so določene zahteve za funkcionalno varnost, ki so bile prej zajete v direktivah, razveljavljenih z navedeno uredbo. Zahteve iz te uredbe so bile v veliki meri prenesene iz razveljavljenih direktiv, po potrebi pa bi bilo treba uvesti pomembne spremembe zaradi posodobitve v zvezi s tehničnim napredkom, razširitve obsega na druge kategorije vozil ali povečanja ravni varnosti, na primer v zvezi s krmiljenjem, zasteklitvijo, merami in maso, pnevmatikami in mehanskimi napravami za spenjanje, ki so ključnega pomena za funkcionalno varnost kmetijskih in gozdarskih vozil. Zahteve v zvezi z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo, regulatorjem hitrosti in napravami za omejevanje hitrosti bi bilo treba uvesti, zato da bi se obravnavale posebne značilnosti kmetijskih in gozdarskih traktorjev, zasnovanih za uporabo na terenu, ki pa se lahko vozijo tudi po javnih cestah z utrjeno površino. | (10) | Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and Annex I to that regulation lay down functional safety requirements previously covered in Directives repealed in that Regulation. While the requirements laid down in this Regulation have to a large extent been carried over from those repealed directives, important modifications should be introduced where necessary to update to technical progress, extend the scope to further vehicle categories or to increase the level of safety as regards, for example: steerability, glazing, dimensions and masses, tyres and mechanical couplings are deemed paramount for the functional safety of agricultural and forestry vehicles. Requirements regarding the maximum design speed, speed governor and speed-limitation devices should be introduced to address specific characteristics of agricultural and forestry tractors that are designed for off-road use but that travel also on hard-paved public roads. |
| (11) | Kadar se proizvajalci lahko odločijo za nacionalno homologacijo v skladu s členom 2 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, bi lahko države članice za namene nacionalne homologacije za vse predmete iz te uredbe same določile zahteve, ki se razlikujejo od zahtev iz te uredbe. | Nacionalni organi za namene nacionalne homologacije iz razlogov v zvezi s funkcionalno varnostjo ne smejo zavrniti homologacije tipov vozil, sistemov, sestavnih delov in samostojnih tehničnih enot, ki so skladni z zahtevami iz te uredbe, razen zahtev za določene predmete, saj so v nekaterih državah članicah zahteve na nacionalni ravni strožje. | (11) | Where manufacturers may choose to apply for national type-approval in accordance with Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, Member States should, for all subjects covered in this Regulation be free to set requirements for the purposes of national type-approval which are different from the requirements of this Regulation. | For the purposes of national type-approval, national authorities may not, on grounds relating to the functional safety, refuse to approve types of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units which are compliant with the requirements provided for in this Regulation, with the exception of the requirements on certain subjects, as some Member States have stricter requirements at national level. |
| (12) | Države članice bi morale prepovedati dajanje na trg, registracijo ali začetek uporabe novih vozil, ki ne ustrezajo zahtevam iz te uredbe, od istega datuma, ki je določen v Uredbi 167/2013 in drugih delegiranih aktih, sprejetih na njeni podlagi. | (12) | Member States should prohibit the making available on the market, registration, or entry into service of new vehicles not complying with the requirements of this Regulation as from the same date as provided for in Regulation 167/2013 and the other delegated acts adopted thereunder. |
| (13) | Da se omogoči enotni datum začetka uporabe vseh novih pravil za homologacijo, bi morala ta uredba veljati od 1. januarja 2016, tj. od datuma začetka uporabe Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 – | (13) | In order to allow for a uniform application date of all new type-approval rules, this Regulation should apply as from 1 January 2016, date of application of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, |
| SPREJELA NASLEDNJO UREDBO: | HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION: |
| POGLAVJE I | CHAPTER I |
| PREDMET UREJANJA IN OPREDELITEV POJMOV | SUBJECT MATTER AND DEFINITIONS |
| Člen 1 | Article 1 |
| Predmet urejanja | Subject matter |
| Ta uredba določa podrobne tehnične zahteve in preskusne postopke za funkcionalno varnost, razen v zvezi z zavorno zmogljivostjo, za homologacijo in tržni nadzor kmetijskih in gozdarskih vozil ter sistemov, sestavnih delov in samostojnih tehničnih enot, namenjenih za taka vozila, v skladu z Uredbo (EU) št. 167/2013. | This Regulation establishes the detailed technical requirements and test procedures regarding functional safety, except with respect to braking performance, for the approval and market surveillance of agricultural and forestry vehicles and the systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| Člen 2 | Article 2 |
| Opredelitev pojmov | Definitions |
| Uporabljajo se opredelitve pojmov iz Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. Poleg tega se uporabljajo še naslednje opredelitve pojmov: | The definitions of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall apply. In addition, the following definitions shall apply: |
| 1. | „vlečna naprava“ pomeni sestavni del traktorja, namenjen za mehansko zvezo med traktorjem in vlečnim vozilom za vleko traktorja, če ta ne more uporabiti lastnega pogona; | (1) | ‘Towing device’ means a component on the tractor designed to provide a mechanical link between the tractor and a towing vehicle to tow the tractor away in case it cannot be self-propelled; |
| 2. | „masa neobremenjenega vozila“ pomeni maso neobremenjenega vozila, pripravljenega za običajno uporabo, vključno s standardno opremo v skladu s specifikacijami proizvajalca, hladilno tekočino, mazivi, gorivom, orodjem in voznikom (šteje se, da je enak 75 kg) ter brez neobvezne dodatne opreme; | (2) | ‘Unladen mass in running order’ of a vehicle means the mass of the unladen vehicle ready for normal use and including the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications, coolant, lubricants, fuel, tools and driver (considered equal to 75 kg) and excluding optional accessories; |
| 3. | „naprava za upravljanje krmilja“ pomeni sestavne dele, ki jih voznik neposredno upravlja, da usmerja traktor; | (3) | ‘Steering control’ means the part directly operated by the driver in order to steer the tractor; |
| 4. | „sila na volanu“ pomeni silo, ki jo voznik izvaja na napravi za upravljanje krmilja, da usmerja traktor; | (4) | ‘Steering effort’ means the force exerted by the driver on the steering control in order to steer the tractor; |
| 5. | „običajne pnevmatike“ pomeni tip ali tipe pnevmatik, ki jih zagotovi proizvajalec na zadevnem tipu vozila in ki so navedene v opisnem listu, katerega predloga je določena v členu 68(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013; | (5) | ‘Tyres normally fitted’ means the type or types of tyre provided by the manufacturer on the vehicle type in question and specified in the information document the template of which is set out in Article 68(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013; |
| 6. | „običajne gosenice“ pomenijo tip ali tipe gosenic, ki jih zagotovi proizvajalec na zadevnem tipu vozila in ki so navedene v opisnem listu, katerega predloga je določena v členu 68(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013; | (6) | ‘Tracks normally fitted’ means the type or types of track provided by the manufacturer on the vehicle type in question and specified in the information document the template of which is set out in Article 68(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013; |
| 7. | „vzvratno ogledalo“ pomeni katero koli napravo, katere namen je, da v vidnem polju, geometrično opredeljenem v točki 5 k Prilogi IX, omogoči jasen pogled nazaj, ki ga v razumnih mejah ne ovirajo sestavni deli ali sami uporabniki traktorja; | (7) | ‘Rear-view mirror’ means any device intended to give, within the field of vision geometrically defined in point 5 of Annex IX, a clear view to the rear which, within reasonable limits, is not blocked by component parts of the tractor or by the occupants of the tractor itself; |
| 8. | „notranje vzvratno ogledalo“ pomeni vzvratno ogledalo, ki je nameščeno znotraj kabine ali ogrodja traktorja; | (8) | ‘Interior rear-view mirror’ means a rear-view mirror which is fitted inside the cab or frame of a tractor; |
| 9. | „razred vzvratnega ogledala“ pomeni vsa vzvratna ogledala, ki imajo eno ali več skupnih značilnosti ali funkcij; | (9) | ‘Class of rear-view mirror’ means all rear-view mirrors having one or more common characteristics or functions; |
| 10. | „svetilka“ pomeni napravo za osvetljevanje ceste (žaromet) ali oddajanje svetlobnega signala; | (10) | ‘Lamp’ means a device designed to illuminate the road (headlamp) or to emit a light signal; |
| 11. | „medosna razdalja traktorja“ ali „medosna razdalja vozila“ pomeni razdaljo med navpičnima ravninama, skozi osi traktorja ali vozila, ki sta pravokotni na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino traktorja; | (11) | ‘Tractor wheelbase’ or ‘Vehicle wheelbase’ means the distance between the vertical planes perpendicular to the median longitudinal plane of the tractor or of the vehicle passing through the axles of the tractor or of the vehicle; |
| 12. | „obremenjeno vozilo“ pomeni vozilo, obremenjeno do največje tehnično dovoljene mase. | (12) | ‘Laden vehicle’ means the vehicle laden to the maximum permitted technical mass. |
| POGLAVJE II | CHAPTER II |
| ZAHTEVE ZA FUNKCIONALNO VARNOST VOZIL | VEHICLE FUNCTIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS |
| Člen 3 | Article 3 |
| Zahteve za vgradnjo in demonstracijo v zvezi s funkcionalno varnostjo | Fitting and demonstration requirements related to functional safety |
| 1. Proizvajalci opremijo kmetijska in gozdarska vozila s sistemi, sestavnimi deli in samostojnimi tehničnimi enotami, ki vplivajo na njihovo funkcionalno varnost ter so zasnovani, izdelani in sestavljeni tako, da vozilu med normalno uporabo, ki je vzdrževano v skladu s predpisi proizvajalca, omogočijo skladnost s podrobnimi tehničnimi zahtevami in preskusnimi postopki iz členov 5 do 38. | 1. Manufacturers shall equip agricultural and forestry vehicles with systems, components and separate technical units affecting their functional safety that are designed, constructed and assembled so as to enable the vehicle in normal use and maintained according to the prescriptions of the manufacturer to comply with the detailed technical requirements and testing procedures laid down in Articles 5 to 38. |
| 2. Proizvajalci s fizičnim demonstracijskim preskusom homologacijskemu organu dokažejo, da so kmetijska in gozdarska vozila, ki so bila dana na trg, registrirana ali so se začela uporabljati v Uniji, skladna z zahtevami za funkcionalno varnost iz člena 17 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 in Priloge I k navedeni uredbi ter s podrobnimi tehničnimi zahtevami in preskusnimi postopki iz členov 5 do 38 te uredbe. | 2. Manufacturers shall demonstrate by means of physical demonstration testing to the approval authority that the agricultural and forestry vehicles made available on the market, registered or entering into service in the Union comply with the functional safety requirements laid down in Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and Annex I to that Regulation and comply with the detailed technical requirements and test procedures laid down in Articles 5 to 38 of this Regulation. |
| 3. Proizvajalci zagotovijo, da so nadomestni deli, ki so bili dani na trg ali so se začeli uporabljati v Uniji, skladni s podrobnimi tehničnimi zahtevami in preskusnimi postopki iz te uredbe. | 3. Manufacturers shall ensure that spare parts that are made available on the market or are entering into service in the Union comply with the detailed technical requirements and test procedures laid down in this Regulation. |
| 4. Proizvajalci homologacijskemu organu predložijo opis sprejetih ukrepov za preprečevanje nedovoljenih posegov v sistem za upravljanje pogonskega sistema in njegovih sprememb, vključno z računalniškim sistemom za funkcionalno varnost, kadar je ta nameščen. | 4. Manufacturers shall submit to the approval authority a description of the measures taken to prevent tampering with, and modification of, the powertrain management system, including the functional safety electronic control computers, where fitted. |
| Člen 4 | Article 4 |
| Uporaba pravilnikov UN/ECE | Application of UNECE regulations |
| Za homologacijo kmetijskih in gozdarskih vozil se uporabljajo pravilniki UN/ECE in njihove spremembe iz Priloge I k tej uredbi. | The UNECE regulations and amendments thereto set out in Annex I to this Regulation shall apply to type-approval of agricultural and forestry vehicles. |
| Člen 5 | Article 5 |
| Tehnične specifikacije glede zahtev za funkcionalno varnost in preskusnih postopkov | Technical specifications on functional safety requirements and test procedures |
| 1. Preskusni postopki učinkovitosti funkcionalne varnosti se opravljajo v skladu z zahtevami za preskus iz te uredbe. | 1. The functional safety performance test procedures shall be performed in accordance with the test requirements laid down in this Regulation. |
| 2. Preskuse izvaja ali pri njih sodeluje homologacijski organ ali tehnična služba, če jo odobri homologacijski organ. | 2. The tests shall be carried out or witnessed by the approval authority or, where authorised by the approval authority, by the technical service. |
| 3. Metode merjenja in rezultati preskusov se predložijo homologacijskemu organu v obliki poročila o preskusih iz člena 68(f) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 3. The measurement methods and test results shall be reported to the approval authority in the test report format set out in Article 68(f) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| Člen 6 | Article 6 |
| Zahteve za celovitost konstrukcije vozila | Requirements on vehicle structure integrity |
| Zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za celovitost konstrukcije vozila iz člena 17(2)(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo II k tej uredbi. | The performance requirements applying to vehicle structure integrity referred to in Article 17(2)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be verified in accordance with Annex II to this Regulation. |
| Člen 7 | Article 7 |
| Zahteve za največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrost, regulatorje hitrosti in naprave za omejevanje hitrosti | Requirements on the maximum design speed, speed governors and speed-limitation devices |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za hitrost, regulatorje hitrosti in naprave za omejevanje hitrosti iz člena 17(2)(b) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo III k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to speed, speed governors and speed-limitation devices referred to in Article 17(2)(b) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex III to this Regulation. |
| Člen 8 | Article 8 |
| Zahteve za krmiljenje za hitre traktorje | Requirements on steering for fast tractors |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za krmiljenje za hitre traktorje iz člena 17(2)(b) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo IV k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to steering for fast tractors referred to in Article 17(2)(b) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex IV to this Regulation. |
| Člen 9 | Article 9 |
| Zahteve za krmiljenje | Requirements on steering |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za krmiljenje iz člena 17(2)(b) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo V k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to steering referred to in Article 17(2)(b) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex V to this Regulation. |
| Člen 10 | Article 10 |
| Zahteve za merilnike hitrosti | Requirements on speedometers |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za merilnike hitrosti iz člena 17(2)(b) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo VI k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to speedometer referred to in Article 17(2)(b) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex VI to this Regulation. |
| Člen 11 | Article 11 |
| Zahteve za vidno polje in brisalce vetrobranskega stekla | Requirements on the field of vision and windscreen wipers |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za vidno polje in brisalce vetrobranskega stekla iz člena 17(2)(c) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo VII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to field of vision and windscreen wipers referred to in Article 17(2)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex VII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 12 | Article 12 |
| Zahteve za zasteklitev | Requirements on glazing |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za zasteklitev iz člena 17(2)(c) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo VIII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to glazing referred to in Article 17(2)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex VIII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 13 | Article 13 |
| Zahteve za vzvratna ogledala | Requirements on rear-view mirrors |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za vzvratna ogledala iz člena 17(2)(c) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo IX k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to rear view mirrors referred to in Article 17(2)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex IX to this Regulation. |
| Člen 14 | Article 14 |
| Zahteve za voznikove informacijske sisteme | Requirements on driver information systems |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za voznikove informacijske sisteme iz člena 17(2)(c) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo X k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to driver information systems referred to in Article 17(2)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex X to this Regulation. |
| Člen 15 | Article 15 |
| Zahteve za svetila in svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobne vire | Requirements on lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za svetila in svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobne vire iz člena 17(2)(d) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XI k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources referred to in Article 17(2)(d) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XI to this Regulation. |
| Člen 16 | Article 16 |
| Zahteve za vgradnjo svetil | Requirements on lighting installations |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za vgradnjo svetil iz člena 17(2)(d) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to lighting installations referred to in Article 17(2)(d) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 17 | Article 17 |
| Zahteve za zaščito oseb v vozilu, vključno z notranjo opremo, nasloni za glavo, varnostnimi pasovi in vrati vozila | Requirements on vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings, head restraints, seat belts, vehicle doors |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za zaščito oseb v vozilu, vključno z notranjo opremo, nasloni za glavo, varnostnimi pasovi in vrati vozila iz člena 17(2)(e) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XIII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to occupant protection, including interior fittings, head restraint, seat belts and vehicle doors referred to in Article 17(2)(e) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XIII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 18 | Article 18 |
| Zahteve za zunanjost vozila in dodatno opremo | Requirements on vehicle exterior and accessories |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za zunanjost vozila in dodatno opremo iz člena 17(2)(f) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XIV k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to vehicle exterior and accessories referred to in Article 17(2)(f) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XIV to this Regulation. |
| Člen 19 | Article 19 |
| Zahteve za elektromagnetno združljivost | Requirements on the electromagnetic compatibility |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za elektromagnetno združljivost iz člena 17(2)(g) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XV k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to electromagnetic compatibility referred to in Article 17(2)(g) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XV to this Regulation. |
| Člen 20 | Article 20 |
| Zahteve za zvočne opozorilne naprave | Requirements on audible warning devices |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za zvočne opozorilne naprave iz člena 17(2)(h) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XVI k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to audible warning devices referred to in Article 17(2)(h) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XVI to this Regulation. |
| Člen 21 | Article 21 |
| Zahteve za ogrevalne sisteme | Requirements on heating systems |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za ogrevalne sisteme iz člena 17(2)(i) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XVII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to heating systems referred to in Article 17(2)(i) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XVII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 22 | Article 22 |
| Zahteve za naprave za preprečevanje nepooblaščene uporabe | Requirements on devices to prevent unauthorised use |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za naprave za preprečevanje nepooblaščene uporabe iz člena 17(2)(j) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XVIII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to devices to prevent unauthorised use referred to in Article 17(2)(j) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XVIII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 23 | Article 23 |
| Zahteve za registrske tablice | Requirements on registration plates |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za registrske tablice iz člena 17(2)(k) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XIX k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to registration plates referred to in Article 17(2)(k) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XIX to this Regulation. |
| Člen 24 | Article 24 |
| Zahteve za predpisane tablice in oznake | Requirements on statutory plates and markings |
| Zahteve za predpisane tablice in oznake iz člena 17(2)(k) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XX k tej uredbi. | The requirements applying to statutory plates and marking referred to in Article 17(2)(k) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be verified in accordance with Annex XX to this Regulation. |
| Člen 25 | Article 25 |
| Zahteve za mere in maso priklopnikov | Requirements on dimensions and trailer masses |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za mere in maso priklopnikov iz člena 17(2)(l) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXI k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to dimensions and trailer masses referred to in Article 17(2)(l) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXI to this Regulation. |
| Člen 26 | Article 26 |
| Zahteve za največjo maso obremenjenega vozila | Requirements on the maximum laden mass |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za največjo maso obremenjenega vozila iz člena 17(2)(l) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to the maximum laden mass referred to in Article 17(2)(l) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 27 | Article 27 |
| Zahteve za mase dodatnih uteži | Requirements on ballast masses |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za mase dodatnih uteži iz člena 17(2)(l) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXIII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to ballast masses referred to in Article 17(2)(l) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXIII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 28 | Article 28 |
| Zahteve za varnost električnih sistemov | Requirements on the safety of electrical systems |
| Zahteve za varnost električnih sistemov iz člena 17(2)(m) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXIV k tej uredbi. | The requirements applying to electrical systems referred to in Article 17(2)(m) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be verified in accordance with Annex XXIV to this Regulation. |
| Člen 29 | Article 29 |
| Zahteve za posode za gorivo | Requirements on fuel tanks |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za posode za gorivo iz člena 17(2)(a) in (m) ter člena 18(2)(l) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXV k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to fuel tanks referred to in Article 17(2)(a) and (m) and 18(2)(l) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXV to this Regulation. |
| Člen 30 | Article 30 |
| Zahteve za konstrukcije za zaščito pred podletom od zadaj | Requirements on rear protective structures |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za konstrukcije za zaščito pred podletom od zadaj iz člena 17(2)(n) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXVI k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to rear protective structures referred to in Article 17(2)(n) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXVI to this Regulation. |
| Člen 31 | Article 31 |
| Zahteve za bočno zaščito | Requirements on lateral protection |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za bočno zaščito iz člena 17(2)(o) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXVII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to lateral protection referred to in Article 17(2)(o) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXVII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 32 | Article 32 |
| Zahteve za ploščadi za tovor | Requirements on load platforms |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve za ploščadi za tovor iz člena 17(2)(p) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXVIII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and requirements applying to load platforms referred to in Article 17(2)(p) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXVIII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 33 | Article 33 |
| Zahteve za vlečne naprave | Requirements on towing devices |
| Zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za vlečne naprave iz člena 17(2)(q) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXIX k tej uredbi. | The performance requirements applying to towing devices referred to in Article 17(2)(q) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be verified in accordance with Annex XXIX to this Regulation. |
| Člen 34 | Article 34 |
| Zahteve za pnevmatike | Requirements on tyres |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za pnevmatike iz člena 17(2)(r) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXX k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to tyres referred to in Article 17(2)(r) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXX to this Regulation. |
| Člen 35 | Article 35 |
| Zahteve za sisteme za preprečevanje škropljenja izpod koles | Requirements on spray-suppression systems |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za sisteme za preprečevanje škropljenja izpod koles iz člena 17(2)(s) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXXI k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to spray-suppression systems referred to in Article 17(2)(s) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXXI to this Regulation. |
| Člen 36 | Article 36 |
| Zahteve za vzvratno prestavo | Requirements on the reverse gear |
| Zahteve za vzvratno prestavo iz člena 17(2)(t) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXXII k tej uredbi. | The requirements applying to the reverse gear referred to in Article 17(2)(t) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be verified in accordance with Annex XXXII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 37 | Article 37 |
| Zahteve za gosenice | Requirements on tracks |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za gosenice iz člena 17(2)(u) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXXIII k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to tracks referred to in Article 17(2)(u) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXXIII to this Regulation. |
| Člen 38 | Article 38 |
| Zahteve za mehanske naprave za spenjanje | Requirements on mechanical couplings |
| Preskusni postopki in zahteve glede učinkovitosti, ki se uporabljajo za mehanske naprave za spenjanje iz člena 17(2)(v) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, se izvajajo in preverjajo v skladu s Prilogo XXXIV k tej uredbi. | The test procedures and performance requirements applying to mechanical couplings referred to in Article 17(2)(v) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be conducted and verified in accordance with Annex XXXIV to this Regulation. |
| POGLAVJE III | CHAPTER III |
| OBVEZNOSTI DRŽAV ČLANIC | OBLIGATIONS OF THE MEMBER STATES |
| Člen 39 | Article 39 |
| Homologacija vozil, sistemov, sestavnih delov in samostojnih tehničnih enot | Type-approval of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units |
| Z učinkom od 1. januarja 2018 nacionalni organi za nova vozila, ki niso skladna z Uredbo (EU) št. 167/2013 in s to uredbo o funkcionalni varnosti, prepovejo dajanje na trg, registracijo ali začetek uporabe takih vozil. | With effect from 1 January 2018, national authorities shall, in the case of new vehicles that do not comply with Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and this Regulation on functional safety, prohibit the making available on the market, registration, or entry into service of such vehicles. |
| Člen 40 | Article 40 |
| Nacionalna homologacija vozil, sistemov, sestavnih delov in samostojnih tehničnih enot | National type-approval of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units |
| Nacionalni organi ne zavrnejo podelitve nacionalne homologacije za tip vozila, sistem, sestavni del ali samostojno tehnično enoto iz razlogov v zvezi s funkcionalno varnostjo, če je vozilo, sistem, sestavni del ali samostojna tehnična enota skladna z zahtevami iz te uredbe, razen zahtev za: | National authorities shall not refuse to grant national type-approval to a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit on grounds relating to functional safety where the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit complies with the requirements set out in this Regulation, with the exception of requirements on the following: |
| (a) | mere vozila in maso priklopnika iz člena 25; | (a) | vehicle dimensions and trailer mass set out in Article 25; |
| (b) | največjo maso obremenjenega vozila iz člena 26; | (b) | maximum laden mass set out in Article 26; |
| (c) | povprečni stični tlak na podlago in največjo obremenitev na kolo gosenice za traktorje kategorije C iz člena 37; | (c) | mean ground contact pressure and maximum load per track roller for tractors of category C set out in Article 37; |
| (d) | označevalne table in nalepke iz člena 16 za vozila kategorije S, ki so širša od 2,55 m. | (d) | signalling panels and foils, set out in Article 16, of S-category vehicles with width exceeding 2,55 m. |
| POGLAVJE IV | CHAPTER IV |
| KONČNE DOLOČBE | FINAL PROVISIONS |
| Člen 41 | Article 41 |
| Začetek veljavnosti in uporaba | Entry into force and application |
| Ta uredba začne veljati dvajseti dan po objavi v Uradnem listu Evropske unije. | This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union. |
| Uporablja se od 1. januarja 2016. | It shall apply as of 1 January 2016. |
| Ta uredba je v celoti zavezujoča in se neposredno uporablja v vseh državah članicah. | This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States. |
| V Bruslju, 8. decembra 2014 | Done at Brussels, 8 December 2014. |
| Za Komisijo | For the Commission |
| Predsednik | The President |
| Jean-Claude JUNCKER | Jean-Claude JUNCKER |
| (1) OL L 60, 2.3.2013, str. 1. | (1)
OJ L 60, 2.3.2013, p. 1. |
| (2) Direktiva 2006/42/ES Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta z dne 17. maja 2006 o strojih in spremembah Direktive 95/16/ES (UL L 157, 9.6.2006, str. 24). | (2) Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 May 2006 on machinery, and amending Directive 95/16/EC (OJ L 157, 9.6.2006, p. 24). |
| (3) Sklep Sveta 97/836/ES z dne 27. novembra 1997 v pričakovanju pristopa Evropske skupnosti k Sporazumu Gospodarske komisije Združenih narodov za Evropo o sprejetju enotnih tehničnih predpisov za cestna vozila, opremo in dele, ki se lahko vgradijo v cestna vozila in/ali uporabijo na njih, in o pogojih za vzajemno priznanje homologacij, dodeljenih na podlagi teh predpisov (Revidiran sporazum iz leta 1958) (UL L 346, 17.12.1997, str. 78). | (3) Council Decision 97/836/EC of 27 November 1997 with a view to accession by the European Community to the Agreement of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe concerning the adoption of uniform technical prescriptions for wheeled vehicles, equipment and parts which can be fitted to and/or be used on wheeled vehicles and the conditions for reciprocal recognition of approvals granted on the basis of these prescriptions (Revised 1958 Agreement) (OJ L 346, 17.12.1997, p. 78). |
| SEZNAM PRILOG | LIST OF ANNEXES |
| Številka priloge | Naslov priloge | Št. strani | Annex Number | Annex title | Page No. |
| I | Seznam veljavnih pravilnikov UN/ECE | 12 | I | List of applicable UNECE regulations | 12 |
| II | Zahteve za celovitost konstrukcije vozila | 16 | II | Requirements on vehicle structure integrity | 16 |
| III | Zahteve za največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrost, regulatorje hitrosti in naprave za omejevanje hitrosti | 17 | III | Requirements on the maximum design speed, speed governors and speed limitation devices | 17 |
| IV | Zahteve za krmiljenje za hitre traktorje | 19 | IV | Requirements on steering for fast tractors | 19 |
| V | Zahteve za krmiljenje | 20 | V | Requirements on steering | 20 |
| VI | Zahteve za merilnike hitrosti | 23 | VI | Requirements on speedometers | 23 |
| VII | Zahteve za vidno polje in brisalce vetrobranskega stekla | 25 | VII | Requirements on the field of vision and windscreen wipers | 25 |
| VIII | Zahteve za zasteklitev | 26 | VIII | Requirements on glazing | 26 |
| IX | Zahteve za vzvratna ogledala | 28 | IX | Requirements on rear-view mirrors | 28 |
| X | Zahteve za sisteme informiranja voznika | 30 | X | Requirements on driver information systems | 30 |
| XI | Zahteve za svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobne vire | 31 | XI | Requirements on lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | 31 |
| XII | Zahteve za vgradnjo svetil | 32 | XII | Requirements on lighting installations | 32 |
| XIII | Zahteve za zaščito oseb v vozilu, vključno z notranjo opremo, nasloni za glavo, varnostnimi pasovi in vrati vozila | 70 | XIII | Requirements on vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings, head restraints, seat belts, vehicle doors | 70 |
| XIV | Zahteve za zunanjost vozila in dodatno opremo | 76 | XIV | Requirements on vehicle exterior and accessories | 76 |
| XV | Zahteve za elektromagnetno združljivost | 78 | XV | Requirements on the electromagnetic compatibility | 78 |
| XVI | Zahteve za zvočne opozorilne naprave | 123 | XVI | Requirements on audible warning devices | 123 |
| XVII | Zahteve za ogrevalne sisteme | 124 | XVII | Requirements on heating systems | 124 |
| XVIII | Zahteve za naprave za preprečevanje nepooblaščene uporabe | 125 | XVIII | Requirements on devices to prevent unauthorised use | 125 |
| XIX | Zahteve za registrske tablice | 126 | XIX | Requirements on registration plates | 126 |
| XX | Zahteve za predpisane tablice in oznake | 128 | XX | Requirements on statutory plates and markings | 128 |
| XXI | Zahteve za mere in maso priklopnikov | 130 | XXI | Requirements on dimensions and trailer masses | 130 |
| XXII | Zahteve za največjo maso obremenjenega vozila | 132 | XXII | Requirements on the maximum laden mass | 132 |
| XXIII | Zahteve za mase dodatnih uteži | 134 | XXIII | Requirements on ballast masses | 134 |
| XXIV | Zahteve za varnost električnih sistemov | 135 | XXIV | Requirements on the safety of electrical systems | 135 |
| XXV | Zahteve za posode za gorivo | 136 | XXV | Requirements on fuel tanks | 136 |
| XXVI | Zahteve za konstrukcije za zaščito pred podletom od zadaj | 137 | XXVI | Requirements on rear protective structures | 137 |
| XXVII | Zahteve za bočno zaščito | 140 | XXVII | Requirements on lateral protection | 140 |
| XXVIII | Zahteve za ploščadi za tovor | 145 | XXVIII | Requirements on load platforms | 145 |
| XXIX | Zahteve za vlečne naprave | 146 | XXIX | Requirements on towing devices | 146 |
| XXX | Zahteve za pnevmatike | 147 | XXX | Requirements on tyres | 147 |
| XXXI | Zahteve za sisteme za preprečevanje škropljenja izpod koles | 154 | XXXI | Requirements on spray-suppression systems | 154 |
| XXXII | Zahteve za vzvratno prestavo | 155 | XXXII | Requirements on the reverse gear | 155 |
| XXXIII | Zahteve za gosenice | 156 | XXXIII | Requirements on tracks | 156 |
| XXXIV | Zahteve za mehanske naprave za spenjanje | 159 | XXXIV | Requirements on mechanical couplings | 159 |
| PRILOGA I | ANNEX I |
| Seznam veljavnih pravilnikov UN/ECE | List of applicable UNECE regulations |
| Številka pravilnika | Predmet | Spremembe | Sklic na UL | Uporaba | Regulation Number | Subject | Series of amendments | OJ Reference | Applicability |
| 3 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 12 k spremembam 02 | L 323, 6.12.2011, str. 1 | T, C, R in S | 3 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 12 to the 02 series of amendments | OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 1 | T, C, R and S |
| 4 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 14 k prvotni različici pravilnika | Dodatek 15 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 31, 31.1.2009, str. 35 | L 4, 7.1.2012, str. 17 | T, C, R in S | 4 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 14 to the original version of the Regulation | Supplement 15 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 31, 31.1.2009, p. 35 | OJ L 4, 7.1.2012, p. 17 | T, C, R and S |
| 5 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Vključno z vsemi veljavnimi besedili do sprememb 03 | L 162, 29.5.2014, str. 1 | T in C | 5 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Incorporating all valid text up to 03 series of amendments | OJ L 162, 29.5.2014, p. 1 | T and C |
| 6 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 19 k spremembam 01 | Popravek 1 Dodatka 18 | Dodatek 19 k spremembam 01 | L 177, 10.7.2010, str. 40 | T, C, R in S | 6 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 19 to the 01 series of amendments | Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 18 | Supplement 19 to the 01 series of amendments | OJ L 177, 10.7.2010, p. 40 | T, C, R and S |
| 7 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Vgradnja svetil | Dodatek 16 k spremembam 02 | L 148, 12.6.2010, str. 1 | T, C, R in S | 7 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Lighting installation | Supplement 16 to the 02 series of amendments | OJ L 148, 12.6.2010, p. 1 | T, C, R and S |
| 10 | Elektromagnetna združljivost | Spremembe 04 | Popravek 1 revizije 4 | Dodatek 1 k spremembam 04 | L 254, 20.9.2012, str. 1 | T in C | 10 | Electromagnetic compatibility | 04 series of amendments | Corrigendum 1 to the Revision 4 | Supplement 1 to the 04 series of amendments | OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1 | T and C |
| 18 | Naprave za preprečevanje nepooblaščene uporabe | Dodatek 2 k spremembam 03 | L 120, 13.5.2010, str. 29 | T in C | 18 | Devices to prevent unauthorised use | Supplement 2 to the 03 series of amendments | OJ L 120, 13.5.2010, p. 29 | T and C |
| 19 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 2 k spremembam 03 | L 177, 10.7.2010, str. 113 | T in C | 19 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 2 to the 03 series of amendments | OJ L 177, 10.7.2010, p. 113 | T and C |
| 21 | Notranja oprema – vrata | Dodatek 3 k spremembam 01 | L 188, 16.7.2008, str. 32 | T in C | 21 | Interior fittings – doors | Supplement 3 to the 01 series of amendments | OJ L 188, 16.7.2008, p. 32 | T and C |
| 23 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 17 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 4, 17.1.2012, str. 18 | T, C, R in S | 23 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 17 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 4, 17.1.2012, p. 18 | T, C, R and S |
| 25 | Nasloni za glavo | Spremembe 04 | Popravek 2 revizije 1 pravilnika | L 215, 14.8.2010, str. 1 | T in C | 25 | Head restraints | 04 series of amendments | Corrigendum 2 to Revision 1 of the Regulation | OJ L 215, 14.8.2010, p. 1 | T and C |
| 28 | Zvočne opozorilne naprave | Dodatek 3 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 323, 6.12.2011, str. 33 | T in C | 28 | Audible warning devices | Supplement 3 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 33 | T and C |
| 30 | Pnevmatike | Dodatek 15 k spremembam 02 | Dodatek 16 k spremembam 02 | L 201, 30.7.2008, str. 70 | L 307, 23.11.2011, str. 1 | T, R in S | 30 | Tyres | Supplement 15 to the 02 series of amendments | Supplement 16 to the 02 series of amendments | OJ L 201, 30.7.2008, p. 70 | OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 1 | T, R and S |
| 31 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 7 k spremembam 02 | L 185, 17.7.2010, str. 15 | T in C | 31 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 7 to the 02 series of amendments | OJ L 185, 17.7.2010, p. 15 | T and C |
| 37 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 34 k spremembam 03 | L 297, 13.11.2010, str. 1 | T, C in R | 37 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 34 to the 03 series of amendments | OJ L 297, 13.11.2010, p. 1 | T, C and R |
| 38 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 15 k prvotni različici pravilnika | Popravek 1 Dodatka 12 | Spremembe Pravilnika št. 38, vključno z Dodatkom 15 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 148, 12.6.2010, str. 55 | L 4, 7.1.2012, str. 20 | T in C | 38 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 15 to the original version of the Regulation | Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 12 | Amendments to Regulation 38 incorporating Supplement 15 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 148, 12.6.2010, p. 55 | OJ L 4, 7.1.2012, p. 20 | T and C |
| 43 | Zasteklitev | Dodatek 2 k spremembam 01 | L 42, 12.2.2014, str. 1 | T in C | 43 | Glazing | Supplement 2 to the 01 series of amendments | OJ L 42, 12.02.2014, p. 1 | T and C |
| 46 | Vzvratna ogledala | Dodatek 4 k spremembam 02 | Popravek 1 Dodatka 4 | L 177, 10.7.2010, str. 211 | T in C | 46 | Rear view mirrors | Supplement 4 to the 02 series of amendments | Corrigendum 1 to supplement 4 | OJ L 177, 10.7.2010, p. 211 | T and C |
| 48 | Vgradnja svetil | Dodatek 6 k spremembam 04 | Spremembe 05 | L 323, 6.12.2011, str. 46 | T, C, R in S | 48 | Lighting installation | Supplement 6 to the 04 series of amendments | 05 series of amendments | OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 46 | T, C, R and S |
| 54 | Pnevmatike | Dodatek 16 k prvotni različici pravilnika | Dodatek 17 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 183, 11.7.2008, str. 41 | L 307, 23.11.2011, str. 2 | T, R in S | 54 | Tyres | Supplement 16 to the original version of the Regulation | Supplement 17 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 183, 11.7.2008, p. 41 | OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 2 | T, R and S |
| 55 | Mehanske naprave za spenjanje | Dodatek 1 k spremembam 01 | L 227, 28.8.2010, str. 1 | T, C, R in S | 55 | Mechanical couplings | Supplement 1 to the 01 series of amendments | OJ L 227, 28.8.2010, p. 1 | T, C, R and S |
| 62 | Naprave za preprečevanje nepooblaščene uporabe | Dodatek 2 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 89, 27.3.2013, str. 37 | T in C | 62 | Devices to prevent unauthorised use | Supplement 2 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 89, 27.3.2013, p. 37 | T and C |
| 69 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Vgradnja svetil | Dodatek 5 k spremembam 01 | L 200, 31.7.2010, str. 1 | T in C | T, C, R in S | 69 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Lighting installation | Supplement 5 to the 01 series of amendments | OJ L 200, 31.7.2010, p. 1 | T and C | T, C, R and S |
| 73 | Bočna zaščita | Spremembe 01 | L 122, 8.5.2012, str. 1 | R3b in R4B | 73 | Lateral protection | 01 series of amendments | OJ L 122, 8.5.2012, p. 1 | R3b and R4B |
| 75 | Pnevmatike | Dodatek 13 k pravilniku v prvotni obliki | L 84, 30.3.2011, str. 46 | T, R in S | 75 | Tyres | Supplement 13 to the Regulation in its original form | OJ L 84, 30.3.2011, p. 46 | T, R and S |
| 77 | Vgradnja svetil | Dodatek 14 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 4, 7.1.2012, str. 4 | T, C, R in S | 77 | Lighting installation | Supplement 14 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 4, 7.1.2012, p. 4 | T, C, R and S |
| 79 | Krmiljenje za hitre traktorje | Dodatek 3 k spremembam 01 | L 137, 27.5.2008, str. 25 | Tb in Cb | 79 | Steering for fast tractors | Supplement 3 to the 01 series of amendments | OJ L 137, 27.5.2008, p. 25 | Tb and Cb |
| 81 | Vzvratna ogledala | Dodatek 2 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 185, 13.7.2012, str. 1 | T in C s sedežem v obliki sedla in krmilom | 81 | Rear view mirrors | Supplement 2 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 185, 13.7.2012, p. 1 | T and C with straddle seat and handlebar |
| 87 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 14 k prvotni različici pravilnika | Popravek 1 revizije 2 | Dodatek 15 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 164, 30.6.2010, str. 46 | L 4, 7.1.2012, str. 24 | T in C | 87 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 14 to the original version of the Regulation | Correction 1 to Revision 2 | Supplement 15 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 164, 30.6.2010, p. 46 | OJ L 4, 7.1.2012, p. 24 | T and C |
| 89 | Največja konstrukcijsko določena hitrost, regulatorji hitrosti in naprave za omejevanje hitrosti | Dodatek 1 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 158, 19.6.2007, str. 1 | T in C | 89 | Maximum design speed, speed governors and speed limitation devices | Supplement 1 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 158, 19.6.2007, p. 1 | T and C |
| 91 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 11 k prvotni različici pravilnika | Dodatek 12 k prvotni različici pravilnika | Dodatek 13 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 164, 30.6.2010, str. 69 | L 4, 7.1.2012, str. 27 | R in S | 91 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 11 to the original version of the Regulation | Supplement 12 to the original version of the Regulation | Supplement 13 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 164, 30.6.2010, p. 69 | OJ L 4, 7.1.2012, p. 27 | R and S |
| 98 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 4 k spremembam 01 | L 176, 14.6.2014, str. 64 | T in C | 98 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 4 to the 01 series of amendments | OJ L 176, 14.6.2014, p. 64 | T and C |
| 99 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 5 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 164, 30.6.2010, str. 151 | T in C | 99 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 5 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 164, 30.6.2010, p. 151 | T and C |
| 104 | Vgradnja svetil | Spremembe, vključno z vsemi veljavnimi besedili do: Dodatka 7 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 75, 14.3.2014, str. 29 | T, C, R in S | 104 | Lighting installation | Amendments incorporating all valid text up to: Supplement 7 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 75, 14.3.2014, p. 29 | T, C, R and S |
| 106 | Pnevmatike | Dodatek 8 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 257, 30.9.2010, str. 231 | T, R in S | 106 | Tyres | Supplement 8 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 257, 30.9.2010, p. 231 | T, R and S |
| 112 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Dodatek 12 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 230, 31.8.2010, str. 264 | T in C | 112 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Supplement 12 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 230, 31.8.2010, p. 264 | T and C |
| 113 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Spremembe, vključno z vsemi veljavnimi besedili do Dodatka 3 k spremembam 01 pravilnika | L 176, 14.6.2014, str. 128 | T in C | 113 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Amendments incorporating all valid text up to Supplement 3 to the 01 series of amendments to the Regulation | OJ L 176, 14.6.2014, p. 128 | T and C |
| 117 | Pnevmatike | Spremembe 02 | Popravek 1 sprememb 02 | Popravek 2 sprememb 02 | Popravek 3 sprememb 02 | L 307, 23.11.2011, str. 3 | T, R in S | 117 | Tyres | 02 series of amendments | Corrigendum 1 to the 02 series of amendments | Corrigendum 2 to the 02 series of amendments | Corrigendum 3 to the 02 series of amendments | OJ L 307, 23.11.2011, p. 3 | T, R and S |
| 119 | Svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobni viri | Spremembe, vključno z vsemi veljavnimi besedili do Dodatka 3 k spremembam 01 | L 89, 25.3.2014, str. 101 | T in C | 119 | Lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources | Amendments incorporating all valid text up to Supplement 3 to the 01 series of amendments | OJ L 89, 25.3.2014, p. 101 | T and C |
| 122 | Ogrevalni sistemi | Popravek 2 prvotne različice pravilnika | Dodatek 1 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 164, 30.6.2010, str. 231 | T in C | 122 | Heating systems | Corrigendum 2 to the original version of the Regulation | Supplement 1 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 164, 30.6.2010, p. 231 | T and C |
| 123 | Prilagodljivi sistemi sprednjih žarometov | Vključno z vsemi veljavnimi besedili do Dodatka 4 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 222, 24.8.2010, str. 1 | T in C | 123 | Adaptive front lighting systems | Incorporating all valid text up to Supplement 4 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 222, 24.8.2010, p. 1 | T and C |
| 128 | Svetlobni viri LED | Vključno z vsemi veljavnimi besedili do Dodatka 2 k prvotni različici pravilnika | L 162, 29.5.2014, str. 43 | T, C in R | 128 | Light emitting diode (LED) light sources | Incorporating all valid text up to Supplement 2 to the original version of the Regulation | OJ L 162, 29.5.2014, p. 43 | T, C and R |
| PRILOGA II | ANNEX II |
| Zahteve za celovitost konstrukcije vozila | Requirements on vehicle structure integrity |
| 1. | Vozila so zasnovana in izdelana tako, da so dovolj vzdržljiva, da prenesejo predvideno uporabo v običajni življenjski dobi ob upoštevanju rednega in časovno načrtovanega vzdrževanja ter določenih prilagoditev opreme, ki so jasno in nedvoumno navedene v priročniku za upravljanje, priloženemu vozilu. Proizvajalec vozila za ta namen zagotovi podpisano izjavo. | 1. | Vehicles shall be designed and constructed in order to be sufficiently robust to withstand their intended use over their normal lifetime, taking into account regular and scheduled maintenance and specific equipment adjustments clearly and unambiguously set out in the operator’s manual provided with the vehicle. The vehicle manufacturer shall provide a signed statement to this effect. |
| 2. | Sestavljanje in izdelava vozil v proizvodnih tovarnah, zlasti postopki, povezani z okvirjem, šasijo, karoserijo in sistemom za prenos moči vozila, so zajeti v sistem zagotavljanja kakovosti, s katerim se zagotovi, da se preverijo in po potrebi potrdijo bistvene mehanske vezi, kot so zvari in navojne povezave, ter druge ustrezne značilnosti materialov. | 2. | Vehicle assembly and construction in the assembly plants, in particular the processes relating to the vehicle frame, chassis and body and the drivetrain, shall be covered by a quality assurance system to ensure that essential mechanical connections, such as welds and threaded connections, as well as other relevant material characteristics, are checked and verified as appropriate. |
| 3. | Homologacijski organ preveri sistem zagotavljanja kakovosti v okviru preverjanja skladnosti proizvodnje iz člena 28 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 3. | The approval authority shall verify the quality assurance system as part of the conformity of production arrangements referred to in Article 28 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 4. | Homologacijski organ preveri, ali je lahko v primeru odpoklica zaradi resnega tveganja za varnost na zahtevo homologacijskemu organu in Evropski komisiji takoj na voljo specifična analiza konstrukcij vozil, sestavnih delov in/ali delov, izdelana na podlagi tehničnih izračunov, virtualnih preskusnih metod in/ali preskušanja konstrukcije. | 4. | The type-approval authority shall verify that in the event of a recall due to a serious safety risk, specific analysis of vehicle structures, components and/or parts by means of engineering calculations, virtual testing methods and/or structural testing can upon request be made available without delay to the approval authority and the European Commission. |
| 5. | Homologacija vozila se ne podeli, če obstaja razlog za dvom, ali je proizvajalec vozila sposoben predložiti analizo iz točke 4. Dvom se lahko nanaša na dostopnost ali obstoj takšne analize (npr. vloga za homologacijo omejene serije vozil neuveljavljenega proizvajalca, ki ga zastopa stranka, za katero ni verjetno, da bi imela ustrezen dostop do takšne analize). | 5. | Vehicle type-approval shall not be granted if there is reason to doubt that the vehicle manufacturer is able to make available the analysis referred to in point 4. This doubt could relate either to the accessibility or the existence of such analysis (e.g. application for type-approval of a limited batch of vehicles from a non-established manufacturer represented by a party unlikely to have any meaningful access to such analysis). |
| PRILOGA III | ANNEX III |
| Zahteve za največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrost, regulatorje hitrosti in naprave za omejevanje hitrosti | Requirements on the maximum design speed, speed governors and speed limitation devices |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 1. Definitions |
| V tej prilogi: | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| 1.1 | „regulator hitrosti“ pomeni napravo, ki se uporablja za merjenje in uravnavanje vrtilne frekvence motorja in/ali hitrosti vozila; | 1.1. | ‘Speed governor’ means a device used to measure and regulate the speed of the engine and/or vehicle. |
| 1.2 | „pogonski sistem“ pomeni skupino sestavnih delov, ki ustvarjajo moč in jo prenašajo do površine cestišča, vključno z motorjem, prenosom moči, pogonskimi gredmi, diferenciali in pogonskimi kolesi ali gosenicami; | 1.2. | ‘Powertrain’ means a group of components that generate power and deliver it to the road surface, including the engine, transmission, drive shafts, differentials and drive wheels or tracks. |
| 1.3 | „nedovoljen poseg“ pomeni nedovoljeno spreminjanje, ki lahko negativno vpliva na funkcionalno varnost, zlasti s povečanjem zmogljivosti vozila, in škoduje okolju; | 1.3. | ‘Tampering’ means unauthorised modifications which may prejudice functional safety, in particular by increasing vehicle performance, and damage the environment. |
| 1.4 | „naprava za omejevanje hitrosti“ pomeni napravo, katere glavna funkcija je nadzor dovoda goriva v motor, da se omeji hitrost vozila na določeno vrednost. | 1.4. | ‘Speed limitation device’ means a device whose primary function is to control the fuel feed to the engine in order to limit the vehicle speed to the specified value. |
| ZAHTEVE | REQUIREMENTS |
| 2. Največja konstrukcijsko določena hitrost | 2. Maximum design speed |
| 2.1 | Pri homologacijskih preskusih se povprečna hitrost izmeri na ravni progi, ki jo traktor prevozi v obe smeri z letečim startom. Površina proge mora biti utrjena; proga mora biti ravna in dolga vsaj 100 m; na njej so lahko nakloni, vendar ne več kot 1,5-odstotni. | 2.1. | For the type-approval tests, the average speed shall be measured on a straight track, which the tractor shall traverse in both directions from a flying start. The soil of the track shall be stabilised; the track shall be flat and at least 100 metres long; however, it may include slopes of not more than 1,5 %. |
| 2.2 | Med preskusom traktor ni obremenjen, na njem ni dodatnih uteži ali posebne opreme in je v stanju, pripravljenem za vožnjo, tlak v pnevmatikah pa je tak, kakor je določen za uporabo na cesti. | 2.2. | During the test, the tractor shall be unladen and in running order without ballast weights or special equipment and the tyre pressures shall be those specified for road use. |
| 2.3 | Med preskusom mora imeti traktor nove pnevmatike z največjim kotalnim polmerom, izraženim z ustreznim indeksom (speed radius index – SRI), ki ga proizvajalec predvidi za traktor. | 2.3. | During the test the tractor shall be fitted with new pneumatic tyres having the greatest tyre rolling radius, expressed by the speed radius index, intended by the manufacturer for the tractor. |
| 2.4 | Med preskusom se uporablja prestavno razmerje, s katerim se doseže največja hitrost traktorja, plin pa je treba dodati do konca. | 2.4. | The gear ratio used during the test shall be that producing the maximum vehicle speed and the throttle shall be fully open. |
| 2.5 | Da bi se upoštevale neizogibne napake, zlasti zaradi tehnike meritev in povečanja vrtilne frekvence motorja pri delni obremenitvi, je za homologacijski preskus sprejemljivo, če izmerjena hitrost za 3 km/h preseže vrednost za največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrost. Da bi se upoštevale razlike zaradi velikosti pnevmatik, je dovoljeno dodatno 5-odstotno odstopanje. | 2.5. | In order to take account of various unavoidable errors due, in particular, to the measuring technique and to the increase in running speed of the engine with a partial load, a measured speed exceeding the value for the maximum design speed by 3 km/h shall be acceptable for the type-approval test. An additional 5 % tolerance shall be permitted in order to take into account variations due to tyre size. |
| 2.6 | Da bi homologacijski organi lahko izračunali največjo teoretično hitrost, mora proizvajalec navesti prestavno razmerje, dejanski premik pogonskih koles naprej, ki ustreza enemu celotnemu vrtljaju, in vrtilno frekvenco motorja pri največji moči z do konca dodanim plinom in regulatorjem hitrosti, če je vgrajen, nastavljenim v skladu z določili proizvajalca. Največja teoretična hitrost se izračuna brez odstopanj iz točke 2.5. | 2.6. | In order for approval authorities may calculate their maximum theoretical speed, the manufacturer shall specify as a guide the gear ratio, the actual forward movement of the powered wheels corresponding to one complete revolution, and the rpm at maximum power output with the throttle fully open and the speed governor, if fitted, adjusted as laid down by the manufacturer. The maximum theoretical speed shall be calculated without the tolerances referred to in point 2.5. |
| 3. Regulator hitrosti | 3. Speed governor |
| 3.1 | Če je regulator hitrosti tovarniško vgrajen kot serijska oprema, mora biti vgrajen in zasnovan tako, da je traktor v skladu s točko 2 in določbami o največji konstrukcijsko določeni hitrosti. | 3.1. | If a speed governor is fitted as standard by the manufacturer, it shall be installed and designed in such a way that the tractor complies with point 2 the above provisions on maximum design speed. |
| 4. Zahteve za napravo za omejevanje hitrosti, pogonski sistem in ukrepe za preprečevanje nedovoljenih posegov v napravo za omejevanje hitrosti | 4. Requirements on speed limitation device and on powertrain and speed limitation device tampering prevention measures (anti-tampering) |
| 4.1 Zahteve za napravo za omejevanje hitrosti | 4.1. Requirements on speed limitation device |
| Vozila kategorij T in C z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 60 km/h morajo biti opremljena z nastavljivimi napravami za omejevanje hitrosti, ki izpolnjujejo zahteve iz te priloge. | Vehicles of categories T and C, with maximum design speed exceeding 60 km/h, shall be equipped with adjustable speed limitation devices that comply with the requirements set out in this Annex. |
| 4.1.1 | Nastavljive naprave za omejevanje hitrosti morajo izpolnjevati zahteve za vozila N2 in N3 iz točk 1 in 2, točke 13.2 dela II, točk 21.2 in 21.3 dela III, točke 1 Priloge 5 in Priloge 6 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 89, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 4.1.1. | Adjustable speed limitation devices shall comply with the requirements for N2 and N3 vehicles set out in points 1 and 2, Part II point 13.2, Part III points 21.2 and 21.3, Annex 5 point 1 and Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 89, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 4.2 Preprečevanje nedovoljenih posegov v pogonski sistem in napravo za omejevanje hitrosti | 4.2. Anti-tampering of powertrain and speed-limitation device |
| 4.2.1 Namen in področje uporabe | 4.2.1. Purpose and scope |
| Cilj ukrepov za preprečevanje nedovoljenih posegov v pogonski sistem je zagotoviti, da vozilo, ki pri homologaciji izpolnjuje zahteve za okoljske značilnosti in zmogljivost pogona, zahteve za konstrukcijo vozila in zahteve za funkcionalno varnost, v življenjski dobi ostane skladno in da se preprečijo škodljive spremembe pogonskega sistema vozila, ki negativno vplivajo na funkcionalno varnost in/ali okolje. | The powertrain tampering prevention measures are aimed at ensuring that a vehicle which meets the environmental and propulsion performance requirements, the vehicle construction requirements as well as the functional safety requirements at type approval remains compliant over its useful life and that adverse changes to the vehicle’s powertrain which have negative impacts on functional safety and/or on the environment are discouraged. |
| 4.3 Splošne zahteve | 4.3. General requirements |
| 4.3.1 | Proizvajalec homologacijskemu organu in tehnični službi zagotovi potrebne informacije ter po potrebi potrebna vozila, pogonske sisteme, sestavne dele in samostojne tehnične enote, da jim omogoči preverjanje izpolnjevanja zahtev iz te priloge. | 4.3.1. | The manufacturer shall ensure that the approval authority and technical service are provided with the necessary information and, where appropriate, the necessary vehicles, propulsion systems, components and separate technical units to enable them to verify that the requirements set out in this Annex have been met. |
| 4.3.2 | Proizvajalec v vlogi za homologacijo izjavi svojo zavezo, da ne bo tržil izmenljivih sestavnih delov, ki bi lahko omogočali povečanje zmogljivosti pogona nad predpisano zmogljivost za zadevno varianto. | 4.3.2. | The manufacturer shall declare in the application for type approval its commitment not to market the interchangeable components which could involve an increase in the propulsion performance above that applicable to the relevant variant. |
| 4.4 Proizvajalec zagotovi, da je homologirano vozilo skladno z naslednjimi točkami o varnosti elektronskega sistema, ki omejujejo zmogljivost vozila. | 4.4. The manufacturer shall ensure that the approved vehicle complies with the following points on electronic system security limiting the vehicle’s performance. |
| 4.4.1 | Za vozila, ki so opremljena z električnimi/elektronskimi napravami za omejevanje zmogljivosti pogona, proizvajalec tehničnim službam zagotovi podatke in dokumentacijo, ki dokazujejo, da spreminjanje ali odklop naprave ali njene napeljave ne poveča zmogljivosti pogona. | 4.4.1. | For vehicles equipped with (an) electrical/electronic device(s) which limit its propulsion performance, the vehicle manufacturer shall provide data and evidence to the technical services to demonstrate that modification or disconnection of the device or its wiring system will not increase the propulsion performance. |
| 4.4.2 | Vsa vozila z elektronskim upravljanjem morajo biti zaščitena pred spremembami, ki jih ni odobril proizvajalec. Proizvajalec odobri spremembe, če so te potrebne zaradi diagnostike, servisiranja, pregleda, dodatnega opremljanja ali popravila vozila. | 4.4.2. | Any vehicle equipped with electronic control shall include features to prevent modification, except as permitted by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall permit modifications if those modifications are necessary for the diagnosis, servicing, inspection, retrofitting or repair of the vehicle. |
| 4.4.3 | Vse računalniške kode, ki jih je mogoče reprogramirati, ali delovni parametri morajo biti zaščiteni pred nedovoljenimi posegi. | 4.4.3. | Any reprogrammable computer codes or operating parameter shall be resistant to tampering. |
| 4.4.4 | Delovnih parametrov računalniško kodiranega pogona ne sme biti mogoče spreminjati brez uporabe posebnih orodij in postopkov, npr. spajkanih ali zalitih računalniških komponent ali zaprtih ali spajkanih računalniških ohišij. | 4.4.4. | Computer-coded propulsion operating parameters shall not be changeable without the use of specialised tools and procedures, e.g. soldered or potted computer components, sealed or soldered computer enclosures. |
| 4.4.5 | Vsi odstranljivi kalibracijski pomnilniški čipi morajo biti zaliti, zaprti v ohišju ali zaščiteni z elektronskimi algoritmi in jih ne sme biti mogoče zamenjati brez uporabe posebnih orodij in postopkov. | 4.4.5. | Any removable calibration memory chips shall be potted, encased in a sealed container or protected by electronic algorithms and shall not be changeable without the use of specialised tools and procedures. |
| 4.4.6 | Proizvajalci, ki uporabljajo programirljive sisteme računalniških kod (npr. električni izbrisljivi programirljivi bralni pomnilnik – EEPROM), morajo preprečiti nedovoljeno reprogramiranje. Proizvajalci morajo vključiti izboljšane strategije za zaščito pred nedovoljenimi posegi in funkcije za zaščito pred zapisovanjem, ki zahtevajo elektronski dostop do računalnika, ki je na drugem mestu in ki ga vzdržuje proizvajalec ter do katerega imajo ustrezno zaščiten dostop tudi neodvisni izvajalci. | 4.4.6. | Manufacturers using programmable computer code systems (e.g. electrical erasable programmable read-only memory, EEPROM) shall deter unauthorised reprogramming. Manufacturers shall include enhanced tamper-protection strategies and write-protect features requiring electronic access to an off-site computer maintained by the manufacturer, to which independent operators shall also have adequately protected access. |
| 4.4.7 | Shranjene kode za diagnostiko napak na vozilu v krmilnih enotah pogonskega sistema ali motorja, tj. numerični ali alfanumerični identifikatorji, ki opredeljujejo ali označujejo napako v teh enotah, se ob odklopu vgrajenega računalnika z napajalnega sistema vozila ali odklopu ali okvari akumulatorja vozila ali ozemljitve ne smejo izbrisati. | 4.4.7. | Stored on-board diagnostic trouble codes in the powertrain or engine control unit(s), that is numeric or alphanumeric identifiers which identify or label a malfunction in them, shall not be erased by disconnection of the on board computer from the vehicle power supply or by disconnection or failure of the vehicle battery or ground. |
| PRILOGA IV | ANNEX IV |
| Zahteve za krmiljenje za hitre traktorje | Requirements on steering for fast tractors |
| 1. | Zahteve za krmiljenje motornih vozil iz oddelkov 2, 5 in 6 ter prilog 4 in 6 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 79, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, veljajo za vozila kategorij Tb in Cb z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 60 km/h. | 1. | The requirements set out in sections 2, 5 and 6 and in Annexes 4 and 6 to UNECE Regulation No 79, as referenced in Annex I, for the steering of motor vehicles apply to vehicles of categories Tb and Cb with maximum design speed exceeding 60 km/h. |
| 1.1 | Zahteve iz standarda ISO 10998:2008 (sprememba 1 2014) veljajo za krmiljenje vozil kategorij Tb in Cb z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo med 40 km/h in 60 km/h. | 1.1. | The requirements of ISO 10998:2008, Amd 1 2014 apply to the steering of vehicles belonging to categories Tb and Cb with maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h and not exceeding 60 km/h. |
| 1.2 | Krmiljenje traktorjev Cb je v skladu s točko 3.9 Priloge XXXIII. | 1.2. | The steering action of Cb tractors is in accordance with point 3.9 of Annex XXXIII. |
| 2. | Zahteve za silo na volanu za vozila iz točke 1 so enake kot zahteve za vozila kategorije N2 iz oddelka 6 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 79, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | Pri vozilih s sedežem v obliki sedla in krmilom naj bi se enaka sila uporabila na sredini ročaja. | 2. | The requirements on steering effort for the vehicles referred to in point 1 shall be the same as the requirements for vehicles of N2 category set out in section 6 of UNECE Regulation No 79 as referenced in Annex I. | For a vehicle equipped with a straddle seat and handlebars, the same steering effort should apply at the middle of the grip. |
| PRILOGA V | ANNEX V |
| Zahteve za krmiljenje | Requirements on steering |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 1. Definitions |
| V tej prilogi: | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| 1.1 | „krmilje“ pomeni vso opremo, katere namen je spreminjanje smeri premikanja traktorja. | Krmilje lahko vključuje napravo za upravljanje krmilja, napravo za prenos upravljanja krmilja, krmiljena kolesa in, kjer pride v poštev, posebno opremo za proizvodnjo pomožne ali tuje sile za krmiljenje; | 1.1. | ‘Steering equipment’ means all the equipment the purpose of which is to alter the direction of movement of the tractor. | The steering equipment may be considered to include the steering control, the steering gear, the steered wheels, and, where applicable, special equipment to produce additional or independent power. |
| 1.2 | „naprava za prenos upravljanja krmilja“ pomeni vse sestavne dele med napravo za upravljanje krmilja in krmiljenimi kolesi razen posebne opreme iz točke 1.3. Naprava za prenos upravljanja krmilja je lahko mehanska, hidravlična, pnevmatska, električna ali pa kombinacija naštetih; | 1.2. | ‘Steering gear’ means all the components between the steering control and the steered wheels, with the exception of the special equipment defined in point 1.3. The steering gear may be mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electric or a combination of any of these. |
| 1.3 | „posebna oprema“ pomeni tisti del krmilja, ki proizvaja pomožno ali tujo silo za krmiljenje. Taka sila se lahko ustvari s katerim koli mehanskim, hidravličnim, pnevmatskim ali električnim sistemom ali s katero koli kombinacijo naštetih sistemov (na primer z oljno črpalko, zračno črpalko ali akumulatorjem itd.); | 1.3. | ‘Special equipment’ means the part of the steering equipment by which additional or independent power is produced. Additional or independent power may be produced by any mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic or electrical system, or by any combination of these (for example by an oil pump, air pump or battery, etc.). |
| 1.4 | „krmilje s pomožno silo“ pomeni krmilje, pri katerem se sila za spreminjanje smeri krmiljenih koles zagotovi s fizično močjo voznika in s posebno opremo; to vključuje krmilje, pri katerem se sila za krmiljenje v normalnih okoliščinah zagotovi samo s posebno opremo, vendar pa je v primeru okvare posebne opreme mogoče za krmiljenje uporabiti fizično moč voznika; | 1.4. | ‘Assisted steering equipment’ means the equipment in which the power for the deflection of the steered wheels is provided both by the muscular power of the driver and by the special equipment; this includes steering equipment where the steering power is normally provided solely by the special equipment, but which in the event of failure of the special equipment enables the muscular power of the driver to be used for steering. |
| 1.5 | „krmilje s tujo silo“ pomeni krmilje, pri katerem se sila za spreminjanje smeri krmiljenih koles zagotovi samo s posebno opremo; | 1.5. | ‘Servo-steering equipment’ means the equipment in which the power for the deflection of the steered wheels is provided solely by the special equipment. |
| 1.6 | „diferencialno krmiljenje“ pomeni način krmiljenja s kolesi ali gosenicami, pri katerem se smer premikanja traktorja spreminja z ustvarjanjem različne hitrosti vrtenja med levimi in desnimi kolesi ali sklopi gosenic; | 1.6. | ‘Differential steering’ means a method of steering on wheels or on tracks where the orientation of the tractor is done by creating a different rotational speed between the left and the right hand wheels or track assemblies. |
| 1.7 | izraz „krmiljena kolesa“ pomeni nekaj od naslednjega: | (a) | kolesa, katerih poravnava glede na traktor se lahko neposredno ali posredno spremeni z namenom spremembe smeri premikanja traktorja; | (b) | vsa kolesa zgibnih traktorjev; | (c) | kolesa na isti osi, katerih hitrost se lahko spremeni z namenom spremembe smeri premikanja traktorja. | 1.7. | ‘Steered wheels’ means one of the following: | (a) | the wheels the alignment of which may be altered directly or indirectly in relation to that of the tractor in order to obtain a change in the direction of movement of the tractor, | (b) | all wheels of articulated tractors, | (c) | wheels on the same axle, the speed of which may be varied in order to obtain a change in the direction of movement of the tractor. |
| ZAHTEVE ZA IZDELAVO, VGRADNJO IN PREGLEDE | CONSTRUCTION, FITTING AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS |
| 2. Splošne zahteve | 2. General requirements |
| 2.1 | Krmilje mora zagotavljati preprosto in varno krmiljenje traktorja in mora izpolnjevati podrobne zahteve iz točke 3. | 2.1. | The steering equipment shall ensure easy and safe handling of the tractor and shall comply with the detailed requirements set out in point 3. |
| 2.2 | Krmiljenje traktorjev kategorije C je v skladu z zahtevami iz točke 3.9 Priloge XXXIII. | 2.2. | The steering action of C-category tractors is in accordance with the requirements set out in point 3.9 of Annex XXXIII. |
| 2.3 | Zahteve iz točke 2.2 ne veljajo za traktorje kategorije C z jeklenimi gosenicami in diferencialnim krmiljenjem. Razlika v hitrosti vrtenja iz točke 1.6 se doseže s kombinacijo mehanskih sestavnih delov, na primer z zavorami in diferencialom, ali z ločenim prenosom moči do leve in desne strani, na primer z ločenim hidrostatičnim prenosom moči. Če je krmilni sistem kombiniran z zavornim sistemom, veljajo zahteve, določene na podlagi člena 17(2)(b) in (5) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 2.3. | The requirements set out in point 2.2 are not applicable to C-category tractors with steel tracks equipped with differential steering. The rotational speed difference, as referred to in point 1.6, is either realised by a combination of mechanical components, such as brakes and a differential, or by a separate transmission path to the left and the right hand side, such as separated hydrostatic transmissions. If the steering system is combined with the braking system, the requirements laid down on the basis of Article 17(2)(b) and (5) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall apply. |
| 3. Podrobne zahteve | 3. Detailed requirements |
| 3.1 Naprava za upravljanje krmilja | 3.1. Steering control |
| 3.1.1 | Naprava za upravljanje krmilja mora biti priročna za uporabo in prijem za predvidljiv razpon odraslih voznikov glede na razlike v njihovi velikosti in moči. Zasnovana mora biti tako, da omogoča postopno spremembo smeri. Smer premikanja naprave za upravljanje krmilja mora biti enaka želeni spremembi smeri traktorja. | 3.1.1. | The steering control shall be easy to use and grip for the foreseeable range of adult operators in terms of variations in their size and strength. It shall be designed in such a way as to permit gradual deflection. The direction of movement of the steering control shall correspond to the desired change in the direction of the tractor. |
| 3.1.2 | Sila na volanu, ki je potrebna, da se s krmiljenimi kolesi v položaju naravnost naprej doseže obračalni krog s polmerom 12 m, ne sme preseči 25 daN. Če se pri krmilju s pomožno silo, ki ni povezano z drugo opremo, prekine dovod pomožne sile, potrebna sila na volanu ne sme preseči 60 daN. | 3.1.2. | The steering effort required to achieve a turning circle of 12 m radius, starting from the straight ahead position, shall not exceed 25 daN. In the case of assisted steering equipment that is not connected to other equipment, if the auxiliary power supply fails the steering effort required shall not exceed 60 daN. |
| 3.1.3 | Da se preveri skladnost s točko 3.1.2, mora traktor na suhi, ravni površini cestišča, ki zagotavlja dober oprijem pnevmatik, z začetkom v položaju naravnost naprej voziti v spirali pri hitrosti 10 kilometrov na uro. Sila na napravi za upravljanje krmilja se beleži, dokler ne doseže položaja, ki ustreza traktorju, ki vstopa v obračalni krog s polmerom 12 m. Trajanje preskusa (čas od trenutka, ko se naprava za upravljanje krmilja prvič uporabi, in do trenutka, ko doseže položaj, pri katerem se opravijo meritve) ne sme presegati pet sekund v običajnih razmerah in osem sekund, če posebna oprema odpove. En zavoj mora biti izpeljan v levo in en v desno. | Pri preskusu mora biti traktor obremenjen do največje tehnično dovoljene mase. Porazdelitev mase med osmi in tlak v pnevmatikah morata biti v skladu z navodili proizvajalca. Pritisk gosenic ne sme presegati vrednosti iz točke 3.3 Priloge XXXIII. | 3.1.3. | In order to check compliance with point 3.1.2, the tractor shall describe a spiral movement at a speed of 10 kilometres per hour, starting from the straight ahead position, on a dry, flat road surface offering good tyre adhesion. The steering effort on the steering control shall be noted until it reaches the position corresponding to the tractor entering a turning circle of 12 m radius. The duration of the manoeuvre (time between the moment when the steering control is first operated and the moment when it reaches the position where the measurements are taken) shall not exceed five seconds in normal cases and eight seconds if the special equipment fails. One manoeuvre shall be made to the left and one to the right. | For the test, the tractor shall be loaded to its technically permissible maximum mass; tyre pressures and mass distribution between the axles shall conform to the manufacturer’s instructions. The tracks pressure in particular shall not exceed the value provided for in point 3.3 of Annex XXXIII. |
| 3.2 Naprava za prenos upravljanja krmilja | 3.2. Steering gear |
| 3.2.1 | Krmilje ne sme vključevati električne ali popolnoma pnevmatske naprave za prenos upravljanja krmilja. | 3.2.1. | The steering equipment may not include either electrical or wholly pneumatic steering gear. |
| 3.2.2 | Naprava za prenos upravljanja krmilja mora biti zasnovana tako, da izpolnjuje vse zahteve za delovanje. Dostop za vzdrževanje in pregled mora biti preprost. | 3.2.2. | The steering gear shall be so designed as to meet any operational requirements. It shall be easily accessible for maintenance and inspection. |
| 3.2.3 | Pri napravah za prenos upravljanja krmilja, ki niso v celoti hidravlične, mora biti traktor mogoče krmiliti tudi, če pride do okvare hidravličnih ali pnevmatskih sestavnih delov naprave za prenos upravljanja krmilja. | 3.2.3. | In the case of steering gear which is not wholly hydraulic, it shall be possible to drive the tractor even in the event of failure of the hydraulic or pneumatic components of the steering gear. |
| 3.2.4 | Posebna oprema in naprave za prenos upravljanja krmilja, ki se upravljajo izključno hidravlično, morajo izpolnjevati naslednje zahteve: | 3.2.4.1 | ena ali več naprav za omejevanje tlaka mora varovati celotni hidravlični krogotok ali njegove dele pred previsokim tlakom; | 3.2.4.2 | naprave za omejevanje tlaka morajo biti nastavljene tako, da ne presegajo tlaka T, ki je enak najvišjemu delovnemu tlaku, ki ga določi proizvajalec; | 3.2.4.3 | cevne napeljave morajo imeti takšne značilnosti in mere, da zdržijo obremenitev štirikratnega tlaka T (ki ga dovolijo naprave za omejevanje tlaka). Morajo biti tudi ustrezno zaščitene in razporejene tako, da je nevarnost poškodb zaradi udarca ali oviranja čim bolj zmanjšana in da je nevarnost poškodb zaradi drgnjenja zanemarljiva. | 3.2.4. | Steering gear which is operated purely hydraulically and the special equipment shall meet the following requirements: | 3.2.4.1. | One or more pressure limitation devices shall protect the whole or part of the circuit against excess pressure; | 3.2.4.2. | The pressure limitation devices shall be set so as not to exceed a pressure T equal to the maximum operating pressure stated by the manufacturer; | 3.2.4.3. | The characteristics and dimensions of the pipe work shall be such that the pipes withstand four times the pressure T (permitted by the pressure limitation devices), and shall be protected in places and arranged in such a way that the risks of damage by impact or interference are reduced to a minimum, and the risks of damage by rubbing can be considered negligible. |
| 3.3 Krmiljena kolesa | 3.3. Steered wheels |
| 3.3.1 | Vsa kolesa so lahko krmiljena. | 3.3.1. | All the wheels may be steered wheels. |
| 3.4 Posebna oprema | 3.4. Special equipment |
| 3.4.1 | Posebna oprema, ki se uporablja pri vrstah krmilja, je dovoljena v naslednjih primerih: | 3.4.1.1 | Če je traktor opremljen s krmiljem s pomožno silo, ga mora biti mogoče voziti tudi, če pride do okvare posebne opreme. Če krmilje s pomožno silo nima svojega vira energije, mora biti opremljeno z zbiralnikom energije. Ta zbiralnik energije se lahko nadomesti z neodvisno napravo, ki krmilju zagotavlja energijo prednostno glede na druge sisteme, ki so povezani s skupnim virom energije. Če obstaja hidravlična povezava med hidravličnim krmiljem in hidravličnim zavornim sistemom in če imata oba sistema isti vir energije, sila, potrebna za aktiviranje krmilja, ne glede na zahteve, določene na podlagi člena 17(2)(b) in (5) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 in Priloge I(3) k Uredbi (EU) št. 167/2013, v primeru odpovedi katerega koli od teh sistemov ne sme presegati 40 daN. Če je vir energije stisnjeni zrak, mora biti posoda za zrak zavarovana s protipovratnim ventilom. | Če silo za krmiljenje zagotavlja samo posebna oprema, mora biti krmilje s pomožno silo opremljeno z napravo, ki v primeru, da zaradi okvare posebne opreme sila na volanu preseže 25 daN, z optičnim ali zvočnim signalom opozori na takšno okvaro. | 3.4.1.2 | Če je traktor opremljen s krmiljem s tujo silo in če ima to krmilje popolnoma hidravlično napravo za prenos upravljanja krmilja, mora biti mogoče v primeru okvare posebne naprave ali motorja z uporabo posebne dodatne naprave izvesti dva manevra iz točke 3.1.3. Ta posebna dodatna naprava je lahko posoda s stisnjenim zrakom ali plinom. Kot posebna dodatna naprava se lahko uporabi oljna črpalka ali kompresor, če to napravo poganja vrtenje traktorskih koles in njene povezave s kolesi ni mogoče prekiniti. V primeru okvare posebne opreme mora optični ali zvočni signal opozoriti na takšno okvaro. | 3.4.1.2.1 | Če je posebna naprava pnevmatska, mora biti opremljena s posodo s stisnjenim zrakom, ki je zavarovana s protipovratnim ventilom. Prostornina posode s stisnjenim zrakom se izračuna tako, da je možno opraviti vsaj sedem celotnih zasukov (od ene do druge skrajne lege), preden tlak v posodi pade na polovico vrednosti delovnega tlaka. Pri preskusu morajo biti krmiljena kolesa dvignjena od tal. | 3.4.1. | The special equipment, used in the types of steering equipment, shall be acceptable in the following circumstances: | 3.4.1.1. | If the tractor is equipped with assisted steering equipment, it shall be possible to drive it even in the event of failure of the special equipment. If the assisted steering equipment does not have its own source of power, it shall be fitted with a power reservoir. This power reservoir may be replaced by a self-contained device providing power supply to the steering equipment with priority over the other systems which are linked to the common energy source. Without prejudice to the requirements laid down on the basis of Article 17(2)(b) and (5) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and of Annex I(3) to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, if there is a hydraulic connection between the hydraulic steering equipment and the hydraulic braking equipment, and if both are supplied from the same energy source, the force required to activate the steering equipment shall not exceed 40 daN if either of the systems should fail. If the source of power is compressed air, the air reservoir shall be protected by a non-return valve. | Where the steering power is provided solely by the special equipment, the assisted steering equipment shall be fitted with a device such that if, in the event of failure of the special equipment, the steering effort exceeds 25 daN, a visual or acoustic signal shall give warning of such failure. | 3.4.1.2. | If the tractor is fitted with servo-steering equipment and provided that such equipment has a wholly hydraulic steering gear, it shall be possible, should the special device or motor fail, to carry out the two manoeuvres specified in point 3.1.3 using a special additional device. The special additional device may be a compressed air or gas reservoir. An oil pump or compressor may be used as the special additional device if that device is worked by the rotation of the tractor wheels and cannot be disconnected from them. In the event of failure of the special equipment, a visual or acoustic signal shall give warning of such failure. | 3.4.1.2.1. | If the special device is pneumatic, it shall be fitted with a compressed air reservoir protected by a non-return valve. The capacity of the compressed air reservoir shall be calculated so that at least seven complete turns (from lock to lock) are possible before the reservoir pressure falls to half its operating pressure; the test shall be carried out with the steered wheels off the ground. |
| 4. Proizvajalci lahko izberejo uporabo zahtev iz te priloge ali zahtev iz Priloge IV. | 4. Manufacturers may choose whether to apply either the requirements set out in this Annex or the requirements set out in Annex IV. |
| PRILOGA VI | ANNEX VI |
| Zahteve za merilnike hitrosti | Requirements on speedometers |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 1. Definitions |
| V tej prilogi: | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| 1.1 | „običajni delovni tlak“ pomeni tlak v hladnih pnevmatikah, kakor ga je določil proizvajalec vozila, povečan za 0,2 bara; | 1.1. | ‘Normal running pressure’ means the cold inflation pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer increased by 0.2 bar. |
| 1.2 | „merilnik hitrosti“ pomeni tisti del opreme za merjenje hitrosti, ki vozniku v vsakem danem trenutku prikazuje hitrost vozila. | 1.2. | ‘Speedometer’ means that part of the speedometer equipment which indicates to the driver the speed of his vehicle at any given moment. |
| 2. Zahteve | 2. Requirements |
| 2.1 | Vsi traktorji z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 30 km/h morajo biti opremljeni z merilnikom hitrosti v skladu z zahtevami iz te priloge. | 2.1.1 | Traktorji kategorije T4.1 in C4.1, katerih največja konstrukcijsko določena hitrost ne presega 30 km/h, morajo biti opremljeni z merilnikom hitrosti v skladu z zahtevami iz te priloge. | 2.1.2 | Kazalni del merilnika hitrosti se namesti v neposrednem vidnem polju voznika in mora biti jasno berljiv podnevi in ponoči. Obseg prikazanih vrednosti hitrosti mora biti dovolj velik, da vključuje največjo hitrost, ki jo je določil proizvajalec za tip vozila. | 2.1. | All tractors with maximum design speed exceeding 30 km/h shall be equipped with a speedometer according to the requirements set out in this Annex. | 2.1.1. | Tractors of the categories T4.1 and C4.1 with a maximum design speed not exceeding 30 km/h shall be equipped with a speedometer according to the requirements set out in this Annex. | 2.1.2. | The speedometer display shall be situated in the driver’s direct field of vision and shall be clearly legible both by day and by night. The range of speeds indicated shall be large enough to include the maximum speed given by the manufacturer for the type of vehicle. |
| 2.2 | Pri merilnikih hitrosti, ki nimajo digitalnega kazalnika, temveč skalo, mora biti ta jasno berljiva. | 2.2.1 | Skala mora biti graduirana po 1, 2, 5 ali 10 km/h. Vrednosti hitrosti morajo biti na skali označene na naslednji način: | 2.2.1.1 | če največja vrednost na skali ne presega 40 km/h, morajo biti vrednosti hitrosti označene v intervalih, ki niso večji od 10 km/h, in graduirane po največ 5 km/h; | 2.2.1.2 | če največja vrednost na skali presega 40 km/h, morajo biti vrednosti hitrosti označene v intervalih, ki niso večji od 20 km/h, in graduirane po največ 5 km/h. | 2.2.2 | Države članice, v katerih se na dan začetka veljavnosti te uredbe hitrost vozila meri v miljah na uro, lahko predpišejo, da se mora oprema za merjenje hitrosti, vgrajena v vozila, ki se prodajajo v teh državah, označiti s kilometri na uro in miljami na uro, v skladu z Direktivo 2009/3/ES Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta (1). | Merilniki hitrosti, proizvedeni za prodajo v državi članici, ki uporablja imperialne merske enote, morajo biti označeni tudi v mph (miljah na uro); skala mora biti graduirana po 1, 2, 5 ali 10 mph. Vrednosti hitrosti morajo biti označene na skali v intervalih, ki niso večji od 20 mph. | 2.2.3 | Označeni intervali vrednosti hitrosti niso nujno enakomerni. | 2.2. | Where the speedometer has a scale, as distinct from a digital display, it shall be clearly legible. | 2.2.1. | The graduations shall be of 1, 2, 5 or 10 km/h. The values of the speed shall be indicated on the dial as follows: | 2.2.1.1. | when the highest value on the dial does not exceed 40 km/h, speed values shall be indicated at intervals not exceeding 10 km/h and graduations not exceeding 5 km /h; | 2.2.1.2. | when the highest value on the dial exceeds 40 km/h, the speed values shall be indicated at intervals not exceeding 20 km/h and graduations not exceeding 5 km /h. | 2.2.2. | Member States in which vehicle speed is, at the date of entry into force of this Regulation, measured in miles per hour, shall be permitted to require speedometer equipment fitted to vehicles sold in their countries to be marked both in kilometres per hour and in miles per hour, in accordance with Directive 2009/3/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (1). | In the case of a speedometer manufactured for sale in any Member State where imperial units of measurement are used, the speedometer shall also be marked in mph (miles per hour); the graduations shall be of 1, 2, 5 or 10 mph. The values of the speed shall be indicated on the dial at intervals not exceeding 20 mph. | 2.2.3. | The indicated speed value intervals need not be uniform. |
| 2.3 | Točnost opreme za merjenje hitrosti se preskusi po naslednjem postopku: | 2.3.1 | vozilo je opremljeno z enim od tipov običajno vgrajenih pnevmatik ali gosenic; preskus se ponovi za vsak tip merilnika hitrosti, ki ga je določil proizvajalec; | 2.3.2 | obremenitev osi, ki poganja opremo za merjenje hitrosti, mora ustrezati delu mase neobremenjenega vozila, ki ga nosi ta os; | 2.3.3 | referenčna temperatura na merilniku hitrosti mora biti 23 ± 5 °C; | 2.3.4 | med vsakim preskusom mora biti v pnevmatikah običajni delovni tlak; | 2.3.5 | vozilo se preskusi pri naslednjih treh hitrostih: 20, 30 in 40 km/h ali 80 % največje hitrosti za hitre traktorje, ki jo je določil proizvajalec; | 2.3.6 | točnost preskusnih naprav, uporabljenih za merjenje dejanske hitrosti vozila, mora biti ± 1,0 %; | 2.3.6.1 | če se uporablja proga za preskušanje, mora imeti ravno, suho in dovolj oprijemljivo površino. | 2.3. | The accuracy of the speedometer equipment shall be tested in accordance with the following procedure: | 2.3.1. | the vehicle is equipped with one of the types of tyre or track normally fitted; the test shall be repeated for each of the types of speedometer specified by the manufacturer; | 2.3.2. | the load on the axle driving the speedometer equipment shall correspond to the part of mass in running order undertaken by that axle; | 2.3.3. | the reference temperature at the speedometer shall be 23 ± 5 °C; | 2.3.4. | during each test the pressure of the tyres shall be the normal running pressure; | 2.3.5. | the vehicle is tested at the following three speeds: 20, 30 and 40 km/h, or 80 % of the maximum speed specified by the manufacturer, for fast tractors; | 2.3.6. | the test instrumentation used for measuring the true vehicle speed shall be accurate to ± 1,0 %; | 2.3.6.1. | the surface of a test track when used be flat and dry, and shall provide sufficient adhesion. |
| 2.4 | Prikazana hitrost ne sme biti nikoli manjša od dejanske hitrosti. Pri hitrostih, določenih za preskus v točki 2.3.5, in med temi hitrostmi mora obstajati med hitrostjo, prikazano na skali merilnika hitrosti (V1), in dejansko hitrostjo (V2) naslednje razmerje: | . | 2.4. | The speed indicated shall never be less than the true speed. At the speeds specified for the test in 2.3.5 above and between these speeds, there shall be the following relationship between the speed indicated on the dial of the speedometer (V1) and the true speed (V2):. |
| (1) Direktiva 2009/3/ES Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta z dne 11. marca 2009 o spremembi Direktive Sveta 80/181/EGS o približevanju zakonodaj držav članic, ki se nanašajo na merske enote (UL L 114, 7.5.2009, str. 10). | (1) Directive 2009/3/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 March 2009 amending Council Directive 80/181/EEC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to units of measurement (OJ L 114, 7.5.2009, p. 10). |
| PRILOGA VII | ANNEX VII |
| Zahteve za vidno polje in brisalce vetrobranskega stekla | Requirements on the field of vision and windscreen wipers |
| Vozila kategorij T in C morajo izpolnjevati naslednje zahteve: | Vehicles of categories T and C shall comply with the following requirements: |
| 1. | iz standarda ISO 5721-1:2013 o vidnem polju naprej in brisalcih vetrobranskega stekla; | 1. | ISO 5721-1:2013 on the field of vision forward and the windscreen wipers; |
| 2. | iz dela o vidnem polju ob traktorju v standardu ISO 5721-2: 2014 o bočnem vidnem polju in vidnem polju za vozilom za kmetijske traktorje. | 2. | The part concerning the vision beside the tractor, in ISO 5721-2: 2014 on the field of vision to the side and to the rear of agricultural tractors. |
| PRILOGA VIII | ANNEX VIII |
| Zahteve za zasteklitev | Requirements on glazing |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 1. Definitions |
| V tej prilogi: | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| 1.1 | „referenčna točka oči voznika“ pomeni po dogovoru določen položaj oči voznika traktorja, namišljeno združen v eno samo točko. Ta točka leži na ravnini, ki je vzporedna z vzdolžno srednjo ravnino traktorja in poteka skozi središče sedeža, 700 mm navpično nad presečnico te ravnine in površine sedeža ter je oddaljena v smeri proti medenični opori 270 mm od navpične ravnine, ki poteka skozi sprednji rob površine sedeža in je pravokotna na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino traktorja (slika 1). Tako določena referenčna točka se nanaša na sedež, ko ni zaseden in je nameščen v središčnem položaju, kakor ga je določil proizvajalec traktorja; | 1.1 | ‘Driver’s eyes reference point’ means the position, fixed by convention, of the tractor driver’s eyes notionally located at a single point. That point is situated in the plane parallel to the longitudinal median plane of the tractor and passing through the centre of the seat, 700 mm vertically above the line of intersection of that plane and the surface of the seat and 270 mm in the direction of the pelvic support from the vertical plane passing through the front edge of the surface of the seat and perpendicular to the longitudinal median plane of the tractor (Figure 1). The reference point thus determined relates to the seat when unoccupied and fitted in the central position specified by the tractor manufacturer. |
| 1.2 | „material za varnostno zasteklitev, pomemben za voznikovo vidnost nazaj,“ pomeni vsa stekla za ravnino, ki poteka skozi referenčno točko oči voznika in je pravokotna na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila, skozi katero lahko voznik pri vožnji ali upravljanju vozila vidi cesto. | 1.2 | ‘Safety glazing material requisite for the driver’s rearward vision’ means all glazing situated behind a plane passing through the driver’s eyes reference point perpendicular to the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle through which the driver can view the road when driving or manoeuvring the vehicle. |
| 2. Zahteve | 2. Requirements |
| 2.1 Zasteklitev vozil kategorije T mora izpolnjevati zahteve iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I k tej uredbi, razen zahtev iz Priloge 21 k navedenemu pravilniku UN/ECE. | 2.1. Glazing of vehicles of category T shall comply with the requirements of UNECE Regulation No 43 as referenced in Annex I to this Regulation, except for Annex 21 to that UNECE Regulation. |
| 2.2 Zasteklitev vozil kategorije C mora izpolnjevati enake zahteve, kot so določene za ustrezna vozila kategorije T. | 2.2. Glazing of vehicles of category C shall comply with the same requirements set out for the corresponding vehicles within T category. |
| 2.3 Vgradnja varnostne zasteklitve v vozila kategorij T in C z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 60 km/h mora izpolnjevati določbe za vozila kategorije N iz Priloge 21 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2.3. Safety glazing installation on vehicles of category T and C with a maximum design speed exceeding 60 km/h shall comply with the provisions for vehicles of category N in Annex 21 to UNECE Regulation No 43 as referenced in Annex I. |
| 2.4 Vgradnja varnostne zasteklitve v vozila kategorij T in C, katerih največja konstrukcijsko določena hitrost ne presega 60 km/h | 2.4. Safety glazing installation on vehicles of category T and C with a maximum design speed not exceeding 60 km/h. |
| 2.4.1 Varnostna zasteklitev mora biti vgrajena tako, da zagotavlja visoko raven varnosti potnikov in zlasti dobro vidljivost za voznika naprej in nazaj ter bočno v vseh razmerah uporabe. | 2.4.1. Safety glazing shall be installed in a way to ensure a high level of safety for the occupants and, in particular, to provide the driver with a high degree of visibility in all use conditions, not only forwards but also rearwards and laterally. |
| 2.4.2 Varnostna zasteklitev mora biti vgrajena tako, da kljub obremenitvam, ki jim je vozilo izpostavljeno v običajnih pogojih delovanja, ostane na svojem mestu in še naprej zagotavlja vidljivost in varnost potnikom v vozilu. | 2.4.2. Safety glazing shall be fitted in such a way that, despite the stresses to which the vehicle is submitted under normal operating conditions, it remains in position and continues to afford visibility and safety to the occupants of the vehicle |
| 2.4.3 Varnostna zasteklitev mora biti označena z ustrezno homologacijsko oznako sestavnega dela iz odstavka 5.4 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, in po potrebi z enim od dodatnih simbolov iz odstavka 5.5 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2.4.3. Safety glazing shall bear the appropriate component type-approval mark specified in paragraph 5.4. of UNECE Regulation No 43, as referenced in Annex I, followed, when required, by one of the additional symbols provided for in paragraph 5.5 of UNECE Regulation No 43 as referenced in Annex I. |
| 2.4.4 Varnostna zasteklitev za vetrobranska stekla | 2.4.4. Safety glazing for windscreens |
| 2.4.4.1 | Normalna prepustnost svetlobe ne sme biti manjša od 70 %. | 2.4.4.1. | The regular light transmittance shall not be less than 70 %. |
| 2.4.4.2 | Vetrobransko steklo mora biti pravilno vgrajeno glede na referenčno točko oči voznika. | 2.4.4.2. | The windscreen shall be correctly fitted with reference to the driver’s eye reference point. |
| 2.4.4.3 | Vozila kategorij T in C, katerih največja konstrukcijsko določena hitrost ne presega 40 km/h, morajo biti opremljena z enim od tipov materiala za varnostno zasteklitev iz Priloge 4, Priloge 5, Priloge 6, Priloge 8 ali Priloge 10 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2.4.4.3. | Vehicles of categories T and C, with maximum design speed not exceeding 40 km/h, shall be fitted with one of the types of safety glazing material specified in Annex 4, Annex 5, Annex 6, Annex 8 or Annex 10 to UNECE Regulation No 43 as referenced in Annex I. |
| 2.4.4.4 | Vozila kategorij T in C z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 40 km/h morajo biti opremljena z enim od tipov materiala za varnostno zasteklitev iz točke 2.4.4.3 z izjemo Priloge 5 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2.4.4.4. | Vehicles of categories T and C, with maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h, shall be fitted with one of the types of safety glazing material referred to in point 2.4.4.3 with the exception of Annex 5 to UNECE Regulation No 43 as referenced in Annex I. |
| 2.4.5 Varnostna zasteklitev razen vetrobranskih stekel | 2.4.5. Safety glazing other than windscreens |
| 2.4.5.1 | Normalna prepustnost svetlobe varnostne zasteklitve ne sme biti manjša od 70 %. | 2.4.5.1. | The safety glazing shall have a regular light transmittance of at least 70 %. |
| 2.4.5.2 | Plastični material za varnostno zasteklitev, pomemben za voznikovo vidnost nazaj, mora poleg homologacijske oznake sestavnega dela iz točke 2.4.3 imeti simbol A/L ali B/L iz odstavkov 5.5.5 in 5.5.7 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2.4.5.2. | Plastic safety glazing material requisite for the driver’s rearward vision shall bear a symbol A/L or B/L, as specified in paragraphs 5.5.5 and 5.5.7 of UNECE Regulation No 43 as referenced in Annex I, in addition to the component type-approval mark specified in point 2.4.3. |
| 2.4.5.3 | Material za varnostno zasteklitev, ki ni potreben za voznikovo vidnost nazaj ali bočno vidnost, mora poleg homologacijske oznake sestavnega dela iz točke 2.4.3 imeti simbol V iz odstavka 5.5.2 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, če je prepustnost svetlobe manjša od 70 %. | 2.4.5.3. | Safety glazing material not needed for the driver’s rearward vision or driver’s vision to the sides shall bear the symbol V specified in paragraph 5.5.2. of UNECE Regulation No 43 as referenced in Annex I, in addition to the component type-approval mark specified in point 2.4.3, if the light transmittance is below 70 %. |
| 2.4.5.4 | Plastični material za varnostno zasteklitev, ki ni potreben za voznikovo vidnost naprej ali nazaj, mora poleg homologacijske oznake sestavnega dela iz točke 2.4.3 imeti enega od simbolov iz odstavkov 5.5.5, 5.5.6 in 5.5.7 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 43, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2.4.5.4. | Plastic safety glazing material not needed for the driver’s forward or rearward vision shall bear one of the symbols specified in paragraphs 5.5.5, 5.5.6 and 5.5.7 of UNECE Regulation No 43 as referenced in Annex I, in addition to the component type-approval mark specified in point 2.4.3. |
| 2.4.5.5 | Pri plastični varnostni zasteklitvi določbe o odpornosti proti odrgnjenju iz točke 2.4.5.2 ne veljajo za sončne strehe in zasteklitve v strehi vozila. Preskus odpornosti proti odrgnjenju/simbol ni potreben. | 2.4.5.5. | In the case of plastic safety glazing, the provisions related to abrasion resistance referred to in point 2.4.5.2 do not apply to sunroofs and glazing located in the roof of a vehicle. No abrasion test/symbol is required. |
| Slika 1 | Figure 1 |
| Referenčna točka oči voznika | Driver’s eyes reference point |
| PRILOGA IX | ANNEX IX |
| Zahteve za vzvratna ogledala | Requirements on rear-view mirrors |
| 1. Zahteve za opremo | 1. Equipment requirements |
| Vsi traktorji morajo biti opremljeni z dvema zunanjima vzvratnima ogledaloma in neobvezno z notranjim vzvratnim ogledalom. | All tractors shall be equipped with two exterior rear-view mirrors and optionally with an interior rear-view mirror. |
| 2. Splošno | 2. General |
| 2.1 | Notranja vzvratna ogledala so razvrščena v razred I, zunanja pa v razred II. Traktorji morajo biti opremljeni z dvema vzvratnima ogledaloma razreda II in neobvezno z vzvratnim ogledalom razreda I, ki imajo homologacijsko oznako iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 46, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, v skladu s členom 34 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 in Prilogo XX k tej uredbi. | 2.1. | Interior rear-view mirrors are grouped in class I. Exterior rear-view mirrors are grouped in class II. Tractors shall be fitted with two rear-view mirrors of class II and optionally with a rear-view mirror of class I, bearing the type-approval mark of UNECE Regulation No 46 as referenced in Annex I, in accordance with Article 34 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and Annex XX to this Regulation. |
| 2.2 | Vzvratna ogledala morajo biti pritrjena tako, da v običajnih voznih razmerah ostanejo trdno v legi nastavitve. | 2.2. | Rear-view mirrors shall be fixed in such a way that they remain steady under normal driving conditions. |
| 2.3 | Vozila s sedežem v obliki sedla in krmilom morajo namesto zahtev iz točk 2.1 in 2.2 ter od 3 do 6 izpolnjevati zahteve iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 81, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2.3. | Vehicles equipped with a straddle seat and handlebars are required to comply with the requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No 81, as referenced in Annex I, instead of the requirements set out in points 2.1 and 2.2, and points 3 to 6. |
| 2.4 | Za dodatna ogledala in vzvratna ogledala, ki so namenjena za nadzor delovanja orodij med delom na polju, ni potrebna homologacija sestavnega dela, vendar morajo biti nameščena v skladu z zahtevami za namestitev iz točk 3.1 do 3.5. | 2.4. | The additional mirrors and rear-view mirrors designed in order to monitor the implements while working in the fields are not necessarily open to component type-approval but shall be located in accordance with the setting requirements contained in points 3.1 to 3.5. |
| 3. Položaj namestitve | 3. Position |
| 3.1 | Zunanje vzvratno ogledalo razreda II mora biti nameščeno tako, da ima voznik, ko sedi na svojem sedežu v običajnem vozniškem položaju, jasen pogled na del ceste, opredeljen v točki 5. | 3.1. | The exterior rear-view mirror of class II shall be so placed that the driver, when sitting on the driving seat in a normal driving position, has a clear view of the part of the road specified in point 5. |
| 3.2 | Zunanje vzvratno ogledalo mora biti vidno skozi tisti del vetrobranskega stekla, ki ga briše brisalec, ali skozi stranska okna, če je traktor opremljen z njimi. | 3.2. | The exterior rear-view mirror shall be visible through the portion of the windscreen that is swept by the windscreen wiper or through the side windows if the tractor is fitted with them. |
| 3.3 | Zunanja vzvratna ogledala ne smejo štrleti prek robov karoserije traktorja ali kombinacije traktorja in priklopnika več, kot je potrebno za doseganje vidnega polja iz točke 5. | 3.3. | The external rear-view mirrors shall not protrude beyond the external bodywork of the tractor or the tractor-trailer combination more than is necessary to obtain the fields of vision specified in point 5. |
| 3.4 | Če je spodnji rob zunanjega vzvratnega ogledala manj kot 2 m nad tlemi, ko je traktor obremenjen, to vzvratno ogledalo ne sme segati več kot 0,20 m prek skupne širine traktorja ali kombinacije traktorja in priklopnika, merjeno brez vzvratnih ogledal. | 3.4. | Where the bottom edge of an exterior rear-view mirror is less than 2 m above the ground when the tractor is laden, this rear-view mirror shall not project more than 0,20 m beyond the overall width of the tractor or tractor-trailer combination measured without rear-view mirrors. |
| 3.5 | V skladu z zahtevami iz točk 3.3 in 3.4 lahko vzvratna ogledala segajo prek največje dovoljene širine traktorja. | 3.5. | Subject to the requirements set out in points 3.3 and 3.4, rear-view mirrors may project beyond the tractor’s permissible maximum width. |
| 4. Nastavljanje | 4. Adjustment |
| 4.1 | Vozniku mora biti omogočeno, da lahko z vozniškega položaja nastavlja vsako notranje vzvratno ogledalo. | 4.1. | Any interior rear-view mirror shall be adjustable by the driver from his driving position. |
| 4.2 | Vozniku mora biti omogočeno nastavljanje zunanjega vzvratnega ogledala brez zapuščanja vozniškega prostora. Blokiranje ogledala v ustreznem položaju pa se lahko opravi od zunaj. | 4.2. | The driver shall be able to adjust the exterior rear-view mirror without leaving the driving position. The mirror may, however, be locked into position from the outside. |
| 4.3 | Zahteve iz točke 4.2 ne veljajo za zunanja vzvratna ogledala, ki se po odmaknitvi samodejno vrnejo v prvotni položaj ali jih je v ta položaj mogoče vrniti brez uporabe orodij. | 4.3. | The requirements set out in point 4.2 do not apply to exterior rear-view mirrors which, after being displaced, are returned automatically to their original position or can be restored to their original position without the use of tools. |
| 5. Vidno polje za vzvratno ogledalo razreda II | 5. Fields of vision for rear view mirror of class II |
| 5.1 | Vidno polje levega ali desnega zunanjega vzvratnega ogledala mora biti takšno, da lahko voznik zadaj vidi vsaj tisti del ceste do horizonta desno oziroma levo od ravnine, vzporedne z navpično vzdolžno srednjo ravnino, ki poteka skozi skrajno desno oziroma levo točko celotne širine traktorja ali kombinacije traktorja in priklopnika. | 5.1. | The field of vision of the left hand or right hand exterior rear-view mirror shall be such that the driver can see to the rear at least that level part of the road, as far as the horizon, which is to the left or to the right, respectively, of the plane parallel to the vertical longitudinal median plane and which passes through the leftmost or rightmost, respectively, point of the overall width of the tractor or tractor-trailer combination. |
| 5.2 | Proizvajalci lahko izberejo uporabo zahtev iz točke 5.1 ali zahtev iz standarda ISO 5721-2: 2014. | 5.2. | Manufacturers may choose whether to apply either the requirements set out in point 5.1 or the requirements of ISO 5721-2: 2014. |
| PRILOGA X | ANNEX X |
| Zahteve za sisteme informiranja voznika | Requirements on driver information systems |
| 1. Zahteve | 1. Requirements |
| 1.1 | „Navidezni terminali“ pomeni vgrajene elektronske sisteme informiranja, ki so opremljeni z zasloni, na katerih se vozniku prikazujejo informacije o delovanju vozila in sistemov, in ki vozniku omogočajo nadzorovanje in upravljanje različnih funkcij prek zaslona na dotik ali tipkovnice. | 1.1. | ‘Virtual terminals’ means electronic on-board information systems with display screens to provide an operator with visual information on the performance of the vehicle and its systems, and that allow the operator to monitor and control various functions via a touch screen or keypad. |
| 1.2 | Naprave za upravljanje, povezane z navideznimi terminali, morajo biti skladne s standardom ISO 15077:2008 (Priloga B). | 1.2. | Operator controls associated with virtual terminals shall comply with ISO 15077:2008 (Annex B). |
| 1.3 | Sistemi informiranja voznika morajo biti zasnovani tako, da pri prikazovanju potrebnih informacij čim manj motijo voznika. | 1.3. | Driver Information Systems shall be designed so as to minimise distraction of the driver whilst conveying the necessary information. |
| PRILOGA XI | ANNEX XI |
| Zahteve za svetila, svetlobno-signalne naprave in svetlobne vire | Requirements on lighting, light-signalling devices and their light sources |
| 1. | Luči in svetlobno-signalne naprave, ki so vgrajene v vozila kategorij T in C, morajo izpolnjevati vse ustrezne zahteve iz pravilnikov UN/ECE, ki se uporabljajo za navedena vozila, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 1. | Lights and light-signalling devices, if fitted to vehicles of categories T and C, shall comply with all the relevant requirements set out in UNECE regulations applicable to those vehicles, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 2. | Žarnice z žarilno nitko, žarnice, ki delujejo na principu električnega praznjenja v plinu, in moduli LED za luči in svetlobno-signalne naprave, ki so vgrajene v vozila kategorije R, morajo izpolnjevati vse ustrezne zahteve iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 37, 99 ali 128, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2. | Filament lamps, gas discharge lamps and LED for lights and light-signalling devices, fitted on vehicles of category R shall comply with all the relevant requirements set out in UNECE Regulations Nos 37, 99 and 128, respectively, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 3. | Luči in svetlobno-signalne naprave, ki so vgrajene v vozila kategorij R in S, morajo izpolnjevati vse ustrezne zahteve za vozila kategorije O iz pravilnikov UN/ECE, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 3. | Lights and light-signalling devices, if fitted to vehicles of category R and S, shall comply with all the relevant requirements of the O category vehicles in UNECE regulations, as referenced in Annex I. |
| PRILOGA XII | ANNEX XII |
| Zahteve za vgradnjo svetil | Requirements on lighting installations |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 1. Definitions |
| V tej prilogi: | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| 1.1 | „prečna ravnina“ pomeni navpično ravnino, pravokotno na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila; | 1.1. | ‘Transverse plane’ means a vertical plane perpendicular to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle; |
| 1.2 | „samostojne svetilke“ pomenijo svetilke z ločenimi lečami, ločenimi svetlobnimi viri in ločenimi ohišji; | 1.2. | ‘Independent lamps’ means lamps having separate lenses, separate light sources, and separate lamp bodies; |
| 1.3 | „združene svetilke“ pomenijo svetilke z ločenimi lečami in ločenimi svetlobnimi viri, vendar s skupnim ohišjem; | 1.3. | ‘Grouped lamps’ means lamps having separate lenses and separate light sources, but a common lamp body; |
| 1.4 | „kombinirane svetilke“ pomenijo svetilke z ločenimi lečami, vendar s skupnim svetlobnim virom in skupnim ohišjem; | 1.4. | ‘Combined lamps’ means lamps having separate lenses but a common light source and a common lamp body; |
| 1.5 | „integrirane svetilke“ pomenijo svetilke z ločenimi svetlobnimi viri (ali z enim svetlobnim virom, ki deluje na različne načine), v celoti ali delno skupnimi lečami in skupnim ohišjem; | 1.5. | ‘Reciprocally incorporated lamps’ means lamps having separate light sources (or a single light source operating under different conditions), totally or partially common lenses and a common lamp body; |
| 1.6 | „svetilke s spremenljivim položajem“ pomenijo svetilke na vozilu, ki se lahko premikajo glede na vozilo, ne da bi se ločile od njega; | 1.6. | ‘Variable position lamps’ means lamps installed on the vehicle which can move in relation to the vehicle, without being detached; |
| 1.7 | „žaromet za dolgi svetlobni pramen“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za osvetljevanje ceste daleč pred vozilom; | 1.7. | ‘Main-beam headlamp’ means the lamp used to illuminate the road over a long distance ahead of the vehicle; |
| 1.8 | „žaromet za kratki svetlobni pramen“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za osvetljevanje ceste pred vozilom, ne da bi povzročila pretirano oslepitev ali neugodje nasproti vozečim voznikom in drugim udeležencem v prometu; | 1.8. | ‘Dipped-beam headlamp’ means the lamp used to illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle without causing undue dazzle or discomfort to oncoming drivers and other road-users; |
| 1.9 | „svetilka, ki se lahko skrije,“ pomeni žaromet, ki ga je mogoče deloma ali popolnoma skriti, kadar ni v uporabi. To je mogoče doseči s premičnim pokrovom, premestitvijo žarometa ali na kateri koli drug ustrezen način. Izraz „pogrezljiv“ se uporablja zlasti za svetilko, ki jo je mogoče s premikom umakniti v notranjost karoserije; | 1.9. | ‘Concealable lamp’ means a headlamp capable of being partly or completely hidden when not in use. This result may be achieved by means of a movable cover, by displacement of the headlamp or by any other suitable means. The term 'retractable' is used more particularly to describe a concealable lamp the displacement of which enables it to be inserted within the bodywork; |
| 1.10 | „žaromet za meglo“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za izboljšanje osvetlitve cestišča pri megli, sneženju, močnem dežju ali oblakih prahu; | 1.10. | ‘Front fog-lamp’ means the lamp used to improve the illumination of the road in case of fog, snowfall, rainstorms or dust clouds; |
| 1.11 | „žaromet za vzvratno vožnjo“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za osvetlitev cestišča za vozilom in za opozarjanje drugih udeležencev v prometu, da vozilo vozi vzvratno ali namerava voziti vzvratno; | 1.11. | ‘Reversing lamp’ means the lamp used to illuminate the road to the rear of the vehicle and to warn other road-users that the vehicle is reversing or about to reverse; |
| 1.12 | „smerna svetilka“ pomeni svetilko, ki jo voznik uporabi za nakazovanje drugim udeležencem v prometu, da namerava spremeniti smer vožnje v desno ali levo; | 1.12. | ‘Direction-indicator lamp’ means the lamp used to indicate to other road-users that the driver intends to change direction to the right or to the left; |
| 1.13 | „varnostne utripalke“ pomenijo napravo, ki omogoča hkratno delovanje vseh smernih svetilk vozila, s čimer se opozori, da vozilo začasno predstavlja posebno nevarnost za druge udeležence v prometu; | 1.13. | ‘Hazard-warning signal’ means the device permitting the simultaneous operation of all of a vehicle’s direction indicator lamps to draw attention to the fact that the vehicle temporarily constitutes a special danger to other road-users; |
| 1.14 | „zavorna svetilka“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za nakazovanje drugim udeležencem v prometu za vozilom, da se hitrost premikanja vozila v vzdolžni smeri namerno zmanjšuje; | 1.14. | ‘Stop lamp’ means the lamp used to indicate to other road-users to the rear of the vehicle that the longitudinal movement of the vehicle is intentionally retarded; |
| 1.15 | „svetilka zadnje registrske tablice“ pomeni napravo, ki se uporablja za osvetljevanje prostora, namenjenega za zadnjo registrsko tablico; sestavljena je lahko iz več optičnih sestavnih delov; | 1.15. | ‘Rear registration plate lamp’ means the device used to illuminate the space intended to accommodate the rear registration plate; it may consist of several optical components; |
| 1.16 | „sprednja pozicijska svetilka“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za označevanje prisotnosti in širine vozila, opazovanega od spredaj; | 1.16. | ‘Front position lamp’ means the lamp used to indicate the presence and the width of the vehicle when the latter is viewed from the front; |
| 1.17 | „zadnja pozicijska svetilka“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za označevanje prisotnosti in širine vozila, opazovanega od zadaj; | 1.17. | ‘Rear position lamp’ means the lamp used to indicate the presence and the width of the vehicle when the width is viewed from the rear; |
| 1.18 | „zadnja svetilka za meglo“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za boljšo vidnost vozila od zadaj v gosti megli; | 1.18. | ‘Rear fog-lamp’ means the lamp used to make the vehicle more easily visible from the rear in dense fog; |
| 1.19 | „parkirna svetilka“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za opozarjanje na stoječe vozilo v strnjenem naselju. V takšnih razmerah zamenjuje sprednjo in zadnjo pozicijsko svetilko; | 1.19. | ‘Parking lamp’ means the lamp used to draw attention to the presence of a stationary vehicle in a built-up area. In such circumstances, it replaces the front and rear position lamps; |
| 1.20 | „gabaritna svetilka“ pomeni svetilko, ki je vgrajena na skrajnem zunanjem robu čim bližje vrhu vozila in namenjena jasni označitvi skupne širine vozila. Ta svetilka pri nekaterih vozilih dopolnjuje sprednje in zadnje pozicijske svetilke, tako da posebej opozarja na velikost vozila; | 1.20. | ‘End-outline marker lamp’ means the lamp fitted to the extreme outer edge as close as possible to the top of the vehicle and intended clearly to indicate the vehicle’s overall width. This signal is intended, for certain vehicles, to complement the vehicle’s front and rear position lamps by drawing particular attention to its bulk; |
| 1.21 | „delovni žaromet“ pomeni napravo za osvetljevanje delovnega območja ali procesa; | 1.21. | ‘Work lamp’ means a device for illuminating a working area or process; |
| 1.22 | „odsevnik“ pomeni napravo, ki označuje prisotnost vozila z odbojem svetlobe iz svetlobnega vira, ki ni povezan z vozilom, pri čemer je opazovalec blizu tega vira. V tej prilogi se naslednji deli ne štejejo za odsevnike: | — | odsevne registrske tablice, | — | druge tablice in odsevni signali, ki jih je treba uporabljati za izpolnjevanje zahtev za uporabo v pogodbenici v zvezi z nekaterimi kategorijami vozil ali nekaterimi načini delovanja. | 1.22. | ‘Retro-reflector’ means a device used to indicate the presence of a vehicle by reflection of light emanating from a light source unconnected with the vehicle, the observer being situated near that source. For the purposes of this Annex, the following are not considered as retro-reflectors: | — | retro-reflecting number plates, | — | other plates and retro-reflecting signals which shall be used to comply with a Contracting Party’s specifications for use as regards certain categories of vehicles or certain methods of operation. |
| 1.23 | „bočna svetilka“ pomeni svetilko, ki se uporablja za označevanje prisotnosti vozila, opazovanega s strani; | 1.23. | ‘Side marker lamp’ means a lamp used to indicate the presence of the vehicle when viewed from the side; |
| 1.24 | „svetilka za dnevno vožnjo“ pomeni svetilko, usmerjeno naprej, ki se uporablja za boljšo vidnost vozila med vožnjo podnevi; | 1.24. | ‘Daytime running lamp’ means a lamp facing in a forward direction used to make the vehicle more easily visible when driving during daytime; |
| 1.25 | „svetilka za zavijanje“ pomeni svetilko za dodatno osvetlitev dela cestišča v bližini sprednjega vogala vozila na tisti strani, v katero namerava zaviti vozilo; | 1.25. | ‘Cornering lamp’ means a lamp used to provide supplementary illumination of that part of the road which is located near the forward corner of the vehicle at the side towards which the vehicle is going to turn; |
| 1.26 | „zunanja svetilka“ pomeni svetilko za dodatno osvetlitev, ki vozniku in potniku olajšuje vstop v vozilo in izstop iz njega ali ki se uporablja pri nakladanju; | 1.26. | ‘Exterior Courtesy lamp’ means a lamp used to provide supplementary illumination to assist the entry and exit of the vehicle driver and passenger or in loading operations. |
| 1.27 | „svetilka za manevriranje“ pomeni svetilko za dodatno osvetlitev površine ob vozilu med počasnimi manevri; | 1.27. | ‘Manoeuvring lamp’ means a lamp used to provide supplementary illumination to the side of the vehicle to assist during slow manoeuvres. |
| 1.28 | „prilagodljiv sistem sprednjih žarometov“ pomeni svetlobno napravo, homologirano v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 123, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, z žarometi z različnimi lastnostmi za samodejno prilagajanje različnim pogojem uporabe žarometa s kratkim svetlobnim pramenom in, če je ustrezno, žarometa z dolgim svetlobnim pramenom; | 1.28. | ‘Adaptive front lighting system’ means a lighting device, type-approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No. 123, as referenced in Annex I, providing beams with differing characteristics for automatic adaptation to varying conditions of use of the dipped-beam (passing-beam) and, if applicable, the main-beam (driving-beam). |
| 1.29 | „svetleča površina“ pomeni pravokotno projekcijo celotne površine reflektorja pri žarometu za dolgi svetlobni pramen z reflektorjem, žarometu za kratki svetlobni pramen z reflektorjem, žarometu za meglo z reflektorjem ali, pri žarometih z elipsoidnim reflektorjem, projekcijske leče na prečno ravnino. Če se površina sevanja svetilke razteza samo čez del površine reflektorja, se upošteva samo projekcija tega dela. | Pri žarometu s kratkim svetlobnim pramenom je svetleča površina omejena z navidezno sledjo meje zastiranja na leči. Če sta reflektor in leča medsebojno nastavljiva, je treba uporabiti srednjo nastavitev; | 1.29. | ‘Illuminating surface’ means the orthogonal projection of the full aperture of the reflector, in the case of the main-beam headlamp with reflector, dipped-beam headlamp with reflector, front fog-lamp with reflector, or in the case of headlamps with an ellipsoidal reflector of the projection lens, on a transverse plane. If the light emitting surface of the lamp extends over part only of the full aperture of the reflector, the projection of that part only is taken into account. | In the case of a dipped-beam headlamp, the illuminating surface is limited by the apparent trace of the cut-off on to the lens. If the reflector and lens are adjustable relative to one another, the mean adjustment should be used. |
| 1.30 | „svetleča površina“ pomeni pravokotno projekcijo svetilke v ravnini, ki poteka pravokotno na njeno referenčno os in se dotika zunanje površine sevanja, pri čemer to projekcijo omejujejo robovi zaslonov v tej ravnini, od katerih vsak zmanjša svetilnost na 98 % celotne svetilnosti v smeri referenčne osi pri zadnji pozicijski svetilki in parkirni svetilki ter pri žarometu za dolgi svetlobni pramen, žarometu za kratki svetlobni pramen in žarometu za meglo, ki so brez reflektorja; | Pri svetlobno-signalnih napravah, katerih svetleča površina zajema celotno ali delno svetlečo površino druge funkcije ali zajema neosvetljeno površino, se šteje, da je svetleča površina kar površina sevanja; | 1.30. | ‘Illuminating surface’ means the orthogonal projection of the lamp in a plane perpendicular to its axis of reference and in contact with the exterior light-emitting surface of the lamp, this projection being bounded by the edges of screens situated in this plane, each allowing only 98 % of the total luminous intensity of the light to persist in the direction of the axis of reference in the case of rear position lamp, parking lamp, and of main-beam headlamp, dipped-beam headlamp, front fog-lamp, which are without reflector. | In the case of a light-signalling device whose illuminating surface encloses either totally or partially the illuminating surface of another function or encloses a non-lighted surface, the illuminating surface may be considered to be the light emitting surface itself. |
| 1.31 | „svetleča površina“ odsevnika, označevalne table ali označevalne nalepke pomeni, kot določi vlagatelj med homologacijskim postopkom za odsevnike, pravokotno projekcijo odsevnika v ravnini, ki poteka pravokotno na njegovo referenčno os ter je omejena z ravninami, ki potekajo ob navedenih najbolj oddaljenih delih optičnega sistema odsevnika in so vzporedne s to osjo. Za določitev spodnjih, zgornjih in stranskih robov naprave se upoštevajo samo navpične in vodoravne ravnine; | 1.31. | ‘Illuminating surface’ of a retro-reflector or of a signalling panel or of a signalling foil means, as declared by the applicant during the component approval procedure for the retro-reflectors, the orthogonal projection of a retro-reflector in a plane perpendicular to its axis of reference and delimited by planes contiguous to the declared outermost parts of the retro-reflectors’ optical system and parallel to that axis. For the purposes of determining the lower, upper and lateral edges of the device, only horizontal and vertical planes shall be considered. |
| 1.32 | „zunanja površina sevanja“ pomeni del zunanje površine prozorne leče, ki obdaja svetlobno ali svetlobno-signalno napravo in ji omogoča, da sveti; | 1.32. | ‘Exterior light-emitting surface’ means the part of the exterior surface of the transparent lens that encloses the lighting or light-signalling device and allows it to emit light. |
| 1.33 | „vidna svetleča površina“ za določeno smer opazovanja pomeni pravokotno projekcijo meje svetleče površine, projicirane na zunanjo površino leče, ali površine sevanja v ravnini, ki je pravokotna na smer opazovanja in se dotika skrajne zunanje točke leče; | 1.33. | ‘Apparent surface’ for a defined direction of observation, means the orthogonal projection of either the boundary of the illuminating surface projected on the exterior surface of the lens or the light-emitting surface in a plane perpendicular to the direction of observation and tangential to the most exterior point of the lens. |
| 1.34 | „referenčna os“ pomeni značilno os svetlobnega signala, ki jo proizvajalec svetilke določi za referenčno smer (H = 0°, V = 0°) za fotometrične meritve in pri vgradnji svetilke v vozilo; | 1.34. | ‘Axis of reference’ means the characteristic axis of the light signal determined by the manufacturer of the lamp for use as the direction of reference (H = 0°, V = 0°) for photometric measurements and when fitting the lamp on the vehicle. |
| 1.35 | „referenčno središče“ pomeni presečišče referenčne osi z zunanjo površino sevanja, ki ga določi proizvajalec svetilke; | 1.35. | ‘Centre of reference’ means the intersection of the axis of reference with the exterior light-emitting surface, specified by the manufacturer of the lamp; |
| 1.36 | „koti geometrijske vidnosti“ pomenijo kote, ki določajo območje najmanjšega prostorskega kota, v katerem je mogoče videti vidno svetlečo površino svetilke. To območje prostorskega kota je določeno s krogelnimi izseki, katerih središče sovpada z referenčnim središčem svetilke, ekvator pa je vzporeden s tlemi. Ti izseki so določeni glede na referenčno os. Vodoravni koti β ustrezajo zemljepisni dolžini, navpični koti α pa zemljepisni širini; | 1.36. | ‘Angles of geometric visibility’ means the angles which determine the field of the minimum solid angle in which the apparent surface of the lamp is visible. That field of the solid angle is determined by the segments of the sphere of which the centre coincides with the centre of reference of the lamp and the equator is parallel with the ground. These segments are determined in relation to the axis of reference. The horizontal angles β correspond to the longitude and the vertical angles α to the latitude. |
| 1.37 | „skrajni zunanji rob“ na vsaki strani vozila pomeni ravnino, ki je vzporedna z vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila in sovpada z njegovim stranskim zunanjim robom, pri čemer se ne upoštevajo štrleči deli: | 1. | pnevmatik blizu točke stika s tlemi, priključkov za merilnike tlaka v pnevmatikah in naprav/cevi za polnjenje/praznjenje pnevmatik; | 2. | kakršnih koli naprav za preprečevanje drsenja koles, ki so nameščene na kolesa; | 3. | vzvratnih ogledal; | 4. | bočnih smernih svetilk, gabaritnih svetilk, sprednjih in zadnjih pozicijskih svetilk, parkirnih svetilk in bočnih odsevnikov; | 5. | carinskih oznak, pritrjenih na vozilo, ter naprav za pritrditev in zaščito teh oznak. | 1.37. | ‘Extreme outer edge’ on either side of the vehicle means the plane parallel with the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle and coinciding with its lateral outer edge, disregarding the projection: | (1) | of tyres near their point of contact with the ground and connections for tyre-pressure gauges and tyre inflating/deflating devices/ducts; | (2) | of any anti-skid devices which may be mounted on the wheels; | (3) | of rear-view mirrors; | (4) | of side direction indicator lamps, end-outline marker lamps, front and rear position lamps, parking lamps and side retro-reflectors; | (5) | of customs seals affixed to the vehicle and devices for securing and protecting such seals. |
| 1.38 | „skupna širina“ pomeni razdaljo med navpičnima ravninama iz opredelitve skrajnega zunanjega roba; | 1.38. | ‘Overall width’ means the distance between the two vertical planes defined in the definition of the extreme outer edge, above. |
| 1.39 | „posamična svetilka“ pomeni: | 1.39.1 | napravo ali del naprave z eno svetlobno ali svetlobno-signalno funkcijo, enim ali več svetlobnimi viri in eno vidno svetlečo površino v smeri referenčne osi, ki je lahko neprekinjena površina ali sestavljena iz dveh ali več samostojnih delov, ali | 1.39.2 | kateri koli sklop dveh samostojnih svetilk, enakih ali različnih, z enako funkcijo, ki sta homologirani kot svetilki tipa „D“ in vgrajeni tako, da: | 1.39.2.1 | projekcije njunih vidnih svetlečih površin v smeri referenčne osi zavzemajo najmanj 60 % najmanjšega štirikotnika, ki očrtuje projekcije navedenih vidnih svetlečih površin v smeri referenčne osi, ali | 1.39.2.2 | razdalja med dvema sosednjima/tangencialnima samostojnima deloma ne presega 15 mm, merjeno pravokotno na referenčno os, ali | 1.39.3 | kateri koli sklop dveh samostojnih odsevnikov, enakih ali različnih, ki sta bila homologirana ločeno in sta vgrajena tako, da: | 1.39.3.1 | projekcije njunih vidnih svetlečih površin v smeri referenčne osi zavzemajo najmanj 60 % najmanjšega štirikotnika, ki očrtuje projekcije navedenih vidnih svetlečih površin v smeri referenčne osi, ali | 1.39.3.2 | da razdalja med dvema sosednjima/tangencialnima samostojnima deloma ne presega 15 mm, merjeno pravokotno na referenčno os; | 1.39. | ‘A single lamp’ means: | 1.39.1. | a device or part of a device having one lighting or light-signalling function, one or more light source(s) and one apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis, which may be a continuous surface or composed of two or more distinct parts; or | 1.39.2. | any assembly of two independent lamps, whether identical or not, having the same function, both approved as type ‘D’ lamp and installed so that: | 1.39.2.1. | the projection of their apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axis occupies not less than 60 % of the smallest quadrilateral circumscribing the projections of the said apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axis; or | 1.39.2.2. | the distance between two adjacent/tangential distinct parts does not exceed 15 mm when measured perpendicularly to the reference axis; or | 1.39.3. | any assembly of two independent retro-reflectors, whether identical or not, that have been approved separately and are installed in such a way that: | 1.39.3.1. | the projection of their apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axis occupies not less 60 % of the smallest quadrilateral circumscribing the projections of the said apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axis; or | 1.39.3.2. | the distance between two adjacent/tangential distinct parts does not exceed 15 mm when measured perpendicularly to the reference axis. |
| 1.40 | „dve svetilki“ pomenita eno površino sevanja v obliki traku ali pasu, če je takšen trak ali pas nameščen simetrično glede na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila, se razteza na vsako stran najmanj do razdalje 0,4 m od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila in je dolg najmanj 0,8 m; osvetlitev takšne površine se zagotovi z najmanj dvema svetlobnima viroma, ki sta vgrajena čim bližje njenim robovom; površino sevanja lahko sestavlja več soležnih elementov, če projekcije več posameznih površin sevanja na prečno ravnino zavzemajo najmanj 60 % površine najmanjšega pravokotnika, ki očrtuje projekcije navedenih posameznih površin sevanja; | 1.40. | ‘Two lamps’ means a single light- emitting surface in the shape of a band or strip if such band or strip is placed symmetrically in relation to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle, extends on both sides to within at least 0,4 m of the extreme outer edge of the vehicle, and is not less than 0,8 m in length; the illumination of such surface shall be provided by not less than two light sources placed as close as possible to its ends; the light-emitting surface may be constituted by a number of juxtaposed elements on condition that the projections of the several individual light-emitting surfaces on a transverse plane occupy not less than 60 % of the area of the smallest rectangle circumscribing the projections of the said individual light-emitting surfaces. |
| 1.41 | „razdalja med dvema svetilkama“, ki sta obrnjeni v isto smer, pomeni razdaljo med pravokotnima projekcijama v ravnini, ki je pravokotna na zadevno smer orisov obeh svetlečih površin; | 1.41. | ‘Distance between two lamps’ which face in the same direction means the distance between the orthogonal projections in a plane perpendicular to the direction in question of the outlines of the two illuminating surfaces. |
| 1.42 | „neobvezno“ pomeni, da je vgradnja svetlobno-signalne naprave prepuščena presoji proizvajalca; | 1.42. | ‘Optional’ means that the installation of a light-signalling device is left to the discretion of the manufacturer. |
| 1.43 | „opozorilna naprava za delovanje“ pomeni vidni ali zvočni signal ali drug enakovreden signal, ki prikazuje, da je naprava vklopljena in da deluje pravilno; | 1.43. | ‘Operating tell-tale’ means a visual or auditory signal or any equivalent signal indicating that a device has been switched on and is operating correctly. |
| 1.44 | „barva svetlobe, ki jo oddaja naprava,“ pomeni barvo svetlobe, ki se oddaja v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 48, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I; | 1.44. | ‘Colour of the light emitted from a device’ means the colour of the light emitted as specified in UNECE Regulation No. 48 as referenced in Annex I. |
| 1.45 | „vidnostna oznaka“ pomeni napravo za povečanje vidnosti vozila, opazovanega s strani ali od zadaj ali pri priklopnikih dodatno od spredaj, z odsevom svetlobe iz svetlobnega vira, ki ni povezan z vozilom, pri čemer je opazovalec blizu tega vira; | 1.45. | ‘Conspicuity marking’ means a device intended to increase the conspicuity of a vehicle, when viewed from the side or rear or in the case of trailers, additionally from the front, by the reflection of light emanating from a light source not connected to the vehicle, the observer being situated near the source. |
| 1.46 | „opozorilna naprava za sklenjen tokokrog“ pomeni opozorilno napravo, ki prikazuje, da je naprava vklopljena, ne prikazuje pa, ali deluje pravilno ali ne; | 1.46. | ‘Circuit-closed tell-tale’ means a tell-tale showing that a device has been switched on but not showing whether it is operating correctly or not. |
| 1.47. | „zadnja tabla za označevanje počasnih vozil“ pomeni trikotno tablo s prisekanimi robovi in značilnim vzorcem, prekrito z odsevnim in fluorescenčnim materialom ali napravami (razred 1) ali samo z odsevnim materialom ali napravami (razred 2) (glej npr. Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I); | 1.47. | ‘SMV rear marking plate’, a triangular plate with truncated corners with a characteristic pattern faced with retro-reflective and fluorescent material or devices (class 1); or with retro-reflective materials or devices only (class 2) (see e.g. UNECE Regulation No. 69 as referenced in Annex I). |
| 1.48 | „par“ pomeni sklop svetilk z enako funkcijo na levi in desni strani vozila; | 1.48. | ‘Pair’ means the set of lamps of the same function on the left- and right hand side of the vehicle. |
| 1.49 | „ravnina H“ pomeni vodoravno ravnino, v kateri je referenčno središče svetilke; | 1.49. | ‘H plane’ means the horizontal plane containing the centre of reference of the lamp. |
| 1.50 | „svetlobna funkcija“ pomeni svetlobo, ki jo oddaja naprava za osvetlitev cestišča in predmetov v smeri premikanja vozila; | 1.50. | ‘Lighting function’ means the light emitted by a device to illuminate the road and objects in the direction of vehicle movement. |
| 1.51 | „svetlobno-signalna funkcija“ pomeni svetlobo, ki jo oddaja ali odbija naprava, da se drugim udeležencem v prometu zagotovijo vidne informacije o prisotnosti, identifikaciji in/ali spremembi premikanja vozila; | 1.51. | ‘Light-signalling function’ means the light emitted or reflected by a device to give to other road users visual information on the presence, identification and/or the change of movement of the vehicle. |
| 1.52 | „svetlobni vir“ pomeni enega ali več elementov za vidno sevanje, ki se jih lahko sestavi z enim ali več prosojnimi ovoji in s podnožjem za mehansko ali električno priključitev. | Svetlobni vir je lahko sestavljen tudi iz skrajne odprtine svetlobnega vodnika, ki je del porazdeljenega svetlobnega ali svetlobno-signalnega sistema, ki nima vgrajene zunanje leče; | 1.52. | ‘Light source’ means one or more elements for visible radiation, which may be assembled with one or more transparent envelopes and with a base for mechanical and electrical connection. | A light source may also be constituted by the extreme outlet of a light guide, as part of a distributed lighting or light-signalling system not having a built-in outer lens. |
| 1.53 | „površina sevanja“ svetlobne naprave, svetlobno-signalne naprave ali odsevnika pomeni površino, ki jo proizvajalec naprave navede na risbi v zahtevi za homologacijo. | 1.53. | ‘Light emitting surface’ of a lighting device, light-signalling device or a retro-reflector means the surface as declared in the request for approval by the manufacturer of the device on the drawing. |
| 2. Preskusni postopek za EU-homologacijo | 2. Test procedure for EU type-approval |
| Vlogi za EU-homologacijo se v treh izvodih priložijo dokumenti iz točk 2.1 do 2.4 in naslednji podatki: | The application for EU type-approval shall be accompanied by the documents referred to in points 2.1-2.4 in triplicate and the following particulars: |
| 2.1 | opis tipa vozila glede na mere in zunanjo obliko vozila ter število in položaj svetlobnih in svetlobno-signalnih naprav. Navede se pravilno označen tip vozila; | 2.1. | A description of the vehicle type with regard to the dimensions and exterior shape of the vehicle and the number and positioning of lighting and light-signalling devices; the vehicle type duly identified shall be specified. |
| 2.2 | seznam naprav, ki jih proizvajalec določi za svetlobno in svetlobno-signalno opremo. Seznam lahko vključuje več tipov naprav za vsako funkcijo, poleg tega pa lahko seznam za vsako funkcijo vključuje dodatno oznako „ali enakovredne naprave“; | 2.2. | A list of the devices intended by the manufacturer to form the lighting and signalling equipment; the list may include several types of device for each function; in addition, the list may include in respect of each function the additional annotation 'or equivalent devices'. |
| 2.3 | grafični prikaz svetlobne in signalne napeljave v celoti, ki prikazuje položaj različnih naprav v vozilu; | 2.3. | A diagram of the lighting and signalling installation as a whole, showing the position of the various devices on the vehicle. |
| 2.4 | risbo ali risbe posamezne svetilke, na katerih je prikazana svetleča površina svetilke, svetlobne naprave ali signalne svetilke razen odsevnika ali odbojnika. | Površina sevanja svetlobne naprave, svetlobno-signalne naprave ali odsevnika mora biti navedena v skladu z enim od naslednjih pogojev: | 2.4.1 | če je zunanja leča teksturirana, mora navedena površina sevanja biti celotna ali delna zunanja površina zunanje leče; | 2.4.2 | če zunanja leča ni teksturirana, se lahko zanemari, površina sevanja pa mora biti takšna, kot je navedena na risbi. | 2.4. | A drawing or drawings of each lamp showing the illuminating surface of a lamp or a lighting device or a signalling lamp other than a retro-reflector or a reflex-reflector. | The light emitting surface of a lighting device, light-signalling device or a retro-reflector shall be declared according to one of the following conditions: | 2.4.1 | In the case where the outer lens is textured, the declared light emitting surface shall be all or part of the exterior surface of the outer lens. | 2.4.2 | In the case where the outer lens is non-textured the outer lens may be disregarded and the light emitting surface shall be as declared on the drawing. |
| 2.5 | Tehnični službi, ki izvaja homologacijske preskuse, se predloži neobremenjeno vozilo z vgrajeno celotno svetlobno in svetlobno-signalno opremo, ki je vzorčni tip vozila v homologacijskem postopku. | 2.5. | An unladen vehicle fitted with a complete set of lighting and signalling equipment and representative of the vehicle type to be approved shall be submitted to the technical service conducting approval tests. |
| 3. Homologacija | 3. Approval |
| Predloge dokumentov iz točk 2.1 do 2.4, ki se morajo predložiti med postopkom EU-homologacije, so določene v členu 68(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | The templates of the documents referred to in points 2.1-2.4, to be submitted during the EU type-approval process, shall be those set out in Article 68(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 4. Homologacijska številka in oznake | 4. Approval number and markings |
| Vsakemu vozilu, homologiranemu v skladu z zahtevami iz te priloge, se dodelita homologacijska številka in oznaka v skladu z vzorcem iz člena 68(h) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | Each vehicle approved in accordance with the requirements set out in this Annex shall be assigned an approval number and marking, according to the model set out in Article 68(h) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 5. Splošne zahteve | 5. General Specifications |
| 5.1 Svetlobne in svetlobno-signalne naprave morajo biti vgrajene tako, da v običajnih pogojih uporabe in ne glede na tresljaje, ki so jim lahko izpostavljene, ohranijo značilnosti iz točk 5.2–5.21 in 6 ter dodatkov 1, 2 in 3 in da vozilo izpolnjuje zahteve iz točk 5.2, 5.4, 5.5, 5.7, 5.9, 5.10.1, 5.11.1, 5.11.2, 5.11.3.2, 5.17.1.1, 5.18.3 in 6. Zlasti ne sme biti mogoče nenamerno spreminjati nastavitve svetilk. | 5.1. The lighting and light-signalling devices shall be so fitted that under normal conditions of use, and notwithstanding any vibration to which they may be subjected, they retain the characteristics laid down in points 5.2-5.21 and 6 and Appendices 1, 2 and 3and enable the vehicle to comply with the requirements set out in points 5.2, 5.4, 5.5, 5.7, 5.9, 5.10.1, 5.11.1, 5.11.2, 5.11.3.2, 5.17.1.1, 5.18.3 and 6. In particular, it shall not be possible for the adjustment of the lamps to be inadvertently disturbed. |
| 5.2 Vozila morajo biti opremljena s trajno priključeno vtičnico iz standarda ISO 1724: 2003 (Električne vezave za vozila s 6- do 12-voltnimi električnimi napravami, ki se uporabljajo posebej na osebnih motornih vozilih in lahkih priklopnih vozilih ali bivalnikih) ali iz standarda ISO 1185: 2003 (Električne vezave med vozili za vleko in vlečenimi vozili s 24-voltnimi električnimi sistemi, ki se uporabljajo za mednarodne komercialne prevoze) ali z obema, če imajo priključek za priključitev vlečenih vozil ali priključnih strojev. Poleg tega so vozila lahko opremljena z dodatnim 7-polnim priključkom iz standarda ISO 3732:2003 (priključki za električno vezavo vlečnega in vlečenega vozila – 7-polni priključek tipa 12 S (dodatno) za vozila z nazivno napajalno napetostjo 12 V). | 5.2. Vehicles shall be fitted with the permanently connected socket outlet specified in ISO 1724:2003 (Electrical connections for vehicles with 6 or 12 volt electrical systems applying more specifically to private motor cars and lightweight trailers or caravans), or ISO 1185: 2003 (Electrical connections between tractors and towed vehicles having 24 volt electrical systems used for international commercial transport purposes) or both when they have a connection for attaching trailed vehicles or mounted machines. In addition, vehicles may be fitted with the supplementary 7-pin connector according to ISO 3732:2003 (Connectors for the electrical connection of towing and towed vehicles — 7-pole connector type 12 S (supplementary) for vehicles with 12 V nominal supply voltage). |
| 5.3 Žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen, žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen in žarometi za meglo morajo biti vgrajeni tako, da je pravilna nastavitev njihove usmeritve preprosta. | 5.3. The illuminating main-beam headlamps, dipped-beam headlamps and front fog-lamps shall be so installed that correct adjustment of their orientation can easily be carried out. |
| 5.4 Pri vseh svetlobno-signalnih napravah mora biti referenčna os svetilke, vgrajene v vozilo, vzporedna z ravnino stika med vozilom in cestiščem; poleg tega mora pri bočnih odsevnikih in bočnih svetilkah biti pravokotna na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila, pri vseh drugih signalnih napravah pa mora biti vzporedna s to ravnino. V vsaki smeri je dovoljeno odstopanje ± 3°. Poleg tega je treba upoštevati vsa posebna navodila glede vgradnje, ki jih je določil proizvajalec. | 5.4. For all light-signalling devices, the reference axis of the lamp when fitted to the vehicle shall be parallel with the bearing plane of the vehicle on the road; in addition it shall be perpendicular to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle in the case of side retro-reflectors and of side-marker lamps and parallel to that plane in the case of all other signalling devices. In each direction a tolerance of ± 3° shall be allowed. In addition, any specific instructions as regards fitting laid down by the manufacturer shall be complied with. |
| 5.5 Kadar ni posebnih navodil, se višina in usmeritev svetilk preverita pri neobremenjenem vozilu, ki stoji na ravni vodoravni površini. | 5.5. In the absence of specific instructions, the height and orientation of the lamps shall be verified with the vehicle unladen and placed on a flat horizontal surface. |
| 5.6 Kadar ni posebnih navodil, za svetilke, ki sestavljajo par, velja: | 5.6. In the absence of specific instructions, lamps constituting a pair shall: |
| 5.6.1 | vgradijo se simetrično glede na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino; | 5.6.1. | Be mounted symmetrically in relation to the median longitudinal plane; |
| 5.6.2 | so simetrične ena na drugo glede na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino; | 5.6.2. | Be symmetrical to one another in relation to the median longitudinal plane; |
| 5.6.3 | izpolnjujejo enake kolorimetrične zahteve in | 5.6.3. | Satisfy the same colorimetric requirements; and |
| 5.6.4 | imajo skoraj enake fotometrične značilnosti. | 5.6.4. | Have substantially identical photometric characteristics. |
| 5.7 Pri vozilih, ki imajo asimetrično zunanjo obliko, morajo biti v čim večji meri izpolnjene zahteve iz točk 5.6.1 in 5.6.2. Šteje se, da so navedene zahteve izpolnjene, če je oddaljenost obeh svetilk od vzdolžne srednje ravnine in od ravnine stika na tleh enaka. | 5.7. On vehicles whose external shape is asymmetrical, the requirements set out in points 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 shall be satisfied as far as possible. Those requirements shall be regarded as having been met if the distance of the two lamps from the median longitudinal plane and from the bearing plane on the ground is the same. |
| 5.8 Združene, kombinirane ali integrirane svetilke | 5.8. Grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps |
| 5.8.1 Svetilke so lahko združene, kombinirane ali integrirane, če so izpolnjene vse zahteve v zvezi z barvo, položajem, usmeritvijo, geometrijsko vidnostjo in električnimi vezavami ter morebitne druge zahteve. | 5.8.1 Lamps may be grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated with one another provided that all requirements regarding colour, position, orientation, geometric visibility, electrical connections and other requirements, if any, are fulfilled. |
| 5.8.1.1 | Fotometrične in kolorimetrične zahteve za svetilko morajo biti izpolnjene, ko so vse druge funkcije, s katerimi je ta svetilka združena, kombinirana ali integrirana, izklopljene. | Če pa je sprednja ali zadnja pozicijska svetilka integrirana z eno ali več drugimi funkcijami, ki se lahko skupaj vklopijo, morajo biti zahteve glede barve vsake od teh drugih funkcij izpolnjene, ko so integrirane funkcije in sprednje ali zadnje pozicijske svetilke vklopljene. | 5.8.1.1. | The photometric and colorimetric requirements of a lamp shall be fulfilled when all other functions with which this lamp is grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated are switched OFF. | However, when a front or rear position lamp is reciprocally incorporated with one or more other function(s) which can be activated together with them, the requirements regarding colour of each of these other functions shall be fulfilled when the reciprocally incorporated function(s) and the front or rear position lamps are switched ON. |
| 5.8.1.2 | Zavornih svetilk in smernih svetilk ni dovoljeno integrirati. | 5.8.1.2. | Stop lamps and direction-indicator lamps are not permitted to be reciprocally incorporated. |
| 5.8.1.3 | Če so zavorne svetilke in smerne svetilke združene, morajo biti izpolnjeni naslednji pogoji: | 5.8.1.3.1 | nobena vodoravna ali navpična ravna črta, ki poteka skozi projekcije vidnih svetlečih površin teh funkcij v ravnini, ki je pravokotna na referenčno os, ne sme sekati več kot dveh mejnih črt, ki ločujeta sosednje površine različnih barv; | 5.8.1.3.2 | njihove vidne svetleče površine v smeri referenčne osi, ki temeljijo na površinah, ki jih omejuje oris njihovih površin sevanja, se ne prekrivajo. | 5.8.1.3. | Where stop lamps and direction-indicator lamps are grouped, the following conditions shall be met: | 5.8.1.3.1. | Any horizontal or vertical straight line passing through the projections of the apparent surfaces of these functions on a plane perpendicular to the reference axis, shall not intersect more than two borderlines separating adjacent areas of different colour; | 5.8.1.3.2. | Their apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axis, based upon the areas bounded by the outline of their light emitting surfaces, do not overlap. |
| 5.8.2 Če je vidna svetleča površina posamezne svetilke sestavljena iz dveh ali več samostojnih delov, mora izpolnjevati naslednje zahteve: | 5.8.2. Where the apparent surface of a single lamp is composed of two or more distinct parts, it shall comply with the following requirements: |
| 5.8.2.1 | skupna površina projekcije samostojnih delov na ravnini, ki se dotika zunanje površine zunanje leče in je pravokotna na referenčno os, mora zavzemati najmanj 60 % najmanjšega štirikotnika, ki je očrtan navedeni projekciji, ali pa razdalja med dvema sosednjima/tangencialnima samostojnima deloma ne sme presegati 15 mm, merjeno pravokotno na referenčno os. Ta zahteva ne velja za odsevnik; | 5.8.2.1. | Either the total area of the projection of the distinct parts on a plane tangent to the exterior surface of the outer lens and perpendicular to the reference axis shall occupy not less than 60 % of the smallest quadrilateral circumscribing the said projection, or the distance between two adjacent/tangential distinct parts shall not exceed 15 mm when measured perpendicularly to the reference axis. This requirement shall not apply to a retro-reflector. |
| 5.8.2.2 | pri soodvisnih svetilkah razdalja med sosednjimi vidnimi svetlečimi površinami v smeri referenčne osi ne presega 75 mm, merjeno pravokotno na referenčno os. | 5.8.2.2. | In the case of interdependent lamps, the distance between adjacent apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axis does not exceed 75 mm when measured perpendicularly to the reference axis. |
| 5.9 Največja oddaljenost od tal se meri od najvišje točke vidne svetleče površine, najmanjša oddaljenost pa od najnižje točke vidne svetleče površine v smeri referenčne osi. | 5.9. The maximum height above the ground shall be measured from the highest point and the minimum height from the lowest point of the apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis. |
| Če največja in najmanjša oddaljenost od tal očitno izpolnjuje zahteve iz uredbe, točnih robov katere koli površine ni treba določiti. | Where the maximum and minimum heights above the ground clearly meet the requirements of the Regulation, the exact edges of any surface need not be determined. |
| Svetilke morajo biti vgrajene tako, da je vozilo skladno z veljavno zakonodajo glede največje višine. | Lamps shall be installed in such a way that the vehicle complies with applicable legislation concerning its maximum height. |
| 5.9.1 Zaradi zmanjšanja kotov geometrijske vidnosti se položaj svetilke glede na oddaljenost od tal meri od ravnine H. | 5.9.1. For the purposes of reducing the geometric visibility angles, the position of a lamp with regard to height above the ground, shall be measured from the H plane. |
| 5.9.2 Pri žarometih za kratki svetlobni pramen se najmanjša oddaljenost od tal meri od najnižje točke učinkovite odprtine optičnega sistema (npr. reflektorja, leče, projekcijske leče) ne glede na njegovo uporabo. | 5.9.2. In the case of dipped-beam headlamp, the minimum height in relation to the ground is measured from the lowest point of the effective outlet of the optical system (e.g. reflector, lens, projection lens) independent of its utilisation. |
| 5.9.3 Položaj glede na širino se določi od roba vidne svetleče površine v smeri referenčne osi, ki je najbolj oddaljen od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, kadar velja za skupno širino, in od notranjih robov vidne svetleče površine v smeri referenčne osi, kadar velja za razdaljo med svetilkama. | 5.9.3. The position, as regards width, will be determined from that edge of the apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis which is the furthest from the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle when referred to the overall width, and from the inner edges of the apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis when referred to the distance between lamps. |
| Če položaj glede na širino očitno izpolnjuje zahteve iz te uredbe, točnih robov katere koli površine ni treba določiti. | Where the position, as regards width, clearly complies with the requirements set out in this Regulation, the exact edges of any surface need not be determined. |
| 5.10 Če ni posebnih navodil, se fotometrične značilnosti (npr. svetilnost, barva, vidna svetleča površina itd.) svetilke ne smejo namenoma spreminjati med delovanjem svetilke. | 5.10. In the absence of specific instructions, the photometric characteristics (e.g. intensity, colour, apparent surface, etc.) of a lamp shall not be intentionally varied during the period of activation of the lamp. |
| 5.10.1 Smerne svetilke in varnostne utripalke vozila morajo biti utripajoče svetilke. | 5.10.1. Direction-indicator lamps and the vehicle-hazard warning signal shall be flashing lamps. |
| 5.10.2 Fotometrične značilnosti svetilk se lahko spreminjajo glede na svetlobo okolja, zaradi vklopa drugih svetilk ali kadar se svetilke uporabljajo za opravljanje druge svetlobne funkcije, pod pogojem, da je kakršna koli sprememba fotometričnih značilnosti v skladu s tehničnimi določbami za zadevno svetilko. | 5.10.2. The photometric characteristics of any lamp may varying relation to the ambient light, as a consequence of the activation of other lamps, or when the lamps is being used to provide another lighting function, provided that any variation in the photometric characteristics is in compliance with the technical provisions for the lamp concerned. |
| 5.11 Nobena svetilka ne sme oddajati rdeče svetlobe v smeri naprej, ki bi lahko zmedla druge udeležence v prometu, in nobena svetilka ne sme oddajati bele svetlobe v smeri nazaj, ki bi lahko zmedla druge udeležence v prometu. Ne upoštevajo se svetlobne naprave, ki so vgrajene za notranjo osvetlitev vozila. V primeru dvoma se ta zahteva preveri na naslednji način: | 5.11. No red light which could give rise to confusion shall be emitted from a lamp in a forward direction and no white light which could give rise to confusion, shall be emitted from a lamp in a rearward direction. No account shall be taken of lighting devices fitted for the interior lighting of the vehicle. In case of doubt, this requirement shall be verified as follows: |
| 5.11.1 | v zvezi z vidnostjo rdeče svetlobe na vozilu od spredaj, razen skrajne zadnje rdeče bočne svetilke, vidna svetleča površina rdeče svetilke ne sme biti neposredno vidna opazovalcu, ki se giblje v območju 1 iz Dodatka 1; | 5.11.1. | For the visibility of red light towards the front of a vehicle, with the exception of a red rearmost side-marker lamp, there shall be no direct visibility of the apparent surface of a red lamp if viewed by an observer moving within Zone 1 as specified in Appendix 1; |
| 5.11.2 | v zvezi z vidnostjo bele svetlobe od zadaj, razen žarometov za vzvratno vožnjo in belih bočnih vidnostnih oznak, vgrajenih na vozilo, vidna svetleča površina bele svetilke ne sme biti neposredno vidna opazovalcu, ki se giblje v območju 2 v prečni ravnini 25 m za vozilom (glej Dodatek 1); | 5.11.2. | For the visibility of white light towards the rear, with the exception of reversing lamps and white side conspicuity markings fitted to the vehicle, there shall be no direct visibility of the apparent surface of a white lamp if viewed by an observer moving within Zone 2 in a transverse plane situated 25 m behind the vehicle (see Appendix 1); |
| 5.11.3 | območji opazovanja 1 in 2 sta v svojih ravninah omejeni: | 5.11.3.1 | po višini z vodoravnima ravninama, ki sta 1 m oziroma 2,2 m nad tlemi; | 5.11.3.2 | po širini z navpičnima ravninama, ki spredaj ali zadaj oklepata kot 15° navzven od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila in potekata skozi točko ali točke stika navpičnih ravnin, vzporednih z vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila, ki omejujeta skupno širino vozila; če je točk stika več, skrajna sprednja velja za sprednjo ravnino in skrajna zadnja za zadnjo ravnino. | 5.11.3. | In their respective planes, the zones 1 and 2 explored by the eye of the observer are bounded: | 5.11.3.1. | In height, by two horizontal planes 1 m and 2,2 m respectively above the ground; | 5.11.3.2. | In width, by two vertical planes which, forming to the front and to the rear respectively an angle of 15° outwards from the vehicle's median longitudinal plane, pass through the point or points of contact of vertical planes parallel to the vehicle's median longitudinal plane delimiting the vehicle's overall width; if there are several points of contact, the foremost shall correspond to the forward plane and the rearmost to the rearward plane. |
| 5.12 Električna vezava mora biti takšna, da se lahko sprednje in zadnje pozicijske svetilke, gabaritne svetilke, če so vgrajene, bočne svetilke, če so vgrajene, ter svetilka zadnje registrske tablice vklopijo in izklopijo samo hkrati. | 5.12. The electrical connections shall be such that the front and rear position lamps, the end-outline marker lamps, if they exist, the side-marker lamps, if they exist, and the rear registration plate lamp can only be switched ON and OFF simultaneously. |
| Ta pogoj ne velja: | This condition does not apply: |
| 5.12.1 | če se sprednje in zadnje pozicijske svetilke ter bočne svetilke, ki so kombinirane ali integrirane z navedenimi svetilkami, uporabljajo kot parkirne svetilke; | 5.12.1. | When front and rear position lamps are switched ON, as well as side-marker lamps when combined or reciprocally incorporated with said lamps, as parking lamps; |
| 5.12.2 | za sprednje pozicijske svetilke, če je njihova funkcija nadomeščena v skladu s točko 5.13.1. | 5.12.2. | To front position lamps when their function is substituted under point 5.13.1. |
| 5.13 Električna vezava mora biti takšna, da se žarometi za dolgi in kratki svetlobni pramen ter žarometi za meglo ne morejo vklopiti, če niso vklopljene tudi svetilke iz točke 5.12. Ta zahteva ne velja za žaromete za dolgi ali kratki svetlobni pramen, če se uporabljajo za svetlobna opozorila, ki vključujejo prekinjeno vklapljanje v kratkih presledkih pri žarometih za dolgi svetlobni pramen ali prekinjeno vklapljanje v kratkih presledkih pri žarometih za kratki svetlobni pramen ali izmenično vklapljanje žarometov za kratki in dolgi svetlobni pramen v kratkih presledkih. | 5.13. The electrical connections shall be such that the main-beam and dipped-beam headlamps and the front fog lamps cannot be switched on unless the lamps referred to in point 5.12 are also switched on. This requirement shall not apply, however, to main-beam or dipped-beam headlamps when their luminous warnings consist of the intermittent lighting up at short intervals of the main-beam headlamp or the intermittent lighting up at short intervals of the dipped-beam headlamp or the alternate lighting up at short intervals of the main-beam and dipped-beam headlamps. |
| 5.13.1 Žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen in/ali žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen in/ali žarometi za meglo lahko nadomestijo funkcijo sprednjih pozicijskih svetilk pod pogojem, da: | 5.13.1. The dipped-beam headlamps and/or the main-beam headlamps and/or the front fog lamps may substitute the function of the front position lamps, provided that: |
| 5.13.1.1 | je njihova električna vezava takšna, da se v primeru okvare katere koli od teh svetlobnih naprav sprednje pozicijske svetilke samodejno znova aktivirajo, in | 5.13.1.1. | Their electrical connections are such that in case of failure of any of these lighting devices the front position lamps are automatically re-activated; and |
| 5.13.1.2 | nadomestna svetilka/funkcija izpolnjuje zahteve za ustrezno pozicijsko svetilko iz točk 6.8.1 do 6.8.6 in | 5.13.1.2. | The substituting lamp/function meets, for the respective position lamp, the requirements set out in points 6.8.1. to 6.8.6., and |
| 5.13.1.3 | so v poročila o preskušanju nadomestne svetilke vključeni ustrezni dokazi o izpolnjevanju zahtev iz točke 5.13.1.2. | 5.13.1.3. | appropriate evidence demonstrating compliance with the requirements set out in point 5.13.1.2 is provided in the test reports of the substituting lamp. |
| 5.14 Funkcijo opozorilnih naprav za sklenjen tokokrog lahko opravljajo opozorilne naprave za delovanje. | 5.14. The function of the circuit-closed tell-tales may be fulfilled by operating tell-tales. |
| 5.15 Barva svetlobe, ki jo oddajajo svetilke (1), je: | 5.15. The colours of the light emitted by the lamps (1) are the following: |
| 5.15.1 | žaromet za dolgi svetlobni pramen: bela; | 5.15.1. | main-beam headlamp: white; |
| 5.15.2 | žaromet za kratki svetlobni pramen: bela; | 5.15.2. | dipped-beam headlamp: white; |
| 5.15.3 | žaromet za meglo: bela ali selektivno rumena; | 5.15.3. | front fog lamp: white or selective yellow; |
| 5.15.4 | žaromet za vzvratno vožnjo: bela; | 5.15.4. | reversing lamp: white; |
| 5.15.5 | smerna svetilka: oranžna; | 5.15.5. | direction-indicator lamp: amber; |
| 5.15.6 | varnostne utripalke: oranžna; | 5.15.6. | hazard warning signal: amber; |
| 5.15.7 | zavorna svetilka: rdeča; | 5.15.7. | stop lamp: red; |
| 5.15.8 | svetilka zadnje registrske tablice: bela; | 5.15.8. | rear registration plate lamp: white; |
| 5.15.9 | sprednja pozicijska svetilka: bela; | 5.15.9. | front position lamp: white; |
| 5.15.10 | zadnja pozicijska svetilka: rdeča; | 5.15.10. | rear position lamp: red; |
| 5.15.11 | zadnja svetilka za meglo: rdeča; | 5.15.11. | rear fog lamp: red; |
| 5.15.12 | parkirna svetilka: bela spredaj, rdeča zadaj, oranžna, če je integrirana v bočne smerne svetilke ali bočne svetilke; | 5.15.12. | parking lamp: white in front, red at the rear, amber if reciprocally incorporated in the side direction indicator lamps or in the side-marker lamps; |
| 5.15.13 | bočna svetilka: oranžna; skrajna zadnja bočna svetilka je lahko rdeča, če je združena, kombinirana ali integrirana z zadnjo pozicijsko svetilko, zadnjo gabaritno svetilko, zadnjo svetilko za meglo, zavorno svetilko ali če je združena ali ima del površine sevanja skupne z zadnjim odsevnikom; | 5.15.13. | side-marker lamp: amber; however, the rearmost side-marker lamp can be red if it is grouped or combined or reciprocally incorporated with the rear position lamp, the rear end-outline marker lamp, the rear fog lamp, the stop lamp or is grouped or has part of the light emitting surface in common with the rear retro-reflector; |
| 5.15.14 | gabaritna svetilka: bela spredaj, rdeča zadaj; | 5.15.14. | end-outline marker lamp: white in front, red at the rear; |
| 5.15.15 | svetilka za dnevno vožnjo: bela; | 5.15.15. | daytime running lamp: white; |
| 5.15.16 | zadnji odsevnik, netrikotni: rdeča; | 5.15.16. | rear retro-reflector, non-triangular: red; |
| 5.15.17 | zadnji odsevnik, trikotni: rdeča; | 5.15.17. | rear retro-reflector, triangular: red; |
| 5.15.18 | sprednji odsevnik, netrikotni: bela ali brez barve; | 5.15.18. | front retro-reflector, non-triangular: white or colourless; |
| 5.15.19 | bočni odsevnik, netrikotni: oranžna; skrajni zadnji bočni odsevnik je lahko rdeč, če je združen ali ima del površine sevanja skupne z zadnjo pozicijsko svetilko, zadnjo gabaritno svetilko, zadnjo svetilko za meglo, zavorno svetilko, rdečo skrajno zadnjo bočno svetilko ali zadnjim odsevnikom, netrikotnim; | 5.15.19. | side retro-reflector, non- triangular: amber; however the rearmost side retro-reflector can be red if it is grouped or has part of the light emitting surface in common with the rear position lamp, the rear end outline marker lamp, the rear fog lamp, the stop-lamp, the red rearmost side-marker lamp or the rear retro-reflector, non- triangular; |
| 5.15.20 | svetilka za zavijanje: bela; | 5.15.20. | cornering lamp: white; |
| 5.15.21 | vidnostna oznaka: bela ali rumena ob strani; rdeča ali rumena zadaj; | 5.15.21. | conspicuity marking: white or yellow to the side; red or yellow to the rear; |
| 5.15.22 | zunanja svetilka: bela; | 5.15.22. | exterior courtesy lamp: white; |
| 5.15.23 | svetilka za manevriranje: bela. | 5.15.23. | manoeuvring lamp: white. |
| 5.16 Svetilke, ki se lahko skrijejo | 5.16. Concealable lamps |
| 5.16.1 Skrivanje svetilk je prepovedano, razen žarometov za dolgi svetlobni pramen, žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen in žarometov za meglo. | 5.16.1. The concealment of lamps shall be prohibited, with the exception of main-beam headlamps, dipped-beam headlamps, and front fog-lamps. |
| 5.16.2 Če pride do okvare iz točke 5.16.2.1, ki se pojavi sama ali skupaj z eno od okvar iz točke 5.16.2.2, mora svetlobna naprava, ki je v položaju za uporabo, ostati v tem položaju. | 5.16.2. An illuminating device in the position of use shall remain in that position if the malfunction referred to in point 5.16.2.1 occurs alone or in conjunction with one of the malfunctions described in point 5.16.2.2. |
| 5.16.2.1 | Izpad električne energije za premikanje svetilk. | 5.16.2.1. | The absence of power for manipulating the lamp; |
| 5.16.2.2 | Prekinitev, impedanca ali kratki stik z ozemljitvijo v električnem tokokrogu, napaka v hidravličnem ali pnevmatskem vodu, bovdenskih žicah, elektromagnetih ali drugih sestavnih delih, ki upravljajo ali prenašajo energijo za vklop naprave za skrivanje. | 5.16.2.2. | A break, impedance, or short-circuit to earth in the electrical circuit, defects in the hydraulic or pneumatic leads, Bowden cables, solenoids or other components controlling or transmitting the energy intended to activate the concealment device. |
| 5.16.3 Pri kakršni koli okvari, ki vpliva na delovanje naprav za skrivanje, svetilke ostanejo v položaju za uporabo, če so že v uporabi, ali jih je mogoče brez orodja premakniti v položaj za uporabo. | 5.16.3. In the event of any failure affecting the operation of the concealment device(s) the lamps shall remain in the position of use, if already in use, or shall be capable of being moved into the position of use without the aid of tools. |
| 5.16.4 Električno nastavljive svetlobne naprave mora biti mogoče premakniti v položaj za uporabo in jih vklopiti z eno samo napravo za upravljanje, pri čemer ne sme biti izključena možnost njihove premaknitve v položaj za uporabo brez vklopa. Pri združenih žarometih za dolgi svetlobni pramen in žarometih za kratki svetlobni pramen pa se zgoraj navedena naprava za upravljanje zahteva samo za vklop žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen. | 5.16.4. Illuminating devices which are manipulated by power shall be brought into the position of use and switched on by means of a single control, without excluding the possibility of moving them into the position of use without switching them on. However, in the case of grouped- main-beam headlamps and dipped-beam headlamps, the control referred to above is required only to activate the dipped-beam headlamps. |
| 5.16.5 Z voznikovega sedeža ne sme biti mogoče namerno ustaviti premikanja vklopljenih žarometov, preden dosežejo položaj za uporabo. Če med premikanjem žarometov obstaja nevarnost zaslepitve drugih udeležencev v prometu, se smejo vklopiti šele, ko dosežejo končni položaj. | 5.16.5. It shall not be possible deliberately, from the driver's seat, to stop the movement of switched-on headlamps before they reach the position of use. If there is a danger of dazzling other road users by the movement of headlamps, they may light up only when they have reached their final position. |
| 5.16.6 Električno nastavljiva svetlobna naprava mora pri temperaturah od – 30 °C do + 50 °C doseči položaj za uporabo v treh sekundah od sproženja naprave za upravljanje. | 5.16.6. At temperatures of – 30 °C to + 50 °C an illuminating device which is manipulated by power shall be capable of reaching the position of use within three seconds of initial operation of the control. |
| 5.17 Svetilke s spremenljivim položajem | 5.17. Variable position lamps |
| 5.17.1 Položaj vseh svetilk razen žarometov za dolgi svetlobni pramen, žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen in najmanj enega para zadnjih odsevnikov se lahko spreminja, pod pogojem, da: | 5.17.1. The position of all lamps may be varied except main-beam headlamps, dipped-beam headlamps and at least one pair of rear reflectors, provided that: |
| 5.17.1.1 | te svetilke ostanejo pritrjene na vozilo, ko se njihov položaj spremeni; | 5.17.1.1. | These lamps remain attached to the vehicle when their position is altered; |
| 5.17.1.2 | se te svetilke lahko zaskočijo v položaju, ki ga zahtevajo prometne razmere. Zaskočenje mora biti samodejno. | 5.17.1.2. | These lamps shall be capable of being locked in the position required by traffic conditions. Locking shall be automatic. |
| 5.18 Splošne določbe v zvezi z geometrijsko vidnostjo | 5.18. General provisions relating to geometric visibility |
| 5.18.1 Znotraj kotov geometrijske vidnosti ne sme biti nobenih ovir za prodiranje svetlobe s katerega koli dela vidne svetleče površine svetilke, gledano iz neskončnosti. Ovire pa se ne upoštevajo, če so obstajale že med postopkom homologacije svetilke. | 5.18.1. There shall be no obstacle on the inside of the angles of geometric visibility to the propagation of light from any part of the apparent surface of the lamp observed from infinity. However, no account is taken of obstacles, if they were already presented when the lamp was type-approved. |
| 5.18.2 Če se meritve opravijo bliže svetilki, mora biti smer opazovanja vzporedna, da se doseže enaka točnost. | 5.18.2. If measurements are taken closer to the lamp, the direction of observation shall be shifted parallel to achieve the same accuracy. |
| 5.18.3 Če se po vgradnji svetilke kateri koli del vidne svetleče površine svetilke zakrije s katerim koli dodatnim delom vozila, se predloži dokaz, da tisti del svetilke, ki ga ne zakrivajo ovire, še vedno izpolnjuje zahteve za fotometrične vrednosti, predpisane za homologacijo naprave. | 5.18.3. If, when the lamp is installed, any part of the apparent surface of the lamp is hidden by any further parts of the vehicle, proof shall be furnished that the part of the lamp not hidden by obstacles still conforms to the photometric values prescribed for the approval of the device. |
| 5.19 Število svetilk | 5.19. Number of lamps |
| 5.19.1 Število svetilk, vgrajenih v vozilo, mora biti enako številu, ki je navedeno v posebnih zahtevah iz te uredbe. | 5.19.1. The number of lamps mounted on the vehicle shall be equal to the number indicated in the individual specifications of this Regulation. |
| 5.20 Splošne določbe v zvezi s svetlečo površino žarometov za vzvratno vožnjo, varnostnih utripalk, zadnjih pozicijskih svetilk, zadnjih svetilk za meglo, parkirnih svetilk, svetilk za dnevno vožnjo ter žarometov za dolgi svetlobni pramen, žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen, žarometov za meglo, žarometov za vzvratno vožnjo in svetilke za zavijanje, pri čemer zadnjih pet nima odsevnika: | 5.20. General provisions relating to the illuminating surface of reversing lamps, hazard-warning signals, rear position lamps, rear fog-lamps, parking lamps, daytime running lamps and of main-beam headlamps, dipped-beam headlamps, front fog-lamps, reversing lamps and cornering lamp, the last five ones being without reflector: |
| | za določitev spodnjih, zgornjih in stranskih mej svetleče površine se uporabljajo samo zasloni z vodoravnimi ali navpičnimi robovi, da se preveri oddaljenost od skrajnih robov vozila in od tal. | | To determine the lower, upper and lateral limits of the illuminating surface only screens with horizontal or vertical edges shall be used to verify the distance to the extreme edges of the vehicle and the height above the ground. |
| | Za druge uporabe v zvezi s svetlečo površino, npr. razdaljo med svetilkama ali funkcijama, se uporablja oblika roba te svetleče površine. Zasloni morajo ostati vzporedni, lahko pa se uporabijo druge usmeritve. | | For other applications of the illuminating surface, e.g. distance between two lamps or functions, the shape of the periphery of this illuminating surface shall be used. The screens shall remain parallel, but other orientations are allowed to be used. |
| 5.21 Tudi odsevniki se štejejo za svetilke, zato morajo izpolnjevati zahteve iz te priloge. | 5.21. Retro-reflectors shall likewise be regarded as lamps and thus will comply with the requirements of this Annex. |
| 6. Posebne zahteve | 6. Individual specifications |
| 6.1 Žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen (pravilniki UN/ECE št. 98, 112 in 113, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.1. Main-beam headlamps (UNECE Regulations Nos 98, 112 and 113, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.1.1 Prisotnost: traktorji so lahko opremljeni z žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen. Na vozilih kategorij R in S so prepovedani. | 6.1.1. Presence: Tractors may be equipped with main-beam head lamps. Prohibited on R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.1.2 Število: dva ali štirje. | 6.1.2. Number: Two or four. |
| 6.1.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.1.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.1.4 Razporeditev: | 6.1.4 Position in: |
| 6.1.4.1 | po širini: zunanji robovi svetleče površine nikakor ne smejo biti bližje skrajnemu zunanjemu robu vozil kot zunanji robovi svetleče površine žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen; | 6.1.4.1. | Width: The outer edges of the illuminating surface shall in no case be closer to the extreme outer edge of the vehicles than the outer edges of the illuminating surface of the dipped-beam headlamps. |
| 6.1.4.2 | po višini: ni posebnih zahtev; | 6.1.4.2. | Height: No individual specifications. |
| 6.1.4.3 | po dolžini: na sprednjem delu vozila. Ta zahteva je izpolnjena, če oddana svetloba niti neposredno niti posredno ne moti voznika prek vzvratnih ogledal in/ali drugih odsevnih površin na vozilu. | 6.1.4.3. | Length: At the front of the vehicle. This requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if the light emitted does not cause discomfort to the driver either directly or indirectly through the rear-view mirrors and/or other reflecting surfaces of the vehicle. |
| 6.1.5 Geometrijska vidnost: vidnost svetleče površine, vključno z vidnostjo na območjih, ki niso osvetljena v smeri opazovanja, mora biti zagotovljena na stožčastem prostoru, ki ga določajo črte, ki izhajajo iz oboda svetleče površine in z referenčno osjo žarometa oklepajo kot najmanj 5°. | 6.1.5. Geometric visibility: The visibility of the illuminating surface, including its visibility in areas which do not appear to be illuminated in the direction of observation considered, shall be ensured within a divergent space defined by generating lines based on the perimeter of the illuminating surface and forming an angle of not less than 5° with the axis of reference of the headlamp. |
| 6.1.6 Usmeritev: naprej. | 6.1.6. Orientation: Towards the front. |
| Ne glede na naprave, potrebne za ohranitev pravilne nastavitve, se lahko, kadar sta vgrajena dva para žarometov za dolgi svetlobni pramen, en par, ki ga sestavljata žarometa, ki delujeta samo kot žarometa za dolgi svetlobni pramen, suka okoli približno navpične osi, odvisno od zasuka volana. | Apart from the devices necessary to maintain correct adjustment and when there are two pairs of main-beam headlamps, one pair, consisting of headlamps functioning as main-beam headlamp only, may swivel, according to the angle of lock on the steering, about an approximately vertical axis. |
| 6.1.7 Električna vezava: žaromet za dolgi svetlobni pramen se lahko vklopi sočasno ali v parih. Pri preklopu s kratkega svetlobnega pramena na dolgi svetlobni pramen mora biti vklopljen vsaj en par žarometov za dolgi svetlobni pramen. Pri preklopu z dolgega svetlobnega pramena na kratki svetlobni pramen se morajo hkrati izklopiti vsi žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen. | 6.1.7. Electrical connections: The main-beam headlamp may be switched on either simultaneously or in pairs. For changing over from the dipped to the main-beam at least one pair of main beams shall be switched on. For changing over from the main to the dipped-beam all main-beam headlamps shall be switched off simultaneously. |
| Žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen lahko ostanejo vklopljeni hkrati z žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen. | The dipped beams may remain switched on at the same time as the main beams. |
| 6.1.8 Opozorilna naprava za sklenjen tokokrog: obvezna. | 6.1.8. Circuit closed tell-tale: Mandatory. |
| 6.1.9 Druge zahteve | 6.1.9. Other requirements: |
| 6.1.9.1 | Skupna največja svetilnost žarometov za dolgi svetlobni pramen, ki so lahko vklopljeni hkrati, ne sme presegati 430 000 cd, kar ustreza referenčni vrednosti 100. | 6.1.9.1. | The aggregate maximum intensity of the main beams which can be switched on simultaneously shall not exceed 430 000 cd, which corresponds to a reference value of 100. |
| 6.1.9.2 | Ta največja svetilnost se izračuna tako, da se seštejejo posamezne največje referenčne oznake, ki so navedene na žarometih. Referenčna oznaka „10“ se dodeli vsakemu žarometu z oznako „R“ ali „CR“. | 6.1.9.2. | This maximum intensity shall be obtained by adding together the individual maximum reference marks which are indicated on the several headlamps. The reference mark ‘10’ shall be given to each of the headlamps marked ‘R’ or ‘CR’. |
| 6.2 Žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen (pravilniki UN/ECE št. 98, 112 in 113, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.2. Dipped-beam headlamps (UNECE Regulations Nos 98, 112 and 113, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.2.1 Prisotnost: traktorji morajo biti opremljeni z žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen. Žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen so prepovedani na vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.2.1. Presence: Tractors shall be equipped with dipped-beam headlamps. Dipped-beam headlamps are prohibited on R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.2.2 Število: dva (ali štirje – glej točko 6.2.4.2.4). | 6.2.2. Number: Two (or four - see point 6.2.4.2.4). |
| 6.2.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.2.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.2.4 Razporeditev: | 6.2.4. Position in: |
| 6.2.4.1 | po širini: ni posebnih zahtev; | 6.2.4.1. | Width: No individual specifications. |
| 6.2.4.2 | po višini: | 6.2.4.2.1 | najmanj 500 mm; pri vozilih z največjo širino do 1 300 mm se ta vrednost lahko zmanjša na 350 mm; | 6.2.4.2.2 | največ 1 500 mm; | 6.2.4.2.3 | če zaradi oblike, konstrukcije, zasnove ali delovnih pogojev vozila ni mogoče zagotoviti skladnosti z vrednostjo 1 500 mm, se lahko zgornja vrednost poveča na 2 500 mm; | 6.2.4.2.4 | pri vozilih, opremljenih s sprednjim tritočkovnim priključnim drogovjem, se poleg svetilk, nameščenih v skladu z zahtevami iz točk 6.2.4.2.1 do 6.2.4.2.3, dovolita dva žarometa za kratki svetlobni pramen na višini največ 4 000 mm, če so električne vezave takšne, da obeh parov žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen ni mogoče vklopiti hkrati; | 6.2.4.2. | Height: | 6.2.4.2.1. | Minimum 500 mm; this value may be reduced to 350 mm for vehicles with a maximum width not exceeding 1 300 mm. | 6.2.4.2.2. | Maximum 1 500 mm | 6.2.4.2.3. | The above value may be increased to 2 500 m where the shape, structure, design or operational conditions of the vehicle prevent compliance with the 1 500 mm value. | 6.2.4.2.4. | In the case of vehicles equipped for the fitting of portable devices at the front, two dipped-beam headlamps in addition to the lamps positioned according to the requirements of points 6.2.4.2.1-6.2.4.2.3 shall be allowed at a height not exceeding 4 000 mm if the electrical connections are such that two pairs of dipped-beam headlamps cannot be switched on at the same time. |
| 6.2.4.3 | po dolžini: čim bližje sprednjemu delu vozila; oddana svetloba ne sme v nobenem primeru niti neposredno niti posredno motiti voznika prek vzvratnih ogledal in/ali drugih odsevnih površin na vozilu. | 6.2.4.3. | Length: As near to the front of the vehicle as possible; however, the light emitted shall not in any circumstances cause discomfort to the driver either directly or indirectly through the rear-view mirrors and/or other reflecting surfaces of the vehicle. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | določata jo kota geometrijske vidnosti α in β. | α= 15° navzgor in 10° navzdol; | β= 45° navzven in 5° navznoter; | Geometric visibility | : | Defined by angles of geometric visibility α and β. | α= 15° upwards and 10° downwards, | β= 45° outwards and 5° inwards. |
| V tem polju mora biti vidna skoraj vsa svetleča površina svetilke. | Within this field, virtually the whole of the apparent surface of the lamp shall be visible. |
| Prisotnost pregrad ali drugih kosov opreme v bližini žarometa ne sme povzročati učinkov, ki motijo druge udeležence v prometu. | The presence of partitions or other items of equipment near the headlamp shall not give rise to secondary effects causing discomfort to other road users. |
| 6.2.6 Usmeritev: naprej. | 6.2.6. Orientation: Towards the front. |
| 6.2.6.1 Navpična usmeritev: | 6.2.6.1. Vertical orientation: |
| 6.2.6.1.1 | če je višina žarometa za kratki svetlobni pramen najmanj 500 mm in največ 1 500 mm, mora biti mogoče žaromet za kratki svetlobni pramen nastaviti navzdol za vrednost med 0,5 in 6 %; | 6.2.6.1.1. | If the height of the dipped-beam headlamps is equal to or greater than 500 mm and equal to or less than 1 500 mm, it shall be possible to lower the dipped beam by between 0,5 and 6 %; |
| 6.2.6.1.2 | žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen morajo biti usmerjeni tako, da je, merjeno 15 m od žarometa, vodoravna črta, ki ločuje osvetljeno območje od neosvetljenega, na višini, enaki polovici razdalje med tlemi in središčem žarometa. | 6.2.6.1.2. | The dipped-beam headlamps shall be aligned in such a way that, measured at 15 m from the lamp, the horizontal line separating the lit zone from the unlit zone is situated at a height equivalent to only half the distance between the ground and the centre of the lamp. |
| 6.2.6.2 Naprava za nastavitev naklona žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen (neobvezna) | 6.2.6.2. Dipped beam headlamp levelling device (optional) |
| 6.2.6.2.1 | Naprava za nastavitev naklona žarometov je lahko samodejna ali ročno nastavljiva. | 6.2.6.2.1. | A headlamp levelling device may be automatic or manually adjustable. |
| 6.2.6.2.2 | Naprave z zveznim ali nezveznim ročnim nastavljanjem morajo imeti zaskočni položaj, v katerem se žarometi lahko vrnejo v osnovni naklon z običajnimi vijaki za nastavitev ali na podoben način. | Te ročno nastavljive naprave mora biti mogoče upravljati z voznikovega sedeža. | Zvezno nastavljive naprave morajo imeti referenčne oznake z navedbo stanj obremenitve, ki zahtevajo nastavitev kratkega svetlobnega pramena. | 6.2.6.2.2. | Devices which are adjusted manually, either continuously or non-continuously, shall have a stop position at which the lamps can be returned to the initial inclination by means of the usual adjusting screws or similar means. | These manually adjustable devices shall be operable from the driver's seat. | Continually adjustable devices shall have reference marks indicating the loading conditions that require adjustment of the dipped-beam. |
| 6.2.6.2.3 | Žaromet za kratki svetlobni pramen se ne sme postaviti v položaj, v katerem je naklon pramena manjši, kot je bil pri prvotni nastavitvi. | 6.2.6.2.3. | The dipped-beam shall not assume a position in which the dip is less than it was at original adjustment. |
| 6.2.7 Električna vezava: naprava za preklop na kratki svetlobni pramen mora hkrati izklopiti vse žaromete za dolgi svetlobni pramen. | 6.2.7. Electrical connections: The control for changing over to the dipped beam shall switch off all main-beam headlamps simultaneously. |
| Žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen lahko ostanejo vklopljeni hkrati z žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen. | The dipped-beam headlamps may remain switched on at the same time as the main beam headlamps. |
| Če je vgrajen par dodatnih žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen (kot v točki 6.2.2), morajo biti električne vezave takšne, da obeh parov žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen ni mogoče vklopiti hkrati. | In the case where the pair of additional dipped-beam headlamps is installed (as in point 6.2.2), electrical connections shall be such that two pairs of dipped- beam headlamps are never switched on at the same time. |
| 6.2.8 Opozorilna naprava za sklenjen tokokrog: neobvezna. | 6.2.8. Circuit closed tell-tale: Optional. |
| 6.2.9 Druge zahteve Žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen s svetlobnimi viri, ki se uporabljajo za glavni kratki svetlobni pramen (kot je določeno v Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 48 in navedeno v Prilogi I) in imajo skupni ciljni svetlobni tok nad 2 000 lumnov, so prepovedani. | 6.2.9. Other requirements Dipped-beam headlamps with light source(s) producing the principal dipped beam (as defined in UNECE Regulation No 48, as referenced in Annex I) and having a total objective luminous flux which exceeds 2 000 lumens are prohibited |
| 6.3 Žarometi za meglo (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 19, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.3. Front fog lamps (UNECE Regulation No 19, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.3.1 Prisotnost: neobvezni na traktorjih. Prepovedani na vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.3.1. Presence: Optional on tractors. Prohibited on R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.3.2 Število: dva. | 6.3.2. Number: Two. |
| 6.3.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.3.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.3.4 Razporeditev: | 6.3.4. Position in: |
| 6.3.4.1 | po širini: ni posebnih zahtev; | 6.3.4.1. | Width: No individual specifications. |
| 6.3.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 250 mm nad tlemi. Nobena točka na svetleči površini ne sme biti višje od najvišje točke na svetleči površini žarometa za kratki svetlobni pramen; | 6.3.4.2. | Height: No less than 250 mm above the ground. No point on the illuminating surface shall be higher than the highest point on the illuminating surface of the dipped-beam headlamp. |
| 6.3.4.3 | po dolžini: čim bližje sprednjemu delu vozila; oddana svetloba ne sme v nobenem primeru niti neposredno niti posredno motiti voznika prek vzvratnih ogledal in/ali drugih odsevnih površin na vozilu. | 6.3.4.3. | Length: As near to the front of the vehicle as possible; however, the light emitted shall not in any circumstances cause discomfort to the driver either directly or indirectly through the rear-view mirrors and/or other reflecting surfaces of the vehicle. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | določata jo kota geometrijske vidnosti α in β. | α= 5° navzgor in navzdol; | β= 45° navzven in 5° navznoter. | Geometric visibility | : | Defined by angles of geometric visibility α and β. | α= 5° upwards and downwards; | β= 45° outwards and 5° inwards. |
| 6.3.6 Usmeritev: naprej. | 6.3.6. Orientation: Towards the front. |
| Usmerjeni morajo biti naprej in nasproti vozečim voznikom ter drugim udeležencem v prometu ne smejo povzročati neprijetne zaslepitve ali neugodja. | They shall be directed forwards without causing undue dazzle or discomfort to oncoming drivers and other road users. |
| 6.3.7 Električna vezava: žaromete za meglo mora biti mogoče vklopiti in izklopiti neodvisno od žarometov za dolgi svetlobni pramen in žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen ter obratno. | 6.3.7. Electrical connections: It shall be possible to switch the fog lamps on or off independently of the main-beam headlamp and dipped-beam headlamps and vice versa. |
| 6.3.8 Opozorilna naprava za sklenjen tokokrog: neobvezna. | 6.3.8. Circuit closed tell-tale: Optional. |
| 6.4 Žarometi za vzvratno vožnjo (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 23, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.4. Reversing lamps (UNECE Regulation No 23, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.4.1 Prisotnost: neobvezni. | 6.4.1. Presence: Optional. |
| 6.4.2 Število: en ali dva. | 6.4.2. Number: One or two. |
| 6.4.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.4.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.4.4 Razporeditev: | 6.4.4. Position: |
| 6.4.4.1 | po širini: ni posebnih zahtev; | 6.4.4.1. | Width: No individual specifications. |
| 6.4.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 250 mm in največ 1 200 mm nad tlemi. | Če zaradi oblike, konstrukcije, zasnove ali delovnih pogojev vozila ni mogoče vgraditi svetilke pod zgornjo mejo 1 200 mm, se lahko višina poveča do 4 000 mm. | V tem primeru mora biti svetilka nameščena z naklonom navzdol najmanj 3° pri višini vgradnje med 2 000 mm in 3 000 mm ter z naklonom najmanj 6° pri višini vgradnje med 3 000 mm in 4 000 mm. | Pri višini vgradnje do 2 000 mm naklon ni potreben; | 6.4.4.2. | Height: Not less than 250 mm and not more than 1 200 mm above the ground. | However, if the shape, structure, design or operational conditions of the vehicle makes it impossible to keep the lamp within 1 200 mm it is allowed to increase the height up to 4 000 mm. | In the latter case the lamp shall be installed with an downwards inclination of at least 3° for a mounting height larger than 2 000 mm and not more than 3 000 mm and at least 6° for a mounting height larger than 3 000 mm and not more than 4 000 mm. | No inclination is needed for mounting height up to 2 000 mm. |
| 6.4.4.3 | po dolžini: na zadnjem delu vozila. | 6.4.4.3. | Length: At the back of the vehicle. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | določata jo kota geometrijske vidnosti α in β. | α= 15° navzgor in 5° navzdol; | β= 45° na desno in na levo, če je vgrajena samo ena svetilka; | β= 45° navzven in 30° navznoter, če sta vgrajeni dve svetilki. | Geometric visibility | : | Defined by angles of geometric visibility α and β. | α= 15° upwards and 5° downwards; | β= 45° to right and to left if there is only one lamp; | β= 45° outwards and 30° inwards if there are two lamps. |
| 6.4.6 Usmeritev: nazaj. | 6.4.6. Orientation: Rearwards. |
| 6.4.7 Električna vezava: svetilka lahko zasveti ali ostane vklopljena samo, če je aktivirana vzvratna prestava in če: | 6.4.7. Electrical connections: It can only be lit up or remain alight if the reverse gear is engaged and if: |
| — | deluje motor ali | — | either the engine is running, |
| — | je ena od naprav za upravljanje zagona in ustavitve motorja v položaju, v katerem motor lahko deluje. | — | or one of the devices controlling the starting and stopping of the engine is in such a position that operation of the engine is possible. |
| 6.4.8 Opozorilna naprava: neobvezna. | 6.4.8. Tell-tale: Optional. |
| 6.5 Smerne svetilke (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 6, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.5. Direction-indicator lamps (UNECE Regulation No 6, as referenced in Annex I). |
| 6.5.1 Prisotnost: s smernimi svetilkami morajo biti opremljeni traktorji ter vozila kategorij R in S. Tipi smernih svetilk so razvrščeni v kategorije (1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b in 5), katerih sklopi na enem traktorju sestavljajo namestitev (od A do D). | 6.5.1. Presence: Tractors and vehicles of R- and S-category shall be equipped with direction-indicator lamps. Types of indicators fall into categories (1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b and 5) the assembly of which on one tractor constitutes an arrangement (A to D). |
| Namestitev A je dovoljena samo na traktorjih, katerih skupna dolžina ne presega 4,60 m in pri katerih razdalja med zunanjimi robovi svetlečih površin ni večja od 1,60 m. | Arrangement A shall be allowed only on tractors whose overall length does not exceed 4,60 m and in the case of which the distance between the outer edges of the illuminating surfaces is not more than 1,60 m. |
| Namestitve B, C in D se uporabljajo pri vseh traktorjih. | Arrangements B, C and D shall apply to all tractors. |
| Za priklopnike in vlečene stroje se morajo uporabiti svetilke kategorije 2. | For trailers and towed machines category 2 lamps shall be used. |
| Vozila so lahko opremljena z dodatnimi smernimi svetilkami. | Vehicles may be equipped with additional direction-indicator lamps. |
| 6.5.2 Število: število naprav mora biti takšno, da omogoča oddajanje signalov, ki ustrezajo eni od namestitev iz točke 6.5.3. | 6.5.2. Number: The number of devices shall be such that they can emit signals which correspond to one of the arrangements referred to in point 6.5.3. |
| 6.5.3 Namestitev: število, razporeditev in vodoravna vidnost smernih svetilk morajo biti takšni, da kažejo na vsaj eno od spodaj opredeljenih namestitev (glej tudi Dodatek 2). Koti vidnosti na grafičnih prikazih so šrafirani; prikazani koti so najmanjše vrednosti, ki so lahko presežene; vsi koti vidnosti so merjeni od središča svetleče površine. | 6.5.3. Arrangement: The number, position and horizontal visibility of the indicator lamps shall be such that they can give indications corresponding to at least one of the arrangements defined below (see also Appendix 2). The angles of visibility are hatched on the diagrams; the angles shown are minimum values which may be exceeded; all the angles of visibility are measured from the centre of the illuminating surface. |
| 6.5.3.1 | A | Dve sprednji smerni svetilki (kategorija 1, 1a ali 1b), | dve zadnji smerni svetilki (kategorija 2a). | Te svetilke so lahko samostojne, združene ali kombinirane. | B | Dve sprednji smerni svetilki (kategorija 1, 1a ali 1b), | dve dodatni bočni smerni svetilki (kategorija 5), | dve zadnji smerni svetilki (kategorija 2a). | Sprednji in dodatni bočni svetilki sta lahko samostojni, združeni ali kombinirani. | C | Dve sprednji smerni svetilki (kategorija 1, 1a ali 1b), | dve zadnji smerni svetilki (kategorija 2a), | dve dodatni bočni smerni svetilki (kategorija 5). | D | Dve sprednji smerni svetilki (kategorija 1, 1a ali 1b), | dve zadnji smerni svetilki (kategorija 2a). | 6.5.3.1. | A | Two front direction-indicator lamps (category 1, 1a or 1b), | Two rear direction-indicator lamps (category 2a). | These lamps may be independent, grouped or combined. | B | Two front direction-indicator lamps (category 1, 1a or 1b), | Two repeating side direction-indicator lamps (category 5), | Two rear direction-indicator lamps (category 2a). | The front and repeating side lamps may be independent, grouped, or combined. | C | Two front direction-indicator lamps (category 1, 1a or 1b), | Two rear direction-indicator lamps (category 2a), | Two repeating side indicator lamps (category 5) | D | Two front direction-indicator lamps (category 1, 1a or 1b), | Two rear direction-indicator lamps (category 2a). |
| 6.5.3.2 | Pri priklopnikih in vlečenih strojih: | dve zadnji smerni svetilki (kategorija 2). | 6.5.3.2. | For trailers and towed machines: | Two rear direction-indicator lamps (category 2). |
| 6.5.4 Razporeditev: | 6.5.4. Position: |
| 6.5.4.1 | po širini: razen pri smernih svetilkah kategorije 1 z namestitvijo C in dodatnih smernih svetilkah rob svetleče površine, ki je najbolj oddaljen od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, ne sme biti oddaljen več kot 400 mm od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila. Razdalja med notranjimi robovi obeh svetlečih površin para svetilk mora biti najmanj 500 mm. | Če navpična razdalja med zadnjo smerno svetilko in ustrezno zadnjo pozicijsko svetilko ne presega 300 mm, razdalja med skrajnim zunanjim robom vozila in zunanjim robom zadnje smerne svetilke ne sme za več kot 50 mm presegati razdalje med skrajnim zunanjim robom vozila in zunanjim robom ustrezne zadnje pozicijske svetilke. | Pri sprednjih smernih svetilkah mora biti svetleča površina oddaljena najmanj 40 mm od svetleče površine žarometov za kratki svetlobni pramen ali žarometov za meglo, če so vgrajeni. | Manjša oddaljenost je dovoljena, če svetilnost v referenčni osi smerne svetilke znaša vsaj 400 cd; | 6.5.4.1. | Width: Except in the case of category 1 direction indicator lamps of arrangement C and for additional direction indicator lamps, the edge of the illuminating surface furthest from the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle shall not be more than 400 mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. The distance between the inner edges of the two illuminating surfaces of a pair of lamps shall be not less than 500 mm. | Where the vertical distance between the rear direction-indicator lamp and the corresponding rear position lamp is not more than 300 mm, the distance between the extreme outer edge of the vehicle and the outer edge of the rear direction-indicator lamp shall not exceed by more than 50 mm the distance between the extreme outer edge of the vehicle and the outer edge of the corresponding rear position lamp. | For front direction-indicator lamps the illuminating surface should be not less than 40 mm from the illuminating surface of the dipped-beam headlamps or front fog lamps, if any. | A smaller distance is permitted if the luminous intensity in the reference axis of the direction-indicator lamp is equal to at least 400 cd. |
| 6.5.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 400 mm in največ 2 500 mm ter do 4 000 mm nad tlemi za dodatne smerne svetilke. | Pri vozilih z največjo širino do 1 300 mm najmanj 350 mm nad tlemi; | 6.5.4.2. | Height: Above the ground not less than 400 mm and not more than 2 500 mm and up to 4 000 mm for additional direction-indicator lamps. | For vehicles with a maximum width not exceeding 1 300 mm not less than 350 mm above the ground. |
| 6.5.4.3 | po dolžini: razdalja med referenčnim središčem svetleče površine svetilke kategorije 1 (namestitev B), svetilke kategorije 5 (namestitvi B in C) in prečno ravnino, ki označuje sprednjo mejo traktorjeve celotne dolžine, običajno ne sme presegati 1 800 mm. Če zaradi konstrukcije traktorja ni mogoče zagotoviti skladnosti z najmanjšimi koti vidnosti, se ta razdalja lahko poveča na 2 600 mm. | 6.5.4.3. | Length: The distance between the centre of reference of illuminating surface of the category 1 indicator (arrangement B), category 5 indicator (arrangement B and C) and the transverse plane which marks the forward boundary of the tractor's overall length normally shall not exceed 1 800 mm. If the structure of the tractor makes it impossible to keep to the minimum angles of visibility, this distance may be increased to 2 600 mm. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni koti: glej Dodatek 2; | navpični koti: 15° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angles: See Appendix 2. | Vertical angles: 15° above and below the horizontal. |
| Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 10° v primeru dodatnih bočnih smernih svetilk z namestitvama B in C, če so manj kot 1 900 mm nad tlemi. Enako velja za smerne svetilke kategorije 1 z namestitvama B in D. | The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° in the case of side repeating direction-indicator lamps of arrangements B and C if their height is less than 1 900 mm. The same applies in the case of direction-indicator lamps in category 1 of arrangements B and D. |
| 6.5.6 Usmeritev: če je proizvajalec svetilke določil posebne zahteve za vgradnjo, jih je treba upoštevati. | 6.5.6. Orientation: If individual specifications for installations are laid down by the manufacturer of the lamp they shall be observed. |
| 6.5.7 Električna vezava: smerne svetilke se vklapljajo neodvisno od drugih svetilk. Vse smerne svetilke na isti strani vozila se vklapljajo in izklapljajo z eno napravo za upravljanje in utripajo usklajeno. | 6.5.7. Electrical connections: Direction-indicator lamps shall switch on independently of the other lamps. All direction-indicator lamps on one side of a vehicle shall be switched on and off by means of one control and shall flash in phase. |
| 6.5.8 Opozorilna naprava za delovanje: traktorji morajo biti opremljeni z opozorilnimi napravami za delovanje za vse smerne svetilke, ki jih voznik ne vidi neposredno. Lahko so optične, zvočne ali oboje. | 6.5.8. Operating tell-tale: Tractors shall be equipped with operational tell-tales for all direction-indicator lamps not directly visible to the driver. It may be optical or audible or both. |
| Če je naprava optična, je to utripajoča zelena lučka, ki se pri okvari katere koli smerne svetilke, razen dodatnih bočnih smernih svetilk, izklopi ali ostane vklopljena brez utripanja ali kaže opazno spremembo pogostosti utripanja. | If it is optical, it shall be a green flashing light which, in the event of the malfunction of any of the direction-indicator lamps other than the repeating side direction-indicator lamps, is either extinguished, or remains alight without flashing, or shows a marked change of frequency. |
| Če je v celoti zvočna, mora biti jasno slišna, pri okvari pa mora kazati opazno spremembo pogostosti slišnih zvokov. | If it is entirely auditory, it shall be clearly audible and shall show a marked change of frequency in the event of any malfunction. |
| Če je traktor opremljen za vleko priklopnika, mora imeti posebno optično opozorilno napravo za delovanje za smerne svetilke na priklopniku, razen če opozorilna naprava vlečnega vozila omogoča odkrivanje napak katere koli smerne svetilke na traktorski skupini vozil. | If a tractor is equipped to tow a trailer, it shall be equipped with a special optical operating tell-tale for the direction indicator lamps on the trailer unless the tell-tale of the drawing vehicle allows the failure of any one of the direction-indicator lamps on the tractor combination thus formed to be detected. |
| 6.5.9 Druge zahteve: svetilke morajo utripati s pogostostjo 90 ± 30-krat na minuto. Lučka mora prvič zasvetiti najpozneje eno sekundo po vklopu naprave za upravljanje smernih svetilk in se prvič izklopiti najpozneje eno sekundo in pol po tem vklopu. | 6.5.9. Other requirements: The lamps shall be a flashing lamp flashing 90 ± 30 times per minute. Operation of the light-signal control shall be followed within not more than one second by the appearance of the light and within not more than one and one-half seconds by the first extinction. |
| Če je s traktorjem dovoljeno vleči priklopnik, mora naprava za upravljanje smernih svetilk na traktorju upravljati tudi smerne svetilke na priklopniku. | If a tractor is authorised to tow a trailer, the control of the direction-indicators on the tractor shall also operate the indicators of the trailer. |
| V primeru okvare ene od smernih svetilk, razen pri kratkem stiku, morajo druge smerne svetilke utripati naprej, pogostost utripanja v takem stanju pa je lahko drugačna od predpisane. | In the event of failure, other than a short circuit, of one direction-indicator, the others shall continue to flash but the frequency under this condition may be different from that specified. |
| 6.6 Varnostne utripalke | 6.6. Hazard warning signal |
| 6.6.1 Prisotnost: obvezne na traktorjih ter vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.6.1. Presence: Mandatory on tractors and R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.6.2 Število | 6.6.2. Number |
| 6.6.3 Namestitev | 6.6.3. Arrangement |
| 6.6.4 Razporeditev | 6.6.4. Position |
| 6.6.4.1 Širina | 6.6.4.1. Width |
| 6.6.4.2 Višina | 6.6.4.2. Height |
| 6.6.4.3 Dolžina | 6.6.4.3. Length |
| 6.6.5 Geometrijska vidnost | 6.6.5. Geometric visibility |
| 6.6.6 Usmeritev | 6.6.6. Orientation |
| Kot je določeno v ustreznih razdelkih točke 6.5. | As specified in the corresponding headings of point 6.5. |
| 6.6.7 Električna vezava: varnostne utripalke se upravljajo z ločeno napravo, ki omogoča usklajeno delovanje vseh smernih svetilk. | 6.6.7. Electrical connections: The signal shall be operated by means of a separate control enabling all the direction-indicator lamps to function in phase. |
| 6.6.8 Opozorilna naprava za sklenjen tokokrog: obvezna. Utripajoča opozorilna lučka, ki lahko deluje skupaj z opozorilnimi napravami iz točke 6.5.8. | 6.6.8. Circuit-closed tell-tale: Mandatory. Flashing warning light, which can operate in conjunction with tell-tale(s) specified in point 6.5.8. |
| 6.6.9 Druge zahteve: kot je določeno v točki 6.5.9. Če je traktor opremljen za vleko priklopnika, mora biti mogoče z napravo za upravljanje varnostnih utripalk vklopiti tudi smerne svetilke na priklopniku. Varnostne utripalke morajo delovati tudi, če je naprava za zagon ali zaustavitev motorja v položaju, v katerem motorja ni mogoče zagnati. | 6.6.9. Other requirements: As specified in point 6.5.9. If a tractor is equipped to tow a trailer the hazard-warning signal control shall also be capable of activating the direction-indicator lamps on the trailer. The hazard-warning signal shall be able to function even if the device which starts or stops the engine is in a position which makes it impossible to start the engine. |
| 6.7 Zavorne svetilke (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 7, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.7. Stop lamps (UNECE Regulation No 7, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.7.1 Prisotnost: | 6.7.1. Presence: |
| | Naprave kategorije S1 ali S2, kot je opisano v Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 7: s takšnimi zavornimi svetilkami morajo biti opremljeni traktorji ter vozila kategorij R in S. | | S1 or S2 of devices as described in UNECE Regulation No 7: tractors and vehicles of R- and S-categories shall be equipped with such stop lamps. |
| | Naprave kategorije S3 ali S4, kot je opisano v Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 7: s takšnimi zavornimi svetilkami so lahko opremljeni traktorji ter vozila kategorij R in S. | | S3 or S4 of devices as described in UNECE Regulation No 7: tractors and vehicles of R- and S-categories may be equipped with such stop lamps. |
| 6.7.2 Število: dve napravi kategorije S1 ali S2 in ena naprava kategorije S3 ali S4. | 6.7.2. Number: Two S1 or S2 category devices and one S3 or S4 category device. |
| 6.7.2.1 | V vozila se lahko vgradita dve neobvezni napravi kategorije S1 ali S2, razen če je vgrajena naprava kategorije S3 ali S4. | 6.7.2.1. | Except in the case where a category S3 or S4 device is installed, two optional category S1 or S2 devices may be installed on vehicles. |
| 6.7.2.2 | Samo v primeru, če vzdolžna srednja ravnina ni na pritrjenem delu karoserije, ampak ločuje enega ali dva premična dela vozila (npr. vrata), in če ni dovolj prostora za vgradnjo naprave kategorije S3 ali S4 na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino nad takšnimi premičnimi deli: | — | se lahko vgradita dve napravi kategorije S3 ali S4 tipa „D“ ali | — | se lahko vgradi ena naprava kategorije S3 ali S4 na levi ali desni strani vzdolžne srednje ravnine. | 6.7.2.2. | Only, when the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle is not located on a fixed body panel but separates one or two movable parts of the vehicle (e.g. doors), and lacks sufficient space to be equipped with a single device of the S3 or S4 category on the median longitudinal plane above such movable parts, either: | — | two devices of the S3 or S4 category type ‘D’ may be installed, or | — | one device of the S3 or S4 category may be installed offset to the left or to the right of the median longitudinal plane. |
| 6.7.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.7.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.7.4 Razporeditev: | 6.7.4. Position: |
| 6.7.4.1 | po širini: | kategorija S1 ali S2 | : | razdalja med notranjima robovoma vidnih svetlečih površin v smeri referenčnih osi ne sme biti manjša od 500 mm. Ta razdalja se lahko zmanjša na 400 mm, če je skupna širina vozila manjša od 1 400 mm; | kategorija S3 ali S4 | : | pri napravah kategorije S3 ali S4: referenčno središče mora biti na vzdolžni srednji ravnini vozila. Če pa se vgradita dve napravi kategorije S3 ali S4 v skladu s točko 6.7.2., morata biti nameščeni čim bližje vzdolžni srednji ravnini, in sicer po ena na vsaki strani te ravnine. | Če je v skladu s točko 6.7.2. dovoljen zamik ene svetilke kategorije S3 ali S4 od vzdolžne srednje ravnine, je ta zamik lahko največ 150 mm od vzdolžne srednje ravnine do referenčnega središča svetilke; | 6.7.4.1. | Width: | S1 or S2 categories | : | The distance in between the inner edges of the apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axes shall be not less than 500 mm apart. This distance may be reduced to 400 mm if the overall width of the vehicle is less than 1 400 mm. | S3 or S4 categories | : | For S3 or S4 category devices: the centre of reference shall be situated on the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle. However, in the case where the two devices of the S3 or S4 category are installed, according to point 6.7.2., they shall be positioned as close as possible to the median longitudinal plane, one on each side of this plane. | In the case where one S3 or S4 category lamp offset from the median longitudinal plane is permitted according to point 6.7.2., this offset shall not exceed 150 mm from the median longitudinal plane to the centre of reference of the lamp. |
| 6.7.4.2 | po višini: | kategorija S1 ali S2 | : | najmanj 400 mm in največ 2 500 mm ter do 4 000 mm nad tlemi za neobvezne zavorne svetilke; | kategorija S3 ali S4 | : | nad obveznimi zavornimi svetilkami in v vodoravni ravnini, ki se dotika spodnjega roba vidne svetleče površine naprave kategorije S3 ali S4, in nad vodoravno ravnino, ki se dotika zgornjega roba vidne svetleče površine naprav kategorije S1 ali S2. | Vozila so lahko opremljena z dvema dodatnima napravama kategorije S1 ali S2: | najmanj 400 mm in največ 4 000 mm nad tlemi; | 6.7.4.2. | Height: | S1 or S2 categories | : | Above the ground, not less than 400 mm and not more than 2 500 mm and up to 4 000 mm for optional stop lamps. | S3 or S4 categories | : | Above the mandatory stop lamps and in the horizontal plane tangential to the lower edge of the apparent surface of a S3 or S4 category device and above the horizontal plane tangential to the upper edge of the apparent surface of S1 or S2 categories devices. | Vehicles may be equipped with two additional devices of category S1 or S2: | Above the ground, not less than 400 mm and not more than 4 000 mm |
| 6.7.4.3 | po dolžini: | kategorija S1 ali S2 | : | na zadnjem delu vozila; | kategorija S3 ali S4 | : | ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.7.4.3. | Length: | S1 or S2 categories | : | At the rear of the vehicle. | S3 or S4 categories | : | No individual specification. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: 45° navzven in navznoter; | navpični kot: 15° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: 45° outwards and inwards. | Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal. |
| Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 10° ali 5°, če je ravnina H svetilke od tal oddaljena največ 1 900 mm oziroma 950 mm. | The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° or 5° where the lamp has its H plane at or below 1 900 mm respectively 950 mm from the ground. |
| 6.7.6 Usmeritev: proti zadnjemu delu vozila. | 6.7.6. Orientation: Towards the rear of the vehicle. |
| 6.7.7 Električna vezava: zasveti med zaviranjem z delovno zavoro in/ali ko je hitrost vozila namerno zmanjšana. | 6.7.7. Electrical connections: Shall light up when the service brake is applied and/or when the vehicle speed is reduced intentionally. |
| 6.7.8 Opozorilna naprava za delovanje: vozila so lahko opremljena z opozorilno napravo za zavorne svetilke. Če je vgrajena, je to neutripajoča opozorilna lučka, ki zasveti ob okvari zavornih svetilk. | 6.7.8. Operating tell-tale: Vehicles may be equipped with tell-tale for stop lamps. If fitted, it shall be a non-flashing warning lamp which comes on in the event of the malfunctioning of the stop lamps. |
| 6.7.9 Druge zahteve: svetilnost zavornih svetilk mora biti opazno večja od svetilnosti zadnjih pozicijskih svetilk. | 6.7.9. Other requirements: The luminous intensity of the stop lamps shall be markedly greater than that of the rear position lamps. |
| 6.8 Sprednje pozicijske svetilke (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 7, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.8. Front position lamps (UNECE Regulation No 7, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.8.1 Prisotnost: obvezne na traktorjih. Obvezne na vozilih kategorij R in S s širino nad 1,6 m in največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 40 km/h. | 6.8.1. Presence: Mandatory on tractors. Mandatory on R- and S-category vehicles with width exceeding 1,6 m and maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h. |
| 6.8.2 Število: dve ali štiri (glej točko 6.8.4.2). | 6.8.2. Number: Two or four (see point 6.8.4.2). |
| 6.8.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.8.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications |
| 6.8.4 Razporeditev: | 6.8.4. Position: |
| 6.8.4.1 | po širini: točka na svetleči površini, ki je najbolj oddaljena od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, ne sme biti oddaljena več kot 400 mm od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila. Razdalja med notranjima robovoma obeh svetlečih površin ne sme biti manjša od 500 mm; | 6.8.4.1. | Width: That point on the illuminating surface which is farthest from the vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall be not more than 400 mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. The clearance between the respective inner edges of the two illuminating surfaces shall be not less than 500 mm. |
| 6.8.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 400 mm in največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi. | Pri vozilih, opremljenih s sprednjim tritočkovnim priključnim drogovjem za priključitev opreme, ki lahko zastira sprednje pozicijske svetilke, se lahko vgradita dve dodatni sprednji pozicijski svetilki na višini največ 4 000 mm; | 6.8.4.2. | Height: Above the ground, not less than 400 mm and not more than 2 500 mm | In the case of vehicles equipped for the fitting of portable devices at the front, which may obscure the front position lamps, two additional front position lamps may be fitted at a height not exceeding 4 000 mm. |
| 6.8.4.3 | po dolžini: ni zahtev, če so svetilke usmerjene naprej in je zagotovljena skladnost s koti geometrijske vidnosti iz točke 6.8.5. | 6.8.4.3. | Length: No specifications provided that the lamps are aligned forwards and the angles of geometrical visibility specified in point 6.8.5 are complied with. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: za sprednji pozicijski svetilki: 10° navznoter in 80° navzven. Kot 10° navznoter pa se lahko zmanjša na 5°, če zaradi oblike karoserije ni mogoče doseči kota 10°. Pri vozilih s skupno širino, ki ne presega 1 400 mm, se ta kot lahko zmanjša na 3°, če zaradi oblike karoserije ni mogoče doseči kota 10°; | navpični kot: 15° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 10°, če je višina svetilke manj kot 1 900 mm nad tlemi, in na 5°, če je višina svetilke manj kot 750 mm nad tlemi. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: For the two front position lamps: 10° inwards and 80° outwards. However, the angle of 10° inwards may be reduced to 5° if the shape of the bodywork makes it impossible to keep to 10°. For vehicles with any overall width not exceeding 1 400 mm this angle may be reduced to 3° if the shape of the bodywork makes it impossible to keep to 10°. | Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal. The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° if the height of the lamp above the ground is less than 1 900 mm, and to 5° if this height is less than 750 mm. |
| 6.8.6 Usmeritev: naprej. | 6.8.6. Orientation: Towards the front. |
| 6.8.7 Električna vezava: ni posebnih zahtev (glej točko 5.12). | 6.8.7. Electrical connections: No individual specifications (see point 5.12). |
| 6.8.8 Opozorilna naprava: obvezna. Ta opozorilna naprava je neutripajoča. Ni potrebna, če se osvetlitev armaturne plošče lahko vklopi samo hkrati s sprednjimi pozicijskimi svetilkami. | 6.8.8. Tell-tale: Mandatory. This tell-tale shall be non-flashing. It shall not be required if the instrument panel lighting can only be turned on simultaneously with the front position lamps. |
| 6.9 Zadnje pozicijske svetilke (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 7, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.9. Rear position lamps (UNECE Regulation No 7, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.9.1 Prisotnost: obvezne na traktorjih ter vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.9.1. Presence: Mandatory on tractors and on R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.9.2 Število: dve ali več (glej točki 6.9.4.3 in 6.9.5.1). | 6.9.2. Number: Two or more (see points 6.9.4.3 and 6.9.5.1). |
| 6.9.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. Če so vgrajene štiri zadnje pozicijske svetilke v skladu s točko 6.9.5.1, mora biti vsaj en par zadnjih pozicijskih svetilk nepremičen. | 6.9.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. If four rear position lamps according to point 6.9.5.1 are fitted, at least one pair of rear position lamps shall be fixed. |
| 6.9.4 Razporeditev: | 6.9.4. Position: |
| 6.9.4.1 | po širini: točka na svetleči površini, ki je najbolj oddaljena od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, ne sme biti oddaljena več kot 400 mm od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila, razen kot je določeno v točki 6.9.5.1. | Razdalja med notranjima robovoma obeh svetlečih površin ne sme biti manjša od 500 mm. Ta razdalja se lahko zmanjša na 400 mm, če je skupna širina vozila manjša od 1 400 mm; | 6.9.4.1. | Width: Except as provided in point 6.9.5.1 that point on the illuminating surface which is farthest from the vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall be not more than 400 mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. | The distance between the inner edges of the two illuminating surfaces shall be not less than 500 mm. This distance may be reduced to 400 mm where the overall width of the vehicle is less than 1 400 mm. |
| 6.9.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 400 mm in največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi, razen kot je določeno v točki 6.9.5.1. | Pri vozilih z največjo širino do 1 300 mm najmanj 250 mm nad tlemi; | 6.9.4.2. | Height: Except as provided in point 6.9.5.1, above the ground not less than 400 mm and not more than 2 500 mm. | For vehicles with a maximum width not exceeding 1 300 mm above the ground not less than 250 mm. |
| 6.9.4.3 | po dolžini: na zadnjem delu vozila. Ne več kot 1 000 mm od skrajne zadnje točke vozila. | Deli vozila, ki so od skrajne zadnje točke svetleče površine zadnjih pozicijskih svetilk oddaljeni več kot 1 000 mm, morajo biti opremljeni z dodatno zadnjo pozicijsko svetilko. | 6.9.4.3. | Length: At the rear of vehicle. Not more than 1 000 mm from the rearmost point of the vehicle. | Parts of the vehicle that extend the rearmost point of the illuminating surface of the rear position lamps by more than 1 000 mm shall be fitted with an additional rear position lamp. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: za zadnji pozicijski svetilki 45° navznoter in 80° navzven ali 80° navznoter in 45° navzven; | navpični kot: 15° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. Kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 10°, če je višina svetilke manj kot 1 900 mm nad tlemi, in na 5°, če je višina svetilke manj kot 750 mm nad tlemi. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: For the two rear position lamps: either 45° inwards and 80° outwards, or 80° inwards and 45° outwards. | Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal. The angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° if the height of the lamp above the ground is less than 1 900 mm, and to 5° if this height is less than 750 mm. |
| 6.9.5.1 | Če ni mogoče izpolniti zgornjih zahtev glede razporeditve in vidnosti, se lahko vgradijo štiri zadnje pozicijske svetilke v skladu z naslednjimi zahtevami za vgradnjo: | 6.9.5.1.1 | dve zadnji pozicijski svetilki morata biti največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi. | Razdalja med notranjimi robovi zadnjih pozicijskih svetilk mora biti vsaj 300 mm, navpični kot vidnosti nad vodoravno ravnino pa mora biti 15°; | 6.9.5.1.2 | drugi dve svetilki morata biti največ 4 000 mm nad tlemi in morata izpolnjevati zahteve iz točke 6.9.4.1; | 6.9.5.1.3 | kombinacija obeh parov mora izpolnjevati zahteve za geometrijsko vidnost iz točke 6.9.5. | 6.9.5.1. | If it is impossible to observe the above position and visibility requirements, four rear position lamps may be fitted in accordance with the following installation specifications: | 6.9.5.1.1. | Two rear position lamps shall keep within the maximum height of 2 500 mm above the ground. | A distance of at least 300 mm between interior edges of the rear position lamps shall be observed, and they shall have a vertical angle of visibility above the horizontal of 15°. | 6.9.5.1.2. | The other two shall keep within a maximum height of 4 000 mm above the ground and shall be bound by the requirements of point 6.9.4.1. | 6.9.5.1.3. | The combination of the two pairs shall meet the requirements for geometric visibility as specified in 6.9.5 above. |
| 6.9.6 Usmeritev: nazaj. | 6.9.6. Orientation: Towards the rear. |
| 6.9.7 Električna vezava: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.9.7. Electrical connections: No individual specifications. |
| 6.9.8 Opozorilna naprava za sklenjen tokokrog: obvezna (glej točko 5.11). Kombinirana mora biti z opozorilno napravo za sklenjen tokokrog sprednjih pozicijskih svetilk. | 6.9.8. Circuit closed tell-tale: Mandatory (see point 5.11). It shall be combined with that of the front position lamps. |
| 6.10 Zadnje svetilke za meglo (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 38, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.10. Rear fog lamps (UNECE Regulation No 38, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.10.1 Prisotnost: neobvezne. | 6.10.1. Presence: Optional. |
| 6.10.2 Število: ena ali dve. | 6.10.2. Number: One or two. |
| 6.10.3 Namestitev: izpolnjevati mora pogoje geometrijske vidnosti. | 6.10.3. Arrangement: This shall satisfy the conditions of geometric visibility. |
| 6.10.4 Razporeditev: | 6.10.4. Position: |
| 6.10.4.1 | po širini: če je zadnja svetilka za meglo samo ena, mora biti na nasprotni strani vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila glede na smer prometa, kot je predpisana v državi registracije. V vseh primerih mora biti razdalja med zadnjo svetilko za meglo in zavorno svetilko večja od 100 mm; | 6.10.4.1. | Width: If there is only one rear fog lamp, it shall be on the opposite side of the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle to the direction of traffic prescribed in the country of registration. In all cases the distance between the rear fog lamp and the stop lamp shall be more than 100 mm. |
| 6.10.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 400 mm in največ 1 900 mm ali največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi, če zaradi oblike karoserije ni mogoče vgraditi svetilke pod zgornjo mejo 1 900 mm; | 6.10.4.2. | Height: Above the ground, not less than 400 mm and not more than 1 900 mm, or not more than 2 500 mm if the shape of the bodywork makes it impossible to keep within 1 900 mm. |
| 6.10.4.3 | po dolžini: na zadnjem delu vozila. | 6.10.4.3. | Length: At the rear of vehicle |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: 25° navznoter in navzven; | navpični kot: 5° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: 25° inwards and outwards. | Vertical angle: 5° above and below the horizontal. |
| 6.10.6 Usmeritev: nazaj. | 6.10.6. Orientation: Towards the rear. |
| 6.10.7 Električna vezava: mora biti takšna, da se zadnja svetilka za meglo lahko vklopi samo, če so vklopljeni žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen ali žarometi za meglo. | 6.10.7. Electrical connections: These shall be such that the rear fog lamp can light up only when the dipped-beam headlamps or the front fog lamps are in use. |
| Če so vgrajeni žarometi za meglo, mora biti mogoče zadnjo svetilko za meglo izklopiti neodvisno od žarometov za meglo. | If the front fog lamps exist, the extinguishing of the rear fog lamp shall be possible independently from that of the front fog lamps. |
| 6.10.8 Opozorilna naprava za sklenjen tokokrog: obvezna. Neodvisna opozorilna lučka s stalno svetilnostjo. | 6.10.8. Circuit closed tell-tale: Mandatory. An independent, fixed-intensity warning light. |
| 6.11 Parkirne svetilke (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 77 ali 7, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.11. Parking lamps (UNECE Regulations Nos 77 or 7, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.11.1 Prisotnost: vozila so lahko opremljena s parkirnimi svetilkami. | 6.11.1. Presence: Vehicles may be equipped with parking lamps. |
| 6.11.2 Število: odvisno od namestitve. | 6.11.2. Number: Dependent upon the arrangement. |
| 6.11.3 Namestitev: dve sprednji svetilki in dve zadnji svetilki ali ena svetilka na vsaki strani. | 6.11.3. Arrangement: Either two front lamps and two rear lamps, or one lamp on each side. |
| 6.11.4 Razporeditev: | 6.11.4. Position: |
| 6.11.4.1 | po širini: točka na svetleči površini, ki je najbolj oddaljena od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, ne sme biti oddaljena več kot 400 mm od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila. Poleg tega morajo biti svetilke, če gre za par, ob straneh vozila; | 6.11.4.1. | Width: That point on the illuminating surface which is farthest from the vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall not be more than 400 mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. Furthermore, in the case of a pair of lamps, the lamps shall be on the side of the vehicle. |
| 6.11.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 400 mm in največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi; | 6.11.4.2. | Height: Above the ground, not less than 400 mm and not more than 2 500 mm. |
| 6.11.4.3 | po dolžini: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.11.4.3. | Length: No individual specifications. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: 45° navzven proti sprednjemu in zadnjemu delu; | navpični kot: 15° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 10°, če je višina svetilke manj kot 1 500 mm nad tlemi, in na 5°, če je višina svetilke manj kot 750 mm nad tlemi. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: 45° outwards, towards the front and towards the rear. | Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal. The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° if the height of the lamp above the ground is less than 1 500 mm; and to 5° if this height is less than 750 mm. |
| 6.11.6 Usmeritev: takšna, da svetilke izpolnjujejo zahteve glede vidnosti sprednjega in zadnjega dela. | 6.11.6. Orientation: Such that the lamps meet the requirements concerning visibility towards the front and towards the rear. |
| 6.11.7 Električna vezava: vezava mora omogočati, da se parkirne svetilke na isti strani vozila vklopijo neodvisno od katerih koli drugih svetilk. | 6.11.7. Electrical connections: The connections shall allow the parking lamp(s) on the same side of the vehicle to be lit independently of any other lamps. |
| 6.11.8 Opozorilna naprava: vozila so lahko opremljena z opozorilno napravo za parkirne svetilke. Če je vgrajena, je ne sme biti mogoče zamenjati z opozorilno napravo za pozicijske svetilke. | 6.11.8. Tell-tale: Vehicles may be equipped with tell-tale for parking lamps. If there is one, it shall not be possible to confuse it with the tell-tale for the position lamps. |
| 6.11.9 Druge zahteve: funkcijo te svetilke lahko opravljajo tudi hkrati vklopljene sprednje in zadnje pozicijske svetilke na eni strani vozila. | 6.11.9. Other requirements: The function of this lamp may also be performed by the simultaneous switching on of the front and rear position lamps on one side of the vehicle. |
| 6.12 Gabaritne svetilke (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 7, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.12. End-outline marker lamps (UNECE Regulation No 7, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.12.1 Prisotnost: neobvezne na traktorjih ter vozilih kategorij R in S s širino nad 1,80 m. Na vseh drugih vozilih so prepovedane. | 6.12.1. Presence: Optional on tractors and R- and S-category vehicles exceeding 1,80 in width. Prohibited on all other vehicles. |
| 6.12.2 Število: dve, vidni s sprednje strani, in dve, vidni z zadnje strani. | 6.12.2. Number: Two visible from the front and two visible from the rear. |
| 6.12.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.12.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.12.4 Razporeditev: | 6.12.4. Position: |
| 6.12.4.1 | po širini: čim bližje skrajnemu zunanjemu robu vozila; | 6.12.4.1. | Width: As close as possible to the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. |
| 6.12.4.2 | po višini: čim višje ob upoštevanju zahtev glede položaja po širini in simetrije svetilk; | 6.12.4.2. | Height: At the greatest height compatible with the required position in width and with symmetry of the lamps. |
| 6.12.4.3 | po dolžini: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.12.4.3. | Length: No individual specification. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: 80° navzven; | navpični kot: 5° nad vodoravno ravnino in 20° pod njo. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: 80° outwards. | Vertical angle: 5° above and 20° below the horizontal. |
| 6.12.6 Usmeritev: takšna, da svetilke izpolnjujejo zahteve glede vidnosti sprednjega in zadnjega dela. | 6.12.6. Orientation: Such that the lamps meet the requirements concerning visibility towards the front and towards the rear. |
| 6.12.7 Električna vezava: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.12.7. Electrical connections: No individual specifications. |
| 6.12.8 Opozorilna naprava: neobvezna. | 6.12.8. Tell-tale: Optional |
| 6.12.9 Druge zahteve: če so izpolnjeni vsi drugi pogoji, sta lahko svetilka, vidna s sprednje strani, in svetilka, vidna z zadnje strani, na isti strani vozila vključeni v eno napravo. Položaj gabaritne svetilke glede na ustrezno pozicijsko svetilko mora biti takšen, da je razdalja med projekcijami najbližje ležečih točk svetlečih površin obeh svetilk na prečno navpično ravnino najmanj 200 mm. | 6.12.9. Other requirements: Subject to all the other conditions being met, the lamp visible from in front and the lamp visible from the rear, on the same side of the vehicle, may be included in one device. The position of an end-outline marker lamp in relation to the corresponding position lamp shall be such that the distance between the projections on a transverse vertical plane of the points nearest to one another of the illuminating surfaces of the two lamps considered is not less than 200 mm. |
| 6.13 Delovni žarometi | 6.13. Work lamp(s) |
| 6.13.1 Prisotnost: neobvezni. | 6.13.1. Presence: Optional. |
| Za točke 6.13.2, 6.13.3, 6.13.5 in 6.13.6 ni posebnih zahtev. | There are no individual specifications for the following items 6.13.2, 6.13.3, 6.13.5 and 6.13.6. |
| 6.13.2 Število | 6.13.2. Number |
| 6.13.3 Namestitev | 6.13.3. Arrangement |
| 6.13.4 Razporeditev: z ustreznim ohišjem in/ali namestitvijo delovnih žarometov je treba zagotoviti zaščito pred udarci. | 6.13.4. Position: Suitable housing and/or placement of work lamps should be provided, so that they are protected against impacts |
| 6.13.5 Geometrijska vidnost | 6.13.5. Geometric visibility |
| 6.13.6 Usmeritev | 6.13.6. Orientation |
| 6.13.7 Električna vezava: ta žaromet mora biti mogoče upravljati neodvisno od vseh drugih svetilk, ker ne osvetljuje ceste in ne deluje kot signalna naprava na cesti. | 6.13.7. Electrical connections: This lamp shall be operated independently of all other lamps in view of the fact that it does not illuminate the road or act as a signalling device on the road. |
| 6.13.8 Opozorilna naprava: obvezna. | 6.13.8. Tell-tale: Mandatory. |
| 6.13.9 Ta žaromet ne sme biti kombiniran ali integriran z drugo svetilko. | 6.13.9. This lamp shall not be combined or reciprocally incorporated with another lamp. |
| 6.14 Zadnji odsevniki, netrikotni (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 3, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.14. Rear retro-reflectors, non-triangular (UNECE Regulation No 3, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.14.1 Prisotnost: obvezni na vozilih kategorij T in C. Prepovedani na vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.14.1. Presence: Mandatory on T- and C-category vehicles. Prohibited on R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.14.2 Število: dva ali štirje (glej točko 6.14.5.1.). | 6.14.2. Number: Two or four (see point 6.14.5.1.). |
| 6.14.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.14.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.14.4 Razporeditev: | 6.14.4. Position: |
| 6.14.4.1 | po širini: točka na svetleči površini, ki je najbolj oddaljena od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, ne sme biti oddaljena več kot 400 mm od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila, razen kot je določeno v točki 6.14.5.1. Razdalja med notranjimi robovi odsevnikov ne sme biti manjša od 600 mm. Ta razdalja se lahko zmanjša na 400 mm, če je skupna širina vozila manjša od 1 300 mm; | 6.14.4.1. | Width: Except as provided in point 6.14.5.1, the point on the illuminating surface which is farthest from the vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall be not more than 400 mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. The inner edges of the retro-reflectors shall be not less than 600 mm apart. This distance may be reduced to 400 mm where the overall width of the vehicle is less than 1 300 mm. |
| 6.14.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 400 mm in največ 900 mm nad tlemi, razen kot je določeno v točki 6.14.5.1. | Pri vozilih z največjo širino do 1 300 mm najmanj 250 mm nad tlemi. | Zgornjo mejo je mogoče zvišati na največ 1 200 mm, če zahteve po višini do 900 mm ni mogoče izpolniti brez uporabe pritrditvenih naprav, ki se zlahka poškodujejo ali zvijejo; | 6.14.4.2. | Height: Except as provided in point 6.14.5.1, not less than 400 mm and not more than 900 mm above the ground. | For vehicles with a maximum width not exceeding 1 300 mm above the ground not less than 250 mm. | However, the upper limit may be increased to not more than 1 200 mm if it is impossible to keep within the height of 900 mm without having to use fixing devices liable to be easily damaged or bent. |
| 6.14.4.3 | po dolžini: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.14.4.3. | Length: No individual specifications. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: 30° navznoter in navzven; | navpični kot: 15° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 5°, če je višina odsevnika manj kot 750 mm. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: 30° inwards and outwards. | Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal. The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° if the height of the reflector is less than 750 mm. |
| 6.14.5.1 | Če ni mogoče izpolniti zgornjih zahtev glede razporeditve in vidnosti, se lahko vgradijo štirje odsevniki v skladu z naslednjimi zahtevami za vgradnjo: | 6.14.5.1.1 | dva odsevnika morata biti največ 900 mm nad tlemi. Če oblika, konstrukcija, zasnova ali delovni pogoji vozila omogočajo vgradnjo svetilke pod zgornjo mejo 900 mm brez uporabe pritrditvenih naprav, ki se zlahka poškodujejo ali zvijejo, je mogoče to zgornjo mejo zvišati na največ 1 500 mm. | Razdalja med notranjimi robovi zadnjih odsevnikov mora biti vsaj 300 mm, navpični kot vidnosti nad vodoravno ravnino pa mora biti 15°; | 6.14.5.1.2 | druga dva odsevnika morata biti največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi in morata izpolnjevati zahteve iz točke 6.14.4.1; | 6.14.5.1.3 | kombinacija obeh parov mora izpolnjevati zahteve za geometrijsko vidnost iz točke 6.14.5. | 6.14.5.1. | If it is impossible to observe the above position and visibility requirements, four retro-reflectors may be fitted in accordance with the following installation specifications: | 6.14.5.1.1. | Two retro-reflectors shall keep within the maximum height of 900 mm above the ground. However, this upper limit may be increased to not more than 1 500 mm where the shape, structure, design or operational conditions of the vehicle comply with the height of 900 mm without having to use fixing devices liable to be easily damaged or bent. | A distance of at least 300 mm between the interior edges of the rear retro-reflectors shall be observed, and they shall have a vertical angle of visibility above the horizontal of 15°. | 6.14.5.1.2. | The other two shall keep within a maximum height of 2 500 mm above the ground and shall be bound by the requirements of point 6.14.4.1. | 6.14.5.1.3. | The combination of the two pairs shall meet the requirements for geometric visibility as specified in point 6.14.5. |
| 6.14.6 Usmeritev: nazaj. | 6.14.6. Orientation: Towards the rear. |
| 6.14.7 Druge zahteve: svetleča površina odsevnika ima lahko skupne dele s svetlečo površino katere koli druge zadnje svetilke. | 6.14.7. Other requirements: The illuminating surface of the retro-reflector may have parts in common with that of any other rear lamp. |
| 6.15 Bočni odsevniki, netrikotni (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 3, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.15. Side retro-reflectors, non-triangular (UNECE Regulation No 3, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.15.1 Prisotnost: obvezni na vseh traktorjih, ki so daljši od 6 m. Neobvezni na traktorjih, ki niso daljši od 6 m. Obvezni na vseh vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.15.1. Presence: Mandatory on all tractors the length of which exceeds 6 m. Optional on tractors the length of which does not exceed 6 m. Mandatory on all R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.15.2 Število: tolikšno, da so izpolnjene zahteve v zvezi z vzdolžno razporeditvijo. Delovanje teh naprav mora izpolnjevati zahteve za odsevnike razreda IA ali IB iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 3, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. Dodatne odsevne naprave in materiali (vključno z odsevnikoma, ki nista v skladu s točko 6.15.4) so dovoljeni, če ne zmanjšujejo učinkovitosti obveznih svetlobnih in svetlobno-signalnih naprav. | 6.15.2. Number: Such that the requirements for longitudinal positioning are complied with. The performances of these devices shall conform to the requirements concerning Class IA or IB retro reflectors in UNECE Regulation No 3, as referenced in Annex I. Additional retro reflecting devices and materials (including two retro-reflectors not complying with point 6.15.4), are permitted provided they do not impair the effectiveness of the mandatory lighting and light-signalling devices. |
| 6.15.3 Namestitev: odsevna površina mora biti nameščena v navpični ravnini (največji odklon 10°) vzporedno z vzdolžno osjo vozila. | 6.15.3. Arrangement: The reflecting surface shall be mounted in a vertical plane (maximum deviation 10°) parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. |
| 6.15.4 Razporeditev: | 6.15.4. Position: |
| 6.15.4.1 | po širini: ni posebnih zahtev; | 6.15.4.1. | Width: No individual specification. |
| 6.15.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 400 mm in največ 900 mm nad tlemi. | Zgornjo mejo je mogoče zvišati na največ 1 500 mm, če zahteve po višini do 900 mm ni mogoče izpolniti brez uporabe pritrditvenih naprav, ki se zlahka poškodujejo ali zvijejo; | 6.15.4.2. | Height: Not less than 400 mm and not more than 900 mm above the ground. | However, the upper limit may be increased to not more than 1 500 mm if it is impossible to keep within the height of 900 mm without having to use fixing devices liable to be easily damaged or bent. |
| 6.15.4.3 | po dolžini: en odsevnik ne sme biti oddaljen več kot 3 m od skrajne sprednje točke vozila in isti odsevnik ali drugi odsevnik ne sme biti oddaljen več kot 3 m od skrajne zadnje točke vozila. Razdalja med dvema odsevnikoma na isti strani vozila ne sme presegati 6 m. | 6.15.4.3. | Length: One reflector shall be not more than 3 m from the foremost point of the vehicle, and either the same reflector or a second reflector shall be not more than 3 m from the rearmost point of the vehicle. The distance between two reflectors on the same side of the vehicle shall not exceed 6 m. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: 20° naprej in nazaj; | navpični kot: 10° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 5°, če je dolžina odsevnika manj kot 750 mm. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: 20° forwards and rearwards. | Vertical angle: 10° above and below the horizontal. The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° if the length of the reflector is less than 750 mm. |
| 6.15.6 Usmeritev: vstran. | 6.15.6. Orientation: Towards the side. |
| 6.16 Svetilke zadnje registrske tablice (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 4, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.16. Rear registration plate lamp(s) (UNECE Regulation No 4, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.16.1 Prisotnost: obvezne na traktorjih ter vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.16.1. Presence: Mandatory on tractors and R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.16.2 Število | 6.16.2. Number |
| 6.16.3 Namestitev | 6.16.3. Arrangement |
| 6.16.4 Razporeditev | 6.16.4. Position |
| 6.16.4.1 Širina | 6.16.4.1. Width |
| 6.16.4.2 Višina | 6.16.4.2. Height |
| 6.16.4.3 Dolžina | 6.16.4.3. Length |
| 6.16.5 Geometrijska vidnost | 6.16.5. Geometric visibility |
| 6.16.6 Usmeritev | 6.16.6. Orientation |
| Vrednosti in položaji v točkah 6.16.2 do 6.16.6 morajo biti takšni, da naprava osvetljuje prostor za registrsko tablico. | The values and position in points 6.16.2-6.16.6 shall be such that the device is able to illuminate the site of the registration plate. |
| 6.16.7 Opozorilna naprava: vozila so lahko opremljena z opozorilno napravo za svetilke zadnje registrske tablice. Če je vgrajena, mora njeno funkcijo opravljati opozorilna naprava, predpisana za sprednje in zadnje pozicijske svetilke. | 6.16.7. Tell-tale: Vehicles may be equipped with tell-tale for rear registration plate lamp(s). If provided, its function shall be performed by the tell-tale prescribed for the front and rear position lamps. |
| 6.16.8 Električna vezava: naprava zasveti samo hkrati z zadnjimi pozicijskimi svetilkami (glej točko 5.12). | 6.16.8. Electrical connections: The device shall light up only at the same time as the rear position lamps (see point 5.12). |
| 6.17 Sprednji odsevniki, netrikotni (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 3, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.17. Front retro-reflectors, non-triangular (UNECE Regulation No 3, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.17.1 Prisotnost: obvezni na vozilih kategorij R in S. Neobvezni na traktorjih. | 6.17.1. Presence: Mandatory on vehicles of categories R and S. Optional on tractors. |
| 6.17.2 Število: dva ali štirje. | 6.17.2. Number: Two or four. |
| 6.17.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.17.3. Arrangement: No special requirement. |
| 6.17.4 Razporeditev: | 6.17.4. Position |
| 6.17.4.1 | po širini: točka na svetleči površini, ki je najbolj oddaljena od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, ne sme biti oddaljena več kot 400 mm od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila. Pri vozilih kategorij R in S ta oddaljenost ne sme biti večja od 150 mm. | Razdalja med notranjima robovoma obeh vidnih svetlečih površin v smeri referenčnih osi ne sme biti manjša od 600 mm. Ta razdalja se lahko zmanjša na 400 mm, če je skupna širina vozila manjša od 1 300 mm; | 6.17.4.1. | Width: That point on the illuminating surface which is farthest from the vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall not be more than 400 mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. On R- and S-category vehicles this distance shall be no more than 150 mm. | The distance between the inner edges of the two apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axes shall be not less than 600 mm. This distance may be reduced to 400 mm where the overall width of the vehicle is less than 1 300 mm. |
| 6.17.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 300 mm in največ 1 500 mm nad tlemi. Če zaradi zasnove to ni mogoče, morajo biti sprednji odsevniki nameščeni čim nižje; | 6.17.4.2. | Height: Above the ground, not less than 300 mm and not more than 1 500 mm. If this is not possible due to the design the front reflectors shall be arranges as low as possible. |
| 6.17.4.3 | po dolžini: na sprednjem delu vozila. | 6.17.4.3. | Length: At the front of the vehicle. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: 30° navznoter in navzven; | navpični kot: 10° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 5°, če je odsevnik manj kot 750 mm nad tlemi. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: 30° inwards and outwards. | Vertical angle: 10° above and below the horizontal. The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° in the case of a retro-reflector less than 750 mm above the ground. |
| 6.17.5.1 | Če ni mogoče izpolniti zgornjih zahtev glede razporeditve in vidnosti, se lahko vgradijo štirje sprednji odsevniki v skladu z naslednjimi zahtevami za vgradnjo: | 6.17.5.1.1 | dva odsevnika, če sta vgrajena, morata biti največ 1 200 mm nad tlemi. | Razdalja med notranjimi robovi sprednjih odsevnikov mora biti vsaj 300 mm, navpični kot vidnosti nad vodoravno ravnino pa mora biti 15°. | 6.17.5.1. | If it is impossible to observe the above position and visibility requirements, four front retro reflectors may be fitted in accordance with the following installation specifications: | 6.17.5.1.1. | If fitted, two reflectors shall keep within the maximum height of 1 200 mm above the ground. | A distance of at least 300 mm between the interior edges of the front retro-reflectors shall be observed, and they shall have a vertical angle of visibility above the horizontal of 15°. |
| 6.17.6 Usmeritev: naprej. | 6.17.6. Orientation: Towards the front. |
| 6.17.7 Druge zahteve: svetleča površina odsevnika ima lahko skupne dele z vidno svetlečo površino katere koli druge svetilke na sprednjem delu. | 6.17.7. Other requirements: The illuminating surface of the retro-reflector may have parts in common with the apparent surface of any other lamp situated at the front. |
| 6.18 Bočne svetilke (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 91, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.18. Side marker lamps (UNECE Regulation No 91, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.18.1 Prisotnost: neobvezne na vseh vozilih. | 6.18.1. Presence: Optional on all vehicles. |
| 6.18.2 Najmanjše število na vsaki strani: tolikšno, da se zagotovi skladnost s pravili o vzdolžni razporeditvi. | 6.18.2. Minimum number per side: Such that the rules for longitudinal positioning are complied with. |
| 6.18.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.18.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.18.4 Razporeditev: | 6.18.4. Position: |
| 6.18.4.1 | po širini: ni posebnih zahtev; | 6.18.4.1. | Width: No individual specifications. |
| 6.18.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 250 mm in največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi; | 6.18.4.2. | Height: Above the ground, not less than 250 mm nor more than 2 500 mm. |
| 6.18.4.3 | po dolžini: vsaj ena bočna svetilka mora biti vgrajena na srednji tretjini vozila, pri čemer skrajna sprednja bočna svetilka ni oddaljena več kot 3 m od sprednjega dela. Razdalja med dvema sosednjima bočnima svetilkama ne sme presegati 3 m. Če zaradi konstrukcije, zasnove ali operativne uporabe vozila ni mogoče izpolniti te zahteve, se ta razdalja lahko poveča na 4 m. | 6.18.4.3. | Length: At least one side-marker lamp shall be fitted to the middle third of the vehicle, the foremost side-marker lamp being not further than 3 m from the front. The distance between two adjacent side-marker lamps shall not exceed 3 m. If the structure, design or the operational use of the vehicle makes it impossible to comply with such a requirement, this distance may be increased to 4 m. |
| Razdalja med skrajno zadnjo bočno svetilko in zadnjim delom vozila ne sme presegati 1 m. | The distance between the rearmost side-marker lamp and the rear of the vehicle shall not exceed 1 m. |
| Za vozila, ki niso daljša od 6 m, in za šasije s kabino pa zadostuje, da imajo eno bočno svetilko, vgrajeno na prvi tretjini in/ali na zadnji tretjini dolžine vozila. | However, for vehicles the length of which does not exceed 6 m and for chassis-cabs, it is sufficient to have one side-marker lamp fitted within the first third and/or within the last third of the vehicle length. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | vodoravni kot: 45° naprej in nazaj; ta vrednost se lahko zmanjša na 30°; | navpični kot: 10° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 5°, če je bočna svetilka manj kot 750 mm nad tlemi. | Geometric visibility | Horizontal angle: 45° to the front and to the rear; however, this value can be reduced to 30°. | Vertical angle: 10° above and below the horizontal. The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° in the case of a side-marker lamp less than 750 mm above the ground. |
| 6.18.6 Usmeritev: vstran. | 6.18.6. Orientation: Towards the side. |
| 6.18.7 Električna vezava: ni posebnih zahtev (glej točko 5.12). | 6.18.7. Electrical connections: No individual specifications (see point 5.12). |
| 6.18.8 Opozorilna naprava: neobvezna. Če je vgrajena, mora njeno funkcijo opravljati opozorilna naprava, ki se zahteva za sprednje in zadnje pozicijske svetilke. | 6.18.8. Tell-tale: Optional. If it exists its function shall be carried out by the tell-tale required for the front and rear position lamps. |
| 6.18.9 Druge zahteve: če je skrajna zadnja bočna svetilka kombinirana z zadnjo pozicijsko svetilko, integrirano z zadnjo svetilko za meglo ali zavorno svetilko, se fotometrične značilnosti bočne svetilke med delovanjem zadnje svetilke za meglo ali zavorne svetilke lahko spremenijo. | 6.18.9. Other requirements: When the rearmost side-marker lamp is combined with the rear position lamp reciprocally incorporated with the rear fog lamp or stop lamp, the photometric characteristics of the side-marker lamp may be modified during the illumination of the rear fog lamp or stop lamp. |
| Skrajne zadnje bočne svetilke morajo biti oranžne, če utripajo z zadnjo smerno svetilko. | Rearmost side-marker lamps shall be amber if they flash with the rear direction-indicator lamp. |
| 6.19 Svetilka za dnevno vožnjo (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 87, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.19. Daytime running lamp (UNECE Regulation No 87, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.19.1 Prisotnost: neobvezna na traktorjih. Prepovedana na vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.19.1. Presence: Optional on tractors. Prohibited on R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.19.2 Število: dve ali štiri (glej točko 6.19.4.2). | 6.19.2. Number: Two or four (see point 6.19.4.2). |
| 6.19.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.19.3. Arrangement: No special requirement. |
| 6.19.4 Razporeditev: | 6.19.4. Position |
| 6.19.4.1 po širini: ni posebnih zahtev; | 6.19.4.1. Width: No individual specifications. |
| 6.19.4.2 po višini: najmanj 250 mm in največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi. | 6.19.4.2. Height: Above the ground not less than 250 mm not more than 2 500 mm. |
| Pri traktorjih, opremljenih s sprednjim tritočkovnim priključnim drogovjem, se poleg svetilk iz točke 6.19.2 dovolita dve svetilki za dnevno vožnjo na višini največ 4 000 mm, če so električne vezave takšne, da obeh parov svetilk za dnevno vožnjo ni mogoče vklopiti hkrati; | In the case of tractors equipped for the fitting of portable devices at the front, two daytime running lamps (DRLs) in addition to the lamps mentioned in point 6.19.2 shall be allowed at a height not exceeding 4 000 mm if the electrical connections are such that two pairs of DRLs cannot be switched on at the same time. |
| 6.19.4.3 po dolžini: na sprednjem delu vozila. Ta zahteva je izpolnjena, če oddana svetloba niti neposredno niti posredno ne moti voznika prek vzvratnih ogledal in/ali drugih odsevnih površin na vozilu. | 6.19.4.3. Length: At the front of the vehicle. This requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if the light emitted does not cause discomfort to the driver either directly or indirectly through the rear-view mirrors and/or other reflecting surfaces of the vehicle. |
| 6.19.5 Geometrijska vidnost: | 6.19.5. Geometric visibility |
| vodoravno | : | 20° navzven in 20° navznoter; | Horizontal | : | outwards 20° and inwards 20°. |
| navpično | : | 10° navzgor in 10° navzdol. | Vertical | : | upwards 10° and downwards 10°. |
| 6.19.6 Usmeritev: naprej. | 6.19.6. Orientation: Towards the front. |
| 6.19.7 Električna vezava | 6.19.7. Electrical connections |
| 6.19.7.1 Svetilke za dnevno vožnjo se morajo samodejno vklopiti, če je naprava, ki vklaplja in/ali izklaplja motor, v položaju, ki omogoča delovanje motorja. Svetilke za dnevno vožnjo pa lahko ostanejo izklopljene, ko je krmilna naprava samodejnega menjalnika v parkirnem ali nevtralnem položaju, ko je aktivirana parkirna zavora ali ko je aktiviran pogonski sistem, vozilo pa se še ni začelo prvič premikati. | 6.19.7.1. The daytime running lamps shall be switched ON automatically when the device which starts and/or stops the engine is in a position which makes it possible for the engine to operate. However, daytime running lamps may remain OFF while the automatic transmission control is in the park or neutral position, while the parking brake is applied or after the propulsion system is activated but the vehicle was not set in motion for the first time. |
| Svetilke za dnevno vožnjo se morajo samodejno izklopiti, ko se vklopijo žarometi za meglo ali glavni žarometi, razen če se slednji uporabljajo za svetlobno opozarjanje v kratkih presledkih. | The daytime running lamps shall switch OFF automatically when the front fog lamps or headlamps are switched ON, except when the latter are used to give intermittent luminous warnings at short intervals. |
| Poleg tega se lahko ob vklopu svetilk za dnevno vožnjo vklopijo katere koli svetilke iz točke 5.12. | Furthermore, any of the lamps referred to in point 5.12 may be switched ON when the daytime running lamps are switched ON. |
| 6.19.7.2 Če je razdalja med sprednjo smerno svetilko in svetilko za dnevno vožnjo 40 mm ali manj, je lahko električna vezava svetilke za dnevno vožnjo na ustrezni strani vozila takšna, da je izklopljena ali da je njena svetilnost zmanjšana ves čas, ko je aktivirana sprednja smerna svetilka (v ciklu vklopljeno in izklopljeno). | 6.19.7.2. If the distance between the front direction-indicator lamp and the daytime running lamp is equal or less than 40 mm, the electrical connections of the daytime running lamp on the relevant side of the vehicle may be such that either it is switched OFF or its luminous intensity is reduced during the entire period (both ON and OFF cycle) of activation of a front direction-indicator lamp. |
| 6.19.7.3 Če je smerna svetilka integrirana s svetilko za dnevno vožnjo, mora biti električna vezava svetilke za dnevno vožnjo na ustrezni strani vozila takšna, da je svetilka za dnevno vožnjo izklopljena ves čas, ko je aktivirana smerna svetilka (v ciklu vklopljeno in izklopljeno). | 6.19.7.3. If a direction-indicator lamp is reciprocally incorporated with a daytime running lamp, the electrical connections of the daytime running lamp on the relevant side of the vehicle shall be such that the daytime running lamp is switched OFF during the entire period (both ON and OFF cycle) of activation of the direction-indicator lamp. |
| 6.19.8 Opozorilna naprava: opozorilna naprava za sklenjen tokokrog je neobvezna. | 6.19.8. Tell-tale: Closed-circuit tell-tale optional. |
| 6.20 Svetilka za zavijanje (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 119, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.20. Cornering lamp (UNECE Regulation No 119, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.20.1 Prisotnost: neobvezna na traktorjih. Prepovedana na vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.20.1. Presence: Optional on tractors. Prohibited on vehicles of categories R and S. |
| 6.20.2 Število: dve ali štiri. | 6.20.2. Number: Two or four. |
| 6.20.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.20.3. Arrangement: No special requirement. |
| 6.20.4 Razporeditev: | 6.20.4. Position |
| 6.20.4.1 po širini: ni posebnih zahtev; | 6.20.4.1. Width: No individual specifications. |
| 6.20.4.2 po dolžini: ne več kot 1 000 mm od sprednjega dela; | 6.20.4.2. Length: Not further than 1 000 mm from the front. |
| 6.20.4.3 po višini: najmanj 250 mm in največ 2 500 mm ter do 3 000 mm nad tlemi za dve dodatni svetilki za zavijanje pri vozilih, opremljenih s sprednjim tritočkovnim priključnim drogovjem za priključitev opreme, ki lahko zastira svetilko za zavijanje. | 6.20.4.3. Height: Above the ground not less than 250 mm and not more than 2 500 mm and up to 3 000 mm for two additional cornering lamps in the case of vehicles equipped for the fitting of portable devices at the front, which may obscure the cornering lamp. |
| Nobena točka na vidni svetleči površini v smeri referenčne osi ne sme biti višja od najvišje točke na vidni svetleči površini v smeri referenčne osi žarometa za kratki svetlobni pramen. | However, no point on the apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis shall be higher than the highest point on the apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis of the dipped-beam headlamp. |
| 6.20.5 Geometrijska vidnost: | 6.20.5. Geometric visibility |
| vodoravno | : | od 30° do 60° navzven; | Horizontal | : | 30° to 60° outwards. |
| navpično | : | 10° navzgor in navzdol. | Vertical | : | 10° upwards and downwards. |
| 6.20.6 Usmeritev: takšna, da svetilke izpolnjujejo zahteve glede geometrijske vidnosti. | 6.20.6. Orientation: Such that the lamps meet the requirements for geometric visibility. |
| 6.20.7 Električna vezava | 6.20.7. Electrical connections |
| Svetilke za zavijanje morajo biti povezane tako, da jih ni mogoče vklopiti, razen če so hkrati vklopljeni žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen ali žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen. | The cornering lamps shall be so connected that they cannot be activated unless the main-beam headlamps or the dipped-beam headlamps are switched ON at the same time. |
| 6.20.7.1 | Svetilka za zavijanje na eni strani vozila se lahko samodejno vklopi samo, če so vklopljene smerne svetilke na isti strani vozila in/ali če se odklon kolesa spremeni iz položaja naravnost naprej v smer proti isti strani vozila. | Svetilka za zavijanje se mora samodejno izklopiti, ko se izklopi smerna svetilka in/ali se odklon kolesa vrne v položaj naravnost naprej. | 6.20.7.1. | The cornering lamp on one side of the vehicle may only be switched ON automatically when the direction-indicators on the same side of the vehicle are switched ON and/or when the steering angle is changed from the straight-ahead position towards the same side of the vehicle. | The cornering lamp shall be switched OFF automatically when the direction-indicator is switched OFF and/or the steering angle has returned in the straight-ahead position. |
| 6.20.7.2 | Ko je vklopljen žaromet za vzvratno vožnjo, sta lahko obe svetilki za zavijanje vklopljeni hkrati, ne glede na položaj volana ali smernega kazalnika. V tem primeru se morata svetilki za zavijanje izklopiti, ko se izklopi žaromet za vzvratno vožnjo. | 6.20.7.2. | When the reversing lamp is switched ON, both cornering lamps may be switched on simultaneously, independently from the steering wheel or direction-indicator position. In this case, the cornering lamps shall be switched OFF when the reversing lamp is switched OFF. |
| 6.20.8 Opozorilna naprava: je ni. | 6.20.8. Tell-tale: None. |
| 6.20.9 Druge zahteve: svetilke za zavijanje se ne smejo vklopiti, če je hitrost vozila večja od 40 km/h. | 6.20.9. Other requirements: The cornering lamps shall not be activated at vehicle speeds above 40 km/h. |
| 6.21 Vidnostne oznake (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 104, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.21. Conspicuity markings (UNECE Regulation No 104, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.21.1 Prisotnost: neobvezne. | 6.21.1. Presence: Optional. |
| 6.21.2 Število: v skladu s prisotnostjo. | 6.21.2. Number: According to the presence. |
| 6.21.3 Namestitev: vidnostne oznake morajo biti čim bližje vodoravnim in navpičnim zunanjim delom vozila, skladno z obliko, konstrukcijo, zasnovo in zahtevami za delovanje vozila. | 6.21.3. Arrangement: The conspicuity markings shall be as close as practicable to horizontal and vertical, compatible with the shape, structure, design and operational requirements of the vehicle. |
| 6.21.4 Razporeditev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.21.4. Position: No individual specifications. |
| 6.21.5 Geometrijska vidnost: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.21.5. Geometric visibility: No individual specifications. |
| 6.21.6 Usmeritev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.21.6. Orientation: No individual specifications. |
| 6.22 Zadnja tabla za označevanje počasnih vozil (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.22. SMV rear marking plate (UNECE Regulation No 69, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.22.1 Prisotnost: neobvezna na vozilih z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo največ 40 km/h. Prepovedana na vseh drugih vozilih. | 6.22.1. Presence: Optional on vehicles with a maximum design speed of not more than 40 km/h. Prohibited on all other vehicles. |
| 6.22.2 Število: v skladu s Prilogo 15 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 6.22.2. Number: According to Annex 15 to UNECE Regulation No 69, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 6.22.3 Namestitev: v skladu s Prilogo 15 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 6.22.3. Arrangement: According to Annex 15 to UNECE Regulation No 69, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 6.22.4 Razporeditev: | 6.22.4. Position |
| po širini: v skladu s Prilogo 15 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I; | Width: According to Annex 15 to UNECE Regulation No 69, as referenced in Annex I. |
| po višini: ni posebnih zahtev; | Height: No individual specifications. |
| po dolžini: v skladu s Prilogo 15 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | Length: According to Annex 15 to UNECE Regulation No 69, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 6.22.5 Geometrijska vidnost: v skladu s Prilogo 15 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 6.22.5. Geometric visibility According to Annex 15 to UNECE Regulation No 69, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 6.22.6 Usmeritev: v skladu s Prilogo 15 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 6.22.6. Orientation: According to Annex 15 to UNECE Regulation No 69, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 6.23 Zunanja svetilka | 6.23. Exterior courtesy lamp |
| 6.23.1 Prisotnost: neobvezna na traktorjih. Prepovedana na vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.23.1. Presence: Optional on tractors. Prohibited on R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.23.2 Število: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.23.2. Number: No individual specifications. |
| 6.23.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.23.3. Arrangement: No individual specifications. |
| 6.23.4 Razporeditev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.23.4. Position: No individual specifications. |
| 6.23.5 Geometrijska vidnost: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.23.5. Geometric visibility: No individual specifications. |
| 6.23.6 Usmeritev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.23.6. Orientation: No individual specifications. |
| 6.23.7 Električna vezava: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.23.7. Electrical connections: No individual specifications. |
| 6.23.8 Opozorilna naprava: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.23.8. Tell-tale: No individual specifications. |
| 6.23.9 Druge zahteve: zunanja svetilka ne sme biti aktivirana, razen če vozilo miruje in je izpolnjen eden ali več naslednjih pogojev: | 6.23.9. Other requirements: The exterior courtesy lamp shall not be activated unless the vehicle is stationary and one or more of the following conditions is satisfied: |
| 6.23.9.1 | motor je izklopljen; | 6.23.9.1 | the engine is stopped; |
| 6.23.9.2 | voznikova ali potniška vrata so odprta; | 6.23.9.2 | a driver or passenger door is opened; |
| 6.23.9.3 | vrata tovorišča so odprta. | 6.23.9.3 | a load compartment door is opened. |
| Zahteve iz točke 5.11 morajo biti izpolnjene v vseh stalnih položajih uporabe. | Point 5.11 shall be complied with in all fixed positions of use. |
| Tehnična služba mora v skladu z zahtevami homologacijskega organa opraviti vizualni preskus, s katerim potrdi, da vidna svetleča površina zunanjih svetilk ni neposredno vidna opazovalcu, ki se giblje po meji območja v prečni ravnini 10 m od sprednjega dela vozila, prečni ravnini 10 m od zadnjega dela vozila in dveh vzdolžnih ravninah 10 m od vsakega boka vozila; te štiri ravnine segajo do višine od 1 m do 3 m nad tlemi in so pravokotne na tla, kot je prikazano v Prilogi 14 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 48, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | The technical service shall, to the satisfaction of the authority responsible for type-approval, perform a visual test to verify that there is no direct visibility of the apparent surface of the exterior courtesy lamps, if viewed by an observer moving on the boundary of a zone on a transverse plane 10 m from the front of the vehicle, a transverse plane 10 m from the rear of the vehicle, and two longitudinal planes 10 m from each side of the vehicle; these four planes to extend from 1 m to 3 m above and perpendicular to the ground as shown in Annex 14 to UNECE Regulation No 48, as referenced in Annex I. |
| Ta zahteva se preveri z risbo ali simulacijo. | This requirement shall be verified by a drawing or simulation. |
| 6.24 Svetilke za manevriranje (Pravilnik UN/ECE št. 23, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I) | 6.24. Manoeuvring lamps (UNECE Regulation No 23, as referenced in Annex I) |
| 6.24.1 Prisotnost: neobvezne na traktorjih. Prepovedane na vozilih kategorij R in S. | 6.24.1. Presence: Optional on tractors. Prohibited on R- and S-category vehicles. |
| 6.24.2 Število: ena ali dve (po ena na vsaki strani). | 6.24.2. Number: One or two (one per side) |
| 6.24.3 Namestitev: ni posebnih zahtev, veljajo pa zahteve iz točke 6.24.9. | 6.24.3. Arrangement: No special requirement, however the requirements of point 6.24.9 apply. |
| 6.24.4 Razporeditev: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.24.4. Position: No special requirement. |
| 6.24.5 Geometrijska vidnost: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.24.5. Geometric Visibility: No special requirement. |
| 6.24.6 Usmeritev: navzdol, veljajo zahteve iz točke 6.24.9. | 6.24.6. Orientation: Downwards, however the requirements of point 6.24.9 apply. |
| 6.24.7 Električna vezava: svetilke za manevriranje morajo biti povezane tako, da jih ni mogoče vklopiti, razen če so hkrati vklopljeni žarometi za dolgi svetlobni pramen ali žarometi za kratki svetlobni pramen. | 6.24.7. Electrical Connections: Manoeuvring lamps shall be so connected that they cannot be activated unless the main-beam headlamps or the dipped-beam headlamps are switched ON at the same time. |
| Svetilke za manevriranje se morajo samodejno vklopiti pri počasnih manevrih s hitrostjo do 10 km/h, če je izpolnjen eden od naslednjih pogojev: | The manoeuvring lamp(s) shall be activated automatically for slow manoeuvres up to 10 km/h provided that one of the following conditions is fulfilled: |
| (a) | pred začetkom prvega premikanja vozila po vsakem ročnem vklopu pogonskega sistema ali | (a) | prior to the vehicle being set in motion for the first time after each manual activation of the propulsion system; or |
| (b) | aktivirana je vzvratna prestava ali | (b) | reverse gear is engaged; or |
| (c) | aktiviran je sistem s kamero za pomoč pri parkiranju. | (c) | a camera-based system which assists parking manoeuvres is activated. |
| Svetilke za manevriranje se morajo samodejno izklopiti, če hitrost vozila pri vožnji naprej preseže 10 km/h, in morajo ostati izklopljene, dokler niso znova izpolnjeni pogoji za vklop. | The manoeuvring lamps shall be automatically switched off if the forward speed of the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h and they shall remain switched off until the conditions for activation are met again. |
| 6.24.8 Opozorilna naprava: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.24.8. Tell tale: No special requirement |
| 6.24.9 Druge zahteve | 6.24.9. Other requirements |
| 6.24.9.1 Tehnična služba mora v skladu z zahtevami homologacijskega organa opraviti vizualni preskus, s katerim potrdi, da vidna svetleča površina teh svetilk ni neposredno vidna opazovalcu, ki se giblje po meji območja v prečni ravnini 10 m od sprednjega dela vozila, prečni ravnini 10 m od zadnjega dela vozila in dveh vzdolžnih ravninah 10 m od vsakega boka vozila; te štiri ravnine segajo do višine od 1 m do 3 m nad tlemi in so vzporedne s tlemi. | 6.24.9.1. The Technical Service shall, to the satisfaction of the authority responsible for type-approval, perform a visual test to verify that there is no direct visibility of the apparent surface of these lamps, if viewed by an observer moving on the boundary of a zone on a transverse plane 10 m from the front of the vehicle, a transverse plane 10 m from the rear of the vehicle, and two longitudinal planes 10 m from each side of the vehicle; these four planes to extend from 1 m to 3 m above and parallel to the ground. |
| 6.24.9.2 Zahteva iz točke 6.24.9.1 se preveri z risbo ali simulacijo ali se šteje za izpolnjeno, če so pogoji vgradnje v skladu z odstavkom 6.2.3 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 23, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 6.24.9.2. The requirement set out in point 6.24.9.1 shall be verified by a drawing or simulation or deemed be satisfied if the installation conditions comply with paragraph 6.2.3 of UNECE Regulation No 23, as referenced in Annex I. |
| 6.25 Zadnji odsevniki, trikotni | 6.25. Rear retro-reflectors, triangular |
| 6.25.1 Prisotnost: obvezni na vozilih kategorij R in S. Prepovedani na traktorjih. | 6.25.1. Presence: Mandatory on vehicles of categories R and S. Prohibited on tractors. |
| 6.25.2 Število: dva ali štirje (glej točko 6.25.5.1). | 6.25.2. Number: Two or four (see point 6.25.5.1). |
| 6.25.3 Namestitev: konica trikotnika mora biti usmerjena navzgor. | 6.25.3. Arrangement: The apex of the triangle shall be directed upwards. |
| 6.25.4 Razporeditev: | 6.25.4. Position |
| 6.25.4.1 | po širini: točka na svetleči površini, ki je najbolj oddaljena od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, ne sme biti oddaljena več kot 400 mm od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila, razen kot je določeno v točki 6.25.5.1. Razdalja med notranjimi robovi odsevnikov ne sme biti manjša od 600 mm. Ta razdalja se lahko zmanjša na 400 mm, če je skupna širina vozila manjša od 1 300 mm; | 6.25.4.1. | Width: Except as provided in point 6.25.5.1, the point on the illuminating surface which is farthest from the vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall be not more than 400 mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. The inner edges of the retro-reflectors shall be not less than 600 mm apart. This distance may be reduced to 400 mm where the overall width of the vehicle is less than 1 300 mm. |
| 6.25.4.2 | po višini: najmanj 400 mm in največ 1 500 mm nad tlemi, razen kot je določeno v točki 6.25.5.1; | 6.25.4.2. | Height: Except as provided in point 6.25.5.1, not less than 400 mm and not more than 1 500 mm above the ground. |
| 6.25.4.3 | po dolžini: ni posebnih zahtev. | 6.25.4.3. | Length: No individual specifications. |
| Geometrijska vidnost | : | vodoravni kot: 30° navznoter in navzven; | navpični kot: 15° nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo. Navpični kot pod vodoravno ravnino se lahko zmanjša na 5°, če je višina odsevnika manj kot 750 mm. | Geometric visibility | : | Horizontal angle: 30° inwards and outwards. | Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal. The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° if the height of the reflector is less than 750 mm. |
| 6.25.5.1 | Če ni mogoče izpolniti zgornjih zahtev glede razporeditve in vidnosti, se lahko vgradijo štirje odsevniki v skladu z naslednjimi zahtevami za vgradnjo: | 6.25.5.1.1 | dva odsevnika morata biti največ 900 mm nad tlemi. To zgornjo mejo je mogoče zvišati na največ 1 200 mm, če zahteve po višini do 900 mm ni mogoče izpolniti brez uporabe pritrditvenih naprav, ki se zlahka poškodujejo ali zvijejo. | Razdalja med notranjimi robovi odsevnikov mora biti vsaj 300 mm, navpični kot vidnosti nad vodoravno ravnino pa mora biti 15°; | 6.25.5.1.2 | druga dva odsevnika morata biti največ 2 500 mm nad tlemi in morata izpolnjevati zahteve iz točke 6.14.4.1. | 6.25.5.1. | If it is impossible to observe the above position and visibility requirements, four retro-reflectors may be fitted in accordance with the following installation specifications: | 6.25.5.1.1. | Two retro-reflectors shall keep within the maximum height of 900 mm above the ground. However, this upper limit may be increased to not more than 1 200 mm if it is impossible to keep within the height of 900 mm without having to use fixing devices liable to be easily damaged or bent. | A distance of at least 300 mm between the interior edges of the reflectors shall be observed, and they shall have a vertical angle of visibility above the horizontal of 15°. | 6.25.5.1.2. | The other two retro-reflectors shall keep within a maximum height of 2 500 mm above the ground and shall comply with point 6.14.4.1. |
| 6.25.6 Usmeritev: nazaj. | 6.25.6. Orientation: Towards the rear. |
| 6.25.7 Druge zahteve: svetleča površina odsevnika ima lahko skupne dele s svetlečo površino katere koli druge zadnje svetilke. | 6.25.7. Other requirements: The illuminating surface of the retro-reflector may have parts in common with that of any other rear lamp. |
| 6.26 Označevalne table in označevalne nalepke | 6.26. Signalling panels and signalling foils |
| 6.26.1 Prisotnost: | 6.26.1. Presence: |
| | obvezne na vozilih kategorije S s skupno širino nad 2,55 m; | | Mandatory on vehicles of category S with a total width of more than 2,55 m. |
| | neobvezne na vozilih kategorije S s skupno širino do 2,55 m. | | Optional on vehicles of category S with a total width not exceeding 2,55 m. |
| 6.26.2 Število: | 6.26.2. Number: |
| dve ali štiri (Dodatek 3). | Two or four (Appendix 3). |
| 6.26.3 Namestitev: | 6.26.3. Arrangement: |
| table ali nalepke morajo biti nameščene tako, da črte potekajo pod kotom 45° navzven in navzdol. | The panels or foils shall be arranged in a way that their stripes shall run under 45° outwards and downwards. |
| 6.26.4 Razporeditev: | 6.26.4. Position: |
| | po širini: | točka na svetleči površini, ki je najbolj oddaljena od vzdolžne srednje ravnine vozila, ne sme biti oddaljena več kot 100 mm od skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila. Ta vrednost se lahko poveča, če zaradi oblike karoserije ni mogoče izpolniti zahteve po oddaljenosti do 100 mm; | | Width: | That point on the illuminating surface which is farthest from the vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall not be more than 100 mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. This value may be increased if the shape of the bodywork makes it impossible to keep within 100 mm. |
| | po višini: | ni posebnih zahtev; | | Height: | No individual specifications. |
| | po dolžini: | ni posebnih zahtev. | | Length: | No individual specifications. |
| 6.26.5 Geometrijska vidnost: | 6.26.5. Geometric visibility: |
| ni posebnih zahtev. | No individual specifications. |
| 6.26.6 Usmeritev: | 6.26.6. Alignment: |
| naprej in nazaj. | Towards the front and the rear. |
| (1) Merjenje kromatskih koordinat svetlobe, ki jo oddajajo svetilke, ni del te priloge. | (1) Measurement of the chromaticity coordinates of the light emitted by the lamps is not part of this Annex. |
| Dodatek 1 | Appendix 1 |
| Vidnost svetilk | Visibility of lamps |
| Slika 1 | Figure 1 |
| Vidnost rdeče svetilke od spredaj | Visibility of a red lamp to the front |
| Slika 2 | Figure 2 |
| Vidnost bele svetilke od zadaj | Visibility of a white lamp to the rear |
| Dodatek 2 | Appendix 2 |
| Smerne svetilke | Direction indicator lamps |
| Geometrijska vidnost (glej točko 6.5.5) | Geometric visibility (see point 6.5.5) |
| Namestitev A | Arrangement A |
| Namestitev B | Arrangement B |
| Namestitev C | Arrangement C |
| Namestitev D | Arrangement D |
| Vrednost 10 °, določena za notranji kot vidnosti sprednje smerne svetilke, se lahko zmanjša na 3 ° za vozila s skupno širino največ 1 400 mm. | The value 10° given for the inward angle of visibility of the front indicator may be reduced to 3° for vehicles with an overall width not exceeding 1 400 mm. |
| Dodatek 3 | Appendix 3 |
| Mere, najmanjša velikost odsevne površine, barva in najmanjše fotometrične zahteve, identifikacija ter označevanje označevalnih tabel in označevalnih nalepk za vozila kategorije S s širino nad 2,55 m | Dimensions, minimum size of the reflecting surface, colour and photometric minimum requirements and identification and marking of signalling panels and signalling foils for vehicles of category S with width exceeding 2,55 m |
| 1. Mere, število in najmanjša odsevna površina | 1. Dimensions, number and minimum reflecting surface |
| 1.1 | Označevalne table in označevalne nalepke morajo imeti naslednje dimenzije: | Slika 1 | Označevalna tabla ali označevalna nalepka | Slika 2 | Osnovni kvadrat | Tabela 1 | Mere [mm] | Označevalna tabla ali nalepka | a | [mm] | b | [mm] | Površina [cm2] | oblika A | 423 | 423 | 1 790 | oblika B | 282 | 282 | 795 | oblika R1 | 282 | 423 | 1 193 | oblika R2 | 423 | 282 | oblika L1 | 141 | 846 | 1 193 | oblika L2 | 846 | 141 | oblika K1 | 141 | 423 | 596 | oblika K2 | 423 | 141 | Odstopanja od navedenih oblik so dovoljena, če površina nenavedenih oblik vsebuje vsaj 3 osnovne kvadrate. Število označevalnih tabel ali nalepk za vsako dejansko smer naprej ali nazaj je navedeno v tabeli 2. | 1.1. | Signalling panels and signalling foils shall have the following dimensions: | Figure 1 | Signalling panel or signalling foil | Figure 2 | Basic square | Table 1 | Dimensions (mm) | Signalling panel or foil | a | (mm) | b | (mm) | Surface (cm2) | Form A | 423 | 423 | 1 790 | Form B | 282 | 282 | 795 | Form R1 | 282 | 423 | 1 193 | Form R2 | 423 | 282 | Form L1 | 141 | 846 | 1 193 | Form L2 | 846 | 141 | Form K1 | 141 | 423 | 596 | Form K2 | 423 | 141 | Deviations from the specified formats are permitted, if the surface of the unspecified formats contains at least 3 basic squares. The number of signalling panels or foils for each effective direction to the front and the rear are specified in Table 2. |
| 1.2 | Tabela 2 | Število označevalnih tabel ali nalepk za vsako dejansko smer | Označevalna tabla ali nalepka | Število za vsako dejansko smer | oblika A | 2 | oblika B | 2 | oblika R1 | 2 | oblika R2 | oblika L1 | 2 | oblika L2 | oblika K1 | 4 | oblika K2 | Označevalne table ali nalepke oblike A so lahko kombinirane s svetilkami, če površina tabel, ki jo pokrivajo svetilke, ne presega 150 cm2. | 1.2. | Table 2 | Number of signalling panels or foils for each effective direction | Signalling panel or foil | Number for each effective direction | Form A | 2 | Form B | 2 | Form R1 | 2 | Form R2 | Form L1 | 2 | Form L2 | Form K1 | 4 | Form K2 | Signalling panels or foils of Form A may be combined with lamps, if the surface of the boards covered by the lamps does not exceed 150 cm2. |
| 2. Barva in najmanjše fotometrične zahteve | 2. Colouring and photometric minimum requirements |
| Bela v skladu s točko 2.29.1 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 48, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | White according to point 2.29.1 of UNECE Regulation No 48, as referred to in Annex I. |
| Rdeča v skladu s točko 2.29.4 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 48. | Red according to point 2.29.4 of UNECE Regulation No 48. |
| Veljajo fotometrične zahteve iz Priloge 7 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 69, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, ali iz Priloge 7 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 104, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | The photometric requirements set out in Annex 7 to UNECE Regulation No. 69, as referenced in Annex I, or in Annex 7 to UNECE Regulation No 104, as referenced in Annex I, apply. |
| Table ali nalepke oblike B morajo biti v skladu s Prilogo 7 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 104, razred C. | Panels or foils of Form B shall comply with Annex 7 to UNECE Regulation No 104, Class C. |
| 3. Identifikacija | 3. Identification |
| Označevalne table, ki izpolnjujejo zahteve iz te uredbe, so označene s številko te uredbe in imenom proizvajalca. | Signalling panels which comply with the requirements set out in this Regulation are marked with the number of this Regulation and the name of the manufacturer. |
| PRILOGA XIII | ANNEX XIII |
| Zahteve za zaščito oseb v vozilu, vključno z notranjo opremo, nasloni za glavo, varnostnimi pasovi in vrati vozila | Requirements on vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings, head restraints, seat belts, vehicle doors |
| DEL 1 | PART 1 |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 1. Definitions |
| V tej prilogi: | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| Za to prilogo velja opredelitev zaščite pogonskega sklopa v skladu z zahtevami, določenimi na podlagi člena 18(4) Uredbe (EU) 167/2013. | Definitions for the protection of drive components, in accordance with the requirements laid down on the basis of Article 18 (4) of Regulation (EU) 167/2013, are valid for this Annex. |
| 1.1 | „notranja oprema“ pomeni notranje dele prostora za potnike z izjemo notranjih vzvratnih ogledal in vključuje: | — | razmestitev naprav za upravljanje, | — | streho, | — | stekla, pomično streho in pregrade na električni pogon; | 1.1. | ‘Interior fittings’ mean the interior parts of the passenger compartment other than the interior rear-view mirrors and include | — | the layout of the controls; | — | the roof; | — | power-operated windows, roof panel and partition systems. |
| 1.2 | „raven armaturne plošče“ pomeni črto, določeno s točkami, v katerih se navpične tangente dotaknejo armaturne plošče; | 1.2. | ‘Level of the instrument panel’ means the line defined by the points of contact of vertical tangents to the instrument panel. |
| 1.3 | „stekla na električni pogon“ pomenijo stekla, ki se zapirajo z napajanjem iz vozila; | 1.3. | ‘Power-operated windows’ means windows which are closed by power supply of the vehicle. |
| 1.4 | „odprtina“ pomeni največjo nezakrito odprtino med zgornjim robom ali sprednjim robom (glede na smer zapiranja) stekla, pregrade ali pomične strehe na električni pogon in konstrukcijo vozila, ki omejuje steklo, pregrado ali pomično streho, če se gleda iz notranjosti vozila ali iz zadnjega dela prostora za potnike pri pregradah. | 1.4. | ‘Opening’ is the maximum unobstructed aperture between the upper edge or the leading edge, depending on the closing direction, of a power-operated window or partition or roof panel and the vehicle structure which forms the boundary of the window, partition or roof panel, when viewed from the interior of the vehicle or, in the case of partition system, from the rear part of the passenger compartment. |
| DEL 2 | PART 2 |
| Notranja oprema | Interior fittings |
| 1. Zahteve | 1. Specifications |
| 1.1 Notranji deli prostora za potnike razen stranskih vrat | 1.1. Interior parts of the passenger compartment excluding the side doors |
| 1.1.1 Okolica voznikovega sedeža in potniških sedežev, če so vgrajeni | 1.1.1. Environment of driving seat and passenger seats, if fitted |
| 1.1.1.1 | Območje varnostne razdalje A nad indeksno točko voznikovega sedeža in pred njo, kot je prikazano na sliki 1, ne sme imeti nevarnih grobih površin ali ostrih robov, ki lahko povečajo tveganje resnih poškodb potnikov. Če deli na območju varnostne razdalje A nad indeksno točko sedeža, ki so pred njo, izpolnjujejo zahteve iz točk 1.1.2 do 1.1.6, se šteje, da izpolnjujejo tudi to zahtevo. | Slika 1 | 1.1.1.1. | The safety distance zone A above the SIP of the driving seat and located in front of it, as determined in Figure 1, shall not contain any dangerous roughness or sharp edges, likely to increase the risk of serious injury to the occupants. If parts contained in the safety distance zone A above the SIP, located in front of it, comply with the requirements in points 1.1.2 to 1.1.6, they shall be deemed to also comply with this requirement. | Figure 1 |
| 1.1.1.2 | Območje varnostne razdalje A, katerega središče je 670 mm nad sredino sprednjega roba sprednjega potniškega sedeža, če je vgrajen, in pred njim, kot je določeno na sliki 2, ne sme imeti nevarnih grobih površin ali ostrih robov, ki lahko povečajo tveganje resnih poškodb potnikov. Če deli na območju varnostne razdalje A nad indeksno točko sedeža, ki so pred njo, izpolnjujejo zahteve iz točk 1.1.2 do 1.1.6, se šteje, da izpolnjujejo tudi to zahtevo. | Slika 2 | 1.1.1.2. | The safety distance zone A, whose centre is 670 mm above the centre of the front edge of the front passenger seat, if fitted, and located in front of it, as determined in Figure 2, shall not contain any dangerous roughness or sharp edges, likely to increase the risk of serious injury to the occupants. If parts contained in the safety distance zone A above the SIP, located in front of it, comply with the requirements in points 1.1.2 to 1.1.6, they shall be deemed to also comply with this requirement. | Figure 2 |
| 1.1.1.3 | Pri vozilih z volanom in sedežno klopjo ali školjkastimi sedeži v več kot eni vrsti mora okolica zadnjih potniških sedežev, če so vgrajeni, izpolnjevati zahteve iz Priloge XVII k Uredbi (EU) št. 3/2014 (1). | 1.1.1.3. | In the case of vehicles equipped with steering wheel and bench seats or bucket seats in more than one row, the environment of the rear passenger seats, if fitted, shall comply with the requirements of Annex XVII of the Regulation (EU) No 3/2014. (1) |
| 1.1.2 Deli, ki se jih bodo voznik ali potniki verjetno dotaknili, ne smejo imeti nobenih ostrih robov ali hrapavih površin, nevarnih za voznika ali potnike. | 1.1.2. Parts that are likely to be contacted by the driver or passengers shall have no sharp edges or rough surfaces hazardous to the occupants. |
| 1.1.3 Za traktorje z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 40 km/h poleg zahtev iz točk 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.5, 1.1.6 in delov 3 do 5 veljajo tudi zahteve iz točk 1.1.3.1 do 1.1.3.4: | 1.1.3. For tractors with maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h, the requirements of points 1.1.3.1-1.1.3.4 shall apply in addition to the requirements of points 1.1.1-1.1.2., 1.1.5-1.1.6 and Parts 3-5: |
| 1.1.3.1. | Morebitni kovinski deli, namenjeni za oporo, ne smejo imeti nobenih štrlečih robov. | 1.1.3.1. | Any metal support fittings shall have no protruding edges. |
| 1.1.3.2. | Deli, ki se jih lahko dotakne polkrogla s premerom 165 mm iz točke 3.2.1 pri približevanju ob polmeru območja A iz slike 1, morajo imeti zaobljene robove s polmerom zaobljenja najmanj 2,5 mm. | 1.1.3.2. | The parts that can be contacted by a hemisphere with a diameter of 165 mm, as described in point 3.2.1, when approaching along the radius of zone A in Figure 1, shall be rounded to a radius of curvature of not less than 2,5 mm. |
| 1.1.3.3. | Če so nameščene ročice za upravljanje okenskih stekel, smejo štrleti največ 35 mm iz površine. | 1.1.3.3. | Window winders, if fitted, may project 35 mm from the surface of the panel. |
| 1.1.3.4. | Zahteve iz točk 1.1.3.1, 1.1.3.2 in 1.1.3.3 se ne uporabljajo za dele onstran volana, merjeno od konice stožca, katerega konica je središče območja A iz slike 1, njegova generatrisa pa rob volanskega obroča. | 1.1.3.4. | Requirements of points 1.1.3.1, 1.1.3.2 and 1.1.3.3 do not apply to components located beyond the steering wheel, as referenced from the apex of a cone, this apex being the centre of zone A in Figure 1, and the rim of the steering wheel being the generatrix of that cone. |
| 1.1.4. Za traktorje z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 60 km/h poleg zahtev iz točk 1.1.1 do 1.1.3.4, 1.1.5, 1.1.6 ter delov 3 do 5 veljajo tudi zahteve iz točk 1.1.4.1 do 1.1.4.6: | 1.1.4. For tractors with maximum design speed exceeding 60 km/h, the requirements of points 1.1.4.1-1.1.4.6 shall apply in addition to the requirements of points 1.1.1-1.1.3.4, 1.1.5-1.1.6 and Parts 3-5: |
| 1.1.4.1. | Spodnji rob armaturne plošče mora biti zaobljen s polmerom zaobljenja najmanj 19 mm. | 1.1.4.1. | The lower edge of the instrument panel shall be rounded to a radius of curvature of not less than 19 mm. |
| 1.1.4.2 | Stikala, vlečni gumbi in podobno, izdelani iz togega materiala, ki, merjeno po postopku, opisanem v odstavku 3, štrlijo od 3,2 mm do 9,5 mm od armaturne plošče, morajo imeti površino prečnega prereza najmanj 2 cm2, merjeno na razdalji 2,5 mm od točke, ki najbolj štrli, in morajo imeti zaobljene robove s polmerom zaobljenja najmanj 2,5 mm. | 1.1.4.2. | Switches, pull-knobs, etc., made of rigid material, which, measured in accordance with the method described in 3 from 3,2 mm to 9,5 mm from the panel, shall have a cross-sectional area of not less than 2 cm2, measured 2,5 mm from the point projecting furthest, and shall have rounded edges with a radius of curvature of not less than 2,5 mm. |
| 1.1.4.3 | Če ti deli štrlijo za več kot 9,5 mm od površine armaturne plošče, morajo biti zasnovani in izdelani tako, da imajo površino prečnega prereza najmanj 6,50 cm2 na območju, ki je oddaljeno največ 6,5 mm od najbolj štrleče točke. | 1.1.4.3. | If these components project by more than 9,5 mm from the surface of the instrument panel, they shall be designed and constructed with a cross-section of not less than 6,50 cm2 in area situated not more than 6,5 mm from the point of maximum projection. |
| 1.1.4.4 | Sestavni deli, ki so nameščeni na streho, če je vgrajena, vendar niso del konstrukcije strehe, kot so prijemalni ročaji, luči, prezračevalne odprtine itd., morajo imeti polmer zaobljenja, ki ni manjši od 3,2 mm, poleg tega pa štrleči deli ne smejo biti ožji od dolžine njihovega navzdol usmerjenega štrlečega dela. | 1.1.4.4. | Components mounted on the roof, if fitted, but which are not part of the roof structure, such as grab handles, lights and ventilation openings, etc., shall have a radius of curvature of not less than 3,2 mm and, in addition, the width of the projecting parts shall not be less than the amount of their downward projection. |
| 1.1.4.5 | Če je štrleči del izdelan iz netogega materiala s trdoto, manjšo od 60 po Shoru A, in je nameščen na togi nosilec, zahteve iz točke 1.1.4.2 do 1.1.4.4 veljajo samo za togi nosilec. | 1.1.4.5. | In the case of a projection consisting of a component made of non-rigid material of less than 60 Shore A hardness mounted on a rigid support, the requirements of points 1.1.4.2-1.1.4.4 shall apply only to the rigid support. |
| 1.1.4.6 | Zahteve iz tega oddelka veljajo za opremo, ki ni navedena v točkah 1.1.2 do 1.1.6 in ki se je potniki v skladu z zahtevami iz točk 1.1.1 do 1.1.6 ter glede na njen položaj v vozilu lahko dotaknejo. Če so ti deli izdelani iz materiala s trdoto, manjšo od 60 po Shoru A, in so nameščeni na enega ali več togih nosilcev, zadevne zahteve veljajo samo za navedene toge nosilce. | 1.1.4.6. | The requirements set out in this section shall apply to fittings not mentioned in points 1.1.2-1.1.6 which, in accordance with the requirements set out in points 1.1.1 to 1.1.6 and according to their location in the vehicle, are capable of being contacted by the occupants. If such parts are made of a material softer than 60 Shore A hardness and mounted on one or more rigid supports, the requirements in question shall apply only to those rigid supports. |
| 1.1.5 Police in drugi podobni predmeti, če so vgrajeni, morajo biti zasnovani in izdelani tako, da njihovi nosilci v nobenem primeru nimajo štrlečih robov. | 1.1.5. Shelves and other similar items, if fitted, shall be so designed and constructed that their supports in no case have protruding edges. |
| 1.1.6 Drugi elementi opreme v vozilu, ki niso obravnavani v zgornjih točkah, kot so drsne tirnice sedežev, oprema za upravljanje vodoravnega ali navpičnega dela sedeža, naprave za navijanje varnostnih pasov itd., niso predmet nobene od teh določb, če so pod vodoravno ravnino, ki poteka skozi indeksno točko vsakega sedeža, čeprav je verjetno, da se potniki dotaknejo takšnih predmetov. | 1.1.6. Other items of equipment in the vehicle not covered by the preceding points such as seat slide rails, equipment for regulating the horizontal or vertical part of the seat, devices for retracting safety belts, etc. shall not be subject to any of these provisions if they are situated below a horizontal plane passing through the seat index point of each seat, even though the occupant is likely to come into contact with such items. |
| 2. Preskusni postopek za EU-homologacijo | 2. Test procedure for the EU type-approval |
| 2.1.1 | Vlogi za EU-homologacijo sestavnega dela morajo biti priloženi naslednji vzorci, ki jih je treba predložiti tehnični službi, ki izvaja homologacijske preskuse: | 2.1.1. | The application for EU component type-approval shall be accompanied by the following samples that shall be submitted to the technical service responsible for conducting the component type-approval tests: |
| 2.1.2 | po presoji proizvajalca vzorec tipa vozila, ki ga je treba homologirati, ali deli vozila, ki se štejejo za bistvene pri preverjanjih in preskusih, predpisanih v tej uredbi, in | 2.1.2. | at the manufacturer's discretion, either a vehicle representative of the vehicle type to be approved or the part(s) of the vehicle regarded as essential for the checks and tests prescribed by this Regulation; and |
| 2.1.3 | na zahtevo zgoraj omenjene tehnične službe nekateri sestavni deli in nekateri vzorci uporabljenih materialov. | 2.1.3. | at the request of the aforesaid technical service, certain components and certain samples of the materials used. |
| 3. Metoda merjenja štrlečih delov | 3. Method of measuring projections |
| 3.1 Za ugotavljanje vrednosti, za katero predmet štrli glede na podlago, na katero je nameščen, se krogla s premerom 165 mm premika po dolžini in ostaja v stiku z obravnavanim sestavnim delom, od začetnega položaja stika z obravnavanim sestavnim delom. Vrednost štrlenja je največja mogoča sprememba vrednosti „y“, izmerjena od središča krogle pravokotno na podlago. | 3.1. To determine the amount by which an item projects in relation to the panel on which it is mounted, a 165 mm sphere shall be moved along and be kept in contact with the component under consideration, starting from the initial position of contact with the component under consideration. The projection's value is the largest of all possible variations «y», the variation measured from the centre of the sphere perpendicular to the panel. |
| Če so podlage in sestavni deli itd. prekriti z materiali s trdoto, manjšo od 50 po Shoru A, se zgoraj opisani postopek za merjenje štrlečih delov uporabi šele po odstranitvi takšnih materialov. | If the panels and components, etc., are covered with materials softer than 50 Shore A hardness, the procedure for the measuring of projections described above shall apply only after the removal of such materials. |
| Štrlenje stikal, vlečnih gumbov itd., nameščenih na referenčnem območju, se meri s preskusno napravo in po postopku, ki sta opisana spodaj. | The projection of switches, pull-knobs, etc., situated in the reference area shall be measured by using the test apparatus and procedure described below: |
| 3.2 Naprava | 3.2. Apparatus |
| 3.2.1 | Naprava za merjenje štrlenja je sestavljena iz polkrožnega modela glave s premerom 165 mm, v kateri je drsni bat s premerom 50 mm. | 3.2.1. | The measuring apparatus for projections shall consist of a hemispherical headform 165 mm in diameter, in which there is a sliding ram of 50 mm diameter. |
| 3.2.2 | Relativni položaji ravnega dela bata in rob modela glave so prikazani na graduirani skali, na kateri pomični kazalec prikaže največjo vrednost meritve, doseženo takrat, ko se naprava odmika od preskušanega predmeta. Najmanjša merljiva razdalja je 30 mm; graduacija na merilni skali je polmilimetrska, kar omogoča prikaz dolžine obravnavanega štrlenja. | 3.2.2. | Relative positions of the flat end of the ram and the edge of the headform shall be shown on a graduated scale, on which a mobile index shall register the maximum measurement achieved when the apparatus is moved away from the item tested. A minimum distance of 30 mm shall be measurable; the measuring scale shall be graduated in half-millimetres to make possible an indication of the extent of the projections in question. |
| 3.2.3 | Postopek umerjanja | 3.2.3.1 | Naprava se namesti na ravno površino, tako da je njena os pravokotna na to površino. Ko se ravni del bata dotakne površine, se skala naravna na vrednost nič. | 3.2.3.2 | Med ravni del bata in pritisno površino se vstavi 10-milimetrski distančnik; pri tem se preveri, ali pomični kazalec pokaže to vrednost. | 3.2.3. | Gauging procedure: | 3.2.3.1. | The apparatus shall be placed on a flat surface so that its axis is perpendicular to that surface. When the flat end of the ram contacts the surface, the scale shall be set at zero. | 3.2.3.2. | A 10 mm strut shall be inserted between the flat end of the ram and the retaining surface; a check shall be made to ensure that the mobile index records this measurement. |
| 3.2.4 | Naprava za merjenje štrlečih delov je prikazana na sliki 3. | 3.2.4. | The apparatus for measuring projections is illustrated in Figure 3. |
| 3.3 Preskusni postopek | 3.3. Test procedure |
| 3.3.1 | V modelu glave se s potegom bata nazaj naredi vdolbina, pomični kazalec pa se mora dotikati bata. | 3.3.1. | A cavity shall be formed in the headform by pulling back the ram and the mobile index shall be placed against the ram. |
| 3.3.2 | Naprava se namesti na merjeni štrleči del, in sicer tako, da se model glave s silo, ki ne presega 2 daN, dotika največje okoliške površine. | 3.3.2. | The apparatus shall be applied to the projection to be measured so that the headform contacts the maximum surrounding surface area, with a force not exceeding 2 daN. |
| 3.3.3 | Bat se potiska naprej, dokler se ne dotakne merjenega štrlečega dela, na skali pa se odčita dolžina štrlenja. | 3.3.3. | The ram shall be pushed forward until it makes contact with the projection to be measured and the amount of the projection shall be observed on the scale. |
| 3.3.4 | Model glave se postavi tako, da se dobi največja vrednost štrlenja. Dolžina štrlenja se zabeleži. | 3.3.4. | The headform shall be adjusted to obtain maximum projection. The amount of the projection shall be recorded. |
| 3.3.5 | Če sta dve ali več naprav za upravljanje dovolj skupaj, tako da se ju bat ali model glave dotakne hkrati, se obravnavata na naslednji način: | 3.3.5.1 | več naprav za upravljanje, ki so lahko vse hkrati v vdolbini modela glave, se obravnava kot en štrleči del; | 3.3.5.2 | če je običajni potek preskusa onemogočen zato, ker se druge naprave za upravljanje dotikajo modela glave, se te odstranijo in preskus se opravi brez njih. Pozneje se lahko znova namestijo nazaj in na vsaki od njih se opravi preskus skupaj z drugimi napravami za upravljanje, ki so bile odstranjene zato, da se omogoči preskušanje. | 3.3.5. | If two or more controls are situated sufficiently close for the ram or the headform to contact them simultaneously, they shall be treated as follows: | 3.3.5.1. | Multiple controls, all of which can be contained in the headform cavity, shall be regarded as forming a single projection. | 3.3.5.2. | If other controls prevent normal testing by contacting the headform, they shall be removed and the test shall be conducted without them. They may subsequently be re-installed and tested in their turn with other controls that have been removed to facilitate the procedure. |
| Slika 3 | Figure 3 |
| Naprava za merjenje štrlečih delov | Apparatus for measuring projections |
| 4. Naprava in postopek za uporabo točke 1.1.1 | 4. Apparatus and procedure for application of point 1.1.1. |
| Tisti deli (stikala, vlečni gumbi itd.), ki se jih je mogoče dotakniti z napravo in po postopku, ki sta opisana spodaj, se štejejo za dele, ki se jih potniki lahko dotaknejo s koleni. | Those parts (switches, pull-knobs etc.) which can be contacted by using the apparatus and procedure described below shall be considered as being likely to be contacted by the knees of an occupant: |
| 4.1 Naprava | 4.1. Apparatus |
| Skica naprave | Diagram of apparatus |
| 4.2 Postopek | 4.2. Procedure |
| Naprava je lahko nameščena v vsakem položaju pod armaturno ploščo, in sicer tako, da: | The apparatus may be placed in any position below the instrument panel so that: |
| — | ravnina XX' ostane vzporedna z vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila, | — | the plane XX' remains parallel to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle, |
| — | se os X lahko zavrti nad vodoravno ravnino in pod njo za kot do 30°. | Pri izvajanju preskusa iz te točke se odstranijo vsi materiali s trdoto, manjšo od 60 po Shoru A. | — | the axis X can be rotated above and below the horizontal through angles up to 30°. | In carrying out the test referred to in this point, all materials of less than 60 Shore A hardness shall be removed. |
| DEL 3 | PART 3 |
| Nasloni za glavo, če so vgrajeni | Head restraints, if fitted |
| Nasloni za glavo, če so vgrajeni, morajo biti v skladu z določbami iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 25, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | Head restraints, if fitted shall comply with the provisions of UNECE Regulation No 25, as referenced in Annex I. |
| DEL 4 | PART 4 |
| Varnostni pasovi | Seat belts |
| Veljajo zahteve, določene na podlagi člena 18(2)(j) in (4) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | The requirements laid down on the basis of Article 18(2)(j) and (4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall apply. |
| DEL 5 | PART 5 |
| Vrata vozila, če so vgrajena | Vehicle doors, if fitted |
| Vrata vozila, s stekli in strešnimi loputami na električni pogon, če so vgrajena, morajo biti v skladu z odstavki od 5.8.1 do 5.8.5 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 21, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | Vehicle doors, with powered windows and powered roof hatches, if fitted, shall comply with paragraphs 5.8.1 to 5.8.5 of UNECE Regulation No 21, as referenced in Annex I. |
| (1) Delegirana uredba Komisije (EU) št. 3/2014 z dne 24. oktobra 2013 o dopolnitvi Uredbe (EU) št. 168/2013 Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta v zvezi z zahtevami glede funkcionalne varnosti vozil za homologacijo dvo- ali trikolesnih vozil in štirikolesnikov (UL L 7, 10.1.2014, str. 1) | (1) Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 of 24 October 2013 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (OJ L 7, 10.01.2014, p. 1). |
| PRILOGA XIV | ANNEX XIV |
| Zahteve za zunanjost vozila in dodatno opremo | Requirements on vehicle exterior and accessories |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 1. Definitions |
| V tej prilogi: | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| 1.1 | „zunanja površina“ pomeni zunanjost vozila in vključuje kolesa, gosenice, vrata, odbijače, pokrov motorja, pripomočke za dostop, rezervoarje; | 1.1. | ‘External surface’ means the outside of the vehicle including wheels, tracks, doors, bumpers, bonnet, access means, tanks. |
| 1.2 | „polmer zaobljenja“ pomeni polmer loka kroga, ki se najbolj približa okrogli obliki zadevnega sestavnega dela; | 1.2. | ‘Radius of curvature’ means the radius of the arc of a circle which comes closest to the rounded form of the component under consideration. |
| 1.3 | „skrajni zunanji rob“ vozila pomeni, glede na bočne strani vozila, ravnino, ki je vzporedna z vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila in sovpada z zunanjim bočnim robom vozila, ter, glede na sprednji in zadnji del vozila, pravokotno prečno ravnino vozila, ki sovpada z zunanjim sprednjim in zadnjim robom vozila, pri čemer se ne upošteva štrlenje: | — | pnevmatik blizu točke stika s tlemi in priključkov za merilnike tlaka v pnevmatikah, | — | kakršnih koli naprav za preprečevanje drsenja koles, ki so nameščene na kolesa, | — | vzvratnih ogledal, | — | bočnih smernih svetilk, gabaritnih svetilk, sprednjih in zadnjih pozicijskih (bočnih) svetilk in parkirnih svetilk. | 1.3. | ‘Extreme outer edge’ of the vehicle means, in relation to the sides of the vehicle, the plane parallel to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle coinciding with its outer lateral edge, and, in relation to the front and rear ends, the perpendicular transverse plane of the vehicle coinciding with its outer front and rear edges, account not being taken of the projection: | — | of tyres near their point of contact with the ground, and connections for tyre pressure gauges, | — | of any anti-skid devices which may be mounted on the wheels, | — | of rear-view mirrors, | — | of side direction indicator lamps, end outline marker lamps, front and rear position (side) lamps and parking lamps. |
| 2. Področje uporabe | 2. Scope |
| 2.1 | Ta priloga se uporablja za tiste dele zunanje površine, ki so pri obremenjenem vozilu, opremljenem s pnevmatikami največjega premera ali gosenicami največje navpične razsežnosti, za katere je homologirano, z zaprtimi vrati, okni, pokrovi itd.: | 2.1.1 | na bočnih straneh in na višini pod 0,75 m ter na celotnih kolesih in gosenicah (pnevmatikah, platiščih, dodatnih utežeh, pestih koles in oseh): deli, ki sestavljajo skrajni zunanji rob v vsaki navpični ravnini, pravokotni na dolžinsko os vozila, razen tistih delov, ki so od levega in desnega skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila oddaljeni več kot 200 mm proti njegovi dolžinski osi, če je vozilo opremljeno s pnevmatikami ali gosenicami z najmanjšim kolotekom, za katere je homologirano; | ali | 2.1.2 | na bočnih straneh in na višini od 0,75 do 2 m: vsi deli razen: | 2.1.2.1 | tistih, ki se jih ni mogoče dotakniti s kroglo s premerom 100 mm pri vodoravnem približevanju v vsaki navpični ravnini, pravokotni na dolžinsko os vozila; premik krogle ne sme presegati 200 mm od levega in desnega skrajnega zunanjega roba vozila proti njegovi dolžinski osi, če je vozilo opremljeno s pnevmatikami ali gosenicami z najmanjšim kolotekom, za katere je homologirano; | 2.1.2.2 | celotnih koles ali gosenic (pnevmatike, platišča, dodatne uteži, pesta koles in osi). | 2.1 | This Annex shall apply to those parts, of the external surface which, with the vehicle in the laden condition, equipped with tyres of the highest diameter or set of tracks of the highest vertical dimension, for which it is approved, with all doors, windows and access lids etc., in the closed position, are either: | 2.1.1. | at the sides and at a height of less than 0,75 m, as well as at the entire wheels and set of tracks (tyres, rims, ballast masses, wheel hubs and axles), the parts forming the extreme outer edge in each vertical plane perpendicular to the length axis of the vehicle, with the exemption of those parts with distance greater than 200 mm from each of the left and right side extreme outer edge of the vehicle and towards its length axis, when the vehicle is equipped with the tyres or set of tracks for which it is approved, giving the narrowest track width; | or | 2.1.2. | at the sides and at a height between 0,75 and 2 m, all parts, except: | 2.1.2.1. | the parts that cannot be contacted by a sphere with a diameter of 100 mm, when approaching horizontally in each vertical plane perpendicular to the length axis of the vehicle; the displacement of the sphere shall not exceed 200 mm, starting from each of the left and right side extreme outer edge of the vehicle and towards its length axis, when the vehicle is equipped with the tyres or set of tracks for which it is approved, giving the narrowest track width; | 2.1.2.2. | the entire wheels and set of tracks (tyres, rims, ballast masses, wheel hubs and axles). |
| 2.2. | Namen teh določb je zmanjšati nevarnost ali resnost telesnih poškodb oseb, ki jih pri trku zadene ali oplazi zunanjost vozila. To velja pri mirujočem in premikajočem se vozilu. | 2.2. | The purpose of these provisions is to reduce the risk or seriousness of bodily injury to a person hit by the exterior of the vehicle or brushing against it in the event of a collision. This is valid both when the vehicle is stationary and in motion. |
| 2.3 | Ta priloga se ne uporablja za zunanja vzvratna ogledala. | 2.3. | This Annex does not apply to exterior rear-view mirrors. |
| 2.4 | Ta priloga se ne uporablja za kovinske gosenice vozil kategorije C. | 2.4. | This Annex do not apply to the metallic tracks of vehicles of category C. |
| 3. Zahteve | 3. Requirements |
| 3.1 | Na zunanji površini vozila ne sme biti navzven usmerjenih koničastih ali ostrih delov, hrapavih površin ali štrlečih delov, katerih oblika, mere, usmerjenost ali trdota bi lahko povečala nevarnost ali resnost telesnih poškodb osebe, ki jo pri trku zadene ali oplazi zunanja površina vozila. | 3.1. | The external surface of the vehicle shall not exhibit, directed outwards, any pointed or sharp parts, rough surfaces, or any projections of such shape, dimensions, direction or hardness as to be likely to increase the risk or seriousness of bodily injury to a person hit by the external surface or brushing against it in the event of a collision. |
| 3.2 | Na zunanji površini na obeh straneh vozila ne sme biti navzven usmerjenih delov, ob katere bi se lahko zataknil pešec, kolesar ali motorist. | 3.2. | The external surfaces on each side of the vehicle shall not exhibit, directed outwards, any parts likely to catch on pedestrians, cyclists or motor cyclists. |
| 3.3 | Noben štrleči del zunanje površine vozila ne sme imeti polmer zaobljenja, ki je manjši od 2,5 mm. Ta zahteva ne velja za dele zunanje površine, ki štrlijo manj kot 5 mm. Navzven usmerjeni vogali takšnih delov morajo biti posneti, razen če takšni deli štrlijo manj kot 1,5 mm. | 3.3. | No protruding part of the external surface shall have a radius of curvature less than 2,5 mm. This requirement shall not apply to parts of the external surface which protrude less than 5 mm, but the outward facing angles of such parts shall be blunted, save where such parts protrude less than 1.5 mm. |
| 3.4 | Štrleči deli zunanje površine, izdelani iz materiala s trdoto največ 60 po Shoru A, imajo lahko polmer zaobljenja, manjši od 2,5 mm. Meritev trdote po postopku Shore A se lahko nadomesti z izjavo o vrednosti trdote, ki jo zagotovi proizvajalec sestavnega dela. | 3.4. | Protruding parts of the external surface, made of a material of hardness not exceeding 60 Shore A, may have a radius of curvature less than 2,5 mm. The hardness measurement by the Shore A procedure can be replaced by a hardness value declaration from the manufacturer of the component. |
| 3.5 | Vozila, opremljena s hidropnevmatskim, hidravličnim ali pnevmatskim vzmetenjem ali napravo za samodejno izravnavanje višine glede na obremenitev, se preskušajo v najbolj neugodnih običajnih pogojih za vožnjo, ki jih določi proizvajalec. | 3.5. | Vehicles equipped with hydro-pneumatic, hydraulic or pneumatic suspension or a device for automatic levelling according to load shall be tested with the vehicle in the most adverse normal running condition specified by the manufacturer. |
| 3.6 | Za izpostavljena orodja za obdelavo tal ali pridelkov in naprave za distribucijo materialov na vozilih R in S, ki imajo ostre robove ali zobe, ko so zložene v transportnem načinu, in ki jih že zajema Direktiva 2006/42/ES, ne veljajo zahteve iz točk 3.1 do 3.5. Za izpostavljene površine katerega koli drugega dela vozil kategorij R in S veljajo zahteve iz točk 3.1 do 3.5. | 3.6. | Exposed ground or crop engaging tools and material distribution devices on vehicles of category R & S that have sharp edges or teeth when folded in road transport mode and that are already covered by Directive 2006/42/EC are exempted from complying with points 3.1 to 3.5. For exposed areas of any other part of vehicles of category R & S, points 3.1 to 3.5 shall apply. |
| PRILOGA XV | ANNEX XV |
| Zahteve za elektromagnetno združljivost | Requirements on the electromagnetic compatibility |
| DEL 1 | PART 1 |
| Ta priloga se uporablja za elektromagnetno združljivost vozil iz člena 2 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. Uporablja se tudi za električne ali elektronske samostojne tehnične enote, namenjene za vgraditev v vozila. | This Annex applies to the electromagnetic compatibility of vehicles covered by Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. It also applies to electrical or electronic separate technical units intended to be fitted to the vehicles. |
| Opredelitev pojmov | Definitions |
| V tej prilogi se uporabljajo naslednje opredelitve pojmov: | For the purposes of this Annex, the following definitions apply: |
| 1. | „elektromagnetna združljivost“ pomeni sposobnost vozila, sestavnih delov ali samostojnih tehničnih enot, da zadovoljivo delujejo v svojem elektromagnetnem okolju in da ne povzročajo nevzdržnih elektromagnetnih motenj kateri koli napravi v tem okolju; | 1. | ‘Electromagnetic compatibility’ means the ability of a vehicle or component(s) or separate technical unit(s) to function satisfactorily in its electromagnetic environment without introducing intolerable electromagnetic disturbances to anything in that environment; |
| 2. | „elektromagnetna motnja“ pomeni kateri koli elektromagnetni pojav, ki lahko poslabša stopnjo učinkovitosti vozila, sestavnih delov ali samostojnih tehničnih enot. Elektromagnetna motnja je lahko elektromagnetni šum, neželeni signal ali sprememba v samem mediju razširjanja; | 2. | ‘Electromagnetic disturbance’ means any electromagnetic phenomenon which may degrade the performance of a vehicle or component(s) or separate technical unit(s). An electromagnetic disturbance may be electromagnetic noise, an unwanted signal or a change in the propagation medium itself; |
| 3. | „elektromagnetna odpornost“ pomeni sposobnost vozila, sestavnih delov ali samostojnih tehničnih enot, da delujejo brez poslabšanja stopnje učinkovitosti, če so prisotne določene elektromagnetne motnje; | 3. | ‘Electromagnetic immunity’ means the ability of a vehicle or component(s) or separate technical unit(s) to perform without degradation of performance in the presence of specified electromagnetic disturbances; |
| 4. | „elektromagnetno okolje“ pomeni vse elektromagnetne pojave v danem prostoru; | 4. | ‘Electromagnetic environment’ means the totality of electromagnetic phenomena existing at a given location; |
| 5. | „referenčna meja“ pomeni nazivno raven, s katero se primerjajo mejne vrednosti pri homologaciji in ugotavljanju skladnosti proizvodnje; | 5. | ‘Reference limit’ means the nominal level to which type-approval and conformity of production limit values are referenced; |
| 6. | „referenčna antena“ za frekvenčno območje od 20 do 80 MHz pomeni skrajšan simetrični dipol, ki je polvalovni in ima svojo resonančno frekvenco pri 80 MHz, za frekvenčno območje nad 80 MHz pa pomeni simetrični polvalovni resonančni dipol, uglašen na frekvenco merjenja; | 6. | ‘Reference antenna’ for the frequency range 20 to 80 MHz: means a shortened balanced dipole being a half wave resonant dipole at 80 MHz, and for the frequency range above 80 MHz: means a balanced half wave resonant dipole tuned to the measurement frequency; |
| 7. | „širokopasovna elektromagnetna emisija“ pomeni emisijo, katere pasovna širina je večja od pasovne širine merilne naprave ali sprejemnika; | 7. | ‘Broadband electromagnetic emission’ means an emission which has a bandwidth greater than that of a particular measuring apparatus or receiver; |
| 8. | „ozkopasovna elektromagnetna emisija“ pomeni emisijo, katere pasovna širina je manjša od pasovne širine merilne naprave ali sprejemnika; | 8. | ‘Narrowband electromagnetic emission’ means an emission which has a bandwidth less than that of a particular measuring apparatus or receiver; |
| 9. | „električni/elektronski sistem“ pomeni električne in/ali elektronske naprave ali nize naprav s pridruženimi električnimi priključki, ki so del vozila, a se njihova homologacija ne opravlja ločeno od vozila; | 9. | ‘Electrical/electronic system’ means (an) electrical and/or electronic device(s) or set(s) of devices together with any associated electrical connections which form part of a vehicle but which are not intended to be type approved separately from the vehicle; |
| 10. | „električni/elektronski podsklop“ (EPS) pomeni električno in/ali elektronsko napravo ali nize naprav, ki naj bi bile del vozila, skupaj s pridruženimi električnimi priključki in kabli, in ki opravljajo eno ali več specializiranih funkcij; | 10. | ‘Electrical/electronic sub-assembly’ (ESA) means an electrical and/or electronic device or set(s) of devices intended to be part of a vehicle, together with any associated electrical connections and wiring, which performs one or more specialised functions; |
| 11. | „tip EPS“ glede na elektromagnetno združljivost pomeni električne/elektronske podsklope, ki se ne razlikujejo po funkciji, ki jo opravljajo, ali splošni namestitvi električnih in/ali elektronskih sestavnih delov, če to pride v poštev | 11. | ‘Type of ESA’ in relation to electromagnetic compatibility means ESAs which do not differ as to the function performed or the general arrangement of the electrical and/or electronic components, if applicable. |
| DEL 2 | PART 2 |
| Zahteve, ki jih morajo izpolnjevati vozila in električni/elektronski podsklopi, vgrajeni na vozila | Requirements to be met by vehicles and electrical / electronic sub-assemblies fitted to a vehicle |
| 1. Vloga za EU-homologacijo | 1. Application for EU type-approval |
| 1.1 Homologacija vozila | 1.1 Approval of a vehicle type |
| 1.1.1 | Vlogo za homologacijo vozila glede na njegovo elektromagnetno združljivost na podlagi členov 22, 24 in 26 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 vloži proizvajalec vozila. | 1.1.1. | The application for approval of a vehicle type, with regard to its electromagnetic compatibility pursuant to Articles 22, 24 and 26 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be submitted by the vehicle manufacturer. |
| 1.1.2 | Proizvajalec vozila predloži opisni list, katerega vzorec je določen v členu 68(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 1.1.2. | The vehicle manufacturer shall submit the information document, the model of which is set out in Article 68(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 1.1.3 | Proizvajalec vozila sestavi seznam vseh projektiranih kombinacij ustreznih električnih/elektronskih sistemov vozila ali EPS, variant karoserije (1), variacij pri materialu karoserije (2), splošnih namestitev kablov, variant motorja, izvedenk z volanom na levi/desni strani in variant medosne razdalje. Ustrezni električni/elektronski sistemi ali EPS vozila so tisti, ki lahko oddajajo značilno širokopasovno ali ozkopasovno sevanje, in/ali tisti, ki so udeleženi v voznikovem neposrednem upravljanju vozila (glej točko 3.4.2.3). | 1.1.3. | The vehicle manufacturer shall draw up a schedule describing all projected combinations of relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs, body styles (1), variations in body material (2), general wiring arrangements, engine variations, left-hand/right-hand drive versions and wheelbase versions. Relevant vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs are those which may emit significant broadband or narrowband radiation and/or those which are involved in the driver’s direct control (see point 3.4.2.3) of the vehicle. |
| 1.1.4 | Proizvajalec in pristojni organ s tega seznama skupaj izbereta vzorčno vozilo za preskus. To vozilo predstavlja tip vozila, naveden v opisnem listu iz člena 68(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. Izbira vozila temelji na električnih/elektronskih sistemih, ki jih ponudi proizvajalec. Za potrebe preskušanja se lahko s tega seznama izbere še eno vozilo, če proizvajalec in pristojni organ soglašata, da se električni/elektronski sistemi tako razlikujejo od prvega vzorčnega vozila, da bi to lahko bistveno vplivalo na elektromagnetno združljivost. | 1.1.4. | A representative vehicle shall be selected from this schedule for the purpose of being tested, in mutual agreement between the manufacturer and the competent authority. This vehicle shall represent the vehicle type specified in the information document set out in Article 68(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. The choice of vehicle shall be based on the electrical/electronic systems offered by the manufacturer. One more vehicle may be selected from this schedule for the purpose of being tested if it is considered by mutual agreement between the manufacturer and the competent authority that different electrical/electronic systems are included which are likely to have a significant effect on the vehicle's electromagnetic compatibility compared with the first representative vehicle. |
| 1.1.5 | Izbira vozila (vozil) skladno s točko 1.1.4 je omejena na kombinacije vozila in električnega/elektronskega sistema, namenjene za dejansko proizvodnjo. | 1.1.5. | The choice of the vehicle(s) in conformity with point 1.1.4 is limited to vehicle/electrical/electronic system combinations intended for actual production. |
| 1.1.6 | Proizvajalec lahko dopolni vlogo s poročilom o opravljenih preskusih. Homologacijski organ lahko katerega koli od teh podatkov uporabi pri sestavljanju certifikata o EU-homologaciji. | 1.1.6. | The manufacturer may supplement the application with a report from tests which have been carried out. Any such data provided may be used by the approval authority for the purpose of drawing up the EU type-approval certificate. |
| 1.1.7 | Tehnični službi, ki sama opravlja preskus, se predloži vzorčno vozilo tipa, ki ga je treba homologirati, skladno s točko 1.1.4. | 1.1.7. | A vehicle representative of the type to be approved, according to point 1.1.4 shall be provided to the technical service that carries out the test itself. |
| 1.2 Homologacija električnega/elektronskega podsklopa (EPS) | 1.2. Approval of a type of ESA |
| 1.2.1 | Vlogo za homologacijo EPS glede na njegovo elektromagnetno združljivost na podlagi členov 22, 24 in 26 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 vloži proizvajalec vozila ali proizvajalec EPS. EPS se lahko homologira na zahtevo proizvajalca bodisi kot „sestavni del“ ali kot „samostojna tehnična enota“. | 1.2.1. | The application for approval of a type of ESA with regard to its electromagnetic compatibility pursuant to Articles 22, 24 and 26 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall be submitted by the vehicle manufacturer or by the manufacturer of the ESA. An ESA may be approved at the request of a manufacturer as either a ‘component’ or a ‘separate technical unit (STU)’. |
| 1.2.2 | Proizvajalec vozila predloži opisni list, katerega vzorec je določen v členu 68(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 1.2.2. | The vehicle manufacturer shall submit the information document, the model of which is set out in Article 68(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 1.2.3 | Proizvajalec lahko dopolni vlogo s poročilom o opravljenih preskusih. Homologacijski organ lahko katerega koli od teh podatkov uporabi pri sestavljanju certifikata o EU-homologaciji. | 1.2.3. | The manufacturer may supplement the application with a report from tests which have been carried out. Any such data provided may be used by the approval authority for the purpose of drawing up the EU type-approval certificate. |
| 1.2.4 | Tehnični službi, ki sama opravlja preskus, se po potrebi predloži reprezentativni vzorec EPS, ki ga je treba homologirati, in sicer po pogovoru s proizvajalcem o morebitnih razlikah, na primer, v razporeditvi, številu sestavnih delov in številu tipal. Tehnična služba lahko izbere še en vzorec, če meni, da je to potrebno. | 1.2.4. | A sample of the ESA representative of the type to be approved shall be provided to the technical service that carries out the test itself, if necessary, after discussion with the manufacturer on, for example, possible variations in the layout, the number of components and the number of sensors. If the technical service deems it necessary, it may select a further sample. |
| 1.2.5 | Vzorci morajo biti jasno in neizbrisno označeni s trgovskim imenom ali blagovno znamko proizvajalca in oznako tipa. | 1.2.5. | The sample(s) shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the manufacturer's trade name or mark and the type designation. |
| 1.2.6 | Kjer je primerno, se opredelijo morebitne omejitve uporabe. Te omejitve se navedejo v opisnem listu iz člena 68(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 in/ali v certifikatu o EU-homologaciji iz člena 68(c) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 1.2.6. | Where applicable, any restrictions on use shall be identified. Any such restrictions shall be included in the information document set out in Article 68(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and/or in the EU type-approval certificate set out in Article 68(c) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 2. Označevanje | 2. Marking |
| 2.1 | Vsak EPS, ki ustreza tipu, homologiranemu na podlagi te uredbe, mora biti označen z oznako EU-homologacije v skladu s členom 34 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 in Prilogo XX k tej uredbi. | 2.1. | Every ESA conforming to a type approved pursuant to this Regulation shall bear an EU type-approval mark in accordance with Article 34 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and Annex XX to this Regulation. |
| 2.2 | Električnih/elektronskih sistemov, vgrajenih v tipe vozil, homologirane skladno s to uredbo, ni treba označiti. | 2.2. | No marking is required for electrical/electronic systems included in vehicle types approved by this Regulation. |
| 2.3 | Oznake na električnih/elektronskih podsklopih, skladne s točkama 2.1 in 2.2, niso nujno vidne, ko je EPS vgrajen na vozilu. | 2.3. | Markings on ESAs in compliance with points 2.1 and 2.2 need not be visible when the ESA is installed in a vehicle. |
| 3. Zahteve | 3. Specifications |
| 3.1 Splošne zahteve | 3.1. General specification |
| 3.1.1 | Vozilo in njegovi električni/elektronski sistemi ali EPS so zasnovani, izdelani in vgrajeni tako, da je vozilo v pogojih normalne uporabe skladno s to uredbo. | 3.1.1. | A vehicle (and its electrical/electronic system(s) or ESAs) shall be so designed, constructed and fitted as to enable the vehicle, in normal conditions of use, to comply with this Regulation. |
| 3.2 Predpisi za širokopasovno elektromagnetno sevanje, ki ga povzročajo vozila s prisilnim vžigom | 3.2. Specifications concerning broadband electromagnetic radiation from vehicles fitted with spark ignition. |
| 3.2.1 Način merjenja | 3.2.1. Method of measurement |
| Elektromagnetno sevanje, ki ga povzroča vzorčno vozilo kot predstavnik svojega tipa, se meri po postopku iz dela 3 na kateri koli od predpisanih oddaljenosti antene od vozila. Oddaljenost izbere proizvajalec vozila. | The electromagnetic radiation generated by the vehicle representative of its type shall be measured using the method described in Part 3 at either of the defined antenna distances. The choice shall be made by the vehicle manufacturer. |
| 3.2.2 Referenčne meje za širokopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo vozila | 3.2.2. Vehicle broadband reference limits |
| 3.2.2.1 | Če se meritve izvajajo po postopku iz dela 3 pri oddaljenosti antene 10,0 ± 0,2 m od vozila, je referenčna meja sevanja 34 dBμV/m (50 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 30 do 75 MHz in od 34 do 45 dBμV/m (od 50 do 180 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 75 do 400 MHz, pri čemer ta meja narašča logaritmično (linearno) pri frekvencah nad 75 MHz, kot je prikazano v točki 5. V frekvenčnem pasu od 400 do 1 000 MHz ta meja ostane konstantna pri 45 dBμV/m (180 μV/m). | 3.2.2.1. | If measurements are made using the method described in Part 3 using a vehicle-to-antenna spacing of 10,0 ± 0,2 m, the radiation reference limits shall be 34 dB microvolts/m (50 microvolts/m) in the 30 to 75 MHz frequency band and 34 to 45 dB microvolts/m (50 to 180 microvolts/m) in the 75 to 400 MHz frequency band, this limit increasing logarithmically (linearly) with frequencies above 75 MHz as shown in point 5. In the 400 to 1 000 MHz frequency band the limit remains constant at 45 dB microvolts/m (180 microvolts/m). |
| 3.2.2.2 | Če se meritve izvajajo po postopku iz dela 3 pri oddaljenosti antene 3,0 ± 0,05 m od vozila, je referenčna meja sevanja 44 dBμV/m (160 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 30 do 75 MHz in od 44 do 55 dBμV/m (od 160 do 562 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 75 do 400 MHz, pri čemer ta meja narašča logaritmično (linearno) pri frekvencah nad 75 MHz, kot je prikazano v točki 6. V frekvenčnem pasu od 400 do 1 000 MHz ta meja ostane konstantna pri 55 dBμV/m (562 μV/m). | 3.2.2.2. | If measurements are made using the method described in Part 3 using a vehicle-to-antenna spacing of 3,0 ± 0,05 m, the radiation reference limits shall be 44 dB microvolts/m (160 microvolts/m) in the 30 to 75 MHz frequency band and 44 to 55 dB microvolts/m (160 to 562 microvolts/m) in the 75 to 400 MHz frequency band, this limit increasing logarithmically (linearly) with frequencies above 75 MHz as shown in point 6. In the 400 to 1 000 MHz frequency band the limit remains constant at 55 dB microvolts/m (562 microvolts/m). |
| 3.2.2.3 | Na vzorčnem vozilu, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, so izmerjene vrednosti, izražene v dBμV/m (μV/m), najmanj 2,0 dB (20 %) pod referenčno mejo. | 3.2.2.3. | On the vehicle representative of its type, the measured values, expressed in dB microvolts/m (microvolts/m), shall be at least 2,0 dB (20 %) below the reference limits. |
| 3.3 Predpisi za ozkopasovno elektromagnetno sevanje, ki ga povzročajo vozila | 3.3. Specifications concerning narrowband electromagnetic radiation from vehicles |
| 3.3.1 Način merjenja | 3.3.1. Method of measurement |
| Elektromagnetno sevanje, ki ga povzroča vzorčno vozilo kot predstavnik svojega tipa, se meri po postopku iz dela 4 na kateri koli od predpisanih oddaljenosti antene od vozila. Oddaljenost izbere proizvajalec vozila. | The electromagnetic radiation generated by the vehicle representative of its type shall be measured using the method described in Part 4 at either of the defined antenna distances. The choice shall be made by the vehicle manufacturer. |
| 3.3.2 Referenčne meje za ozkopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo vozila | 3.3.2. Vehicle narrowband reference limits |
| 3.3.2.1 | Če se meritve izvajajo po postopku iz dela 4 pri oddaljenosti antene 10,0 ± 0,2 m od vozila, je referenčna meja sevanja 24 dBμV/m (16 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 30 do 75 MHz in od 24 do 35 dBμV/m (od 16 do 56 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 75 do 400 MHz, pri čemer ta meja narašča logaritmično (linearno) pri frekvencah nad 75 MHz, kot je prikazano v točki 7. V frekvenčnem pasu od 400 do 1 000 MHz ta meja ostane konstantna pri 35 dBμV/m (56 μV/m). | 3.3.2.1. | If measurements are made using the method described in Part 4 using a vehicle-to-antenna spacing of 10,0 ± 0,2 m, the radiation-reference limits shall be 24 dB microvolts/m (16 microvolts/m) in the 30 to 75 MHz frequency band and 24 to 35 dB microvolts/m (16 to 56 microvolts/m) in the 75 to 400 MHz frequency band, this limit increasing logarithmically (linearly) with frequencies above 75 MHz as shown in point 7. In the 400 to 1 000 MHz frequency band the limit remains constant at 35 dB microvolts/m (56 microvolts/m). |
| 3.3.2.2 | Če se meritve izvajajo po postopku iz dela 4 pri oddaljenosti antene 3,0 ± 0,05 m od vozila, je referenčna meja sevanja 34 dBμV/m (50 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 30 do 75 MHz in od 34 do 45 dBμV/m (od 50 do 180 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 75 do 400 MHz, pri čemer ta meja narašča logaritmično (linearno) pri frekvencah nad 75 MHz, kot je prikazano v točki 8. V frekvenčnem pasu od 400 do 1 000 MHz ta meja ostane konstantna pri 45 dBμV/m (180 μV/m). | 3.3.2.2. | If measurements are made using the method described in Part 4 using a vehicle-to-antenna spacing of 3,0 ± 0,05 m, the radiation reference limit shall be 34 dB microvolts/m (50 microvolts/m) in the 30 to 75 MHz frequency band and 34 to 45 dB microvolts/m (50 to 180 microvolts/m) in the 75 to 400 MHz frequency band, this limit increasing logarithmically (linearly) with frequencies above 75 MHz as shown in point 8. In the 400 to 1 000 MHz frequency band the limit remains constant at 45 dB microvolts/m (180 microvolts/m). |
| 3.3.2.3 | Na vzorčnem vozilu, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, so izmerjene vrednosti, izražene v dBμV/m (μV/m), najmanj 2,0 dB (20 %) pod referenčno mejo. | 3.3.2.3. | On the vehicle representative of its type, the measured values, expressed in dB microvolts/m (microvolts/m), shall be at least 2,0 dB (20 %) below the reference limit. |
| 3.3.2.4 | Ne glede na mejne vrednosti iz točk 5.3.2.1, 5.3.2.2 in 5.3.2.3 se šteje, da vozilo izpolnjuje zahteve glede ozkopasovnih emisij, če moč motilnega signala na radijski anteni vozila, izmerjena ob meritvah v začetni stopnji iz točke 1.3 dela 4, v frekvenčnem pasu od 88 do 108 MHz znaša manj kot 20 dBμV (10 μV/m), in se nadaljnje preskušanje ne zahteva. | 3.3.2.4. | Notwithstanding the limits defined in points 5.3.2.1, 5.3.2.2 and 5.3.2.3, if, during the initial step described in point 1.3 of Part 4, the signal strength measured at the vehicle broadcast radio antenna is less than 20 dB microvolts/m (10 microvolts/m) over the frequency range 88 to 108 MHz, then the vehicle shall be deemed to comply with the limits for narrowband emissions and no further testing shall be required. |
| 3.4 Predpisi za odpornost vozil proti elektromagnetnemu sevanju | 3.4. Specifications concerning immunity of vehicles to electromagnetic radiation |
| 3.4.1 Preskusna metoda | 3.4.1. Method of testing |
| Odpornost vozila, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, proti elektromagnetnemu sevanju se preskuša po metodi iz dela 5. | The immunity to electromagnetic radiation of the vehicle representative of its type shall be tested by the method described in Part 5. |
| 3.4.2 Referenčne meje odpornosti vozila | 3.4.2. Vehicle immunity reference limits |
| 3.4.2.1 | Če se za preskušanje uporablja postopek iz dela 5, je referenčna meja poljske jakosti 24 voltov/m efektivno na 90 % frekvenčnega pasu od 20 do 1 000 MHz in 20 voltov/m efektivno v celotnem frekvenčnem pasu od 20 do 1 000 MHz. | 3.4.2.1. | If tests are made using the method described in Part 5, the field strength reference level shall be 24 volts/m rms in over 90 % of the 20 to 1 000 MHz frequency band and 20 volts/m rms over the whole 20 to 1 000 MHz frequency band. |
| 3.4.2.2 | Šteje se, da vzorčno vozilo, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, izpolnjuje zahteve za odpornost, če se med preskusi, izvedenimi skladno z delom 5, in pri poljski jakosti, izraženi v voltih/m, ki za 25 % presega referenčno mejo, ne pokaže nenormalna sprememba hitrosti gnanih koles vozila ali negativni vpliv na vozilo, ki bi lahko zmedel druge udeležence v prometu, niti poslabšanje neposredne kontrole voznika nad vozilom, ki bi ga lahko opazil voznik ali drugi udeleženci v prometu. | 3.4.2.2. | The vehicle representative of its type shall be considered as complying with immunity requirements if, during the tests performed in accordance with Part 5, and subjected to a field strength, expressed in volts/m, of 25 % above the reference level, there shall be no abnormal change in the speed of the driven wheels of the vehicle, no degradation of performance which would cause confusion to other road users, and no degradation in the driver's direct control of the vehicle which could be observed by the driver or other road user. |
| 3.4.2.3 | Neposredno kontrolo nad vozilom izvaja voznik s krmiljem, zavorami ali kontrolo vrtilne frekvence motorja. | 3.4.2.3. | The driver’s direct control of the vehicle is exercised by means of steering, braking, or engine speed control. |
| 3.5 Predpisi za širokopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo EPS | 3.5. Specification concerning broadband electromagnetic interference generated by ESAs |
| 3.5.1 Način merjenja | 3.5.1. Method of measurement |
| Elektromagnetno sevanje, ki ga povzroča EPS, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, se meri po metodi, opisani v delu 6. | The electromagnetic radiation generated by the ESA representative of its type shall be measured by the method described in Part 6. |
| 3.5.2 Referenčne meje za širokopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo EPS | 3.5.2. ESA broadband reference limits |
| 3.5.2.1 | Če se meritve izvajajo po postopku iz dela 6, je referenčna meja sevanja od 64 do 54 dBμV/m (od 1 600 do 500 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 30 do 75 MHz, pri čemer meja logaritmično (linearno) upada pri frekvencah nad 30 MHz, in od 54 do 65 dBμV/m (od 500 do 1 800 μV/m) v frekvenčnem območju od 75 do 400 MHz, pri čemer meja logaritmično (linearno) narašča pri frekvencah nad 75 MHz, kot je prikazano v točki 9 tega dela. V frekvenčnem pasu od 400 do 1 000 MHz meja ostane konstantna pri 65 dBμV/m (1 800 μV/m). | 3.5.2.1. | If measurements are made using the method described in Part 6, the radiation reference limits shall be 64 to 54 dB microvolts/m (1 600 to 500 microvolts/m) in the 30 to 75 MHz frequency band, this limit decreasing logarithmically (linearly) with frequencies above 30 MHz, and 54 to 65 dB microvolts/m (500 to 1 800 microvolts/m) in the 75 to 400 MHz band, this limit increasing logarithmically (linearly) with frequencies above 75 MHz as shown in point 9 of this Part. In the 400 to 1 000 MHz frequency band the limit remains constant at 65 dB microvolts/m (1 800 microvolts/m). |
| 3.5.2.2 | Na vzorčnem EPS, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, so vrednosti, izmerjene v dBμV/m (μV/m), najmanj 2,0 dB (20 %) pod referenčnimi mejami. | 3.5.2.2. | On the ESA representative of its type, the measured values, expressed in dB microvolts/m, (microvolts/m) shall be at least 2,0 dB (20 %) below the reference limits. |
| 3.6 Predpisi za ozkopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo EPS | 3.6. Specifications concerning narrowband electromagnetic interference generated by ESAs |
| 3.6.1 Način merjenja | 3.6.1. Method of measurement |
| Elektromagnetno sevanje, ki ga povzroča EPS, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, se meri po metodi, opisani v delu 7. | The electromagnetic radiation generated by the ESA representative of its type shall be measured by the method described in Part 7. |
| 3.6.2 Referenčne meje ozkopasovnih elektromagnetnih motenj, ki jih povzroča EPS | 3.6.2. ESA narrowband reference limits |
| 3.6.2.1 | Če se meritve izvajajo po postopku iz dela 7, je referenčna meja sevanja od 54 do 44 dBμV/m (od 500 do 160 μV/m) v frekvenčnem pasu od 30 do 75 MHz, pri čemer meja logaritmično (linearno) upada pri frekvencah nad 30 MHz, in od 44 do 55 dBμV/m (od 160 do 560 μV/m) v frekvenčnem območju od 75 do 400 MHz, pri čemer meja logaritmično (linearno) narašča pri frekvencah nad 75 MHz, kot je prikazano v točki 10 tega dela. V frekvenčnem pasu od 400 do 1 000 MHz meja ostane konstantna pri 55 dBμV/m (560 μV/m). | 3.6.2.1. | If measures are made using the method described in Part 7, the radiation reference limits shall be 54 to 44 dB microvolts/m (500 to 160 microvolts/m) in the 30 to 75 MHz frequency band, this limit decreasing logarithmically (linearly) with frequencies above 30 MHz, and 44 to 55 dB microvolts/m (160 to 560 microvolts/m) in the 75 to 400 MHz band, this limit increasing logarithmically (linearly) with frequencies above 75 MHz as shown in point 10 of this Part. In the 400 to 1 000 MHz frequency band the limit remains constant at 55 dB microvolts/m (560 microvolts/m). |
| 3.6.2.2 | Na vzorčnem EPS, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, je vrednost, izmerjena v dBμV/m (μV/m), najmanj 2,0 dB (20 %) pod referenčnimi mejami. | 3.6.2.2. | On the ESA representative of its type, the measured value, expressed in dB microvolts/m (microvolts/m) shall be at least 2,0 dB (20 %) below the reference limits. |
| 3.7 Predpisi za odpornost EPS proti elektromagnetnemu sevanju | 3.7. Specifications concerning immunity of ESAs to electromagnetic radiation |
| 3.7.1 Preskusni postopki | 3.7.1. Method(s) of testing |
| Odpornost EPS, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, proti elektromagnetnemu sevanju se preskuša po metodah, izbranih med metodami iz dela 8. | The immunity to electromagnetic radiation of the ESA representative of its type shall be tested by the method(s) chosen from those described in Part 8. |
| 3.7.2 Referenčne meje odpornosti EPS | 3.7.2. ESA immunity reference limits |
| 3.7.2.1 | Če se preskusi izvajajo po postopku iz dela 8, so referenčni nivoji preskusa odpornosti 48 V/m za preskušanje s trakastim valovodom 150 mm, 12 V/m za preskušanje s trakastim valovodom 800 mm, 60 V/m za preskušanje v celici s prečnim elektromagnetnim poljem (TEM-celica), 48 mA za preskušanje z vsiljenim tokom in 24 V/m za preskušanje v brezodbojnem elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru. | 3.7.2.1. | If tests are made using the methods described in Part 8, the immunity test reference levels shall be 48 volts/m for the 150 mm stripline testing method, 12 volts/m for the 800 mm stripline testing method, 60 volts/m for the transverse electromagnetic mode (TEM) cell testing method, 48 mA for the bulk current injection (BCI) testing method and 24 volts/m for the free field testing method. |
| 3.7.2.2 | Če je vzorčni EPS, ki je predstavnik svojega tipa, med preskusom izpostavljen poljski jakosti ali toku, ki, izraženo v ustreznih linearnih enotah, za 25 % presega referenčne meje, ne sme priti do nepravilnega delovanja, ki bi lahko povzročilo tako poslabšanje nivoja učinkovitosti, da bi to lahko zmedlo druge udeležence v prometu, ali tako poslabšanje neposredne kontrole voznika nad vozilom, v katerega je podsklop vgrajen, da bi to lahko opazil voznik ali drugi udeleženci v prometu. | 3.7.2.2. | On the ESA representative of its type at a field strength or current expressed in appropriate linear units 25 % above the reference limit, the ESA shall not exhibit any malfunction which would cause any degradation of performance which could cause confusion to other road users or any degradation in the driver's direct control of a vehicle fitted with the system which could be observed by the driver or other road user. |
| 4. Izjeme | 4. Exceptions |
| 4.1 Če vozilo ali električni/elektronski sistem ali EPS nima elektronskega oscilatorja z delovno frekvenco, ki presega 9 kHz, se šteje, da je skladen s točko 3.3.2 ali 3.6.2 ter z deloma 4 in 7. | 4.1. Where a vehicle or electrical/electronic system or ESA does not include an electronic oscillator with an operating frequency greater than 9 kHz, it shall be deemed to comply with point 3.3.2 or 3.6.2 and with Parts 4 and 7. |
| 4.2 Odpornosti ni treba preskušati pri vozilih, pri katerih električni/elektronski sistemi ali EPS niso vključeni v neposredno upravljanje vozila. Šteje se, da so takšna vozila skladna s točko 3.4 in delom 5. | 4.2. Vehicles which do not have electrical/electronic systems or ESAs involved in the direct control of the vehicle need not be tested for immunity and shall be deemed to comply with point 3.4 and with Part 5. |
| 4.3 Pri EPS, katerih funkcije niso vključene v neposredno upravljanje vozila, ni treba preskušati odpornosti. Šteje se, da so takšni podsklopi skladni s točko 3.7 in delom 8. | 4.3. ESAs whose functions are not involved in the direct control of the vehicle need not be tested for immunity and shall be deemed to comply with point 3.7 and with Part 8. |
| 4.4 Elektrostatična razelektritev | 4.4. Electrostatic discharge |
| Za vozila, opremljena s pnevmatikami, se šteje, da je karoserija/šasija električno izolirana. Značilne elektrostatične spremembe glede na zunanje okolje vozila lahko nastanejo samo pri vstopu oziroma izstopu potnika ali voznika. Ker takrat vozilo miruje, homologacijski preskus elektrostatične razelektritve ni potreben. | For vehicles fitted with tyres, the vehicle body/chassis can be considered to be an electrically isolated structure. Significant electrostatic forces in relation to the vehicle's external environment only occur at the moment of occupant entry into or exit from the vehicle. As the vehicle is stationary at these moments, no type-approval test for electrostatic discharge is deemed necessary. |
| 4.5 Prehodne elektromagnetne motnje v električnih vodnikih | 4.5. Conducted transients |
| Med normalno vožnjo vozilo nima zunanjih električnih priključkov, zato v električnih vodnikih ne nastajajo prehodne elektromagnetne motnje zaradi zunanjega okolja. Da je oprema vozila odporna proti prehodnim elektromagnetnim motnjam v električnih vodnikih, ki nastajajo v vozilu, na primer zaradi preklapljanja pod obremenitvijo in interakcije med sistemi, je odgovoren proizvajalec. Šteje se, da homologacijski preskus prehodnih elektromagnetnih motenj v električnih vodnikih ni potreben. | Since during normal driving no external electrical connections are made to vehicles, no conducted transients are generated in relation to the external environment. The responsibility of ensuring that equipment can tolerate the conducted transients within a vehicle, for example due to load switching and interaction between systems, shall lie with the manufacturer. No type-approval test for conducted transients shall be deemed necessary. |
| 5. Referenčne meje za širokopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo vozila, z oddaljenostjo antene od vozila 10 m | 5. Vehicle broadband reference limits with antenna-vehicle separation of 10 m |
| Frekvenca (MHz) – logaritmična skala | Frequency — megahertz — logarithmic |
| (Glej točko 3.2.2.1 dela 2) | (See point 3.2.2.1 of Part 2) |
| 6. Referenčne meje za širokopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo vozila, z oddaljenostjo antene od vozila 3m | Band width |
| Frekvenca (MHz) - logaritmična skala | Limit L [dB(μV/m)], at frequency f (MHz) |
| (Glej točko 3.2.2.2 dela 2) | 30 to 75 MHz |
| 7. Referenčne meje za ozkopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo vozila, z oddaljenostjo antene od vozila 10 m | 75 to 400 MHz |
| Frekvenca (MHz) - logaritmična skala | 400 to 1 000 MHz |
| (Glej točko 3.3.2.1 dela 2) | 120 kHz |
| 8. Referenčne meje za ozkopasovne elektromagnetne motnje, ki jih povzročajo vozila, z oddaljenostjo antene od vozila 3 m | L = 34 |
| Frekvenca (MHz) - logaritmična skala | L = 34 + 15, 13 log (f/75) |
| (Glej točko 3.3.2.2 dela 2) | L = 45 |
| 9. Referenčne meje za širokopasovne elektromagnetne motnje električnih/elektronskih podsklopov | Quasi-peak |
| Frekvenca (MHz) - logaritmična skala | Band width 120 kHz |
| (Glej točko 3.5.2.1 dela 2) | Linear, when plotted |
| 10. Referenčne meje za ozkopasovne elektromagnetne motnje električnih/elektronskih podsklopov | dB vs log frequency |
| Frekvenca (MHz) - logaritmična skala | L I N E A R |
| (Glej točko 3.6.2.1 dela 2) | L O G |
| DEL 3 | Spot frequencies |
| Zahteve, ki jih morajo izpolnjevati vozila: metoda merjenja sevanih širokopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij vozil | 6. Vehicle broadband reference limits with antenna-vehicle separation of 3 m |
| 1. Splošno | Frequency — megahertz — logarithmic |
| 1.1 Preskusna metoda iz tega dela se uporablja samo za vozila. | (See point 3.2.2.2 of Part 2) |
| 1.2 Merilne naprave | Band width |
| Merilna oprema mora izpolnjevati zahteve iz publikacije št. 16-1 Mednarodnega komiteja za radijske motnje (CISPR). | Limit L [dB(μV/m)], at frequency f (MHz) |
| Za merjenje širokopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij v skladu s tem delom se uporablja navidezno temenski detektor, če pa se uporablja detektor temenskih vrednosti, se uporablja ustrezni korekturni faktor, ki je odvisen od ponavljalne frekvence vžigalnega impulza. | 30 to 75 MHz |
| 1.3 Preskusni postopek | 75 to 400 MHz |
| Ta preskus je namenjen merjenju širokopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij, ki jih povzročajo sistemi za vžig z iskro in električni motorji (električni pogonski motorji, motorji sistemov za ogrevanje ali odleditev, črpalke za gorivo, vodne črpalke itd.), ki so sestavni del vozila. | 400 to 1 000 MHz |
| Dovoljeni sta dve referenčni oddaljenosti antene od vozila: 10 ali 3 m od vozila. V obeh primerih se uporablja točka 3. | 120 kHz |
| 2. Podajanje rezultatov | L = 44 |
| Rezultati meritev se izražajo v dB mikrovoltih/m (mikrovoltih/m) za pasovno širino 120 kHz. Če se dejanska pasovna širina B merilnega instrumenta (izražena v kHz) razlikuje od 120 kHz, se odčitane vrednosti v mikrovoltih/m preračunajo na pasovno širino 120 kHz tako, da se pomnožijo s faktorjem 120/B. | L = 44 + 15, 13 log (f/75) |
| 3. Merilno mesto | L = 55 |
| 3.1 Preskuševališče je raven, prost teren, kjer v krogu s polmerom najmanj 30 m, merjeno iz središčne točke med anteno in vozilom, ni površin z elektromagnetnim odsevom (glej sliko 1 v točki 7). | Quasi-peak |
| 3.2 Merilna naprava, kabina ali vozilo, v katerem je merilna naprava, je lahko na preskuševališču, vendar samo na dovoljenem območju, prikazanem na sliki 1 v točki 7. | Band width 120 kHz |
| Druge merilne antene so lahko na preskuševališču, vendar na razdalji najmanj 10 m od antene merilnega instrumenta in tudi od preskušanega vozila, če se lahko dokaže, da to ne bo vplivalo na rezultate preskušanja. | Linear, when plotted |
| 3.3 Uporabi se lahko zaprto preskuševališče, če je mogoče dokazati soodvisnost med zaprtim in odprtim preskuševališčem. Zaprtemu preskuševališču ni treba izpolnjevati dimenzijskih zahtev s slike 1 v točki 7, razen glede oddaljenosti antene od vozila in višine antene. Ravno tako v njem ni treba preverjati emisij okolja pred preskusom ali po njem, kot je navedeno v točki 3.4. | dB vs log frequency |
| 3.4 Okolje | L I N E A R |
| Da bi se zagotovilo, da med glavnim preskusom ne bi bil prisoten šum okolja ali signal z nivojem, ki bi lahko zaznavno vplival na rezultate meritev, se opravi meritev pred preskusom in po njem. Če je med meritvami vplivov okolja vozilo prisotno, tehnična služba zagotovi, da emisije vozila ne vplivajo pomembno na meritve vplivov okolja, na primer tako, da se vozilo umakne s preskuševališča, da se izvleče ključ za vžig motorja ali da se odklopi akumulator. Pri obeh meritvah je šum okolja ali signal najmanj 10 dB pod mejo motenj iz točke 3.2.2.1 ali 3.2.2.2 (kar pride v poštev) dela 2, razen pri namenskem prenosu ozkopasovnih signalov. | L O G |
| 4. Stanje vozila med preskušanjem | Spot frequencies |
| 4.1. Motor | 7. Vehicle narrowband reference limits with antenna-vehicle separation of 10 m |
| Motor deluje pri normalni delovni temperaturi in menjalnik je v prostem teku. Če tega iz praktičnih razlogov ni mogoče doseči, se lahko proizvajalec in organ, ki opravlja preskušanje, dogovorita o alternativnih ukrepih. | Frequency — megahertz — logarithmic |
| Zagotovi se, da mehanizem za uravnavanje hitrosti ne vpliva na elektromagnetno sevanje. Med vsakim merjenjem motor deluje na naslednji način: | (See point 3.3.2.1 of Part 2) |
| Tip motorja | Način merjenja | Band width |
| Navidezno temenska vrednost | Temenska vrednost | Limit L [dB(μV/m)], at frequency f (MHz) |
| Prisilni vžig | Vrtilna frekvenca motorja | Vrtilna frekvenca motorja | 30 to 75 MHz |
| En valj | 2 500 vrt/min ± 10 % | 2 500 vrt/min ± 10 % | 75 to 400 MHz |
| Več valjev | 1 500 vrt/min ± 10 % | 1 500 vrt/min ± 10 % | 400 to 1 000 MHz |
| 4.2 Preskušanje se ne opravlja, če je vozilo izpostavljeno dežju ali drugim padavinam, pa tudi še v 10 minutah po prenehanju padavin. | 120 kHz |
| 5. Vrsta antene, lega in usmeritev | L = 24 |
| 5.1 Vrsta antene | L = 24 + 15, 13 log (f/75) |
| Uporabi se lahko katera koli vrsta antene, če je korekcijski faktor mogoče preračunati glede na referenčno anteno. Za umerjanje antene se lahko uporabi metoda iz publikacije Mednarodnega komiteja za radijske motnje (CISPR) št. 12, 6. izdaja, Priloga C. | L = 35 |
| 5.2 Višina in merilna razdalja | Peak |
| 5.2.1 Višina | Band width 120 kHz |
| 5.2.1.1 Preskus na 10 m | Linear, when plotted |
| Fazno središče antene je 3,00 ± 0,05 m nad ravnino, na kateri stoji vozilo. | dB vs log frequency |
| 5.2.1.2 Preskus na 3 m | L I N E A R |
| Fazno središče antene je 1,80 ± 0,05 m nad ravnino, na kateri stoji vozilo. | L O G |
| 5.2.1.3 Noben del sprejemnih elementov antene ne sme biti manj kakor 0,25 m oddaljen od ravnine, na kateri stoji vozilo. | Examples of spot frequencies |
| 5.2.2 Merilna razdalja | 8. Vehicle narrowband reference limits with antenna-vehicle separation of 3 m |
| 5.2.2.1 Preskus na 10 m | Frequency — megahertz — logarithmic |
| Vodoravna razdalja od vrha ali druge ustrezne točke na anteni, določene med postopkom preračunavanja iz točke 5.1, do zunanje površine vozila je 10,0 ± 0,2 m. | (See point 3.3.2.2 of Part 2) |
| 5.2.2.2 Preskus na 3 m | Band width |
| Vodoravna razdalja od vrha ali druge ustrezne točke na anteni, določene med postopkom preračunavanja iz točke 5.1, do zunanje površine vozila je 3,00 ± 0,05 m. | Limit L [dB(μV/m)], at frequency f (MHz) |
| 5.2.2.3 Če se preskus izvaja v elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru, so sprejemni elementi antene oddaljeni najmanj 1,0 m od materiala, ki absorbira elektromagnetno polje, in najmanj 1,5 m od stene zaslonjenega prostora. Med sprejemno anteno in preskušanim vozilom ne sme biti absorpcijskega materiala. | 30 to 75 MHz |
| 5.3 Lega antene glede na vozilo | 75 to 400 MHz |
| Antena se postavi zaporedoma na levo in desno stran vozila tako, da je vzporedna z vzdolžno simetrijsko ravnino vozila, v liniji središča motorja (glej sliko 1 v točki 7) in v liniji središča vozila, ki je opredeljeno kot točka na glavni osi vozila na sredini med središčema sprednje in zadnje osi vozila. | 400 to 1 000 MHz |
| 5.4 Namestitev antene | 120 kHz |
| V vsaki merilni točki se odčitajo izmerjene vrednosti tako, da je antena enkrat v vodoravni, drugič pa v navpični polarizaciji (glej sliko 2 v točki 7). | L = 34 |
| 5.5 Izmerjene vrednosti | L = 34 + 15, 13 log (f/75) |
| Izmed štirih vrednosti, odčitanih skladno s točkama 5.3 in 5.4 pri vsaki merilni frekvenci, se največja šteje za karakteristično vrednost pri frekvenci, na kateri so bile opravljene meritve. | L = 35 |
| 6. Frekvence | Peak |
| 6.1 Meritve | Band width 120 kHz |
| Meritve se opravijo v celotnem frekvenčnem območju od 30 do 1 000 MHz. Da bi preskuševalni organ dokazal, da vozilo izpolnjuje zahteve iz tega dela, opravi meritve pri do 13 frekvencah v frekvenčnem območju, na primer pri 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190, 230, 280, 380, 450, 600, 750, 900 MHz. Če je mejna vrednost med preskusom presežena, se s preiskavo zagotovi, da je to povzročilo vozilo in ne vir sevanja iz okolja. | Linear, when plotted |
| 6.1.1 | Mejne vrednosti se uporabljajo za frekvenčno območje od 30 do 1 000 MHz. | dB vs log frequency |
| 6.1.2 | Meri se lahko bodisi z navidezno temenskim detektorjem ali pa z detektorjem temenskih vrednosti. Mejne vrednosti, navedene v točkah 3.2 in 3.5 dela 2, veljajo za navidezno temenske vrednosti. Če se uporabljajo temenske vrednosti, je treba za pasovno širino 1 MHz dodati 38 dB, za pasovno širino 1 kHz pa odšteti 22 dB. | L I N E A R |
| 6.2 Dovoljeno odstopanje | L O G |
| Merilna frekvenca | (MHz) | Dovoljeno odstopanje | (MHz) | Examples of spot frequencies |
| 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190 in 230 | ± 5 | 9. Broadband reference limits of electrical / electronic sub-assembly |
| 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 in 900 | ± 20 | Frequency — megahertz — logarithmic |
| Odstopanja veljajo za navedene frekvence in omogočajo izogibanje motnjam oddajnikov, ki v času meritev delujejo na merilnih frekvencah ali v njihovi bližini. | (See point 3.5.2.1 of Part 2) |
| 7. Slike | Band width |
| Slika 1 | Limit L [dB(μV/m)], at frequency f (MHz) |
| Preskuševališče traktorja | 30 to 75 MHz |
| (Ravna površina brez ploskev, ki odbijajo elektromagnetno valovanje) | 75 to 400 MHz |
| Položaj antene glede na traktor | 400 to 1 000 MHz |
| Višina | 120 kHz |
| Dipolna antena v legi za merjenje navpične komponente sevanja | L = 64 – 25, 13 log (f/30) |
| Slika 2 | L = 54 + 15, 13 log (f/75) |
| Načrt | L = 65 |
| Dipolna antena v legi za merjenje vodoravne komponente sevanja | Quasi-peak |
| DEL 4 | Band width 120 kHz |
| Metoda merjenja sevanih ozkopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij vozil | Linear, when plotted |
| 1. Splošno | dB vs log frequency |
| 1.1 Preskusna metoda iz tega dela se uporablja samo za vozila. | L I N E A R |
| 1.2. Merilne naprave | L O G |
| Merilna oprema mora izpolnjevati zahteve iz publikacije št. 16-1 Mednarodnega komiteja za radijske motnje (CISPR). | Spot frequencies |
| Za merjenje sevanih ozkopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij v tej prilogi se uporablja detektor srednjih vrednosti ali detektor temenskih vrednosti. | 10. Narrowband reference limits of electrical / electronic sub-assembly |
| 1.3 Preskusni postopek | Frequency — megahertz — logarithmic |
| 1.3.1 | Ta preskus je namenjen merjenju ozkopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij, ki bi jih lahko povzročali sistemi z mikroprocesorjem ali drug ozkopasovni vir. | (See point 3.6.2.1 of Part 2) |
| 1.3.2 | Najprej se merijo nivoji emisij v frekvenčnem pasu FM (od 88 do 108 MHz) na radijski anteni vozila z opremo, določeno v točki 1.2. Če vrednosti iz točke 3.3.2.4 dela 2 niso presežene, se šteje, da vozilo glede tega frekvenčnega pasu izpolnjuje zahteve iz tega dela, in se celotni preskus ne opravi. | Band width |
| 1.3.3 | V celotnem preskusnem postopku sta dovoljeni dve alternativni oddaljenosti antene od vozila: 10 ali 3 m od vozila. V obeh primerih morajo biti izpolnjene zahteve iz točke 3. | Limit L [dB(μV/m)], at frequency f (MHz) |
| 2. Podajanje rezultatov | 30 to 75 MHz |
| Rezultati meritev se podajo v dB μV/m (μV/m). | 75 to 400 MHz |
| 3. Merilno mesto | 400 to 1 000 MHz |
| 3.1 Preskuševališče je raven, prost teren, kjer v krogu s polmerom najmanj 30 m, merjeno iz središčne točke med anteno in vozilom, ni površin z elektromagnetnim odsevom (glej sliko 1 v delu 3). | 120 kHz |
| 3.2 Merilna naprava, kabina ali vozilo, v katerem je merilna naprava, je lahko na preskuševališču, vendar samo na dovoljenem območju, prikazanem na sliki 1 v delu 3. | L = 54 - 25, 13 log (f/30) |
| Druge merilne antene so lahko na preskuševališču, vendar na razdalji najmanj 10 m od antene merilnega instrumenta in tudi od preskušanega vozila, če se lahko dokaže, da to ne bo vplivalo na rezultate preskušanja. | L = 44 + 15, 13 log (f/75) |
| 3.3 Uporabi se lahko zaprto preskuševališče, če je mogoče dokazati soodvisnost med zaprtim in odprtim preskuševališčem. Zaprtemu preskuševališču ni treba izpolnjevati dimenzijskih zahtev s slike 1 v točki 7 dela 3, razen glede oddaljenosti antene od vozila in višine antene. Ravno tako v njem ni treba preverjati emisij okolja pred preskusom ali po njem, kot je navedeno v točki 3.4 tega dela. | L = 55 |
| 3.4 Okolje | Peak |
| Da bi se zagotovilo, da med glavnim preskusom ne bi bil prisoten šum okolja ali signal z nivojem, ki bi lahko zaznavno vplival na rezultate meritev, se opravijo meritve vplivov okolja pred preskusom in po njem. Tehnična služba zagotovi, da emisije vozila ne vplivajo pomembno na meritve vplivov okolja, na primer tako, da se vozilo umakne s preskuševališča, da se izvleče ključ za vžig motorja ali da se odklopijo akumulatorji. Pri obeh meritvah je šum okolja ali signal najmanj 10 dB pod mejo motenj iz točke 3.3.2.1 ali 3.3.2.2 (kar pride v poštev) dela 2, razen pri namenskem prenosu ozkopasovnih signalov. | Band width 120 kHz |
| 4. Stanje vozila med preskušanjem | Linear, when plotted |
| 4.1 | Elektronski sistemi vozila morajo biti v normalnem delovanju, vozilo pa v mirovanju. | dB vs log frequency |
| 4.2 | Vžig mora biti vklopljen. Motor ne sme delovati. | L I N E A R |
| 4.3 | Preskušanje se ne opravlja, če je vozilo izpostavljeno dežju ali drugim padavinam, pa tudi še v času 10 minut po prenehanju padavin. | L O G |
| 5. Vrsta antene, lega in usmeritev | Examples of spot frequencies |
| 5.1 Vrsta antene | PART 3 |
| Uporabi se lahko katera koli vrsta antene, če je korekcijski faktor mogoče preračunati glede na referenčno anteno. Za umerjanje antene se lahko uporabi metoda iz publikacije Mednarodnega komiteja za radijske motnje (CISPR) št. 12, 6. izdaja, Priloga C. | Requirements to be met by vehicles: method of measurement of radiated broadband electromagnetic emissions from vehicles |
| 5.2 Višina in merilna razdalja | 1. General |
| 5.2.1 Višina | 1.1. The test method described in this Part shall only be applied to vehicles. |
| 5.2.1.1 Preskus na 10 m | 1.2. Measuring apparatus |
| Fazno središče antene je 3,00 ± 0,05 m nad ravnino, na kateri stoji vozilo. | The measuring equipment shall comply with the requirements of publication No 16-1 series of the International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR). |
| 5.2.1.2 Preskus na 3 m | A quasi-peak detector shall be used for the measurement of broadband electromagnetic emissions in this Part, or if a peak detector is used an appropriate correction factor shall be used depending on the spark pulse rate. |
| Fazno središče antene je 1,80 ± 0,05 m nad ravnino, na kateri stoji vozilo. | 1.3. Test method |
| 5.2.1.3 Noben del sprejemnih elementov antene ne sme biti manj kakor 0,25 m oddaljen od ravnine, na kateri stoji vozilo. | This test is intended to measure the broadband electromagnetic emissions generated by spark-ignition systems and by electric motors (electric traction motors, engines for heating or de-icing systems, fuel pumps, water pumps, etc.) permanently fitted to the vehicle. |
| 5.2.2 Merilna razdalja | Two alternative reference antenna distances are permissible: 10 or 3 m from the vehicle. In either case point 3 shall apply. |
| 5.2.2.1 Preskus na 10 m | 2. Expression of results |
| Vodoravna razdalja od vrha ali druge ustrezne točke na anteni, določene med postopkom preračunavanja, navedenim v točki 5.1, do zunanje površine vozila je 10,0 ± 0,2 m. | The results of measurements shall be expressed in dB microvolts/m (microvolt/m) for 120 kHz band width. If the actual band width B (expressed in kHz) of the measuring apparatus differs from 120 kHz, the readings taken in microvolts/m shall be converted to 120 kHz band width through multiplication by a factor 120/B. |
| 5.2.2.2 Preskus na 3 m | 3. Measuring location |
| Vodoravna razdalja od vrha ali druge ustrezne točke na anteni, določene med postopkom preračunavanja, navedenim v točki 5.1, do zunanje površine vozila je 3,00 ± 0,05 m. | 3.1. The test site shall be a level, clear area free from electromagnetic reflecting surfaces within a circle of minimum radius 30 m measured from a point midway between the vehicle and the antenna (see Figure 1 in point 7). |
| 5.2.2.3 Če se preskus izvaja v elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru, so sprejemni elementi antene oddaljeni najmanj 1,0 m od materiala, ki absorbira elektromagnetno polje, in najmanj 1,5 m od stene zaslonjenega prostora. Med sprejemno anteno in preskušanim vozilom ne sme biti absorpcijskega materiala. | 3.2. The measuring set, test hut, or vehicle in which the measurement set is located may be within the test site, but only in the permitted region shown in Figure 1 in point 7. |
| 5.3 Lega antene glede na vozilo | Other measuring antennae are allowed within the test area, at a minimum distance of 10 m both from receiving antenna and the vehicle under test, provided that it can be shown that the test results will not be affected. |
| Antena se postavi zaporedoma na levo in desno stran vozila tako, da je vzporedna z vzdolžno simetrijsko ravnino vozila in v liniji središča motorja (glej sliko 2 v točki 7 dela 3). | 3.3. Enclosed test facilities may be used if correlation can be shown between the enclosed test facility and an outdoor site. Enclosed test facilities do not need to meet the dimensional requirements of Figure 1 in point 7 other than the distance from the antenna to the vehicle and the height of the antenna. Neither do they need to have ambient emissions checked before or after the test as indicated in point 3.4. |
| 5.4 Namestitev antene | 3.4. Ambient |
| V vsaki merilni točki se odčitajo izmerjene vrednosti tako, da je antena enkrat v vodoravni, drugič pa v navpični polarizaciji (glej sliko 2 v točki 7 dela 3). | To ensure that there is no extraneous noise or signal of a magnitude sufficient to affect materially the measurement, measurements shall be taken before and after the main test. If the vehicle is present when ambient measurements are taken, the technical service shall ensure that any emissions from the vehicle do not affect significantly the ambient measurements, for example by removing the vehicle from the test area, removing the ignition key, or disconnecting the battery. In both of the measurements, the extraneous noise or signal shall be at least 10 dB below the limits of interference given in point 3.2.2.1 or 3.2.2.2 (as appropriate) of Part 2, except for intentional narrowband ambient transmissions. |
| 5.5 Izmerjene vrednosti | 4. Vehicle state during tests |
| Izmed štirih vrednosti, odčitanih skladno s točkama 5.3 in 5.4 pri vsaki merilni frekvenci, se največja šteje za karakteristično vrednost pri frekvenci, na kateri so bile opravljene meritve. | 4.1. Engine |
| 6. Frekvence | The engine shall be running at its normal operating temperature and the transmission shall be in neutral. If for practical reasons this cannot be achieved, alternative arrangements mutually agreed between the manufacturer and the test authorities may be made. |
| 6.1 Meritve | Care shall be taken to ensure that the speed setting mechanism does not influence electromagnetic radiations. During each measurement, the engine shall be operated as follows: |
| Meritve se opravijo v celotnem frekvenčnem območju od 30 do 1 000 MHz. To območje se razdeli na 13 pasov. V vsakem pasu se lahko opravijo meritve na eni merilni frekvenci, da se dokaže, da so izpolnjene zahteve za predpisane mejne vrednosti. Da bi preskuševalni organ dokazal, da vozilo izpolnjuje zahteve iz tega dela, opravi meritve v eni taki točki v vsakem od naslednjih 13 frekvenčnih pasov: | Engine type | Method of measurements |
| 30 do 50, 50 do 75, 75 do 100, 100 do 130, 130 do 165, 165 do 200, 200 do 250, 250 do 320, 320 do 400, 400 do 520, 520 do 660, 660 do 820, 820 do 1 000 MHz. | Quasi peak | Peak |
| Če je mejna vrednost med preskusom presežena, se s preiskavo zagotovi, da je to povzročilo vozilo in ne vir sevanja iz okolja. | Spark ignition | Engine speed | Engine speed |
| DEL 5 | One cylinder | 2 500 rpm ± 10 % | 2 500 rpm ± 10 % |
| Metoda preskušanja odpornosti vozil proti elektromagnetnemu sevanju | More than one cylinder | 1 500 rpm ± 10 % | 1 500 rpm ± 10 % |
| 1. Splošno | 4.2. Testing shall not be conducted while rain or other precipitation is falling on the vehicle or within 10 minutes after such precipitation has stopped. |
| 1.1 Preskusna metoda iz tega dela se uporablja samo za vozila. | 5. Antenna type, position and orientation |
| 1.2 Preskusni postopek | 5.1. Antenna type |
| Namen preskusa je dokazati odpornost proti poslabšanju delovanja pri neposrednem upravljanju vozila. Vozilo se izpostavi elektromagnetnemu polju, kot je opisano v tem delu. Pri preskusih, pri katerih je vozilo izpostavljeno elektromagnetnemu sevanju s frekvenco največ 1 000 MHz, lahko proizvajalci izberejo uporabo tega dela ali Priloge 6 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 10, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. Pri preskusih, pri katerih je vozilo izpostavljeno elektromagnetnemu sevanju s frekvenco nad 1 000 MHz do največ 2 000 MHz, proizvajalci uporabijo Prilogo 6 k Pravilniku UN/ECE št. 10, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. Med preskusi se vozilo opazuje. | Any antenna may be used provided it can be normalised to the reference antenna. The method described in CISPR publication No 12, Edition 6, Annex C may be used to calibrate the antenna. |
| 2. Podajanje rezultatov | 5.2. Height and distance of measurement |
| Za preskus iz tega dela je poljska jakost podana v V/m. | 5.2.1. Height |
| 3. Merilno mesto | 5.2.1.1. 10 m test |
| Preskuševališče mora biti zmožno ustvariti poljske jakosti v frekvenčnih območjih, določenih v tem delu. Preskuševališče mora izpolnjevati zakonske zahteve za emisijo elektromagnetnih signalov. | The phase centre of the antenna shall be 3,00 ± 0,05 m above the plane on which the vehicle rests. |
| Paziti je treba, da poljske jakosti ne vplivajo na preskusno opremo in opremo za opazovanje tako, da bi bili preskusi neveljavni. | 5.2.1.2. 3 m test |
| 4. Stanje vozila med preskušanjem | The phase centre of the antenna shall be 1,80 ± 0,05 m above the plane on which the vehicle rests. |
| 4.1 | Vozilo mora biti neobremenjeno, razen potrebne preskusne opreme. | 5.2.1.3. No part of any antenna’s receiving elements shall be closer than 0,25 m to the plane on which the vehicle rests. |
| 4.1.1 | Motor poganja pogonska kolesa s konstantno vrtilno frekvenco, ki ustreza trem četrtinam največje hitrosti vozila, če ne obstaja tehnični razlog, iz katerega bi proizvajalec izbral drugo vrtilno frekvenco. Motor vozila je obremenjen z ustreznim navorom. Po potrebi se lahko pogonske gredi odklopijo (na primer pri vozilih z več kot dvema osema), pod pogojem, da ne poganjajo delov, ki oddajajo motnje. | 5.2.2. Distance of measurement |
| 4.1.2 | Vključijo se žarometi s kratkim svetlobnim pramenom. | 5.2.2.1. 10 m test |
| 4.1.3 | Vključi se desna ali leva smerna svetilka. | The horizontal distance from the tip or other appropriate point of the antenna defined during the normalisation procedure described in point 5.1 to the outer body surface of the vehicle shall be 10,0 ± 0,2 m. |
| 4.1.4 | Vsi drugi sistemi, ki vplivajo na upravljanje voznika z vozilom, se vklopijo kakor pri normalnem delovanju vozila. | 5.2.2.2. 3 m test |
| 4.1.5 | Vozilo ni električno povezano s preskuševališčem, med vozilom in opremo pa ni nobene povezave, razen kot je zahtevano v točki 4.1.1 ali 4.2. Stik pnevmatike s tlemi preskuševališča se ne šteje za električno povezavo. | The horizontal distance from the tip or other appropriate point of the antenna defined during the normalisation procedure described in point 5.1 to the outer body surface of the vehicle shall be 3,00 ± 0,05 m. |
| 4.2 | Za električne/elektronske sisteme vozila, ki so sestavni del neposrednega upravljanja vozila, ki ne deluje pod pogoji, navedenimi v točki 4.1, lahko proizvajalec predloži preskuševalnemu organu poročilo ali dodatne dokaze, da električni/elektronski sistem vozila izpolnjuje zahteve iz te uredbe. Takšni dokazi so sestavni del homologacijske dokumentacije. | 5.2.2.3. If the test is carried out in a facility enclosed for radio frequency electromagnetic screening purposes, the antenna's receiving elements shall be no closer than 1,0 m to any radio absorbent material and no closer than 1,5 m to the wall of the enclosed facility. There shall be no absorbent material between the receiving antenna and vehicle under test. |
| 4.3 | Pri opazovanju vozila se uporablja samo oprema, ki ne moti preskusa. Opazujeta se zunanjost vozila in prostor za potnike, da se ugotovi, ali so izpolnjene zahteve iz tega dela (npr. z videokamerami). | 5.3. Antenna location relative to vehicle |
| 4.4 | Vozilo je navadno obrnjeno proti oddajni anteni. Če pa so elektronske krmilne enote in ustrezni kabli nameščeni pretežno v zadnjem delu vozila, se vozilo pri preskušanju obrne stran od antene. Pri dolgih vozilih (tj. razen osebnih avtomobilov in lahkih poltovornjakov), ki imajo elektronske krmilne enote in ustrezne kable pretežno na sredini vozila, se referenčna točka (glej točko 5.4) lahko določi na levi ali desni bočni površini vozila. Ta referenčna točka mora biti na sredini dolžine vozila ali na točki vzdolž boka vozila, ki jo izbere proizvajalec skupaj s pristojnim organom po proučitvi razporeditve elektronskih sistemov in razporeditve kablov. | Takšen preskus se lahko opravi samo, če to omogoča konstrukcija merilne komore. Namestitev antene se navede v poročilu o preskusu. | The antenna shall be located successively on the left and right-hand sides of the vehicle, with the antenna parallel to the plane of longitudinal symmetry of the vehicle, in line with the engine mid-point (see Figure 1 in point 7) and in line with the vehicle mid-point defined as the point on the principal axis of the vehicle midway between the centres of the front and rear axles of the vehicle. |
| 5. Tip, lega in usmeritev naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja | 5.4. Antenna position |
| 5.1 Tip naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja | At each of the measuring points, readings shall be taken both with the antenna in a horizontal and in a vertical polarisation (see Figure 2 in point 7). |
| 5.1.1 | Izberejo se takšni tipi naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja, da se želena poljska jakost doseže v referenčni točki (glej točko 5.4) pri ustreznih frekvencah. | 5.5. Readings |
| 5.1.2 | Naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja so lahko antena ali antene ali valovod (Transmission Line System – TLS). | The maximum of the four readings taken in accordance with points 5.3 and 5.4 at each spot frequency shall be taken as the characteristic reading at the frequency at which the measurements were made. |
| 5.1.3 | Konstrukcija in usmeritev katere koli naprave za generiranje polja morata biti takšni, da je polje polarizirano v območju od 20 do 1 000 MHz vodoravno ali navpično. | 6. Frequencies |
| 5.2 Višina in merilna razdalja | 6.1. Measurements |
| 5.2.1 Višina | Measurements shall be made throughout the 30 to 1 000 MHz frequency range. To confirm that the vehicle meets the requirements of this Part, the Testing Authority shall test at up to 13 frequencies in the range, for example 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190, 230, 280, 380, 450, 600, 750, 900 MHz. In the event that the limit is exceeded during the test, investigations shall be made to ensure that this is due to the vehicle and not to background radiation. |
| 5.2.1.1 | Fazno središče katere koli antene je najmanj 1,5 m nad ravnino, na kateri stoji vozilo, ali pa najmanj 2,0 m nad ravnino, na kateri stoji vozilo, če je streha vozila višje od 3 m. | 6.1.1. | The limits apply throughout the frequency range 30 to 1 000 MHz. |
| 5.2.1.2 | Noben sevalni element antene ni manj kakor 0,25 m oddaljen od ravnine, na kateri stoji vozilo. | 6.1.2. | Measurements can be performed with either quasi-peak or peak detectors. The limits given in points 3.2 and 3.5 of Part 2 are for quasi-peak. If peak is used, add 38 dB for 1 MHz band width or subtract 22 dB for 1 kHz band width. |
| 5.2.2 Merilna razdalja | 6.2. Tolerances |
| 5.2.2.1 | Dejanskim pogojem delovanja se je mogoče najbolj približati, če se naprava za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja postavi čim dlje od vozila. Ta oddaljenost znaša od 1 do 5 m. | Spot frequency | (MHz) | Tolerance | (MHz) |
| 5.2.2.2 | Če se preskus izvaja v zaslonjenem prostoru, morajo biti sevalni elementi naprave, ki generira elektromagnetno polje, oddaljeni najmanj 1,0 m od absorpcijskega materiala in najmanj 1,5 m od stene zaslonjenega prostora. Med oddajno anteno in preskušanim vozilom ne sme biti absorpcijskega materiala. | 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190 and 230 | ± 5 |
| 5.3 Lega antene glede na vozilo | 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 and 900 | ± 20 |
| 5.3.1 | Sevalni elementi naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja morajo biti najmanj 0,5 m oddaljeni od zunanje površine nadgradnje vozila. | The tolerances apply to frequencies quoted and are intended to avoid interference from transmissions operating on or near the nominal spot frequencies during the time of measurement. |
| 5.3.2 | Naprava za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja se namesti na središčnico vozila (vzdolžno simetrijsko ravnino). | 7. Figures |
| 5.3.3 | Noben del valovoda, razen ravnine, na kateri stoji vozilo, ni manj kakor 0,5 m oddaljen od katerega koli dela vozila. | Figure 1 |
| 5.3.4 | Naprava za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja, nameščena v sredini nad vozilom v vzdolžni osi vozila, zajema najmanj 75 % dolžine vozila. | Tractor test area |
| 5.4 Referenčna točka | (Level area free from reflecting electromagnetic surfaces) |
| 5.4.1 | Za namene tega dela je referenčna točka tista točka, v kateri se vzpostavi poljska jakost. Določena je na naslednji način: | 5.4.1.1 | najmanj 2 m vodoravno od faznega središča antene ali najmanj 1 m navpično od sevalnih elementov valovoda, | 5.4.1.2 | na središčnici vozila (vzdolžni simetrijski ravnini), | 5.4.1.3 | na višini 1,0 ± 0,05 m nad ravnino, na kateri stoji vozilo, ali 2,0 ± 0,05 m, če je najmanjša višina strehe katerega koli vozila tega modela večja od 3,0 m, | 5.4.1.4 | za sprednjo osvetljavo bodisi: | — | 1,0 ± 0,2 m znotraj vozila, merjeno s točke presečišča vetrobrana in pokrova motorja (glej točko C na sliki 1 v točki 8), ali | — | 0,2 ± 0,2 m od središčnice sprednje osi traktorja, merjeno proti sredini traktorja (glej točko D na sliki 2 v točki 8), | glede na to, katera možnost da referenčno točko bližje anteni; | 5.4.1.5 | za zadnjo osvetljavo bodisi: | — | 1,0 ± 0,2 m znotraj vozila, merjeno s točke presečišča vetrobrana in pokrova motorja (glej točko C na sliki 1 v točki 8), ali | — | 0,2 ± 0,2 m od središčnice zadnje osi traktorja, merjeno proti sredini traktorja (glej točko D na sliki 2 v točki 8), | glede na to, katera možnost da referenčno točko bližje anteni. | Position of antenna relative to tractor |
| 5.5 Ob odločitvi za obsevanje zadnjega dela vozila se referenčna točka določi tako, kot je opisano v točki 5.4. V tem primeru se vozilo obrne stran od antene in postavi tako, kakor da bi se vodoravno zasukalo za 180° okrog središča, tj. tako, da oddaljenost od antene do najbližjega dela na zunanji strani karoserije vozila ostane ista, kot je prikazano na sliki 3 v točki 8. | Elevation |
| 6. Zahteve za preskus | Dipole antenna in position to measure vertical component of radiation |
| 6.1 Frekvenčno območje, časovni presledki, polarizacija | Figure 2 |
| Vozilo se izpostavi elektromagnetnemu sevanju v frekvenčnem območju od 20 do 1 000 MHz. | Plan |
| 6.1.1 | Da bi se dokazalo, da vozilo izpolnjuje zahteve iz tega dela, se vozilo preskuša na do 14 merilnih frekvencah v frekvenčnem območju, na primer: | 27, 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190, 230, 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 in 900 MHz. | Upošteva se odzivni čas preskušane opreme, časovni presledki pa so dovolj dolgi, da se preskušana oprema lahko odzove v normalnih razmerah. V vsakem primeru časovni presledki niso krajši od dveh sekund. | Dipole antenna in position to measure horizontal component of radiation |
| 6.1.2 | Pri vsaki frekvenci se uporabi en način polarizacije – glej točko 5.1.3. | PART 4 |
| 6.1.3 | Vsi drugi preskusni parametri so enaki določenim v tem delu. | Method of measurement of radiated narrowband electromagnetic emissions from vehicles |
| 6.1.4 | Če vozilo ne opravi preskusa iz točke 6.1.1, tehnična služba preveri, ali je preskus spodletel v ustreznih preskusnih pogojih, ne pa zaradi nastalih nenadzorovanih elektromagnetnih polj. | 1. General |
| 7. Generiranje predpisane poljske jakosti | 1.1. The test method described in this Part shall only be applied to vehicles. |
| 7.1 Postopek preskusa | 1.2. Measuring apparatus |
| 7.1.1 Za vzpostavitev preskusnega polja se uporabi „substitucijska metoda“. | The measuring equipment shall comply with the requirements of publication No 16-1 series of the International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR). |
| 7.1.2 Faza umerjanja | An average detector or a peak detector shall be used for the measurement of radiated narrowband electromagnetic emissions in this Annex. |
| Ko v preskuševališču ni vozila, se pri vsaki preskusni frekvenci v napravo za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja dovede takšen nivo moči, da se v referenčni točki vzpostavi predpisana poljska jakost (kot je opredeljeno v točki 5). Nato se izmeri nivo priključene napredujoče moči ali pa drug parameter, ki je neposredno povezan z napredujočo močjo, potrebno za generiranje polja. Rezultati se zabeležijo. Preskusne frekvence so v območju od 20 do 1 000 MHz. Umerjati se začne pri 20 MHz v korakih, ki ne presegajo dveh odstotkov prejšnje frekvence, in konča pri 1 000 MHz. Ti rezultati se uporabijo pri homologacijskih preskusih, razen če pri objektih in opremi pride do sprememb, ki zahtevajo ponovitev tega postopka. | 1.3. Test method |
| 7.1.3 Faza preskušanja | 1.3.1. | This test is intended to measure narrowband electromagnetic emissions such as might emanate from a microprocessor-based system or other narrowband source. |
| Vozilo se pripelje v preskuševališče in se namesti skladno z zahtevami iz točke 5. V napravo za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja se dovaja predpisana napredujoča moč, določena v točki 7.1.2, pri vsaki frekvenci, določeni v točki 6.1.1. | 1.3.2. | As an initial step the levels of emissions in the FM frequency band (88 to 108 MHz) shall be measured at the vehicle broadcast radio antenna with equipment as specified in point 1.2. If the level specified in point 3.3.2.4 of Part 2 is not exceeded, the vehicle shall be deemed to comply with the requirements set out in this Part in respect of that frequency band and the full test shall not be carried out. |
| 7.1.4 Isti parameter, ki je bil v točki 7.1.2 izbran za določanje poljske jakosti, se uporabi za vzpostavljanje poljske jakosti med preskusom. | 1.3.3. | In the full test procedure two alternative antenna distances are permissible: 10 or 3 m from the vehicle. In either case, the requirements set out in point 3 shall be complied with. |
| 7.1.5 Oprema za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja, uporabljena med preskušanjem, in njena namestitev sta enaki tistima, ki sta bili uporabljeni v postopku po točki 7.1.2. | 2. Expression of results |
| 7.1.6 Naprava za merjenje poljske jakosti | The results of measurements shall be expressed in dB microvolts/m (microvolts/m). |
| Za merjenje poljske jakosti med umerjanjem substitucijske metode se uporabi ustrezna kompaktna naprava za merjenje poljske jakosti. | 3. Measuring location |
| 7.1.7 Med fazo umerjanja referenčnih polj pri substitucijskem postopku se fazno središče naprave za merjenje poljske jakosti namesti v referenčni točki. | 3.1. The test site shall be a level, clear area free from electromagnetic reflecting surfaces within a circle of minimum radius 30 m measured from a point midway between the vehicle and the antenna (see Figure 1 in Part 3). |
| 7.1.8 Če se za napravo za meritev poljska jakosti uporabi umerjena sprejemna antena, je treba odčitke pridobiti v treh smereh, ki so pravokotne druga na drugo, izotropna ekvivalentna vrednost odčitkov pa se šteje za poljsko jakost. | 3.2. The measuring set, test hut, or vehicle in which the measurement set is located may be within the test site, but only in the permitted region shown in Figure 1 in Part 3. |
| 7.1.9 Zaradi upoštevanja različnih oblik vozil je včasih treba vzpostaviti več položajev antene ali referenčnih točk za določeno merilno mesto. | Other measuring antennae are allowed within the test area, at a minimum distance of 10 m both from receiving antenna and the vehicle under test, provided that it can be shown that the test results will not be affected. |
| 7.2 Območje elektromagnetnega polja | 3.3. Enclosed test facilities may be used if correlation can be shown between the enclosed test facility and an outdoor site. Enclosed test facilities do not need to meet the dimensional requirements of Figure 1 in point 7 of Part 3 other than the distance from the antenna to the vehicle and the height of the antenna. Neither do they need to have ambient emissions checked before or after the test as indicated in point 3.4 of this Part. |
| 7.2.1 | Med fazo umerjanja substitucijske metode (pred namestitvijo vozila na preskuševališče) je poljska jakost v najmanj 80 % korakov umerjanja enaka najmanj 50 % nazivne poljske jakosti na naslednjih mestih: | (a) | pri vseh napravah za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja: 0,5 ± 0,05 m na obeh straneh referenčne točke na črti skozi referenčno točko in na isti višini, kakor je referenčna točka, ter pravokotno na vzdolžno simetrijsko ravnino vozila; | (b) | pri uporabi valovoda: 1,50 ± 0,05 m na črti skozi referenčno točko na isti višini, kakor je referenčna točka, ter vzdolž vzdolžne simetrale. | 3.4. Ambient |
| 7.3 Resonanca elektromagnetno zaslonjenega prostora | To ensure that there is no extraneous noise or signal of a magnitude sufficient to affect materially the measurement, ambient measurements shall be taken before and after the main test. The technical service shall ensure that any emissions from the vehicle do not affect significantly the ambient measurements, for example by removing the vehicle from the test area, removing the ignition key, or disconnecting the battery(ies). In both of the measurements, the extraneous noise or signal shall be at least 10 dB below the limits of interference given in point 3.3.2.1 or 3.3.2.2 (as appropriate) of Part 2, except for intentional narrowband ambient transmissions. |
| Ne glede na pogoj točke 7.2.1 se preskusi ne izvajajo na resonančnih frekvencah elektromagnetno zaslonjenega prostora. | 4. Vehicle state during tests |
| 7.4 Značilnosti preskuševalnega signala, ki ga je treba generirati | 4.1. | The vehicle’s electronic systems shall all be in normal operating mode with the vehicle stationary. |
| 7.4.1 Največja vrednost preskusnega signala | 4.2. | The ignition shall be switched on. The engine shall not be operating. |
| Največja vrednost preskusnega signala je enaka največji vrednosti nemoduliranega sinusnega signala, katerega efektivna vrednost v V/m je opredeljena v točki 3.4.2 dela 2 (glej sliko 3 v tem delu). | 4.3. | Measurements shall not be made while rain or other precipitation is falling on the vehicle or within 10 minutes after such precipitation has stopped. |
| 7.4.2 Oblika preskusnega signala | 5. Antenna type, position and orientation |
| Preskusni signal mora biti visokofrekvenčni sinusni val, amplitudno moduliran s sinusnim signalom 1 kHz s stopnjo modulacije (m) 0,8 ± 0,04. | 5.1. Antenna type |
| 7.4.3 Stopnja modulacije | Any antenna may be used provided that it can be normalised to the reference antenna. The method described in the CISPR publication No 12, Edition 6, Annex C, may be used to calibrate the antenna. |
| Stopnja modulacije m je opredeljena kot: | 5.2. Height and distance of measurement |
| m | = | 5.2.1. Height |
| 8. Slike | 5.2.1.1. 10 m test |
| Slika 1 | The phase centre of the antenna shall be 3,00 ± 0,05 m above the plane on which the vehicle rests. |
| Slika 2 | 5.2.1.2. 3 m test |
| Slika 3 | The phase centre of the antenna shall be 1,80 ± 0,05 m above the plane on which the vehicle rests. |
| Značilnosti preskusnega signala | 5.2.1.3. No part of any antenna's receiving elements shall be closer than 0,25 m to the plane on which the vehicle rests. |
| DEL 6 | 5.2.2. Distance of measurement |
| Metoda merjenja sevanih širokopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij električnih/elektronskih podsklopov | 5.2.2.1. 10 m test |
| 1. Splošno | The horizontal distance from the tip or other appropriate point of the antenna defined during the normalisation procedure described in point 5.1 to the outer body surface of the vehicle shall be 10,0 ± 0,2 m. |
| 1.1 Preskusna metoda iz tega dela se lahko uporabi za električne/elektronske podsklope, ki se lahko naknadno vgradijo v vozila, skladna z delom 3. | 5.2.2.2. 3 m test |
| 1.2 Merilne naprave | The horizontal distance from the tip or other appropriate point of the antenna defined during the normalisation procedure described in point 5.1 to the outer body surface of the vehicle shall be 3,00 ± 0,05 m. |
| Merilna oprema mora izpolnjevati zahteve iz publikacije št. 16-1 Mednarodnega komiteja za radijske motnje (CISPR). | 5.2.2.3. If the test is carried out in a facility enclosed for radio frequency electromagnetic screening purposes, the antenna's receiving elements shall be no closer than 1,0 m to any radio absorbent material and no closer than 1,5 m to the wall of the enclosed facility. There shall be no absorbent material between the receiving antenna and vehicle under test. |
| Za merjenje širokopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij v skladu s tem delom se uporablja navidezno temenski detektor, če pa se uporablja detektor temenskih vrednosti, se uporablja ustrezni korekturni faktor, ki je odvisen od ponavljalne frekvence motenj. | 5.3. Antenna location relative to vehicle |
| 1.3 Preskusni postopek | The antenna shall be located successively on the left and right-hand sides of the vehicle with the antenna parallel to the plane of longitudinal symmetry of the vehicle and in line with the engine mid-point (see Figure 2 in point 7 of Part 3). |
| Ta preskus je namenjen merjenju širokopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij, ki jih oddajajo EPS. | 5.4. Antenna position |
| 2. Podajanje rezultatov | At each of the measuring points, readings shall be taken both with the antenna in a horizontal and in a vertical polarisation (see Figure 2 in point 7 of Part 3). |
| Rezultati meritev se podajajo v dB μV/m (μV/m) za pasovno širino 120 kHz. Če se dejanska pasovna širina B merilnega instrumenta (izražena v kHz) razlikuje od 120 kHz, se odčitane vrednosti v mikrovoltih/m preračunajo na pasovno širino 120 kHz tako, da se pomnožijo s faktorjem 120/B. | 5.5. Readings |
| 3. Merilno mesto | The maximum of the four readings taken in accordance with points 5.3 and 5.4 at each spot frequency shall be taken as the characteristic reading at the frequency at which the measurements are made. |
| 3.1 Preskuševališče mora izpolnjevati zahteve iz publikacije št. 16-1 Mednarodnega komiteja za radijske motnje (CISPR) (glej točko 7). | 6. Frequencies |
| 3.2 Merilna naprava, kabina ali vozilo, v katerem je merilna naprava, je zunaj meje, prikazane v točki 7. | 6.1. Measurements |
| 3.3 Uporabi se lahko zaprto preskuševališče, če je mogoče dokazati soodvisnost med zaprtim in odobrenim odprtim preskuševališčem. Zaprtemu preskuševališču ni treba izpolnjevati dimenzijskih zahtev iz točke 7, razen glede oddaljenosti antene od preskušanega EPS in višine antene (glej sliki 1 in 2 v točki 8). | Measurements shall be made throughout the 30 to 1 000 MHz frequency range. This range shall be divided into 13 bands. In each band one spot frequency may be tested to demonstrate that the required limits are satisfied. To confirm that the vehicle meets the requirements of this Part, the testing authority shall test at one such point in each of the following 13 frequency bands: |
| 3.4 Okolje | 30 to 50, 50 to 75, 75 to 100, 100 to 130, 130 to 165, 165 to 200, 200 to 250, 250 to 320, 320 to 400, 400 to 520, 520 to 660, 660 to 820, 820 to 1 000 MHz. |
| Da bi se zagotovilo, da med glavnim preskusom ne bi bil prisoten šum okolja ali signal z nivojem, ki bi lahko zaznavno vplival na rezultate meritev, se opravi meritev pred preskusom in po njem. Pri obeh meritvah je šum okolja ali signal najmanj 10 dB pod mejo motenj iz točke 3.5.2.1 dela 2, razen pri namenskem prenosu ozkopasovnih signalov. | In the event that the limit is exceeded during the test, investigations shall be made to ensure that this is due to the vehicle and not to background radiation. |
| 4. Stanje EPS med preskušanjem | PART 5 |
| 4.1 Preskušani EPS med preskusom deluje normalno. | Method of testing for immunity of vehicles to electromagnetic radiation |
| 4.2 Meritve se ne opravijo, če je EPS izpostavljen dežju ali drugim padavinam, pa tudi še v času 10 minut po prenehanju padanja dežja ali drugih padavin. | 1. General |
| 4.3 Namestitev EPS med preskušanjem | 1.1. The test method described in this Part shall only be applied to vehicles. |
| 4.3.1 | Preskušani EPS in njegovi kabli se postavijo 50 ± 5 mm nad leseno ali drugo ustrezno mizo, ki ni električno prevodna. Vendar, če je kateri koli del preskušanega EPS predviden za električno priključitev na kovinsko nadgradnjo vozila, se ta del namesti na ozemljitveno ploščo in električno poveže z njo. Ozemljitvena plošča mora biti kovinska plošča, debela najmanj 0,5 mm. Najmanjša velikost ozemljitvene plošče je odvisna od velikosti preskušanega EPS, mora pa omogočati razmestitev kablov in delov EPS. Ozemljitvena plošča se priključi na zaščitni vodnik sistema ozemljitve. Ozemljitvena plošča mora biti nameščena na višini 1,0 ± 0,1 m nad tlemi preskuševališča in mora biti z njimi vzporedna. | 1.2. Test method |
| 4.3.2 | Preskušani EPS se namesti in poveže skladno z zahtevami, ki veljajo zanj. Kabli za priključek na vir električne energije so nameščeni vzdolžno, in sicer največ 100 mm od roba ozemljitvene plošče/mize, ki je najbližje anteni. | This test is intended to demonstrate the immunity to degradation in the direct control of the vehicle. The vehicle shall be subject to electromagnetic fields as described in this Part. For tests with the vehicle exposed to electromagnetic radiation of frequency not exceeding 1 000 MHz, manufacturers may choose whether to apply either this Part or Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 10 as referenced in Annex I. For tests with the vehicle exposed to electromagnetic radiation of frequency exceeding 1 000 MHz and not exceeding 2 000 MHz, manufacturers shall apply Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 10 as referenced in Annex I. The vehicle shall be monitored during the tests. |
| 4.3.3 | Preskušani EPS se priključi na ozemljitev po navodilih proizvajalca napeljave, dodatni priključki ozemljitve niso dovoljeni. | 2. Expression of results |
| 4.3.4 | Preskušani EPS mora biti najmanj 1,0 m oddaljen od vseh drugih prevodnih konstrukcij, kot so stene zaslonjenega prostora (razen ozemljitvene plošče/mize pod preskušancem). | For the test described in this Part, field strengths shall be expressed in volts/m. |
| 4.4 Preskušani EPS je priključen na vir električne energije prek ekvivalentnega vezja (EV) s 5 μH/50 Ω, ki je električno vezano z ozemljitveno ploščo. Napajalna napetost je enaka nazivni obratovalni napetosti omrežja z odstopanjem ± 10 %. Morebitno valovanje napetosti mora biti manjše od 1,5 % nazivne obratovalne napetosti, merjeno na merilni točki EV. | 3. Measuring location |
| 4.5 Če je preskušani EPS sestavljen iz več enot, naj bi bili kabli za njihovo medsebojno povezovanje tudi dejanski kabli za uporabo v vozilu. Če teh ni, mora biti elektronska krmilna enota oddaljena 1 500 ± 75 mm od EV. | The test facility shall be capable of generating the field strengths over the frequency ranges defined in this Part. The test facility shall comply with legal requirements regarding the emission of electromagnetic signals. |
| Vsi kabelski snopi se končajo čim bolj realno, in če je mogoče, z dejanskimi obremenitvami in stikali. | Care shall be taken so that the control and monitoring equipment shall not be affected by radiated fields in such a way as to invalidate the tests. |
| Če je za pravilno delovanje preskušanega EPS potrebna zunanja oprema, se v izmerjenih motnjah upošteva njen delež. | 4. Vehicle state during tests |
| 5. Vrsta, lega in usmeritev antene | 4.1. | The vehicle shall be in an unladen condition except for necessary test equipment. |
| 5.1 Vrsta antene | 4.1.1. | The engine shall turn the driving wheels normally at a constant speed corresponding to three quarters of the maximum speed of the vehicle if there is no technical reason for the manufacturer to prefer another speed. The vehicle’s engine shall be loaded with an appropriate torque. If need be, the transmission shafts may be disengaged (for example, in the case of vehicles with more than two axles), provided they do not drive a component-emitting interference. |
| Uporabi se lahko vsaka linearno polarizirana antena, če se lahko preračuna na referenčno anteno. | 4.1.2. | Headlamps shall be on dipped beam. |
| 5.2 Višina in merilna razdalja | 4.1.3. | Left or right-direction indicator shall be operating. |
| 5.2.1 Višina | 4.1.4. | All other systems which affect the driver's control of the vehicle shall be (on) as in normal operation of the vehicle. |
| Fazno središče antene mora biti 150 ± 10 mm nad ravnino ozemljitvene plošče. | 4.1.5. | The vehicle shall not be electrically connected to the test area and no connections shall be made to the vehicle from any equipment, except as required by point 4.1.1 or 4.2. Tyre contact with the test area floor shall not be considered to be an electrical connection. |
| 5.2.2 Merilna razdalja | 4.2. | If there are vehicle electrical/electronic systems which form an integral part of the direct control of the vehicle, which will not operate under the conditions described in point 4.1, the manufacturer may provide a report or additional evidence to the testing authority that the vehicle electrical/electronic system meets the requirements of this Regulation. Such evidence shall be retained in the type-approval documentation. |
| Vodoravna oddaljenost faznega središča ali vrha antene, kar je ustrezneje, od roba ozemljitvene plošče mora biti 1,00 ± 0,05 m. Noben del antene ne sme biti manj kakor 0,5 m oddaljen od ozemljitvene plošče. | 4.3. | Only non-perturbing equipment shall be used while monitoring the vehicle. The vehicle exterior and the passenger compartment shall be monitored to determine whether the requirements of this Part are met (for example by using (a) video camera(s)). |
| Antena se postavi vzporedno z ravnino, ki je pravokotna na ravnino ozemljitvene plošče in sovpada z robom ozemljitvene plošče, vzdolž katerega poteka glavni del kablov. | 4.4. | The vehicle shall normally face a fixed antenna. However, where the electronic control units and the associated wiring harness are predominantly in the rear of the vehicle, the test shall normally be carried out with the vehicle facing away from the antenna. In the case of long vehicles (namely excluding cars and light vans), which have electronic control units and associated wiring harness predominantly towards the middle of the vehicle, a reference point (see point 5.4) may be established based on either the right-side surface or the left-side surface of the vehicle. This reference point shall be at the midpoint of the vehicle's length or at one point along the side of the vehicle chosen by the manufacturer in conjunction with the competent authority after considering the distribution of electronic systems and the layout of any wiring harness. | Such testing may only take place if the physical construction of the chamber permits. The antenna location shall be noted in the test report. |
| 5.2.3 Če se preskus izvaja v elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru, so sprejemni elementi antene oddaljeni najmanj 0,5 m od materiala, ki absorbira elektromagnetno polje, in najmanj 1,5 m od stene zaslonjenega prostora. Med sprejemno anteno in preskušanim EPS ne sme biti absorpcijskega materiala. | 5. Field generating device type, position and orientation |
| 5.3 Usmeritev in polarizacija antene | 5.1. Field generating device type |
| V merilni točki se izmerjene vrednosti odčitajo tako, da je antena enkrat v navpični, drugič pa v vodoravni polarizaciji. | 5.1.1. | The field generating device type(s) shall be chosen such that the desired field strength is achieved at the reference point (see point 5.4) at the appropriate frequencies. |
| 5.4 Izmerjene vrednosti | 5.1.2. | The field generating device(s) may be an antenna or antennas or a transmission line system (TLS). |
| Od dveh izmerjenih vrednosti (skladno s točko 5.3) pri vsaki merilni frekvenci se večja šteje za karakteristično vrednost za to frekvenco. | 5.1.3. | The construction and orientation of any field generating device shall be such that the generated field is polarised: from 20 to 1 000 MHz horizontally or vertically. |
| 6. Frekvence | 5.2. Height and distance of measurement |
| 6.1 Meritve | 5.2.1. Height |
| Meritve se opravijo v celotnem frekvenčnem območju od 30 do 1 000 MHz. Šteje se, da bo EPS zelo verjetno ustrezal predpisanim vrednostim v celotnem frekvenčnem območju, če ustreza pri 13 frekvencah v območju: 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190, 230, 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 in 900 MHz. | 5.2.1.1. | The phase centre of any antenna shall not be less than 1,5 m above the plane on which the vehicle rests or not less than 2,0 m above the plane on which the vehicle rests if the vehicle roof exceeds 3 m in height. |
| Če je mejna vrednost med preskusom presežena, je treba ugotoviti, da je to povzročil EPS in ne vir sevanja iz okolja. | 5.2.1.2. | No part of any antenna's radiating elements shall be closer than 0,25 m to the plane on which the vehicle rests. |
| 6.1.1. | Mejne vrednosti se uporabljajo za frekvenčno območje od 30 do 1 000 MHz. | 5.2.2. Distance of measurement |
| 6.1.2. | Meri se lahko bodisi z navidezno temenskim detektorjem ali pa z detektorjem temenskih vrednosti. Mejne vrednosti, navedene v točkah 3.2 in 3.5 dela 2, veljajo za navidezno temenske vrednosti. Če se uporabljajo temenske vrednosti, je treba za pasovno širino 1 MHz dodati 38 dB, za pasovno širino 1 kHz pa odšteti 22 dB. | 5.2.2.1. | In-service conditions may be best approximated by placing the field generating device as far from the vehicle as practical. This distance shall lie within the range 1 to 5 m. |
| 6.2 Dovoljeno odstopanje | 5.2.2.2. | If the test is carried out in an enclosed facility, the field generating device’s radiating elements shall be no closer than 1,0 m to any radio absorbent material and no closer than 1,5 m to the wall of the enclosed facility. There shall be no absorbent material between the transmitting antenna and the vehicle under test. |
| Merilna frekvenca | (MHz) | Dovoljeno odstopanje | (MHz) | 5.3. Antenna location relative to vehicle |
| 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190 in 230 | ± 5 | 5.3.1. | The field generating device’s radiating elements shall not be closer than 0,5 m to the outer body surface of the vehicle. |
| 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 in 900 | ± 20 | 5.3.2. | The field generating device shall be positioned on the vehicle’s centre line (plane of longitudinal symmetry). |
| Odstopanja veljajo za navedene frekvence in omogočajo izogibanje motnjam oddajnikov, ki v času meritev delujejo na merilnih frekvencah ali v njihovi bližini. | 5.3.3. | No part of a TLS, with the exception of the plane on which the vehicle rests, shall be closer than 0,5 m to any part of the vehicle. |
| 7. Razmejitvena črta preskuševališča za EPS | 5.3.4. | Any field generating device which is placed over the vehicle shall extend centrally over at least 75 % of the length of the vehicle. |
| Raven, prazen prostor brez elektromagnetno odbojnih površin | 5.4. Reference point |
| 8. Preskusi sevanja elektromagnetnih emisij | 5.4.1. | For the purposes of this Part the reference point is the point at which the field strength shall be established and shall be defined as follows: | 5.4.1.1. | at least 2 m horizontally from the antenna phase centre or at least 1 m vertically from the radiating elements of a TLS, | 5.4.1.2. | on the vehicle's centre line (plane of longitudinal symmetry), | 5.4.1.3. | at a height of 1,0 ± 0,05 m above the plane on which the vehicle rests or 2,0 ± 0,05 m if the minimum height of the roof of any vehicle in the model range exceeds 3,0 m, | 5.4.1.4. | for front illumination, either: | — | 1,0 ± 0,2 m inside the vehicle, measured from the point of intersection of the windscreen and bonnet (see point C in Figure 1 of point 8), or | — | 0,2 ± 0,2 m from the centre line of the front axle of the tractor, measured towards the centre of the tractor (see point D in Figure 2 of point 8), | whichever results in a reference point closer to the antenna, | 5.4.1.5. | for rear illumination, either: | — | 1,0 ± 0,2 m inside the vehicle, measured from the point of intersection of the windscreen and bonnet (see point C in Figure 1 of point 8), or | — | 0,2 ± 0,2 m from the centre line of the rear axle of the tractor, measured towards the centre of the tractor (see point D in Figure 2 of point 8), | whichever results in a reference point closer to the antenna. |
| Slika 1 | 5.5. If it is decided to radiate the rear of the vehicle, the reference point shall be established as in point 5.4. The vehicle shall then be installed facing away from the antenna and positioned as if it had been horizontally rotated 180° around its centre point, namely in such a way that the distance from the antenna to the nearest part of the outer body of the vehicle remains the same, as illustrated in Figure 3 of point 8. |
| Razporeditev pri preskusu sevanja elektromagnetnih emisij iz EPS (tloris) | 6. Test requirements |
| Slika 2 | 6.1. Frequency range, dwell times, polarisation |
| Sevanje elektromagnetnih emisij iz EPS – vzdolžna simetrijska ravnina preskuševalne naprave | The vehicle shall be exposed to electromagnetic radiation in the 20 to 1 000 MHz frequency range. |
| DEL 7 | 6.1.1. | To confirm that the vehicle meets the requirements of this Part, the vehicle shall be tested at up to 14 spot frequencies in the range, for example: | 27, 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190, 230, 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 and 900 MHz. | The response time of the equipment under test shall be considered and the dwell time shall be sufficient to allow the equipment under test to react under normal conditions. In any case, it shall not be less than two seconds. |
| Metoda merjenja sevanih ozkopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij električnih/elektronskih podsklopov | 6.1.2. | One mode of polarisation shall be used at each frequency — see point 5.1.3. |
| 1. Splošno | 6.1.3. | All other test parameters shall be as defined in this Part. |
| 1.1 Preskusna metoda iz tega dela se lahko uporablja za EPS. | 6.1.4. | If a vehicle fails the test defined in point 6.1.1, the technical service shall verify as having failed under the relevant test conditions and not as a result of the generation of uncontrolled fields. |
| 1.2 Merilne naprave | 7. Generation of required field strength |
| Merilna oprema mora izpolnjevati zahteve iz publikacije št. 16-1 Mednarodnega komiteja za radijske motnje (CISPR). | 7.1. Test methodology |
| Za merjenje sevanih ozkopasovnih elektromagnetnih emisij v tem delu se uporablja detektor srednjih vrednosti ali detektor temenskih vrednosti. | 7.1.1. The ‘substitution method’ shall be used to establish the test field conditions. |
| 1.3 Preskusni postopek | 7.1.2. Calibration phase |
| 1.3.1 | Ta preskus je namenjen merjenju ozkopasovnega elektromagnetnega polja, ki ga lahko oddajajo sistemi z mikroprocesorji. | At each test frequency, a level of power shall be fed into the field generating device to produce the required field strength at the reference point (as defined in point 5) in the test area with the vehicle absent, the level of forward power, or another parameter directly related to the forward power required to define the field, shall be measured and the results recorded. Test frequencies shall lie in the range 20 to 1 000 MHz. Calibration shall be made, starting at 20, in steps not greater than two per cent of the previous frequency finishing at 1 000 MHz. These results shall be used for type-approval tests unless changes occur in the facilities or equipment which necessitate this procedure being repeated. |
| 1.3.2 | Na začetku (od 2 do 3 minute) je dovoljeno ob izbrani polarizaciji antene s spektralnim analizatorjem premeriti frekvenčno območje, kot je opredeljeno v točki 6.1, da bi se ugotovilo frekvenčno območje z največjimi emisijami. To lahko pomaga pri izbiri frekvenc za preskušanje (glej točko 6). | 7.1.3. Test phase |
| 2. Podajanje rezultatov | The vehicle shall then be introduced into the test facility and positioned in accordance with the requirements of point 5. The required forward power defined in point 7.1.2 at each frequency as defined in point 6.1.1 shall then be applied to the field generating device. |
| Rezultati meritev se podajo v dB μV/m (μV/m). | 7.1.4. Whatever parameter was chosen in point 7.1.2 to define the field, the same parameter shall be used to establish the field strength during the test. |
| 3. Merilno mesto | 7.1.5. The field generating equipment and its layout employed during the test shall be to the same specification as that used during the operations performed in point 7.1.2. |
| 3.1 Preskuševališče mora izpolnjevati zahteve iz publikacije št. 16-1 Mednarodnega komiteja za radijske motnje (CISPR) (glej točko 7 dela 6). | 7.1.6. Field strength measuring device |
| 3.2 Merilna naprava, kabina ali vozilo, v katerem je merilna naprava, je zunaj meje, prikazane v točki 7 dela 6. | A suitable compact field strength measuring device shall be used to determine the field strength during the calibration phase of the substitution method. |
| 3.3 Uporabi se lahko zaprto preskuševališče, če je mogoče dokazati soodvisnost med zaprtim in odprtim preskuševališčem. Zaprtemu preskuševališču ni treba izpolnjevati dimenzijskih zahtev iz točke 7 dela 6, razen glede oddaljenosti antene od preskušanega EPS in višine antene (glej sliki 1 in 2 v točki 8 dela 6). | 7.1.7. During the calibration phase of the substitution method, the phase centre of the field strength measuring device shall be positioned at the reference point. |
| 3.4 Okolje | 7.1.8. If a calibrated receiving antenna is used as the field strength measuring device, readings shall be obtained in three mutually orthogonal directions and the isotropic equivalent value of the readings shall be taken as the field strength |
| Da bi se zagotovilo, da med glavnim preskusom ne bi bil prisoten šum okolja ali signal z nivojem, ki bi lahko zaznavno vplival na rezultate meritev, se opravi meritev pred preskusom in po njem. Pri obeh meritvah je šum okolja ali signal najmanj 10 dB pod mejo motenj iz točke 3.6.2.1 dela 2, razen pri namenskem prenosu ozkopasovnih signalov. | 7.1.9. To take account of different vehicle geometries, a number of antennae positions or reference points may need to be established for a given test facility. |
| 4. Stanje EPS med preskušanjem | 7.2. Field strength contour |
| 4.1 Preskušani EPS med preskusom deluje normalno. | 7.2.1. | During the calibration phase of the substitution method (prior to a vehicle being introduced into the test area), the field strength in at least 80 % of the calibration steps shall not be less than 50 % of the nominal field strength, at the following locations: | (a) | for all field generating devices, 0,5 ± 0,05 m either side of the reference point on a line passing through the reference point and at the same height as the reference point, and perpendicular to the vehicle plane of longitudinal symmetry; | (b) | in the case of a TLS, 1,50 ± 0,05 m on a line passing through the reference point at the same height as the reference point and along the line of longitudinal symmetry. |
| 4.2 Meritve se ne opravijo, če je EPS izpostavljen dežju ali drugim padavinam, pa tudi še v času 10 minut po prenehanju padanja dežja ali drugih padavin. | 7.3. Chamber resonance |
| 4.3 Namestitev EPS med preskušanjem | Notwithstanding the condition set out in point 7.2.1, tests shall not be performed at chamber resonant frequencies. |
| 4.3.1 | Preskušani EPS in njegovi kabli se postavijo 50 ± 5 mm nad leseno ali drugo ustrezno mizo, ki ni električno prevodna. Če je kateri koli del preskušanega EPS predviden za električno priključitev na kovinsko karoserijo vozila, se ta del namesti na ozemljitveno ploščo in električno poveže z njo. | Ozemljitvena plošča mora biti kovinska plošča, debela najmanj 0,5 mm. Najmanjša velikost ozemljitvene plošče je odvisna od velikosti preskušanega EPS, mora pa omogočati razmestitev kablov in delov EPS. Ozemljitvena plošča se priključi na zaščitni vodnik sistema ozemljitve. Ozemljitvena plošča mora biti nameščena na višini 1,0 ± 0,1 m nad tlemi preskuševališča in mora biti z njimi vzporedna. | 7.4. Characteristics of the test signal to be generated |
| 4.3.2 | Preskušani EPS se namesti in poveže skladno z zahtevami, ki veljajo zanj. Kabli za priključek na vir električne energije so nameščeni vzdolžno, in sicer največ 100 mm od roba ozemljitvene plošče/mize, ki je najbližje anteni. | 7.4.1. Maximum envelope excursion |
| 4.3.3 | Preskušani EPS se priključi na ozemljitev po navodilih proizvajalca napeljave, dodatni priključki ozemljitve niso dovoljeni. | The maximum envelope excursion of the test signal shall equal the maximum envelope excursion of an unmodulated sine wave whose rms value in volts/m is defined in point 3.4.2 of Part 2 (see Figure 3 of this Part). |
| 4.3.4 | Preskušani EPS mora biti najmanj 1,0 m oddaljen od vseh drugih prevodnih konstrukcij, kot so stene zaslonjenega prostora (razen ozemljitvene plošče/mize pod preskušancem). | 7.4.2. Test signal wave form |
| 4.4 Preskušani EPS je priključen na vir električne energije prek ekvivalentnega vezja (EV) z upornostjo 5 μH/50 Ω, ki je električno vezano z ozemljitveno ploščo. Napajalna napetost je enaka nazivni obratovalni napetosti omrežja z odstopanjem ± 10 %. Morebitno valovanje napetosti mora biti manjše od 1,5 % nazivne obratovalne napetosti, merjeno na merilni točki EV. | The test signal shall be a radio frequency sine wave, amplitude modulated by a 1 kHz sine wave at a modulation depth m of 0,8 ± 0,04. |
| 4.5 Če je preskušani EPS sestavljen iz več enot, naj bi bili kabli za njihovo medsebojno povezovanje tudi dejanski kabli za uporabo v vozilu. Če teh ni, mora biti elektronska krmilna enota oddaljena 1 500 ± 75 mm od EV. Vsi kabelski snopi se morajo končati čim bolj realno, in če je mogoče, z dejanskimi obremenitvami in stikali. Če je za pravilno delovanje preskušanega EPS potrebna zunanja oprema, se v izmerjenih emisijah upošteva njen delež. | 7.4.3. Modulation depth |
| 5. Vrsta, lega in usmeritev antene | The modulation depth m is defined as: |
| 5.1 Vrsta antene | m | = | . |
| Uporabi se lahko vsaka linearno polarizirana antena, če se lahko preračuna na referenčno anteno. | 8. Figures |
| 5.2 Višina in merilna razdalja | Figure 1 |
| 5.2.1 Višina | Figure 2 |
| Fazno središče antene mora biti 150 ± 10 mm nad ravnino ozemljitvene plošče. | Figure 3 |
| 5.2.2 Merilna razdalja | Characteristics of test signal to be generated |
| Vodoravna oddaljenost faznega središča ali vrha antene, kar je ustrezneje, od roba ozemljitvene plošče mora biti 1,00 ± 0,05 m. Noben del antene ne sme biti manj kakor 0,5 m oddaljen od ozemljitvene plošče. | PART 6 |
| Antena se postavi vzporedno z ravnino, ki je pravokotna na ravnino ozemljitvene plošče in sovpada z robom ozemljitvene plošče, vzdolž katerega poteka glavni del kablov. | Method of measurement of radiated broadband electromagnetic emissions from electrical / electronic sub-assemblies |
| 5.2.3 Če se preskus izvaja v elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru, so sprejemni elementi antene oddaljeni najmanj 0,5 m od materiala, ki absorbira elektromagnetno polje, in najmanj 1,5 m od stene zaslonjenega prostora. Med sprejemno anteno in preskušanim EPS ne sme biti absorpcijskega materiala. | 1. General |
| 5.3 Usmeritev in polarizacija antene | 1.1. The test method described in this Part may be applied to ESAs which may be subsequently fitted to vehicles which comply with Part 3. |
| V merilni točki se izmerjene vrednosti odčitajo tako, da je antena enkrat v navpični, drugič pa v vodoravni polarizaciji. | 1.2. Measuring apparatus |
| 5.4 Izmerjene vrednosti | The measuring equipment shall comply with the requirements of publication No 16-1 series of the International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR). |
| Od dveh izmerjenih vrednosti (skladno s točko 5.3) pri vsaki merilni frekvenci se večja šteje za karakteristično vrednost za to frekvenco. | A quasi-peak detector shall be used for the measurement of broadband electromagnetic emissions in this Part, or if a peak detector is used an appropriate correction factor shall be used depending on the interference pulse rate. |
| 6. Frekvence | 1.3. Test method |
| 6.1 Meritve | This test is intended to measure broadband electromagnetic emissions from ESAs. |
| Meritve se opravijo v celotnem frekvenčnem območju od 30 do 1 000 MHz. To območje se razdeli na 13 pasov. V vsakem pasu se lahko opravijo meritve na eni merilni frekvenci, da se dokaže, da so izpolnjene zahteve za predpisane mejne vrednosti. Da bi preskuševalni organ dokazal, da preskušani EPS izpolnjuje zahteve iz tega dela, opravi meritve v eni taki točki v vsakem od naslednjih 13 frekvenčnih pasov: | 2. Expression of results |
| 30 do 50, 50 do 75, 75 do 100, 100 do 130, 130 do 165, 165 do 200, 200 do 250, 250 do 320, 320 do 400, 400 do 520, 520 do 660, 660 do 820, 820 do 1 000 MHz. | The results of measurements shall be expressed in dB microvolts/m (microvolts/m), for 120 kHz band width. If the actual band width B (expressed in kHz) of the measuring apparatus differs from 120 kHz, the readings taken in microvolts/m shall be converted to 120 kHz band width through multiplication by a factor 120/B. |
| Če je med preskusom mejna vrednost presežena, se s preiskavo zagotovi, da je to povzročil EPS in ne vir sevanja iz okolja. | 3. Measuring location |
| 6.2 Če so sevane ozkopasovne emisije v katerem koli od pasov iz točke 6.1 v začetni fazi, ki je bila lahko opravljena, kot je opisano v točki 1.3, najmanj 10 dB pod referenčno mejno vrednostjo, se šteje, da EPS glede na ta frekvenčni pas izpolnjuje zahteve iz tega dela. | 3.1. The test site shall comply with the requirements of CISPR publication No 16-1 series (see point 7). |
| DEL 8 | 3.2. The measuring set, test hut or vehicle in which the measurement set is located shall be outside the boundary shown in point 7. |
| Metode preskušanja odpornosti električnih/elektronskih podsklopov proti elektromagnetnemu sevanju | 3.3. Enclosed test facilities may be used if correlation can be shown between the enclosed test facility and an approved outdoor site. Enclosed test facilities do not need to meet the dimensional requirements of point 7 other than the distance from the antenna to the ESA under test and the height of the antenna (see Figures 1 and 2 in point 8). |
| 1. Splošno | 3.4. Ambient |
| 1.1 Preskusne metode iz tega dela se lahko uporabljajo za EPS. | To ensure that there is no extraneous noise or signal of a magnitude sufficient to affect materially the measurement, measurements shall be taken before and after the main test. In both of these measurements, the extraneous noise or signal shall be at least 10 dB below the limits of interference given in point 3.5.2.1 of Part 2, except for intentional narrowband ambient transmissions. |
| 1.2 Preskusne metode | 4. ESA state during tests |
| 1.2.1 | EPS lahko po izbiri proizvajalca ustrezajo zahtevam katere koli kombinacije naslednjih preskusnih metod, če je zajeto celotno frekvenčno območje iz točke 5.1. | — | Preskušanje s trakastim valovodom: glej točko 11. | — | Preskušanje z vsiljenim tokom: glej točko 12. | — | Preskušanje v TEM-celici: glej točko 13. | — | Preskušanje z anteno v brezodbojnem elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru: glej točko 14. | 4.1. The ESA under test shall be in normal operation mode. |
| 1.2.2 | Zaradi sevanja elektromagnetnih polj med temi preskusi se vsa preskušanja opravijo v zaslonjenem prostoru, kot je TEM-celica. | 4.2. Measurements shall not be made while rain or other precipitation is falling on the ESA under test or within 10 minutes after such rain or other precipitation has stopped. |
| 2. Podajanje rezultatov | 4.3. Test arrangements |
| Za preskuse iz tega dela se poljska jakost podaja v voltih/m, vsiljeni tok pa v miliamperih (mA). | 4.3.1. | The ESA under test and its wiring harnesses shall be supported 50 ± 5 mm above a wooden or equivalent non-conducting table. However, if any part of the ESA under test is intended to be electrically bonded to a vehicle's metal bodywork, that part shall be placed on a ground plane and shall be electrically bonded to the ground plane. The ground plane shall be a metallic sheet with a minimum thickness of 0,5 mm. The minimum size of the ground plane depends on the size of the ESA under test but shall allow for the distribution of the ESA's wiring harness and components. The ground plane shall be connected to the protective conductor of the earthing system. The ground plane shall be situated at a height of 1,0 ± 0,1 m above the test facility floor and shall be parallel to it. |
| 3. Merilno mesto | 4.3.2. | The ESA under test shall be arranged and connected according to its requirements. The power supply harness shall be positioned along, and within 100 mm of, the edge of the ground plane/table closest to the antenna. |
| 3.1 | Preskuševališče mora biti zmožno ustvariti predpisani preskusni signal v frekvenčnih območjih, določenih v tem delu. Preskuševališče mora izpolnjevati zakonske zahteve za emisijo elektromagnetnih signalov. | 4.3.3. | The ESA under test shall be connected to the grounding system according to the manufacturer's installation specification, no additional grounding connections shall be permitted. |
| 3.2 | Merilna oprema je nameščena zunaj merilne komore. | 4.3.4. | The minimum distance between the ESA under test and all other conductive structures, such as walls of a shielded area (with the exception of the ground plane/table underneath the test object) shall be 1,0 m. |
| 4. Stanje EPS med preskusi | 4.4. Power shall be applied to the ESA under test via a 5 μH/50 Ω artificial network (AN) which shall be electrically bonded to the ground plane. The electrical supply voltage shall be maintained to ±10 % of its nominal system operating voltage. Any ripple voltage shall be less than 1,5 % of the nominal system operating voltage measured at the AN monitoring port. |
| 4.1 | Preskušani EPS med preskusom deluje normalno. Nameščen naj bo tako, kakor je določeno v tem delu, razen če posamezne preskusne metode zahtevajo drugače. | 4.5. If the ESA under test consists of more than one unit, the interconnecting cables shall ideally be the wiring harness as intended for use in the vehicle. If these are not available, the length between the electronic control unit and the AN shall be 1 500 ± 75 mm. |
| 4.2 | Preskušani EPS je priključen na vir električne energije prek ekvivalentnega vezja (EV) (5 μH/50 Ω), ki mora biti ozemljeno. Napajalna napetost je enaka nazivni obratovalni napetosti omrežja z odstopanjem ± 10 %. Morebitno valovanje napetosti mora biti manjše od 1,5 % nazivne obratovalne napetosti, merjeno na merilni točki EV. | All cables in the loom shall be terminated as realistically as possible and preferably with real loads and actuators. |
| 4.3 | Zunanja oprema, potrebna za obratovanje preskušanega EPS, je med umerjanjem na svojem mestu. Med umerjanjem je zunanja oprema najmanj 1 m oddaljena od referenčne točke. | If extraneous equipment is required for the correct operation of the ESA under test, compensation shall be made for the contribution it makes to the emissions measured. |
| 4.4 | Za zagotovitev ponovljivosti merilnih rezultatov, dobljenih pri ponovnih meritvah, oprema, ki generira preskusni signal, in njena namestitev ustrezata istim določilom, kakor so bila uporabljena v vsaki ustrezni fazi umerjanja (točke 7.2, 7.3.2.3, 8.4, 9.2 in 10.2). | 5. Antenna type, position and orientation |
| 4.5 | Če je preskušani EPS sestavljen iz več enot, naj bi bili kabli za njihovo medsebojno povezovanje tudi dejanski kabli za uporabo v vozilu. Če teh ni, mora biti elektronska krmilna enota oddaljena 1 500 ± 75 mm od EV. Vsi kabelski snopi se morajo končati čim bolj realno, in če je mogoče, z dejanskimi obremenitvami in stikali. | 5.1. Antenna type |
| 5. Frekvenčno območje, časovni presledki | Any linearly polarised antenna may be used provided it can be normalised to the reference antenna. |
| 5.1 | Meritve se opravijo v frekvenčnem območju od 20 do 1 000 MHz. | 5.2. Height and distance of measurement |
| 5.2 | Da bi se dokazalo, da EPS izpolnjujejo zahteve iz tega dela, se preskusi opravijo na do 14 merilnih frekvencah v frekvenčnem območju, na primer: | 27, 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190, 230, 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 in 900 MHz. | Upošteva se odzivni čas preskušane opreme, časovni presledki pa so dovolj dolgi, da se preskušana oprema lahko odzove v normalnih razmerah. V vsakem primeru časovni presledki niso krajši od dveh sekund. | 5.2.1. Height |
| 6. Značilnosti preskusnega signala | The phase centre of the antenna shall be 150 ± 10 mm above ground plane. |
| 6.1 Največja vrednost preskusnega signala | 5.2.2. Distance of measurement |
| Največja vrednost preskusnega signala je enaka največji vrednosti nemoduliranega sinusnega signala, katerega efektivna vrednost je opredeljena v točki 3.4.2 dela 2 (glej sliko 3 v točki 8 dela 5). | The horizontal distance from the phase centre, or tip of the antenna as appropriate, to the edge of the ground plane shall be 1,00 ± 0,05 m. No part of the antenna shall be closer than 0,5 m to the ground plane. |
| 6.2 Oblika preskusnega signala | The antenna shall be placed parallel to a plane which is perpendicular to the ground plane and coincident with the edge of the ground plane along which the principal portion of the harness runs. |
| Preskusni signal mora biti visokofrekvenčni sinusni val, amplitudno moduliran s sinusnim signalom 1 kHz s stopnjo modulacije (m) 0,8 ± 0,04. | 5.2.3. If the test is carried out in a facility enclosed for radio frequency electromagnetic screening purposes, the antenna's receiving elements shall be no closer than 0,5 m to any radio absorbent material and no closer than 1,5 m to the wall of the enclosed facility. There shall be no absorbent material between the receiving antenna and the ESA under test. |
| 6.3 Stopnja modulacije | 5.3. Antenna orientation and polarisation |
| Stopnja modulacije m je opredeljena kakor: | At the measuring point, readings shall be taken both with the antenna in a vertical and in a horizontal polarisation. |
| m | = | 5.4. Readings |
| 7. Preskušanje s trakastim valovodom | The maximum of the two readings taken (in accordance with point 5.3) at each spot frequency shall be taken as the characteristic reading at the frequency at which the measurements were made. |
| 7.1 Preskusni postopek | 6. Frequencies |
| Pri tej preskusni metodi so kabli, ki povezujejo dele EPS, izpostavljeni elektromagnetnemu polju določenih jakosti. | 6.1. Measurements |
| 7.2 Merjenje poljske jakosti v trakastem valovodu | Measurements shall be made throughout the 30 to 1 000 MHz frequency range. An ESA is considered as very likely to satisfy the required limits over the whole frequency range if it satisfies them at the following 13 frequencies in the range: 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190, 230, 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 and 900 MHz |
| Pri vsaki želeni preskusni frekvenci se v trakasti valovod dovede določen nivo energije, da se vzpostavi predpisana poljska jakost, ko v preskuševališču še ni preskušanega EPS. Nato se izmeri ta nivo priključene napredujoče moči ali pa drug parameter, ki je neposredno povezan z napredujočo močjo, potrebno za generiranje polja. Rezultati se zabeležijo. Ti rezultati se uporabijo pri homologacijskih preskusih, razen če pri objektih in opremi pride do sprememb, ki zahtevajo ponovitev tega postopka. Med tem postopkom se glava merilne sonde za polje namesti pod aktivnim vodnikom, centrirano v vzdolžni, navpični in prečni smeri. Okrov elektronike merilne sonde je čim bolj oddaljen od vzdolžne osi trakastega valovoda. | In the event that the limit is exceeded during the test, investigations shall be made to ensure that this is due to the ESA and not to background radiation. |
| 7.3 Postavitev preskušanega EPS | 6.1.1. | The limits apply throughout the frequency range 30 to 1 000 MHz. |
| 7.3.1 Preskušanje s 150-milimetrskim trakastim valovodom | 6.1.2. | Measurements can be performed with either quasi-peak or peak detectors. The limits given in points 3.2 and 3.5 of Part 2 are for quasi-peak. If peak is used, add 38 dB for 1 MHz band width or subtract 22 dB for 1 kHz band width. |
| Ta preskusna metoda omogoča vzpostavitev homogenih polj med aktivnim vodnikom (trakasti valovod z impedanco 50 Ω) in ozemljitveno ploščo (prevodna površina mize za napeljavo), med katera se lahko vstavi del kabelskega snopa. Elektronske upravljalne enote preskušanega EPS se namestijo na ozemljitveno ploščo, vendar zunaj območja trakastega valovoda tako, da je eden izmed njegovih robov vzporeden z aktivnim vodnikom trakastega valovoda. Ta rob je 200 ± 10 mm oddaljen od črte na ozemljitveni plošči, ki je neposredno pod robom aktivnega vodnika. | 6.2. Tolerances |
| Kateri koli rob aktivnega vodnika je najmanj 200 mm oddaljen od katere koli zunanje merilne naprave. | Spot frequency | (MHz) | Tolerance | (MHz) |
| Kabelski snop preskušanega EPS se postavi v vodoravni legi med aktivni vodnik in ozemljitveno ploščo (glej sliki 1 in 2 v točki 11). | 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190 and 230 | ± 5 |
| 7.3.1.1 | Kabelski snop, ki zajema tudi kable za napajanje elektronske krmilne enote, je dolg najmanj 1,5 m in je nameščen pod trakastim valovodom, razen če je kabelski snop v vozilu krajši od 1,5 m. V tem primeru je kabelski snop dolg toliko, kolikor znaša največja dolžina kablov, uporabljenih v napeljavah vozila. Morebitni odcepi voda se na tej dolžini usmerijo pravokotno na vzdolžno os voda. | 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 and 900 | ± 20 |
| 7.3.1.2 | Alternativno je popolnoma raztegnjena dolžina vodov, vključno z dolžino najdaljšega odcepa, 1,5 m. | The tolerances apply to frequencies quoted and are intended to avoid interference from transmissions operating on or near the nominal spot frequencies during the time of measurement. |
| 7.3.2 Preskušanje z 800-milimetrskim trakastim valovodom | 7. Electrical / electronic sub-assembly test area boundary |
| 7.3.2.1 Preskusni postopek | Level clear area free from electromagnetic reflecting surfaces |
| Trakasti valovod sestavljata dve vzporedni kovinski plošči, med seboj oddaljeni 800 mm. Preskušana oprema je nameščena v sredini med ploščama in izpostavljena elektromagnetnemu polju (glej sliki 3 in 4 v točki 11). | 8. Radiated electromagnetic emissions at tests |
| S to metodo se preskušajo celotni elektronski sistemi, vključno s tipali in stikali, ter krmilni sistem in kabelski snop. Ta metoda je primerna za naprave, katerih največja mera je manjša od ene tretjine razmika med ploščama. | Figure 1 |
| 7.3.2.2 Namestitev trakastega valovoda | Radiated electromagnetic emissions from an ESA test layout (general plan view) |
| Trakasti valovod je nameščen v elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru (da ne pride do zunanjih emisij), in sicer 2 m od sten in kovinskih pregrad zaradi preprečevanja elektromagnetnega odboja. Za zmanjševanje teh odbojev se lahko uporabi absorpcijski material. Trakasti valovod se namesti na neprevodnih oporah najmanj 0,4 m nad tlemi. | Figure 2 |
| 7.3.2.3 Umerjanje trakastega valovoda | Radiated electromagnetic emissions from an ESA view of test bench plane of longitudinal symmetry |
| Sonda za merjenje poljske jakosti se namesti v srednjo tretjino (v vzdolžni, navpični in prečni smeri) v prostor med vzporednima ploščama, ko preskušanega sistema še ni v trakastem valovodu. Potrebna merilna oprema se namesti zunaj elektromagnetno zaščitenega prostora. | PART 7 |
| Pri vsaki želeni preskusni frekvenci se v trakasti valovod dovede toliko energije, da se na anteni vzpostavi predpisana poljska jakost. Ta nivo priključene napredujoče moči ali pa drug parameter, ki je neposredno povezan z napredujočo močjo, potrebno za generiranje polja, se uporabi pri homologacijskih preskusih, razen če pri objektih in opremi pride do sprememb, ki zahtevajo ponovitev tega postopka. | Method of measurement of radiated narrowband electromagnetic emissions from electrical / electronic sub-assemblies |
| 7.3.2.4 Postavitev preskušanega EPS | 1. General |
| Glavna krmilna enota se namesti v srednjo tretjino (v vzdolžni, navpični in prečni smeri) v prostoru med vzporednima ploščama. Postavi se jo na podstavek iz neprevodnega materiala. | 1.1. The test method described in this Part may be applied to ESAs. |
| 7.3.2.5 Glavni snop kablov in vodi med tipali in stikali | 1.2. Measuring apparatus |
| Glavni snop kablov in vodi med tipali/stikali se vodijo navpično od krmilne enote do zgornje ozemljitvene plošče (to prispeva k večji izpostavitvi elektromagnetnemu polju). Nato morajo potekati po spodnji strani plošče do enega izmed njenih prostih robov, kjer naredijo zanko in potekajo naprej po zgornji strani plošče do priključkov napajanja trakastega valovoda. Nato se kabli napeljejo do priključene opreme, ki je nameščena v prostoru zunaj vpliva elektromagnetnega polja, na primer: na tleh elektromagnetno zaslonjenega prostora, 1 m vzdolžno stran od trakastega valovoda. | The measuring equipment shall comply with the requirements of publication No 16-1series of the International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR). |
| 8. Preskušanje odpornosti EPS z anteno v brezodbojnem elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru | An average detector or a peak detector shall be used for the measurement of radiated narrowband electromagnetic emissions in this Part. |
| 8.1 Preskusni postopek | 1.3. Test method |
| Ta metoda omogoča preskušanje EPS vozil ob izpostavljanju EPS elektromagnetnemu polju, ki ga oddaja antena. | 1.3.1. | This test is intended to measure the narrowband electromagnetic radiation such as might emanate from a microprocessor-based system. |
| 8.2 Opis preskuševalne naprave | 1.3.2. | As a short (2 to 3 minutes) initial step, choosing one antenna polarisation, it is permitted to make sweeps of the frequency range identified in point 6.1 using a spectrum analyser to indicate the existence and/or whereabouts of peak emissions. This may assist in the choice of frequencies to be tested (see point 6). |
| Preskušanje se opravlja na preskusni mizi v prostoru, ki je obložen z absorpcijskim materialom. | 2. Expression of results |
| 8.2.1 Ozemljitvena plošča | The results of measurements shall be expressed in dB microvolts/m (microvolts/m). |
| 8.2.1.1 | Pri tem preskusu odpornosti se preskušani EPS in njegovi kabli namestijo na podstavku 50 ± 5 mm nad leseno ali drugo ustrezno neprevodno mizo. Vendar, če je kateri koli del preskušanega EPS predviden za električno priključitev na kovinsko nadgradnjo vozila, se ta del namesti na ozemljitveno ploščo in električno poveže z njo. Ozemljitvena plošča mora biti kovinska plošča, debela najmanj 0,5 mm. Najmanjša velikost ozemljitvene plošče je odvisna od velikosti preskušanega EPS, mora pa omogočati razmestitev kablov in delov EPS. Ozemljitvena plošča se priključi na zaščitni vodnik sistema ozemljitve. Ozemljitvena plošča mora biti nameščena na višini 1,0 ± 0,1 m nad tlemi preskuševališča in mora biti z njimi vzporedna. | 3. Measuring location |
| 8.2.1.2 | Preskušani EPS se namesti in poveže skladno z zahtevami, ki veljajo zanj. Kabli za priključek na vir električne energije so nameščeni vzdolžno, in sicer največ 100 mm od roba ozemljitvene plošče/mize, ki je najbližje anteni. | 3.1. The test site shall comply with the requirements of CISPR publication No 16-1 series (see point 7 of Part 6). |
| 8.2.1.3 | Preskušani EPS se priključi na ozemljitev po navodilih proizvajalca napeljave, dodatni priključki ozemljitve niso dovoljeni. | 3.2. The measuring set, test hut or vehicle in which the measurement set is located shall be outside the boundary shown in point 7 of Part 6. |
| 8.2.1.4 | Preskušani EPS mora biti najmanj 1,0 m oddaljen od vseh drugih prevodnih struktur, kot so stene prostora (razen ozemljitvene plošče/mize pod preskušancem). | 3.3. Enclosed test facilities may be used if correlation can be shown between the enclosed test facility and an outdoor site. Enclosed test facilities do not need to meet the dimensional requirements of point 7 of Part 6 other than the distance from the antenna to the ESA under test and the height of the antenna (see Figures 1 and 2 in point 8 of Part 6). |
| 8.2.1.5 | Površina ozemljitvene plošče je 2,25 kvadratnega metra ali večja, pri čemer krajša stranica ni krajša od 750 mm. Ozemljitvena plošča je priključena na stene prostora z ozemljitvenimi trakovi tako, da upornost priključka za enosmerni tok ne presega 2,5 miliohma. | 3.4. Ambient |
| 8.2.2 Postavitev preskušanega EPS | To ensure that there is no extraneous noise or signal of a magnitude sufficient to affect materially the measurement, measurements shall be taken before and after the main test. In both of these measurements, the extraneous noise or signal shall be at least 10 dB below the limits of interference given in point 3.6.2.1 of Part 2, except for intentional narrowband ambient transmissions. |
| Če je preskušana oprema velika in je vgrajena na kovinsko preskuševalno napravo, se preskuševalna naprava šteje za del ozemljitvene plošče in se ustrezno električno priključi. Sprednja stran preskušanega vzorca se namesti najmanj 200 mm od roba ozemljitvene plošče. Vsi vodi in kabli so najmanj 100 mm oddaljeni od roba ozemljitvene plošče, medtem ko je njihova navpična oddaljenost od ozemljitvene plošče (do najnižje točke snopa kablov) 50 ± 5 mm. Preskušani EPS je priključen na vir električne energije prek ekvivalentnega vezja (EV) (5 μH/50 Ω). | 4. ESA state during tests |
| 8.3 Tip, lega in usmeritev naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja | 4.1. The ESA under test shall be in normal operation mode. |
| 8.3.1 Tip naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja | 4.2. Measurements shall not be made while rain or other precipitation is falling on the ESA under test or within 10 minutes after rain or other precipitation has stopped. |
| 8.3.1.1 | Izberejo se takšni tipi naprav za generiranje polja, da se pri ustreznih frekvencah v referenčni točki (glej točko 8.3.4) doseže želena poljska jakost. | 4.3. Test arrangements |
| 8.3.1.2 | Naprave za generiranje polja so lahko antene ali ploščata antena. | 4.3.1. | The ESA under test and its wiring harnesses shall be supported 50 ± 5 mm above a wooden or equivalent non-conducting table. However, if any part of the ESA under test is intended to be electrically bonded to a vehicle's metal bodywork, that part shall be placed on a ground plane and shall be electrically bonded to the ground plane. | The ground plane shall be a metallic sheet with a minimum thickness of 0,5 mm. The minimum size of the ground plane depends on the size of the ESA under test but shall allow for the distribution of the ESA's wiring harness and components. The ground plane shall be connected to the protective conductor of the earthing system. The ground plane shall be situated at a height of 1,0 ± 0,1 m above the test facility floor and shall be parallel to it. |
| 8.3.1.3 | Konstrukcija in usmeritev katere koli naprave za generiranje polja morata biti takšni, da je polje polarizirano v območju od 20 do 1 000 MHz vodoravno ali navpično. | 4.3.2. | The ESA under test shall be arranged and connected according to its requirements. The power supply harness shall be positioned along, and within 100 mm of, the edge of the ground plane/table closest to the antenna. |
| 8.3.2 Višina in merilna razdalja | 4.3.3. | The ESA under test shall be connected to the grounding system according to the manufacturer's installation specification, no additional grounding connections shall be permitted. |
| 8.3.2.1 Višina | 4.3.4. | The minimum distance between the ESA under test and all other conductive structures, such as walls of a shielded area (with the exception of the ground plane/table underneath the test object) shall be 1,0 m. |
| Fazno središče vsake antene mora biti 150 ± 10 mm nad ozemljitveno ploščo, na kateri je preskušani EPS. Nobeni deli sevalnih elementov antene ne smejo biti manj kakor 250 mm oddaljeni od tal preskuševališča. | 4.4. Power shall be applied to the ESA under test via a 5 μH/50 Ω resistance artificial network (AN) which shall be electrically bonded to the ground plane. The electrical supply voltage shall be maintained to ±10 % of its nominal system operating voltage. Any ripple voltage shall be less than 1,5 % of the nominal system operating voltage measured at the AN monitoring port. |
| 8.3.2.2 Merilna razdalja | 4.5. If the ESA under test consists of more than one unit, the interconnecting cables shall ideally be the wiring harness as intended for use in the vehicle. If these are not available, the length between the electronic control unit and the AN shall be 1 500 ± 75 mm. All cables in the loom shall be terminated as realistically as possible and preferably with real loads and actuators. If extraneous equipment is required for the correct operation of the ESA under test, compensation shall be made for the contribution it makes to the emissions measured. |
| 8.3.2.2.1 | Dejanskim pogojem delovanja se je mogoče najbolj približati, če se naprava za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja postavi čim dlje od EPS. Ta oddaljenost znaša od 1 do 5 m. | 5. Antenna type, position and orientation |
| 8.3.2.2.2 | Če se preskus izvaja v zaslonjenem prostoru, morajo biti sevalni elementi naprave, ki generira elektromagnetno polje, oddaljeni najmanj 0,5 m od absorpcijskega materiala in najmanj 1,5 m od stene prostora. Med oddajno anteno in preskušanim EPS ne sme biti absorpcijskega materiala. | 5.1. Antenna type |
| 8.3.3 Lega antene glede na preskušani EPS | Any linearly polarised antenna may be used provided it can be normalised to the reference antenna. |
| 8.3.3.1 | Sevalni elementi naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja so najmanj 0,5 m oddaljeni od roba ozemljitvene plošče. | 5.2. Height and distance of measurement |
| 8.3.3.2 | Fazno središče naprave za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja je na ravnini, ki: | (a) | je pravokotna na ozemljitveno ploščo; | (b) | razpolavlja rob ozemljitvene plošče in središčno točko glavnega dela kabelskega snopa in | (c) | je pravokotna na rob ozemljitvene plošče in na glavni del kabelskega snopa. | Naprava za generiranje polja se namesti vzporedno s to ravnino (glej sliki 8 in 9 v točki 14). | 5.2.1. Height |
| 8.3.3.3 | Vsaka naprava za generiranje elektromagnetnega polja, nameščena nad ozemljitveno ploščo ali nad preskušanim EPS, mora segati čez preskušani EPS. | The phase centre of the antenna shall be 150 ± 10 mm above ground plane. |
| 8.3.4 Referenčna točka | 5.2.2. Distance of measurement |
| Za namene tega dela je referenčna točka tista točka, v kateri se vzpostavi poljska jakost. Določena je na naslednji način: | The horizontal distance from the phase centre, or tip of the antenna as appropriate, to the edge of the ground plane shall be 1,00 ± 0,05 m. No part of the antenna shall be closer than 0,5 m to the ground plane. |
| 8.3.4.1 | je najmanj 1 m vodoravno od faznega središča antene ali najmanj 1 m navpično od elementov lamelne antene, ki oddajajo sevanje; | The antenna shall be placed parallel to a plane which is perpendicular to the ground plane and coincident with the edge of the ground plane along which the principal portion of the harness runs. |
| 8.3.4.2 | je na ravnini, ki: | (a) | je pravokotna na ozemljitveno ploščo; | (b) | je pravokotna na rob ozemljitvene plošče, vzdolž katerega poteka glavni del kablov; | (c) | razpolavlja rob ozemljitvene plošče in središčno točko glavnega dela kabelskega snopa in | (d) | sovpada s središčno točko glavnega dela kabelskega snopa, ki poteka vzdolž roba ozemljitvene plošče, ki je najbližje anteni; | 5.2.3. If the test is carried out in a facility enclosed for radio frequency electromagnetic screening purposes, the antenna's receiving elements shall be no closer than 0,5 m to any radio absorbent material and no closer than 1,5 m to the wall of the enclosed facility. There shall be no absorbent material between the receiving antenna and the ESA under test. |
| 8.3.4.3 | je 150 ± 10 mm nad ozemljitveno ploščo. | 5.3. Antenna orientation and polarisation |
| 8.4 Generiranje predpisane poljske jakosti: postopek preskusa | At the measuring point, readings shall be taken both with the antenna in a vertical and in a horizontal polarisation. |
| 8.4.1 Za vzpostavitev preskusnega polja se uporabi „substitucijska metoda“. | 5.4. Readings |
| 8.4.2 Substitucijska metoda | The maximum of the two readings taken (in accordance with point 5.3) at each spot frequency shall be taken as the characteristic reading at the frequency at which the measurements were made. |
| Pri vsaki želeni preskusni frekvenci se v napravo za generiranje polja dovede toliko moči, da se v referenčni točki generira predpisana poljska jakost (kot je opredeljeno v točki 8.3.4, ko v preskuševališču ni preskušanega EPS). Nato se izmeri ta nivo priključene napredujoče moči ali pa drug parameter, ki je neposredno povezan z napredujočo močjo, potrebno za generiranje polja. Rezultati se zabeležijo. Ti rezultati se uporabijo pri homologacijskih preskusih, razen če pri objektih in opremi pride do sprememb, ki zahtevajo ponovitev tega postopka. | 6. Frequencies |
| 8.4.3 Med umerjanjem mora biti zunanja oprema oddaljena od referenčne točke najmanj 1 m. | 6.1. Measurements |
| 8.4.4 Naprava za merjenje poljske jakosti | Measurements shall be made throughout the 30 to 1 000 MHz frequency range. This range shall be divided into 13 bands. In each band one spot frequency may be tested to demonstrate that the required limits are satisfied. To confirm that the ESA under test meets the requirements of this Part, the testing authority shall test one such point in each of the following 13 frequency bands: |
| Za merjenje poljske jakosti med umerjanjem substitucijske metode se uporabi ustrezna kompaktna naprava za merjenje poljske jakosti. | 30 to 50, 50 to 75, 75 to 100, 100 to 130, 130 to 165, 165 to 200, 200 to 250, 250 to 320, 320 to 400, 400 to 520, 520 to 660, 660 to 820, 820 to 1 000 MHz. |
| 8.4.5 Fazno središče naprave za merjenje poljske jakosti je v referenčni točki. | In the event that the limit is exceeded during the test, investigations shall be made to ensure that this is due to the ESA under test and not to background radiation. |
| 8.4.6 Nato se v preskuševališče prinese preskušani EPS, ki lahko vključuje dodatno ozemljitveno ploščo, in namesti skladno s točko 8.3. Če se uporabljata dve ozemljitveni plošči, se druga postavi na oddaljenosti do 5 mm od ozemljitvene plošče preskusne mize in električno poveže z njo. Nato se v napravo za generiranje polja dovede zahtevana napredujoča moč, opredeljena v točki 8.4.2, pri vsaki frekvenci, ki je določena v točki 5. | 6.2. If during the initial step which may have been carried out as described in point 1.3, the radiated narrowband emissions for any of the bands identified in point 6.1 are at least 10 dB below the reference limit, then the ESA shall be deemed to comply with the requirements set out in this Part in respect of that frequency band. |
| 8.4.7 Ne glede na to, kateri parameter je bil v točki 8.4.2 izbran za določanje polja, se za določanje poljske jakosti med preskusom uporabi isti parameter. | PART 8 |
| 8.5 Območje elektromagnetnega polja | Method(s) of testing for immunity of electrical / electronic sub-assemblies to electromagnetic radiation |
| 8.5.1 Med fazo umerjanja z referenčnim poljem (preden se preskušani EPS postavi v preskuševališče) poljska jakost ni manjša od 50 % nazivne poljske jakosti na oddaljenosti 0,5 ± 0,05 m od katere koli strani referenčne točke na črti, vzporedni z robom ozemljitvene plošče, ki je najbližja anteni in poteka skozi referenčno točko. | 1. General |
| 9. Preskušanje v TEM-celici | 1.1. The test method(s) described in this Part may be applied to ESAs. |
| 9.1 Preskusni postopek | 1.2. Test methods |
| TEM-celica (celica s prečnim elektromagnetnim poljem) generira homogena polja med notranjim vodnikom (pregrado) in okrovom (ozemljitveno ploščo). Uporablja se za preskušanje EPS (glej sliko 6 v točki 13). | 1.2.1. | ESAs may comply with the requirements of any combination of the following test methods at the manufacturer's discretion provided that this results in the full frequency range specified in point 5.1 being covered. | — | Stripline testing: see point 11 | — | Bulk current injection testing: see point 12 | — | TEM cell testing: see point 13 | — | Free field test: see point 14 |
| 9.2 Merjenje poljske jakosti v TEM-celici | 1.2.2. | Due to radiation of electromagnetic fields during these tests, all testing shall be conducted in a shielded area, such as the TEM cell. |
| 9.2.1 | Električno polje v TEM-celici se določi z enačbo: | E | = | električno polje (V/m) | P | = | električna moč, priključena na celico – napredujoča moč (W) | Z | = | impedanca celice (50 Ω) | d | = | razdalja (v metrih) med zgornjo steno in ploščo (pregrado) | 2. Expression of results |
| 9.2.2 | Alternativno se v zgornjo polovico TEM-celice namesti ustrezno tipalo za poljsko jakost. V tem delu TEM-celice imajo elektronske krmilne enote le malo vpliva na preskusno polje. To tipalo meri poljsko jakost. | For the tests described in this Part, field strengths shall be expressed in volts/m and injected current shall be expressed in milliamps. |
| 9.3 Mere TEM-celice | 3. Measuring location |
| Zaradi generiranja homogenega polja v TEM-celici in zaradi doseganja ponovljivih merilnih rezultatov preskušanec ni večji od ene tretjine notranje višine celice. | 3.1. | The test facility shall be capable of generating the required test signal over the frequency ranges defined in this Part. The test facility shall comply with legal requirements regarding the emission of electromagnetic signals. |
| Priporočene mere TEM-celice so navedene na sliki 7 v točki 13. | 3.2. | The measuring equipment shall be located outside the chamber. |
| 9.4 Energetski, signalni in krmilni vodi | 4. State of ESA during tests |
| TEM-celica je pritrjena na priključno ploščo s koaksialnimi vtiči in priključena čim bližje konektorju z zadostnim številom polov. Vodi za dovod električne energije in signalni vodi, ki vodijo iz konektorja na steni celice, so neposredno priključeni na preskušanec. | 4.1. | The ESA under test shall be in normal operation mode. It shall be arranged as defined in this Part unless individual test methods dictate otherwise. |
| Zunanji deli, kot so tipala, elementi za dovod električne energije in upravljalni elementi, se lahko priključijo: | 4.2. | Power shall be applied to the ESA under test via an (5 μ H/50 Ω) artificial network (AN), which shall be electrically grounded. The electrical supply voltage shall be maintained to ±10 % of its nominal system operating voltage. Any ripple voltage shall be less than 1.5 % of the nominal system operating voltage measured at the AN monitoring port. |
| (a) | na zaščitene zunanje naprave; | 4.3. | Any extraneous equipment required to operate the ESA under test shall be in place during the calibration phase. No extraneous equipment shall be closer than 1 m from the reference point during calibration. |
| (b) | na vozilo poleg TEM-celice ali | 4.4. | To ensure reproducible measurement results are obtained when tests and measurements are repeated, the test signal generating equipment and its layout shall be to the same specification as that used during each appropriate calibration phase (points 7.2, 7.3.2.3, 8.4, 9.2 and 10.2). |
| (c) | neposredno na zaslonjeno stikalno ploščo. | 4.5. | If the ESA under test consists of more than one unit, the interconnecting cables shall ideally be the wiring harness as intended for use in the vehicle. If these are not available, the length between the electronic control unit and the AN shall be 1 500 ± 75 mm. All cables in the loom shall be terminated as realistically as possible and preferably with real loads and actuators. |
| Za priključitev TEM-celice na zunanjo napravo ali na vozilo, če vozilo ali zunanja naprava ni v istem ali v sosednjem elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru, se uporabijo zaščiteni vodi. | 5. Frequency range, dwell times |
| 10. Preskušanje z vsiljenim tokom | 5.1. | Measurements shall be made in the 20 to 1 000 MHz frequency range. |
| 10.1 Preskusni postopek | 5.2. | To confirm that the ESA(s) meet(s) the requirements of this Part, the tests shall be performed at up to 14 spot frequencies in the range, for example: | 27, 45, 65, 90, 120, 150, 190, 230, 280, 380, 450, 600, 750 and 900 MHz. | The response time of the equipment under test shall be considered and the dwell time shall be sufficient to allow the equipment under test to react under normal conditions. In any case, it shall not be less than two seconds. |
| To je metoda za preskušanje odpornosti z induciranjem toka neposredno v kabelski snop z uporabo tokovnih klešč. Tokovne klešče sestojijo iz sklopnih klešč, skozi katere se vodijo kabli preskušanega EPS. Odpornost se preskuša ob spreminjanju frekvence induciranih signalov. | 6. Characteristics of test signal to be generated |
| Preskušani EPS je lahko vgrajen na ozemljitveno ploščo, kakor je navedeno v točki 8.2.1, ali v vozilo skladno z določili proizvajalca vozila. | 6.1. Maximum envelope excursion |
| 10.2 Umerjanje tokovnih klešč pred začetkom preskusa | The maximum envelope excursion of the test signal shall equal the maximum envelope excursion of an unmodulated sine wave whose rms value is defined in point 3.4.2 of Part 2 (see Figure 3 in point 8 of Part 5). |
| Tokovne klešče se vgradijo v napravo za umerjanje. Med spreminjanjem preskusne frekvence se zapisuje moč, ki je potrebna za doseganje toka iz točke 3.7.2.1. S to metodo se umerja napredujoča dovedena moč sistema vsiljenega toka glede na tok pred preskusom in ta napredujoča dovedena moč se priključi na tokovne klešče, priključene na preskušani EPS, prek kablov, ki se uporabljajo med umerjanjem. Upoštevati je treba, da je ugotovljena moč, priključena na tokovne klešče, dejansko napredujoča moč. | 6.2. Test signal wave form |
| 10.3 Postavitev preskušanega EPS | The test signal shall be a radio frequency sine wave, amplitude modulated by a 1 kHz sine wave at a modulation depth m of 0,8 ± 0,04. |
| Za EPS, vgrajen na ozemljitveno ploščo, kot je navedeno v točki 8.2.1, se vsi kabli v snopu zaključijo z dejanskimi obremenitvami in stikali. Za EPS, tako vgrajene na vozila kot vgrajene na ozemljitveno ploščo, se tokovne klešče vključijo po vrsti okrog vseh kablov v kabelskem snopu na vsak priključek, in sicer 150 ± 10 mm od vsakega priključka elektronskih krmilnih enot, stikalnih modulov ali aktivnih tipal preskušanega EPS, kot je prikazano v točki 12. | 6.3. Modulation depth |
| 10.4 Energetski, signalni in krmilni vodi | The modulation depth m is defined as: |
| Za preskušani EPS, vgrajen na ozemljitveno ploščo, kot je navedeno v točki 8.2.1, se priključi kabelski snop med ekvivalentnim vezjem (EV) in glavno elektronsko krmilno enoto. Ta kabelski snop poteka vzporedno z robom ozemljitvene plošče, in sicer najmanj 200 mm od njenega roba. Ta kabelski snop vsebuje napajalni kabel, ki se uporablja za priključitev akumulatorja vozila na to elektronsko krmilno enoto, ter povratni kabel, če se ta uporablja na vozilu. | m | = |
| Elektronska krmilna enota je od EV oddaljena 1,0 ± 0,1 m ali pa je to dejanska dolžina kabelskega snopa med elektronsko krmilno enoto in akumulatorjem, ki se uporablja na vozilu, odvisno od tega, kaj je krajše. Če se uporablja kabelski snop vozila, se morebitni odcepi vodov, ki so na tej dolžini, usmerijo vzdolž ozemljitvene plošče, vendar pravokotno na rob plošče. Sicer so kabli preskušanega EPS, ki so na tej dolžini, priključeni na EV. | 7. Stripline testing |
| 11. Preskušanje s trakastim valovodom in mere | 7.1. Test method |
| Slika 1 | This test method consists of subjecting the wiring harness connecting the components in an ESA to specified field strengths. |
| Preskušanje s 150-milimetrskim trakastim valovodom | 7.2. Field strength measurement in the stripline |
| Slika 2 | At each desired test frequency a level of power shall be fed into the stripline to produce the required field strength in the test area with the ESA under test absent, this level of forward power, or another parameter directly related to the forward power required to define the field, shall be measured and the results recorded. These results shall be used for type-approval tests unless changes occur in the facilities or equipment which necessitate this procedure being repeated. During this process, the position of the field probe head shall be under the active conductor, centred in longitudinal, vertical and transversal directions. The housing of the probe's electronics shall be as far away from the longitudinal stripline axis as possible. |
| Preskušanje s 150-milimetrskim trakastim valovodom | 7.3. Installation of the ESA under test |
| Slika 3 | 7.3.1. 150 mm stripline testing |
| Preskušanje z 800-milimetrskim trakastim valovodom | The test method allows the generation of homogeneous fields between an active conductor (the stripline 50 Ω impedance), and a ground plane (the conducting surface of the mounting table), between which part of the wiring harness may be inserted. The electronic controller(s) of the ESA under test shall be installed on the ground plane but outside the stripline with one of its edges parallel to the active conductor of the stripline. It shall be 200 ± 10 mm from a line on the ground plane directly under the edge of the active conductor. |
| Slika 4 | The distance between any edge of the active conductor and any peripheral device used for measurement shall be at least 200 mm. |
| Mere 800-milimetrskega trakastega valovoda | The wiring harness section of the ESA under test shall be placed in a horizontal attitude between the active conductor and the ground plane (see Figures 1 and 2 in point 11). |
| Naris | 7.3.1.1. | The minimum length of the wiring harness, which shall include the power harness to the electronic control unit and shall be placed under the stripline, shall be 1,5 m unless the wiring harness in the vehicle is less than 1,5 m. In this case, the length of the wiring harness shall be that of the longest length of harness used in the vehicle installation. Any line branches occurring in this length shall be routed perpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the line. |
| Tloris | 7.3.1.2. | Alternatively, the fully extended length of the wiring harness, including the length of the longest of any branches, shall be 1,5 m. |
| 12. Primer razporeditve pri preskušanju z vsiljenim tokom | 7.3.2. 800 mm stripline testing |
| Slika 5 | 7.3.2.1. Test method |
| 13. Preskušanje v TEM-celici | The stripline consists of two parallel metallic plates separated by 800 mm. Equipment under test is positioned centrally between the plates and subjected to an electromagnetic field (see Figures 3 and 4 in point 11). |
| Slika 6 | This method can test complete electronic systems including sensors and actuators as well as the controller and wiring loom. It is suitable for apparatus whose largest dimension is less than one-third of the plate separation. |
| Preskušanje v TEM-celici | 7.3.2.2. Positioning of stripline |
| Slika 7 | The stripline shall be housed in a screened room (to prevent external emissions) and positioned 2 m away from walls and any metallic enclosure to prevent electromagnetic reflections. RF absorber material may be used to damp these reflections. The stripline shall be placed on non-conducting supports at least 0,4 m above the floor. |
| Zasnova štirioglate TEM-celice – tipične mere TEM-celice | 7.3.2.3. Calibration of the stripline |
| V tabeli so prikazane mere za konstrukcijo celice z določenimi zgornjimi vrednostmi frekvence: | A field measuring probe shall be positioned within the central one-third of the longitudinal, vertical and transverse dimensions of the space between the parallel plates with the system under test absent. The associated measuring equipment shall be sited outside the screen room. |
| Zgornja frekvenca | (MHz) | Faktor oblike celice | W: b | Faktor oblike celice | L/W | Razmik med ploščama | b (cm) | Pregrada | S (cm) | At each desired test frequency, a level of power shall be fed into the stripline to produce the required field strength at the antenna. This level of forward power, or another parameter directly related to the forward power required to define the field, shall be used for type-approval tests unless changes occur in the facilities or equipment which necessitate this procedure being repeated. |
| 200 | 1,69 | 0,66 | 56 | 70 | 7.3.2.4. Installation of the ESA under test |
| 200 | 1,00 | 1,00 | 60 | 50 | The main control unit shall be positioned within the central one-third of the longitudinal, vertical and transverse dimensions of the space between the parallel plates. It shall be supported on a stand made from non-conducting material. |
| 14. Preskušanje odpornosti EPS z anteno v brezodbojnem elektromagnetno zaslonjenem prostoru | 7.3.2.5. Main wiring loom and sensor/actuator cables |
| Slika 8 | The main wiring loom and any sensor/actuator cables shall rise vertically from the control unit to the top ground plate (this helps to maximise coupling with the electromagnetic field). Then they shall follow the underside of the plate to one of its free edges where they shall loop over and follow the top of the ground plate as far as the connections to the stripline feed. The cables shall then be routed to the associated equipment which shall be sited in an area outside the influence of the electromagnetic field, for example: on the floor of the screened room 1 m longitudinally away from the stripline. |
| Razporeditev pri preskusu (tloris) | 8. Free field ESA immunity test |
| Slika 9 | 8.1. Test method |
| Vzdolžna simetrijska ravnina preskuševalne naprave | This test method allows the testing of vehicle electrical/electronic systems by exposing an ESA to electromagnetic radiation generated by an antenna. |
| DEL 9 | 8.2. Test bench description |
| Proizvajalci lahko izberejo uporabo zahtev iz delov od 2 do 8 ali zahtev iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 10, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, ali zahtev iz standarda ISO 14982: 1998. | The test shall be performed inside a semi-anechoic chamber on a bench top. |
| (1) Če pride v poštev. | 8.2.1. Ground plane |
| (2) Če pride v poštev. | 8.2.1.1. | For free field immunity testing, the ESA under test and its wiring harnesses shall be supported 50 ± 5 mm above a wooden or equivalent non-conducting table. However, if any part of the ESA under test is intended to be electrically bonded to a vehicle's metal bodywork, that part shall be placed on a ground plane and shall be electrically bonded to the ground plane. The ground plane shall be a metallic sheet with a minimum thickness of 0,5 mm. The minimum size of the ground plane depends on the size of the ESA under test but shall allow for the distribution of the ESA's wiring harness and components. The ground plane shall be connected to the protective conductor of the earthing system. The ground plane shall be situated at a height of 1,0 ± 0,1 m above the test facility floor and shall be parallel to it. |
| PRILOGA XVI | 8.2.1.2. | The ESA under test shall be arranged and connected according to its requirements. The power supply harness shall be positioned along, and within 100 mm of, the edge of the ground plane/table closest to the antenna. |
| Zahteve za zvočne opozorilne naprave | 8.2.1.3. | The ESA under test shall be connected to the grounding system according to the manufacturer's installation specification, no additional grounding connections shall be permitted. |
| 1. Zvočna opozorilna naprava se homologira v skladu z zahtevami za vozila kategorije N iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 28, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 8.2.1.4. | The minimum distance between the ESA under test and all other conductive structures, such as walls of a shielded area (with the exception of the ground plane/table underneath the test object) must be 1,0 m. |
| 2. Značilnosti zvočnih opozorilnih naprav, vgrajenih na traktor | 8.2.1.5. | The dimension of any ground plane shall be 2,25 square metres or larger in area with the smaller side no less than 750 mm. The ground plane shall be bonded to the chamber with bonding straps such that the DC bonding resistance shall not exceed 2,5 milliohms. |
| 2.1 Zvočni preskusi | 8.2.2. Installation of ESA under test |
| Ko je traktor homologiran, se značilnosti opozorilne naprave, pritrjene na ta tip traktorja, preskusijo na naslednji način: | For large equipment mounted on a metal test stand, the test stand shall be considered a part of the ground plane for testing purposes and shall be bonded accordingly. The faces of the test sample shall be located at a minimum of 200 mm from the edge of the ground plane. All leads and cables shall be a minimum of 100 mm from the edge of the ground plane and the distance to the ground plane (from the lowest point of the harness) shall be 50 ± 5 mm above the ground plane. Power shall be applied to the ESA under test via an (5 μ H/50 Ω) artificial network (AN). |
| 2.1.1 | nivo zvočnega tlaka naprave, pritrjene na traktor, se meri na točki 7 metrov pred traktorjem na odprtem in čim bolj ravnem kraju. Motor traktorja se zaustavi. Efektivna napetost mora ustrezati tisti iz odstavka 6.2.3 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 28, kot je določeno v Prilogi I; | 8.3. Field generating device type, position and orientation |
| 2.1.2 | meritve se opravijo po krivulji vrednotenja A standarda IEC (Mednarodne elektrotehnične komisije); | 8.3.1. Field generating device type |
| 2.1.3 | najvišja raven zvočnega tlaka se določi na višini med 0,5 in 1,5 metra nad tlemi; | 8.3.1.1. | The field generating device type(s) shall be chosen such that the desired field strength is achieved at the reference point (see point 8.3.4) at the appropriate frequencies. |
| 2.1.4 | največja vrednost za raven zvočnega tlaka mora biti najmanj 93 dB(A) in največ 112 dB(A). | 8.3.1.2. | The field generating device(s) may be (an) antenna(s) or a plate antenna. |
| PRILOGA XVII | 8.3.1.3. | The construction and orientation of any field generating device shall be such that the generated field is polarised: from 20 to 1 000 MHz horizontally or vertically. |
| Zahteve za ogrevalne sisteme | 8.3.2. Height and distance of measurement |
| 1. Zahteve za vsa vozila kategorij T in C, v katerih je vgrajen takšen sistem | 8.3.2.1. Height |
| 1.1 | Traktorji z zaprtimi vozniškimi kabinami morajo biti opremljeni z ogrevalnim sistemom, ki je skladen s to prilogo. | Traktorji z zaprtimi vozniškimi kabinami so lahko opremljeni s klimatskim sistemom; če je takšen sistem vgrajen, mora biti skladen s to prilogo. | The phase centre of any antenna shall be 150 ± 10 mm above the ground plane on which the ESA under test rests. No parts of any antenna's radiating elements shall be closer than 250 mm to the floor of the facility. |
| 1.2 | Ogrevalni sistem mora biti zmožen, v kombinaciji s prezračevanjem zaprte kabine, odlediti in posušiti vetrobransko steklo. | Ogrevalni in hladilni sistemi morajo biti preskušeni v skladu z oddelkom 8 oziroma 9 standarda ISO 14269-2:1997. Poročila o preskusih se vključijo v opisni list. | 8.3.2.2. Distance of measurement |
| 1.3 | Proizvajalec lahko izbere, ali bo zagotovil skladnost z zahtevami iz te priloge o ogrevalnih sistemih ali z zahtevami za vozila kategorije N iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 122, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 8.3.2.2.1. | In-service conditions may best be approximated by placing the field generating device as far from the ESA as practical. This distance shall lie within the range 1 to 5 m. |
| PRILOGA XVIII | 8.3.2.2.2. | If the test is carried out in an enclosed facility, the field generating device's radiating elements shall be no closer than 0,5 m to any radio absorbent material and no closer than 1,5 m to the wall of the facility. There shall be no absorbent material interposed between the transmitting antenna and the ESA under test. |
| Zahteve za naprave za preprečevanje nepooblaščene uporabe | 8.3.3. Antenna location relative to ESA under test |
| 1. Zahteve za vsa vozila kategorij T in C | 8.3.3.1. | The field generating device's radiating elements shall not be closer than 0,5 m to the edge of the ground plane. |
| Proizvajalci se lahko odločijo za uporabo te točke ali točke 2. | 8.3.3.2. | The phase centre of the field generating device shall be on a plane which: | (a) | is perpendicular to the ground plane; | (b) | bisects the edge of the ground plane and the midpoint of the principal portion of the wiring harness; and | (c) | is perpendicular to the edge of the ground plane and the principal portion of the wiring harness. | The field generating device shall be placed parallel to this plane (see Figures 8 and 9 in point 14). |
| 1.1 Zagon in ustavitev motorja | 8.3.3.3. | Any field generating device which is placed over the ground plane or ESA under test shall extend over the ESA under test. |
| 1.1.1 | Zagotoviti je treba naprave za preprečevanje nenamernega in/ali nepooblaščenega zagona motorja. Primeri takšnih naprav med drugim vključujejo: | — | stikalo za vžig ali zagon z odstranljivim ključem, | — | kabino, ki jo je mogoče zakleniti, | — | pokrov stikala za vžig ali zagon, ki ga je mogoče zakleniti, | — | varnostno ključavnico vžiga ali zagona (ki se aktivira na primer s kartico) | — | stikalo za odklop akumulatorja, ki ga je mogoče zakleniti. | 8.3.4. Reference point |
| 2. Zahteve za vsa vozila kategorij T in C v skladu s pravilniki UN/ECE ali mednarodnimi standardi | For the purpose of this Part the reference point is the point at which the field strength shall be established and shall be defined as follows: |
| 2.1 | Za vozila s krmilom veljajo vse ustrezne zahteve iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 62, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 8.3.4.1. | at least 1 m horizontally from the antenna phase centre or at least 1 m vertically from the radiating elements of a plate antenna; |
| 2.2 | Pri vozilih, ki niso opremljena s krmilom, proizvajalci uporabijo vse ustrezne zahteve za kategorijo vozil N2 iz točk 2, 5 (razen 5.6), 6.2 in 6.3 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 18, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I k tej uredbi, ali zahteve iz ustreznih standardov glede programirljivih elektronskih naprav za preprečevanje nepooblaščene uporabe, če bodo takšni standardi obstajali od 1. januarja 2018 naprej. | 8.3.4.2. | on a plane which: | (a) | is perpendicular to the ground plane; | (b) | is perpendicular to the edge of the ground plane along which the principal portion of the wiring harness runs; | (c) | bisects the edge of the ground plane and the midpoint of the principal portion of the wiring harness; and | (d) | is coincident with the midpoint of the principal portion of the harness which runs along the edge of the ground plane closest to the antenna; |
| 3. Zahteve za vsa vozila kategorije S in zamenljivo vlečeno opremo v kategoriji R z razmerjem med največjo tehnično dovoljeno maso in maso neobremenjenega vozila, enakim ali večjim od 3,0 | 8.3.4.3. | 150 ± 10 mm above the ground plane. |
| V vozilo kategorije S ali zamenljivo vlečeno opremo v kategoriji R z razmerjem med največjo tehnično dovoljeno maso in maso neobremenjenega vozila, enakim ali večjim od 3,0, mora biti vgrajena najmanj ena naprava za preprečevanje nenamerne ali nepooblaščene uporabe takšnih vozil. | 8.4. Generation of required field strength: test methodology |
| Primeri takšnih naprav so: | 8.4.1. The ‘substitution method’ shall be used to establish the test field conditions. |
| — | pokrov naprave za spenjanje, ki ga je mogoče zakleniti, | 8.4.2. Substitution method |
| — | veriga s ključavnico skozi uho naprave za spenjanje, | At each desired test frequency, a level of power shall be fed into the field generating device to produce the required field strength at the reference point (as defined in point 8.3.4 in the test area with the ESA under test absent), this level of forward power, or another parameter directly related to the forward power required to define the field, shall be measured and the results recorded. These results shall be used for type-approval tests unless changes occur in the facilities or equipment which necessitates this procedure being repeated. |
| — | lisice, | 8.4.3. Extraneous equipment shall be a minimum of 1 m from the reference point during calibration. |
| — | ključavnica v odprtini na območju parkirne zavore. | 8.4.4. Field strength measuring device |
| Navodila za uporabo morajo vsebovati informacije o uporabi naprav, vgrajenih v vozilo. | A suitable compact field strength measuring device shall be used to determine the field strength during the calibration phase of the substitution method. |
| PRILOGA XIX | 8.4.5. The phase centre of the field strength measuring device shall be positioned at the reference point. |
| Zahteve za registrske tablice | 8.4.6. The ESA under test which may include an additional ground plane shall then be introduced into the test facility and positioned in accordance with point 8.3. If a second ground plane is used, then it shall be within 5 mm of the bench ground plane and electrically bounded to it. The required forward power defined in point 8.4.2 at each frequency as defined in point 5 shall then be applied to the field generating device. |
| 1. Oblika in mere prostora za namestitev zadnjih registrskih tablic | 8.4.7. Whatever parameter was chosen in point 8.4.2 to define the field, the same parameter shall be used to determine the field strength during the test. |
| Prostor za namestitev obsega ravno ali skoraj ravno pravokotno površino z naslednjimi najmanjšimi merami: | 8.5. Field strength contour |
| | bodisi | širina | : | 520 mm | višina | : | 120 mm | 8.5.1. During the calibration phase of the substitution method (prior to an ESA under test being introduced into the test area), the field strength shall not be less than 50 % of the nominal field strength 0,5 ± 0,05 m either side of the reference point on a line parallel to the edge of the ground plane nearest to the antenna and passing through the reference point. |
| | ali | širina | : | 255 mm | višina | : | 165 mm. | 9. TEM cell testing |
| 2. Mesto prostora za namestitev in pritrditev tablic | 9.1. Test method |
| Prostor za namestitev mora biti tak, da imajo tablice po pravilni pritrditvi naslednje značilnosti: | The transverse electromagnetic mode (TEM) cell generates homogeneous fields between the internal conductor (septum) and housing (ground plane). It is used for testing ESAs (see Figure 6 in point 13). |
| 2.1 Lega tablice glede na širino traktorja | 9.2. Field strength measurement in a TEM cell |
| Središče tablice ne sme biti bolj oddaljeno proti desni, kot je simetrijska ravnina vozila. Levi stranski rob tablice ne sme biti bolj oddaljen proti levi, kot je navpična ravnina, ki je vzporedna s simetrijsko ravnino vozila in se ga dotika v točki, kjer je prečni prerez vozila najširši. | 9.2.1. | The electric field in the TEM cell shall be determined by using the equation: | E | = | Electric field (volts/metre) | P | = | Power flowing into cell (W) | Z | = | Impedance of cell (50 Ω) | d | = | Separation distance (metres) between the upper wall and the plate (septum). |
| 2.2 Lega tablice glede na vzdolžno simetrijsko ravnino vozila | 9.2.2. | Alternatively an appropriate field strength sensor shall be placed in the upper half of the TEM cell. In that part of the TEM cell the electronic control unit(s) has only a small influence on the test field. The output of this sensor shall determine the field strength. |
| Tablica mora biti pravokotna ali skoraj pravokotna glede na simetrijsko ravnino vozila. | 9.3. Dimensions of TEM cell |
| 2.3 Lega tablice glede na navpično ravnino | In order to maintain a homogeneous field in the TEM cell and to obtain repeatable measurement results, the test object shall not be larger than one-third of the cell inside height. |
| Tablica mora biti navpična z odstopanjem 5°. Tablica je lahko tudi nagnjena od navpične lege, če je to potrebno zaradi oblike vozila: | Recommended TEM cell dimensions are given in point 13, Figure 7. |
| 2.3.1 | za največ 30°, če je površina tablice s številkami nagnjena navzgor, če zgornji rob tablice ni višje kot 1,2 metra od tal; | 9.4. Power, signal and control wires |
| 2.3.2 | za največ 15°, če je površina tablice s številkami nagnjena navzdol, če je zgornji rob tablice višje kot 1,2 metra od tal. | The TEM cell shall be attached to a co-axial socket panel and connected as closely as possible to a plug connector with an adequate number of pins. The supply and signal leads from the plug connector in the cell wall shall be directly connected to the test object. |
| 2.4 Oddaljenost od tal | The external components such as sensors, power supply and control elements can be connected: |
| Višina spodnjega roba tablice nad tlemi ne sme biti manjša od 0,3 metra; višina zgornjega roba tablice nad tlemi ne sme preseči 4 metrov. | (a) | to a screened peripheral; |
| 2.5 Določitev oddaljenosti od tal | (b) | to a vehicle next to the TEM cell; or |
| Višine, ki so navedene v točkah 2.3 in 2.4, se merijo na neobremenjenem vozilu. | (c) | directly to the screened patchboard. |
| 2.6 Geometrijska vidnost: | Screened cables must be used in connecting the TEM cell to the peripheral or the vehicle if the vehicle or peripheral is not in the same or adjacent screened room. |
| 2.6.1 | Tablica mora biti vidna na celotnem prostoru, ki ga omejujejo naslednje štiri ravnine: | — | dve navpični ravnini, ki se dotikata obeh stranskih robov tablice in tvorita z vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila kot 30° navzven levo in desno od tablice, | — | ravnina, ki se dotika zgornjega roba tablice in tvori z vodoravno ravnino kot 15° navzgor, | — | vodoravna ravnina skozi spodnji rob tablice. | 10. Bulk current injection testing |
| 2.6.2 | V zgoraj opisanem prostoru ne sme biti nobenega konstrukcijskega elementa, niti popolnoma prozornega. | 10.1. Test method |
| PRILOGA XX | This is a method of carrying out immunity tests by inducing currents directly into a wiring harness using a current injection probe. The injection probe consists of a coupling clamp through which the cables of the ESA under test are passed. Immunity tests can then be carried out by varying the frequency of the induced signals. |
| Zahteve za predpisane tablice in oznake | The ESA under test may be installed on a ground plane as in point 8.2.1 or in a vehicle in accordance with the vehicle design specification. |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 10.2. Calibration of bulk current injection probe prior to commencing tests |
| V tej prilogi: | The injection probe shall be mounted in a calibration jig. Whilst sweeping the test frequency range, the power required to achieve the current specified in point 3.7.2.1 shall be monitored. This method calibrates the bulk current injection system forward power versus current prior to testing, and it is this forward power which shall be applied to the injection probe when connected to the ESA under test via the cables used during calibration. It should be noted that the monitored power applied to the injection probe is the forward power. |
| 1.1 | „predpisana tablica“ pomeni tablico, ki jo mora proizvajalec pritrditi na vsako vozilo, izdelano v skladu s homologiranim tipom, kot je določeno v členu 34 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. Imeti mora ustrezno oznako v skladu s to prilogo; | 10.3. Installation of the ESA under test |
| 1.2 | „predpisane oznake“ pomenijo obvezne oznake skupaj s homologacijsko oznako iz člena 34 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, ki morajo biti v skladu s to prilogo pritrjene na vozila, sestavne dele ali samostojne tehnične enote, izdelane v skladu s homologiranim tipom, ali pa se uporabijo za identifikacijo med homologacijskimi postopki. | For an ESA mounted on a ground plane as in point 8.2.1 all cables in the wiring harness shall be terminated with realistic loads and actuators. For both vehicle mounted and ground plane mounted ESAs the current injection probe shall be mounted in turn around all the wires in the wiring harness to each connector and 150 ± 10 mm from each connector of the ESA under test electronic control units (ECU), instrument modules or active sensors as illustrated in point 12. |
| 2. Splošno | 10.4. Power, signal and control wires |
| 2.1 | Vsa kmetijska ali gozdarska vozila morajo biti opremljena s tablico in napisi, opisanimi v naslednjih točkah. Tablico in napise pritrdi proizvajalec ali njegov pooblaščeni zastopnik. | For an ESA under test mounted on a ground plane as in point 8.2.1, a wiring harness shall be connected between an artificial network (AN) and the principal electronic control unit (ECU). This harness shall run parallel to the edge of the ground plane and 200 mm minimum from its edge. This harness shall contain the power feed wire which is used to connect the vehicle battery to this ECU and the power return wire if used on the vehicle. |
| 2.2 | Vsi sestavni deli ali samostojne tehnične enote, ki so v skladu s tipom, homologiranim skladno z Uredbo (EU) št. 167/2013, morajo imeti oznako EU-homologacije, opisano v točki 6, ali oznako v skladu s členom 34(2) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, določeno v členu 68(h) oziroma členu 34(3) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | The distance from the ECU to the AN shall be 1,0 ± 0,1 m or shall be the harness length between the ECU and the battery as used on the vehicle, if known, whichever is the shorter. If a vehicle harness is used then any line branches which occur in this length shall be routed along the ground plane but perpendicular away from the edge of the ground plane. Otherwise the ESA under test wires which are in this length shall break out at the AN. |
| 3. Tablica proizvajalca | 11. Stripline testing and dimensions |
| 3.1 | Tablica proizvajalca, oblikovana v skladu s členom 34(3) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, mora biti trdno pritrjena na opaznem in lahko dostopnem mestu na delu, ki se med običajno uporabo, rednim vzdrževanjem ali popravilom (npr. zaradi škode zaradi nesreč) ne zamenja. Na njej morajo biti jasno in neizbrisno prikazani podatki, navedeni v vzorcu za oznako EU-homologacije iz člena 34(3) ali člena 68(h) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | Figure 1 |
| 3.2 | Proizvajalec lahko navede dodatne podatke pod predpisanimi napisi ali levo/desno od njih ter zunaj jasno označenega pravokotnika, v katerem so samo podatki, predpisani v skladu s členom 34(1) in (3) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 150 mm stripline testing |
| 4. Identifikacijska številka vozila | Figure 2 |
| Identifikacijska številka vozila je ustaljena kombinacija znakov, ki jo proizvajalec nepreklicno dodeli posameznemu vozilu. Ta številka zagotavlja, da je vsako vozilo, zlasti njegov tip, mogoče prek proizvajalca jasno identificirati v obdobju tridesetih let, pri čemer drugi podatki niso potrebni. | 150 mm stripline testing |
| Identifikacijska številka mora izpolnjevati naslednje zahteve: | Figure 3 |
| 4.1 | Ko vozilo zapusti proizvodno linijo, mora biti navedena na tablici proizvajalca in šasiji, okvirju ali na drugem enakovrednem delu vozila. | 800 mm stripline testing |
| 4.2 | Kjer je le mogoče, mora biti zapisana v eni vrstici. | Text of image |
| 4.3 | Navedena mora biti na šasiji ali drugem podobnem delu na sprednji desni strani vozila. | Details of stripline feed |
| 4.4 | Številka mora biti vkovana, vtisnjena, jedkana ali lasersko vgravirana na lahko dostopen del na desni strani vozila, tako da je ni mogoče zabrisati, spremeniti ali odstraniti. | Details of stripline termination |
| 5. Pisava | Figure 4 |
| Pisava, ki jo je treba uporabiti za oznake iz točk 3 in 4, je določena v vzorcu za oznako EU-homologacije iz člena 68(h) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 800 mm stripline dimensions |
| 6. Zahteve za označevanje za sestavne dele in samostojne tehnične enote | Side view |
| Vsaka samostojna tehnična enota ali sestavni del, ki je v skladu s tipom, za katerega je bila v skladu s poglavjem V Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 podeljena EU-homologacija samostojne tehnične enote ali sestavnega dela, mora imeti oznako EU-homologacije samostojne tehnične enote ali sestavnega dela v skladu s členom 34(2) in (3) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. Ko so oznake nameščene na vozilu, morajo biti vidne, ne da bi bilo treba z orodjem odstraniti kateri koli del, in trajno pritrjene (npr. vtisnjene, jedkane, lasersko vgravirane, samouničevalna nalepka). | Plan view |
| PRILOGA XXI | 12. Example of BCI test configuration |
| Zahteve za mere in maso priklopnikov | Figure 5 |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 1 | = | DUT |
| V tej prilogi: | 2 | = | RF measuring probe (optional) |
| 1.1 | „dolžina vozila“ pomeni: | — | dolžino vozila, izmerjeno med navpičnima ravninama, ki sta pravokotni na vzdolžno os vozila in potekata skozi njegovi skrajni zunanji točki, vendar brez upoštevanja: | — | vseh ogledal, | — | vseh ročic za zaganjanje, | — | vseh sprednjih ali bočnih pozicijskih svetilk; | 3 | = | RF injection probe |
| 1.2 | „širina vozila“ pomeni: | — | širino vozila, izmerjeno med navpičnima ravninama, ki sta vzporedni z vzdolžno osjo vozila in potekata skozi njegovi skrajni zunanji točki, vendar brez upoštevanja: | — | vseh ogledal, | — | vseh smernih svetilk, | — | vseh sprednjih, bočnih ali zadnjih pozicijskih svetilk in parkirnih svetilk, | — | vseh zložljivih delov, na primer zložljivih stopnic in upogljivih zavesic koles; | 4 | = | Artificial network |
| 1.3 | „višina vozila“ pomeni navpično razdaljo med tlemi in od njih najbolj oddaljeno točko na vozilu brez upoštevanja radijske antene. Pri določanju te višine mora biti vozilo opremljeno z novimi pnevmatikami z največjim kotalnim polmerom, izraženim z ustreznim indeksom (speed radius index – SRI), ki ga je predpisal proizvajalec; | 5 | = | Shielded room filter network |
| 1.4 | „dovoljena vlečena masa“ pomeni maso, ki jo lahko vleče tip traktorja; | 6 | = | Power source |
| 1.5 | „tehnično dovoljene vlečene mase“ pomenijo nekaj od naslednjega: | (a) | nezavirano vlečeno maso; | (b) | vlečeno maso z vztrajnostnim zaviranjem; | (c) | vlečeno maso s hidravličnim ali pnevmatskim zaviranjem. | 7 | = | DUT interface: stimulation and monitoring equipment |
| Zahteve | 8 | = | Signal generator |
| Vozila ne smejo presegati spodnjih mer in mas: | 9 | = | Broadband amplifier |
| 2. Mere | 10 | = | RF 50 Ω directional complex |
| Meritve za preverjanje teh mer se izvajajo na naslednji način: | 11 | = | RF power level measuring device or equivalent |
| — | z maso neobremenjenega vozila, | 12 | = | Spectrum analyser or equivalent (optional) |
| — | na ravni in vodoravni podlagi, | 13. TEM cell testing |
| — | na mirujočem vozilu z izklopljenim motorjem, če pride v poštev, | Figure 6 |
| — | z novimi pnevmatikami, v katerih je normalni tlak, ki ga priporoča proizvajalec, | TEM cell testing |
| — | pri zaprtih oknih in vratih, če pride v poštev, | Figure 7 |
| — | pri volanu v položaju za vožnjo naravnost naprej, če pride v poštev, | Design of rectangular TEM cell — typical TEM cell dimensions |
| — | brez izmenljivih kmetijskih ali gozdarskih priključkov, ki jih je mogoče odklopiti brez posebnega orodja. | Text of image |
| 2.1 | Največje mere katerega koli vozila kategorije T, C ali R so naslednje: | 2.1.1 | dolžina: 12 m; | 2.1.2 | širina: 2,55 m (brez upoštevanja izbočenega dela sten pnevmatik na mestu stika s tlemi); | 2.1.3 | višina: 4 m. | Horizontal section view at septum |
| 2.2 | Največje mere katerega koli vozila kategorije S so naslednje: | 2.2.1 | dolžina: 12 m; | 2.2.2 | širina: 3 m (brez upoštevanja izbočenega dela sten pnevmatik na mestu stika s tlemi); | 2.2.3 | višina: 4 m. | Text of image |
| 3. Dovoljena vlečena masa | Vertical section view |
| 3.1 | Dovoljena vlečena masa lahko vključuje en ali več vlečenih priklopnikov ali kmetijske ali gozdarske priključke. Obstaja razlika med tehnično dovoljeno vlečeno maso, ki jo navede proizvajalec, in dovoljeno vlečeno maso iz točke 3.2. | The following table shows the dimensions for constructing a cell with specified upper frequency limits: |
| 3.2 | Dovoljena vlečena masa ne sme preseči: | 3.2.1 | tehnično dovoljene vlečene mase, ki jo navede proizvajalec traktorja, ob upoštevanju zahtev glede traktorja iz Priloge XXXIV; | 3.2.2 | vlečene mase mehanskih naprav za spenjanje ob upoštevanju njihovih homologacij v skladu s to uredbo. | Upper frequency | (MHz) | Cell form factor | W: b | Cell form factor | L/W | Plate separation | b (cm) | Septum | S (cm) |
| PRILOGA XXII | 200 | 1,69 | 0,66 | 56 | 70 |
| Zahteve za največjo maso obremenjenega vozila | 200 | 1,00 | 1,00 | 60 | 50 |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 14. Free field ESA immunity test |
| V tej prilogi: | Figure 8 |
| Za to prilogo veljata opredelitvi „vlečenega vozila z vlečnim ojesom“ in „vlečenega vozila s togim vlečnim ojesom“ v skladu z zahtevami, določenimi na podlagi člena 17(2)(b) in (4) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | Test layout (general plan view) |
| 1.1 | „največja tehnično dovoljena masa“ pomeni največjo maso vozila na podlagi njegovih konstrukcijskih lastnosti in zmogljivosti ne glede na nosilnost pnevmatik ali gosenic; | Figure 9 |
| 1.2 | „največja tehnično dovoljena masa na os“ pomeni maso, ki ustreza največji dovoljeni statični navpični obremenitvi, ki se prenese na tla prek koles osi na podlagi konstrukcijskih lastnosti osi in vozila ter njunih konstrukcijskih zmogljivosti ne glede na nosilnost pnevmatik ali gosenic. | View of test bench plane of longitudinal symmetry |
| 2. Zahteve | PART 9 |
| 2.1 Največjo tehnično dovoljeno maso, kot jo navede proizvajalec, homologacijski organ sprejme kot največjo dovoljeno maso pod pogojem, da: | Manufacturers may choose whether to apply either the requirements of Parts 2 to 8 or the requirements of UNECE Regulation No 10 as referenced in Annex I or the requirements of ISO 14982: 1998. |
| 2.1.1 | so rezultati vseh preskusov, ki jih opravi navedeni organ, zlasti v zvezi z zaviranjem in krmiljenjem, zadovoljivi; | (1) If applicable. |
| 2.1.2 | največja tehnično dovoljena masa in največja tehnično dovoljena masa na os glede na kategorijo vozila ne presegata vrednosti iz tabele 1. | Tabela 1 | Največja dovoljena masa in največja dovoljena masa na os glede na kategorijo vozila | Kategorija vozila | Število osi | Največja dovoljena masa (t) | Največja dovoljena masa na os | Gnana os (t) | Negnana os (t) | T1, T2, T4.1, T4.2 | 2 | 18 (obremenjeno) | 11,5 | 10 | 3 | 24 (obremenjeno) | 11,5 (4) | 10 (4) | T1 | 4 ali več | 32 (obremenjeno) (3) | 11,5 (4) | 10 (4) | T3 | 2 ali 3 | 0,6 (neobremenjeno) | (1) | (1) | T4.3 | 2, 3 ali 4 | 10 (obremenjeno) | (1) | (1) | C | n. r. | 32 | n. r. | n. r. | R | 1 | n. r. | 11,5 | 10 | 2 | 18 (obremenjeno) | 11,5 | (2) | 3 | 24 (obremenjeno) | 11,5 | (2) | 4 ali več | 32 (obremenjeno) | 11,5 | (2) | S | 1 | n. r. | 11,5 | 10 | 2 | 18 (obremenjeno) | 11,5 | (2) | 3 | 24 (obremenjeno) | 11,5 | (2) | 4 ali več | 32 (obremenjeno) | 11,5 | (2) | (2) If applicable. |
| 2.2 Ne glede na obremenjenost traktorja masa, ki jo na cesto prenašajo kolesa na krmiljeni osi, ne sme biti manjša od 20 % mase neobremenjenega traktorja. | ANNEX XVI |
| 2.3 Vsota največjih tehnično dovoljenih mas na os | Requirements on audible warning devices |
| 2.3.1 | Pri vozilih kategorij T in C ter R in S, ki ne ustvarjajo znatnih statičnih navpičnih obremenitev na traktor (vlečeno vozilo z vlečnim ojesom), mora biti vsota največjih dovoljenih mas na os enaka največji dovoljeni masi vozila ali večja od nje. | 1. The audible warning device shall be granted component type-approval according to the requirements for N-category vehicles in the UNECE Regulation No 28 as referenced in Annex I. |
| 2.3.2 | Pri vozilih kategorij R in S, ki ustvarjajo znatno statično navpično obremenitev na traktor (vlečeno vozilo s togim vlečnim ojesom), se šteje, da je največja dovoljena masa vozila vsota največjih dovoljenih mas na os, in za namene homologacije se uporabi ta masa. | 2. Characteristics of the audible warning device when fitted to the tractor |
| (1) Za kategoriji vozil T3 in T4.3 ni treba določiti osne omejitve, ker imata že po definiciji omejitve glede največje dovoljene mase in/ali mase neobremenjenega vozila. | 2.1. Acoustic tests |
| (2) Ustrezna vrednost za vsoto največje dovoljene mase na osi je vsota osnih obremenitev iz točk 3.1 do 3.3 Priloge I k Direktivi Sveta 96/53/ES (Direktiva Sveta 96/53/ES z dne 25. julija 1996 o določitvi največjih dovoljenih mer določenih cestnih vozil v Skupnosti v notranjem in mednarodnem prometu in največjih dovoljenih tež v mednarodnem prometu (UL L 235, 17.9.1996, str. 59)). | When a tractor is type approved, the characteristics of the warning device fitted to that type of tractor shall be tested as follows: |
| (3) Če je pogonska os opremljena z dvojnimi pnevmatikami in zračnim vzmetenjem ali enakovrednim vzmetenjem v Evropski uniji, kot je opredeljeno v Prilogi II k Direktivi 96/53/ES, ali če je vsaka pogonska os opremljena z dvojnimi pnevmatikami in največja obremenitev vsake osi ne presega 9,5 t. | 2.1.1. | The sound pressure level of the device when fitted to the tractor shall be measured at a point 7 metres in front of the tractor, at a site which is open and as level as possible. The engine of the tractor shall be stopped. The effective voltage shall be that laid down in paragraph 6.2.3 of UNECE Regulation No 28 as referenced in Annex I. |
| (4) Ustrezna vrednost za vsoto največje dovoljene mase na osi je vsota osnih obremenitev iz točke 3.5 Priloge I k Direktivi 96/53/ES. | 2.1.2. | Measurements shall be made on the ‘A’ weighting scale of the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) standard. |
| PRILOGA XXIII | 2.1.3. | The maximum sound pressure level shall be determined at a height between 0,5 and 1,5 metres above ground level. |
| Zahteve za mase dodatnih uteži | 2.1.4. | The maximum value for the sound-pressure level shall be at least 93 dB(A) and at the most 112 dB(A). |
| Če je treba traktor opremiti z dodatnimi utežmi zaradi izpolnjevanja drugih zahtev za EU-homologacijo, mora te dodatne uteži dobaviti proizvajalec traktorja, biti morajo prirejene za pritrditev na traktor ter označene z znakom proizvajalca in na njih mora biti navedena masa v kilogramih s točnostjo ± 5 %. Sprednje dodatne uteži, ki so zasnovane za pogosto odstranitev/pritrditev, morajo imeti najmanj 25 milimetrov varnostne razdalje za prijemalne ročaje. Dodatne uteži morajo biti nameščene na takšno mesto, da ne pride do nenamerne ločitve (npr. pri prevrnitvi traktorja). | ANNEX XVII |
| PRILOGA XXIV | Requirements on heating systems |
| Zahteve za varnost električnih sistemov | 1. Requirements for all T- and C-category vehicles, where such system is fitted |
| 1. Zahteve za vsa vozila kategorij T, C, R in S, ki so opremljena z električnimi sistemi | 1.1. | Tractors with enclosed driver compartments shall be fitted with a heating system which complies with this Annex. | Tractors with enclosed driver compartments may be fitted with air conditioning systems; where fitted, such systems shall comply with this Annex. |
| 1.1 Električna oprema | 1.2. | The heating system, in combination with the enclosed compartment ventilation, shall be able to defrost and demist the windscreen. | Heating and cooling systems shall be tested in accordance with ISO 14269-2:1997, sections 8 and 9, respectively. Test reports shall be included into the information document. |
| 1.1.1 | Električni kabli morajo biti zaščiteni, če so v stiku s površinami, ki bi jih lahko odrgnile. Prav tako morajo biti odporni proti stiku z mazivom ali gorivom ali zaščiteni pred takšnim stikom. Električni kabli morajo biti napeljani tako, da ni noben del v stiku z izpušnim sistemom, premikajočimi se deli ali ostrimi robovi. | 1.3. | The manufacturer may choose whether to comply with either the requirements set out in this Annex on heating system or with the requirements for N-category vehicles set out in UNECE Regulation No 122 as referenced in Annex I. |
| 1.1.2 | V vseh električnih tokokrogih, razen v tokokrogih z veliko jakostjo toka, kot sta tokokrog zaganjalnika in visokonapetostni vžigalni sistem, morajo biti nameščene varovalke ali druge naprave za zaščito pred preobremenitvijo. Distribucija elektrike teh naprav med tokokrogi mora preprečevati možnost hkratnega odklopa vseh sistemov za opozarjanje voznika. | ANNEX XVIII |
| 2. Zahteve za zaščito pred statično elektriko | Requirements on devices to prevent unauthorised use |
| Zahteve za zaščito pred statično elektriko so navedene v točki 3 Priloge XXV. | 1. Requirements for all T- and C-category vehicles |
| 3. Električna vozila kategorije T2, T3, C2 ali C3 naj bi, kolikor je izvedljivo, izpolnjevala zahteve iz Priloge IV k Izvedbeni uredbi Komisije (EU) št. 3/2014 (1). | Manufacturers may choose to apply either this point or point 2. |
| (1) Delegirana uredba Komisije (EU) št. 3/2014 z dne 24. oktobra 2013 o dopolnitvi Uredbe (EU) št. 168/2013 Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta v zvezi z zahtevami glede funkcionalne varnosti vozil za homologacijo dvo- ali trikolesnih vozil in štirikolesnikov (UL L 7, 10.1.2014, str. 1) | 1.1. Starting and stopping the engine |
| PRILOGA XXV | 1.1.1. | A means shall be provided to enable prevention of inadvertent and/or unauthorised starting of the engine. Examples of such means include but are not limited to: | — | an ignition or start switch with a removable key, | — | a lockable cab, | — | a lockable cover over the ignition or start switch, | — | a security ignition or starting lock (e.g. key card activated), | — | a lockable battery disconnect switch. |
| Zahteve za posode za gorivo | 2. Requirements for all T- and C-category vehicles according to UNECE regulations or international standards |
| 1. Ta priloga se uporablja za posode, zasnovane za hranjenje tekočega goriva, ki se uporablja predvsem za pogon vozila. | 2.1. | For vehicles which are fitted with handlebars, all the relevant requirements of UNECE Regulation No 62, as referenced in Annex I, shall apply. |
| Posode za gorivo morajo biti izdelane tako, da so odporne proti koroziji. Prestati morajo preskuse puščanja, ki jih opravi proizvajalec pri tlaku, ki je dvakrat večji od delovnega tlaka, nikakor pa ne manjši od 0,3 bara. Vsak nadtlak ali vsak tlak, ki presega delovni tlak, se mora samodejno izravnati z ustreznimi napravami (zračniki, varnostnimi ventili ipd.). Zračniki morajo biti zasnovani tako, da preprečijo vsako nevarnost požara. Gorivo ne sme iztekati skozi pokrov posode za gorivo ali skozi naprave, ki so namenjene izravnavanju nadtlaka, niti če se posoda popolnoma obrne: kapljanje je dovoljeno. | 2.2. | For vehicles which are not fitted with handlebars, manufacturers shall apply all the relevant requirements as prescribed for vehicle category N2 in points 2, 5 except point 5.6, 6.2 and 6.3, of UNECE Regulation No 18, as referenced in Annex I to this Regulation or the requirements of appropriate standards on programmable electronic devices in order to prevent unauthorised use, should such standards exist from 1 January 2018. |
| 2. Posode za gorivo morajo biti nameščene tako, da so zaščitene pred posledicami trčenja v sprednji ali zadnji del traktorja. V bližini posod ne sme biti nobenih štrlečih delov, ostrih robov itd. | 3. Requirements for all S-category vehicles and interchangeable towed equipment falling in R-category due to technically permissible maximum laden mass to the unladen mass equal to or greater than 3,0 |
| Odprtina za polnjenje in cevi za dovod goriva morajo biti nameščene zunaj kabine. | At least one device shall be installed on a S-category vehicle or interchangeable towed equipment falling in R-category due to technically permissible maximum laden mass to the unladen mass equal to or greater than 3,0 to enable prevention of inadvertent or unauthorised use of such vehicles. |
| 3. Zahteve v zvezi z zaščito posode za gorivo pred statično elektriko | Such device may consist in the following: |
| Posoda za gorivo in njeni dodatki morajo biti zasnovani in vgrajeni v vozilo tako, da se prepreči vsaka nevarnost vžiga zaradi statične elektrike. | — | a lockable cover over the coupling device, |
| Po potrebi je treba zagotoviti ukrepe za porazdelitev energije. | — | a chain and padlock through the ring of the coupling device, |
| Proizvajalec mora tehnični službi prikazati ukrepe, ki zagotavljajo izpolnitev teh zahtev. | — | a wheel clamp, |
| PRILOGA XXVI | — | a padlock in a hole in the sector of the park brake; |
| Zahteve za konstrukcije za zaščito pred podletom od zadaj | The Operator’s Manual shall contain information on the use of the devices installed on the vehicle. |
| 1. Splošno | ANNEX XIX |
| Vozila kategorije R, ki jih zajema ta uredba, morajo biti zasnovana tako, da je zagotovljena učinkovita zaščita pred podletom od zadaj za vozila kategorij M1 in N1 (1). Izpolnjevati morajo zahteve iz točk 2 in 3, imeti morajo certifikat o homologaciji iz člena 68(c) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 in na njih mora biti pritrjena oznaka EU-homologacije, kot je določeno v členu 68(h) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | Requirements on registration plates |
| 2. Zahteve | 1. Shape and dimensions of the space for mounting rear registration plates |
| 2.1 | Vozila kategorij Ra in Rb morajo biti zasnovana in/ali opremljena tako, da je po vsej širini zagotovljena učinkovita zaščita pred podletom od zadaj za vozila kategorij M1 in N1. | 2.1.1 | Vozilo mora biti preskušeno pod naslednjimi pogoji: | — | vozilo miruje na vodoravni, ravni, trdni in gladki podlagi, | — | sprednji kolesi sta v položaju naravnost naprej, | — | pnevmatike so napolnjene do tlaka, ki ga priporoča proizvajalec vozila, | — | vozilo se lahko fiksira na poljuben način, ki ga določi proizvajalec vozila, če je to potrebno, da se dosežejo zahtevane preskusne sile. | Če je vozilo opremljeno s hidropnevmatskim, hidravličnim ali pnevmatskim vzmetenjem ali z napravo za samodejno izravnavanje višine glede na obremenitev, se preskusi z vzmetenjem ali napravo v običajnih pogojih za vožnjo, ki jih določi proizvajalec. | The space for mounting shall comprise a flat or virtually flat rectangular surface with the following minimum dimensions: |
| 2.2 | Šteje se, da vozilo kategorije R1a, R1b, R2a ali R2b izpolnjuje pogoj iz točke 2.1: | — | če izpolnjuje pogoje iz točke 2.3 ali | — | če zadnji del neobremenjenega vozila ni oddaljen od tal več kot 55 cm po širini, ki od širine zadnje osi ni krajša za več kot 10 cm na vsaki strani (pri čemer se ne upoštevajo izbokline pnevmatik v bližini točke stika s tlemi). | Če je zadnjih osi več, je treba upoštevati širino najširše zadnje osi. | Ta zahteva mora biti izpolnjena vsaj na vodoravni razdalji največ 45 cm od skrajnega zadnjega dela vozila. | | either | width | : | 520 mm | height | : | 120 mm |
| 2.3 | Šteje se, da vozilo kategorije R3a, R3b, R4a ali R4b izpolnjuje pogoj iz točke 2.1, če: | — | je opremljeno s posebno zadnjo zaščitno konstrukcijo v skladu z zahtevami iz točke 2.4 ali če | — | je zadnji del vozila zasnovan in/ali opremljen tako, da se njegovi sestavni deli zaradi oblike in značilnosti lahko štejejo za dele, ki nadomeščajo zadnjo zaščitno konstrukcijo. Šteje se, da sestavni deli, katerih skupno delovanje izpolnjuje zahteve iz točke 2.4, sestavljajo zadnjo zaščitno konstrukcijo. | | or | width | : | 255 mm | height | : | 165 mm. |
| 2.4 | Naprava za zaščito pred podletom od zadaj (v nadaljnjem besedilu: naprava) je praviloma sestavljena iz prečnega nosilca in veznih elementov, ki so povezani z vzdolžnimi nosilci šasije ali z elementi, ki jih nadomeščajo. | 2.4.a | Pri vozilih, opremljenih z dvižno ploščadjo, se lahko zaradi mehanizma prekine vgradnja zadnje zaščitne konstrukcije. V tem primeru velja naslednje: | 2.4.a.1 | prečna razdalja med deli za vgradnjo zadnje zaščitne konstrukcije in deli dvižne ploščadi, zaradi katerih je prekinitev nujna, ne sme biti večja od 2,5 cm; | 2.4.a.2 | posamezni elementi zadnje zaščitne konstrukcije morajo imeti v vsakem primeru delovno površino najmanj 350 cm2; | 2.4.a.3 | posamezni elementi zadnje zaščitne konstrukcije morajo biti dovolj veliki, da izpolnjujejo zahteve iz odstavka 2.4.5.1 o relativnem položaju preskusnih točk. Če sta točki P1 znotraj območja prekinitve iz točke 2.4a, se uporabita točki P1, ki sta na sredini katerega koli prečnega dela zadnje zaščitne konstrukcije; | 2.4.a.4 | v zvezi z območjem prekinitve zadnje zaščitne konstrukcije in v zvezi z dvižno ploščadjo ni treba uporabiti točke 2.4.1. | Imeti mora naslednje značilnosti: | 2.4.1 | naprava mora biti vgrajena čim bližje zadnjemu delu vozila. Pri neobremenjenem vozilu (2) razdalja med spodnjim robom naprave in tlemi ne sme biti v nobeni točki večja od 55 cm; | 2.4.2 | naprava ne sme biti v nobeni točki širša od zadnje osi vozila, merjene na skrajnih zunanjih točkah koles, pri čemer se ne upoštevajo izbokline pnevmatik v bližini točke stika s tlemi, prav tako pa ne sme biti za več kot 10 cm krajša na vsaki strani. Če je zadnjih osi več, je treba upoštevati širino najširše zadnje osi; | 2.4.3 | višina prereza prečnega nosilca sme biti manjša od 10 cm. Stranski robovi prečnega nosilca ne smejo biti zakrivljeni nazaj ali imeti ostrega zunanjega roba; ta pogoj je izpolnjen, če so stranski robovi prečnega nosilca na zunanji strani zaobljeni s polmerom ukrivljenja, ki ni manjši od 2,5 mm; | 2.4.4 | naprava je lahko zasnovana tako, da je mogoče spreminjati njen položaj na zadnjem delu vozila. V tem primeru mora biti mogoče zavarovati napravo v delovnem položaju pred nenamernim premikanjem. Voznik mora imeti možnost, da spremeni položaj naprave, in sicer s silo največ 40 daN; | 2.4.5 | naprava mora zagotavljati zadosten odpor silam, ki delujejo vzporedno z vzdolžno osjo vozila, in mora biti v delovnem položaju povezana z vzdolžnimi nosilci šasije ali z elementi, ki jih nadomeščajo. | Šteje se, da je ta zahteva izpolnjena, če med delovanjem sil in po njem vodoravna razdalja med zadnjim robom naprave in skrajnim zadnjim robom vozila v točkah P1, P2 in P3 ni večja od 40 cm. Pri merjenju te razdalje se ne upoštevajo tisti deli vozila, ki so pri neobremenjenem vozilu več kot 3 m nad tlemi; | 2.4.5.1 | točki P1 sta oddaljeni 30 cm od vzdolžnih ravnin, ki se dotikajo zunanjih robov koles na zadnji osi; točki P2, ki sta na črti, ki povezuje točki P1, sta razporejeni simetrično na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila na medsebojni razdalji od 70 do vključno 100 cm, pri čemer točen položaj določi proizvajalec. Proizvajalec vozila mora določiti oddaljenost točk P1 in P2 od tal znotraj vodoravnih črt, ki omejujejo napravo. Pri neobremenjenem vozilu pa višina ne sme presegati 60 cm. P3 je središče ravne črte, ki povezuje točki P2; | 2.4.5.2 | na obe točki P1 in na točko P3 mora zaporedoma delovati vodoravna sila, ki ustreza 25 % največje tehnično dovoljene mase vozila in ne presega 5 × 104 N; | 2.4.5.3 | na obe točki P2 mora zaporedoma delovati vodoravna sila, ki ustreza 50 % največje tehnično dovoljene mase vozila in ne presega 10 × 104 N; | 2.4.5.4 | sile iz točk 2.4.5.2 in 2.4.5.3 morajo delovati ločeno. Zaporedje delovanja sil lahko določi proizvajalec; | 2.4.5.5 | pri izvajanju praktičnega preskusa za preverjanje skladnosti z zgoraj navedenimi zahtevami morajo biti izpolnjeni naslednji pogoji: | 2.4.5.5.1 | naprava mora biti povezana z vzdolžnimi nosilci šasije vozila ali z elementi, ki jih nadomeščajo; | 2.4.5.5.2 | predpisane sile se morajo ustvariti s pritisnimi bati, ki so gibljivo povezani (npr. s kardanskim zgibom), in morajo delovati vzporedno z vzdolžno srednjo ravnino vozila prek površine, ki ni višja od 25 cm (točno višino mora navesti proizvajalec) in ne širša od 20 cm ter ima polmer ukrivljenja na navpičnih robovih 5 ± 1 mm; središče površine se nastavi zaporedoma na točke P1, P2 in P3. | 2. Location of the space for mounting and the fixing of the plates |
| 2.5 | Ne glede na navedene zahteve vozilom naslednjih kategorij ni treba ustrezati zahtevam te priloge glede zaščite pred podletom od zadaj: | — | priklopnikom za prevoz hlodovine in drugih zelo dolgih predmetov, | — | vozilom, pri katerih je zaščita pred podletom od zadaj nezdružljiva z njihovo uporabo. | The space for mounting shall be such that, after correct fixing, the plates shall have the following characteristics: |
| 3. Izjeme | 2.1. Lateral position of the plate |
| Za vozila, pri katerih je kakršna koli zadnja zaščitna konstrukcija nezdružljiva z njihovimi delovnimi napravami, nameščenimi na zadnji strani, zahteva ne velja. V nasprotnem primeru mora biti vozilo na zadnji strani opremljeno z zadnjo zaščitno konstrukcijo, ki ne ovira delovanja navedenih delovnih naprav. | The centre of the plate shall not be further to the right than the plane of symmetry of the vehicle. The left lateral edge of the plate shall not be further to the left than the vertical plane parallel to the plane of symmetry of the vehicle and tangent to the point where the cross section of the vehicle is at its widest. |
| (1) Kot je opredeljeno v delu A Priloge II k Direktivi 2007/46/ES. | 2.2. Position of the plate in relation to the longitudinal plane of symmetry of the vehicle |
| (2) Kot je opredeljeno v točki 2.6 Dodatka 1. | The plate shall be perpendicular or practically perpendicular to the plane of symmetry of the vehicle. |
| PRILOGA XXVII | 2.3. Position of the plate in relation to the vertical plane |
| Zahteve za bočno zaščito | The plate shall be vertical within a tolerance of 5°. However, where the shape of the vehicle so requires, it may be inclined to the vertical: |
| 1. Splošne določbe | 2.3.1. | at not more than 30° when the surface bearing the registration number is inclined upwards, provided that the height of the upper edge of the plate is not more than 1,2 metres from the ground. |
| 1.1 Vsako vozilo kategorij R3b in R4b mora biti zasnovano in/ali opremljeno tako, da kot celota učinkovito preprečuje, da bi nezaščiteni udeleženci v prometu (pešci, kolesarji, motoristi) padli pod vozilo in da bi jih zagrabila kolesa. | 2.3.2. | at not more than 15° when the surface bearing the registration number is inclined downwards, provided that the height of the upper edge of the plate is more than 1,2 metres from the ground. |
| Ta priloga se ne uporablja za: | 2.4. Height of the plate from the ground |
| — | priklopnike, ki so posebej zasnovani in izdelani za prevoz zelo dolgih tovorov nedeljive dolžine, kot je hlodovina; | The height of the lower edge of the plate above ground shall not be less than 0,3 metres; the height of the upper edge of the plate above ground shall not exceed 4 metres. |
| — | vozila, zasnovana in izdelana za posebne namene, na katera iz praktičnih razlogov ni mogoče pritrditi takšne bočne zaščite. | 2.5. Determination of the height of the plate from the ground |
| 1.2 Vozilo izpolnjuje zahtevo iz točke 1.1, če njegovi bočni deli zagotavljajo zaščito, ki je v skladu z določbami iz točk 1.3. do 5. in iz Dodatka 1. | The heights given in points 2.3 and 2.4 shall be measured with the vehicle unladen. |
| 1.3 Položaj vozila za preskušanje skladnosti z zahtevami za bočno zaščito | 2.6. Geometrical visibility: |
| Pri preskušanju skladnosti s tehničnimi specifikacijami iz točke 2 mora biti položaj vozila naslednji: | 2.6.1. | The plate shall be visible in the whole space within the following four planes: | — | the two vertical planes touching the two lateral edges of the plate and forming an angle measured outwards to the left and to the right of the plate of 30° to the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle, | — | the plane touching the upper edge of the plate and forming an angle measured upwards of 15° to the horizontal, | — | the horizontal plane through the lower edge of the plate. |
| — | stoji na vodoravni in ravni površini, | 2.6.2. | No structural element, even when fully transparent, shall be located in the space described above. |
| — | krmiljena kolesa so v položaju naravnost naprej, | ANNEX XX |
| — | vozilo je neobremenjeno, | Requirements on statutory plates and markings |
| — | polpriklopniki so oprti na podpornih nogah z nakladalno površino v vodoravnem položaju. | 1. Definitions |
| 2. Bočna zaščita s posebno napravo (bočno zaščitno napravo) | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| 2.1 | Naprava ne sme povečati skupne širine vozila in glavni del zunanje površine naprave ne sme segati več kot 120 mm navznoter od skrajne zunanje ravnine (največja širina) vozila. Sprednji del naprave je lahko v skladu s točkama 2.4.2 in 2.4.3 pri nekaterih vozilih obrnjen navznoter. Zadnji del naprave ne sme segati več kot 30 mm navznoter od skrajnega zunanjega roba zadnjih pnevmatik (pri čemer se ne upoštevajo izbokline pnevmatik v bližini točke stika s tlemi) na dolžini vsaj zadnjih 250 mm. | 1.1. | ‘Statutory plate’ means the plate that the manufacturer shall affix to each vehicle manufactured in conformity with the approved type as set out in Article 34 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and it shall have the appropriate marking in accordance with this Annex. |
| 2.2 | Zunanja površina naprave mora biti gladka, pretežno ravna ali vodoravno valovita, in če je mogoče, po celi dolžini neprekinjena; sosednji deli se lahko prekrivajo pod pogojem, da je prekriti rob obrnjen nazaj ali navzdol; dopustna je tudi vzdolžna vrzel največ 25 mm pod pogojem, da zadnji del ne štrli čez sprednji del; zaobljene glave vijakov ali zakovic ne smejo štrleti več kot 10 mm nad površino in tudi drugi deli lahko štrlijo največ toliko, če so gladki in podobno zaobljeni; vsi zunanji robovi in vogali morajo biti zaobljeni s polmerom najmanj 2,5 mm (preskušeno, kot je predpisano v Dodatku 1). | 1.2. | ‘Statutory markings’ means any mandatory markings together with the type-approval mark set out in Article 34 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 which, in accordance with this Annex, shall be affixed to vehicles, components or separate technical units when they are manufactured in conformity with the approved type or for its identification during the type approval processes. |
| 2.3 | Naprava je lahko sestavljena iz neprekinjene ravne plošče ali iz enega ali več vodoravnih profilov ali iz kombinacije plošče in profilov. Če se uporabljajo profili, razdalja med njimi ne sme presegati 300 mm, višina pa ne sme biti manjša od: | — | 50 mm pri vozilih kategorije R3b; | — | 100 mm pri vozilih R4b; v tem primeru morajo biti v glavnem ploščati. Kombinacija plošč in profilov mora tvoriti neprekinjeno bočno zaščitno napravo v skladu z določbami iz točke 2.2. | 2. General |
| 2.4 | Sprednji rob bočne zaščitne naprave mora biti zasnovan na naslednji način: | 2.4.1 | Položaj: | 2.4.1.1 | na uravnoteženem priklopniku, pri katerem razdalja med osmi znaša 3 m ali več: največ 500 mm za prečno navpično ravnino, ki se dotika skrajnega zadnjega dela pnevmatike na kolesu, ki je neposredno pred zaščitno napravo; | 2.4.1.2 | na uravnoteženem priklopniku, pri katerem je razdalja med osmi manjša od 3 m, in na drugih priklopnikih: največ 250 mm za prečno srednjo ravnino podpornih nog, če so nameščene; razdalja od sprednjega roba do prečne ravnine, ki poteka skozi središče spenjalnega sornika v njegovem skrajnem zadnjem položaju, v nobenem primeru ne sme presegati 2,7 m. | 2.4.2 | Če leži sprednji rob v sicer praznem prostoru, mora biti rob sestavljen iz neprekinjenega navpičnega dela, ki poteka po celi višini zaščitne naprave; zunanja in sprednja ploskev tega dela morata pri vozilih kategorije R3b meriti najmanj 50 mm nazaj in 100 mm navznoter, pri R4b pa najmanj 100 mm nazaj in 100 mm navznoter. | 2.1. | All agricultural or forestry vehicles shall be provided with the plate and inscriptions described in the following points. The plate and inscriptions are attached either by the manufacturer or by his authorised representative. |
| 2.5 | Zadnji rob bočne zaščitne naprave je lahko največ 300 mm pred prečno navpično ravnino, ki se dotika skrajnega sprednjega dela pnevmatike na kolesu, ki je neposredno za zaščitno napravo; na zadnjem robu se ne zahteva neprekinjeni navpični del. | 2.2. | All components or separate technical units conforming to a type approved pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 shall bear an EU type-approval mark described in point 6 or a mark according to Article 34(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 set out in Article 68(h) or Article 34(3), respectively, of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 2.6 | Spodnji rob bočne zaščitne naprave ne sme biti na nobeni točki več kot 550 mm nad tlemi. | 3. Statutory plate |
| 2.7 | Zgornji rob zaščitne naprave ne sme biti več kot 350 mm pod tistim delom konstrukcije vozila, ki ga seka ali se ga dotika navpična ravnina, ki se dotika zunanje površine pnevmatik, pri čemer se ne upoštevajo izbokline v bližini točke stika s tlemi, razen v naslednjih primerih: | 2.7.1 | če ravnina iz točke 2.7 ne seka konstrukcije vozila, mora biti zgornji rob poravnan s površino nosilne ploščadi ali 950 mm od tal, kar je manj; | 2.7.2 | če ravnina iz točke 2.7 seka konstrukcijo vozila na višini več kot 1,3 m nad tlemi, mora biti zgornji rob stranske zaščitne naprave najmanj 950 mm nad tlemi. | 3.1. | A statutory plate, modelled as set out in Article 34(3) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, shall be firmly attached in a conspicuous and readily accessible position on a part normally not subject to replacement during normal use, regular maintenance or repair (e.g. due to accident damage). It shall show clearly and indelibly the information specified in the model for the EU type-approval mark set out in Article 34(3) or in Article 68(h) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 2.8 | Bočna zaščitna naprava mora biti v glavnem toga, trdno pritrjena (pri običajni uporabi vozila ne sme popustiti zaradi tresljajev) in izdelana iz kovine ali drugega ustreznega materiala. | Bočna zaščitna naprava se šteje za ustrezno, če vzdrži vodoravno statično silo 1 kN, ki deluje pravokotno na kateri koli del zunanje površine zaščitne naprave in ki jo ustvari sredinski del pritisnega bata, katerega površina je okrogla in ravna, s premerom 220 mm ± 10 mm, in če upogib obremenjene zaščitne naprave ni večji od: | — | 30 mm na zadnjih 250 mm zaščitne naprave in | — | 150 mm na preostalem delu zaščitne naprave. | 2.8.1 | Zgornjo zahtevo je mogoče preveriti z izračuni. | 3.2. | The manufacturer may give additional information below or to the side of the prescribed inscriptions, outside a clearly marked rectangle enclosing only the information prescribed in accordance with Article 34(1) and (3) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 2.9 | Bočne zaščitne naprave ni dovoljeno uporabljati za pritrditev cevi za zavore, zrak ali hidravlični sistem. | 4. Vehicle Identification Number |
| 3. Z odstopanjem od zgoraj navedenih določb morajo biti vozila naslednjih tipov skladna samo tako, kot je navedeno za posamezni primer: | The vehicle identification number is a fixed combination of characters unequivocally attributed to a particular vehicle by the manufacturer. Its purpose is to ensure that every vehicle, and in particular its type, can be clearly identified over a period of 30 years through the intermediary of the manufacturer, without a need for further reference. |
| 3.1 | raztegljiv priklopnik mora izpolnjevati vse zahteve iz točke 2, kadar je nastavljen na najmanjšo dolžino; kadar pa je raztegnjen, morajo biti bočne zaščitne naprave skladne s točkami 2.6, 2.7 in 2.8 ter s točko 2.4 ali 2.5, vendar ne nujno z obema; pri razteganju priklopnika se ne smejo pojaviti presledki po dolžini bočne zaščitne naprave; | The identification number shall comply with the following requirements: |
| 3.2 | cisterna, tj. vozilo, zasnovano izključno za prevoz tekočih snovi v zaprti cisterni, ki je trajno pritrjena na vozilo in opremljena s cevnimi priključki za polnjenje in praznjenje, mora biti opremljena z bočnimi zaščitnimi napravami, ki, kolikor je mogoče, izpolnjujejo vse zahteve iz točke 2; stroga skladnost se lahko opusti samo, če je to potrebno zaradi zahtev za delovanje; | 4.1. | The VIN shall be marked on the statutory plate, as well as on the chassis, frame or a similar structure of the vehicle when the vehicle leaves the production line. |
| 3.3 | na vozilu z raztegljivimi nogami, ki zagotavljajo dodatno stabilnost med nakladanjem, razkladanjem ali drugimi deli, za katera je vozilo zasnovano, lahko ima bočna zaščitna naprava dodatne presledke, če so potrebni za raztegnitev nog. | 4.2. | It shall wherever possible be entered on a single line. |
| 4. Če so stranice vozila zasnovane in/ali opremljene tako, da njihovi sestavni deli po obliki in lastnostih izpolnjujejo zahteve iz točke 2, se lahko šteje, da nadomeščajo bočne zaščitne naprave. | 4.3. | It shall be marked on the chassis or other similar structure, on the front right-hand side of the vehicle. |
| 5. Alternativne zahteve | 4.4. | It shall be hammered, punched, etched or laser-engraved directly onto an easily accessible part, preferably on the front right side of the vehicle in a way which avoids obliteration, alteration and removal. |
| Namesto skladnosti s točkami od 1.3 do 2.9 in točko 4. lahko proizvajalec izbere, da bo zagotovil skladnost s točkama 2 in 3, deli I, II in III ter Prilogo 3 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 73, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 5. Characters |
| Dodatek 1 | The characters that shall be used for the markings of points 3 and 4 are specified in the model for the EU type-approval mark set out in Article 68(h) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| Način določanja višine štrlečih delov zunanje površine | 6. Marking requirements for components and separate technical units |
| 1. | Višina H štrlečega dela se določi grafično glede na obod kroga s premerom 165 mm, ki je z notranje strani tangencialen na zunanji obris zunanje površine na delu, ki se preverja. | Every separate technical unit or component, conforming to a type in respect of which EU separate technical unit or component type-approval has been granted in accordance with Chapter V of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, shall bear an EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark, pursuant to Article 34(2) and (3) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. The markings shall be visible when installed on the vehicle without the need to remove any parts with the use of tools and shall be durably affixed (e.g. stamped, etched, laser inscribed, self-destructing adhesive label). |
| 2. | H je največja vrednost razdalje, merjene vzdolž ravne črte, ki poteka skozi središče kroga s premerom 165 mm med obodom tega kroga in zunanjim obrisom štrlečega dela (glej sliko 1). | ANNEX XXI |
| 3. | Če se s krogom s premerom 100 mm ni mogoče z zunanje strani dotakniti dela zunanjega obrisa zunanje površine na delu, ki se preverja, se kot obris te površine upošteva obod kroga s premerom 100 mm med njegovimi dotikališči z zunanjim obrisom (glej sliko 2). | Requirements on dimensions and trailer masses |
| 4. | Proizvajalec predloži risbe potrebnih prerezov zunanje površine, da se lahko izmeri višina zgoraj navedenih štrlečih delov. | 1. Definitions |
| Slika 1 | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| Slika 2 | 1.1. | ‘Length of the vehicle’ means: | — | the length of the vehicle measured between the vertical planes at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing the outermost points thereof, but excluding: | — | all mirrors, | — | all starting handles, | — | all front or lateral position (side) lamps. |
| PRILOGA XXVIII | 1.2. | ‘Width of the vehicle’ means: | — | the width of the vehicle measured between the vertical planes parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the outermost points thereof, but excluding: | — | any mirrors, | — | any direction indicators, | — | any front, lateral or rear position (side) lamps and any parking lamps, | — | any folding components such as lift-up footrests and flexible mud-flaps. |
| Zahteve za ploščadi za tovor | 1.3. | ‘Height of the vehicle’ means the vertical distance between the ground and the point on the vehicle the greatest distance from the ground, excluding the aerial. When this height is determined, the vehicle must be fitted with new tyres having the greatest rolling radius, expressed by the speed radius index, specified by their manufacturer; |
| 1. | Težišče ploščadi za tovor mora biti med osema. | 1.4. | ‘Permissible towable mass’ means the mass which a type of tractor may tow; |
| 2. | Mere ploščadi za tovor morajo biti take, da: | — | dolžina ne presega 1,4-kratnika tistega koloteka traktorja (sprednjega ali zadnjega), ki je večji, | — | širina ne presega največje skupne širine traktorja brez opreme. | 1.5. | ‘Technically permissible towable mass(es)’ means one of the following: | (a) | unbraked towable mass; | (b) | towable mass with inertia braking; | (c) | towable mass fitted with hydraulic or pneumatic braking. |
| 3. | Ploščad za tovor mora ležati simetrično glede na vzdolžno srednjo ravnino traktorja. | Requirements |
| 4. | Ploščad za tovor ne sme biti več kot 150 cm oddaljena od tal. | Vehicles may not exceed the dimensions and masses laid down below: |
| 5. | Tip ploščadi za tovor in način njene namestitve morata biti taka, da pri normalni obremenitvi ostane voznikovo vidno polje zadostno ter da lahko različne obvezne svetlobne in svetlobno-signalne naprave še naprej pravilno delujejo. | 2. Dimensions |
| 6. | Ploščad za tovor je lahko snemljiva; na traktor mora biti pritrjena tako, da ne more priti do nenamerne odstranitve. | The measurements intended to check these dimensions shall be carried out as follows: |
| 7. | Pri traktorjih kategorije T4.3 dolžina ploščadi za tovor ne sme presegati 2,5-kratnika največjega sprednjega ali zadnjega koloteka traktorja, pri čemer se upošteva tisti kolotek, ki je večji. | — | with unladen mass of vehicle in running order, |
| 8. | Pri vozilih, ki imajo več ploščadi za tovor, mora biti težišče vozila z naloženimi ploščadmi in brez voznika pri vseh pogojih nakladanja med skrajno sprednjo in skrajno zadnjo osjo. Tovor mora biti enakomerno razporejen na ploščadih za tovor. | — | on a flat horizontal surface, |
| PRILOGA XXIX | — | with the vehicle stationary and, if applicable, the engine switched off, |
| Zahteve za vlečne naprave | — | with the new tyres at the normal pressure recommended by the manufacturer, |
| 1. Število | — | with doors and windows closed, if applicable, |
| Vsak traktor ima posebno napravo, na katero je mogoče pritrditi priključek, kot je vlečno oje ali vlečna vrv. | — | with the steering wheel in the straight-ahead position, if applicable, |
| 2. Položaj | — | without any detachable agricultural or forestry implement attached to the vehicle and that can be detached without special tools. |
| Naprava je pritrjena na sprednji del traktorja, ki je opremljen s spenjalnim sornikom ali kljuko. | 2.1. | The maximum dimensions of any vehicle of category T, C or R are as follows: | 2.1.1. | length: 12 m; | 2.1.2. | width: 2,55 m (ignoring the deflected part of the tyre walls at the point of contact with the ground); | 2.1.3. | height: 4 m. |
| 3. Zasnova | 2.2. | The maximum dimensions of any vehicle of category S are as follows: | 2.2.1. | length: 12 m; | 2.2.2. | width: 3 m (ignoring the deflected part of the tyre walls at the point of contact with the ground); | 2.2.3. | height: 4 m. |
| Vlečna naprava mora biti tipa odprte čeljusti ali vitel, primeren za predviden način uporabe. Odprtina na sredini sornika mora biti 60 mm + 0,5/– 1,5 mm, globina čeljusti, merjena od sredine sornika, pa mora biti 62 mm ± 0,5 mm. | 3. Permissible towable mass |
| Premer spenjalnega sornika mora biti 30 + 1,5 mm. Spenjalni sornik mora biti varovan z zatičem, ki preprečuje nenamerni izpad med uporabo. Varovalne naprave ne sme biti mogoče odstraniti. | 3.1. | The permissible towable mass may consist of one or more trailers towed or agricultural or forestry implements. A distinction is drawn between the technically permissible towable mass stated by the manufacturer and the permissible towable mass as laid down in point 3.2 below. |
| Dovoljeno odstopanje + 1,5 mm se ne bi smelo šteti za dovoljeno odstopanje zaradi proizvodnega procesa, temveč za dovoljeno odstopanje nazivnih mer za različne sornike. | 3.2. | The permissible towable mass shall not exceed: | 3.2.1. | the technically permissible towable mass, stated by the tractor manufacturer, taking into account the requirements concerning the tractor in Annex XXXIV; | 3.2.2. | the towable mass of the mechanical coupling(s) pursuant to their component type-approval(s) in accordance with this Regulation. |
| 4. Alternativne zahteve | ANNEX XXII |
| 4.1 | Mere iz točke 3 se lahko presežejo, če proizvajalec meni, da niso zadostne glede na velikost ali maso vozila. | Requirements on the maximum laden mass |
| 4.2 | Proizvajalci lahko pri vozilih z največjo tehnično dovoljeno maso, ki ne presega 2 000 kg, izberejo uporabo zahtev iz točk 1, 2 in 3 ali zahtev iz Uredbe Komisije (EU) št. 1005/2010 (1). | 1. Definitions |
| 5. Navodila | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| Pravilna uporaba vlečne naprave je pojasnjena v navodilih za uporabo v skladu z zahtevami, določenimi na podlagi člena 18(2)(l), (n), (q) in (4) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | Definitions of ‘drawbar towed vehicle’ and ‘rigid drawbar towed vehicle’, in accordance with the requirements laid down on the basis of Article 17(2)(b) and (4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, are valid for this Annex. |
| (1) Uredba Komisije (EU) št. 1005/2010 z dne 8. novembra 2010 o zahtevah za homologacijo za naprave za vleko na motornih vozilih in o izvajanju Uredbe (ES) št. 661/2009 Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta o zahtevah za homologacijo za splošno varnost motornih vozil, njihovih priklopnikov ter sistemov, sestavnih delov in samostojnih tehničnih enot, namenjenih za taka vozila (UL L 291, 9.11.2010, str. 36). | 1.1. | ‘Technically permissible maximum laden mass’ means the maximum mass allocated to a vehicle on the basis of its construction features and its design performances irrespective from the load capacity of the tyres or tracks. |
| PRILOGA XXX | 1.2. | ‘Technically permissible maximum mass per axle’ means the mass corresponding to the maximum permissible static vertical load transmitted to the ground by the wheels of the axle, on the basis of the construction features of the axle and of the vehicle and their design performances irrespective from the load capacity of the tyres or tracks. |
| Zahteve za pnevmatike | 2. Requirements |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 2.1. The technically permissible maximum laden mass as stated by the manufacturer shall be accepted by the type-approval authority as the maximum permissible laden mass provided that: |
| V tej prilogi: | 2.1.1. | the results of any tests which that administration makes, in particular those in respect of braking and steering, are satisfactory; |
| 1.1 | „ciklična uporaba“ pomeni stanje, v katerem se obremenitev pnevmatike ciklično spreminja od polne obremenitve do razbremenitve; | 2.1.2. | the technically permissible maximum laden mass and the technically permissible maximum mass per axle depending on the vehicle category does not exceed the values given in Table 1. | Table 1 | Maximum permissible laden mass and maximum permissible mass per axle depending on the vehicle category | Vehicle category | Number of axles | Maximum permissible mass (t) | Maximum permissible mass per axle | Driven axle (t) | Non-driven axle (t) | T1, T2, T4.1, T4.2 | 2 | 18 (laden) | 11,5 | 10 | 3 | 24 (laden) | 11,5 (4) | 10 (4) | T1 | 4 or more | 32 (laden) (3) | 11,5 (4) | 10 (4) | T3 | 2 or 3 | 0,6 (unladen) | (1) | (1) | T4.3 | 2, 3 or 4 | 10 (laden) | (1) | (1) | C | N/A | 32 | N/A | N/A | R | 1 | N/A | 11,5 | 10 | 2 | 18 (laden) | 11,5 | (2) | 3 | 24 (laden) | 11,5 | (2) | 4 or more | 32 (laden) | 11,5 | (2) | S | 1 | N/A | 11,5 | 10 | 2 | 18 (laden) | 11,5 | (2) | 3 | 24 (laden) | 11,5 | (2) | 4 or more | 32 (laden) | 11,5 | (2) |
| 1.2 | „visok in dolgotrajen navor“ pomeni stanje, do katerega pride zaradi obremenitve na vlečnem ojesu ali napravi za spenjanje; | 2.2. Whatever the state of loading of the tractor, the mass transmitted to the road by the wheels on the steering axle shall not be less than 20 % of the unladen mass of that tractor. |
| 1.3 | „predpisan tlak v pnevmatikah“ pomeni notranji tlak v pnevmatikah, pri čemer je temperatura pnevmatik enaka temperaturi okolice (tj. tlak v hladni pnevmatiki), ki se priporoča glede na obremenitev, hitrost in delovne pogoje vozila. Ne vključuje tlaka, ki naraste zaradi uporabe pnevmatike, izražen pa je v kPa; | 2.3. Sum of the technically permissible maximum masses per axle |
| 1.4 | „največja dovoljena obremenitev“ pomeni maso, ki jo pnevmatika lahko prenese pri uporabi v skladu z zahtevami za uporabo, kot jih določi proizvajalec pnevmatike; | 2.3.1. | For vehicles of categories T and C and of categories R and S, which do not impose any significant static vertical load on the tractor (drawbar towed vehicle), the sum of the maximum permissible masses per axle shall be equal to or higher than the maximum permissible laden mass of the vehicle. |
| 1.5 | „največja dovoljena masa na os glede na vrsto pnevmatik“ pomeni maso, ki ustreza največji dovoljeni statični navpični obremenitvi, ki se lahko prenese na tla prek koles osi. Omejena je z največjo dovoljeno obremenitvijo tipov pnevmatik, ki jih je dovoljeno namestiti na vozilo, kot je navedeno v opisnem listu. | 2.3.2. | For vehicles of categories R and S imposing a significant static vertical load on the tractor (rigid drawbar towed vehicle), the maximum permissible mass of the vehicle shall be considered to be the sum of the maximum permissible masses per axle and shall be applicable for type approval purposes. |
| 2. Zahteve | (1) It is not necessary to establish an axle limit for vehicle categories T3 and T4.3, as they have by definition limitations on the maximum permissible laden and/or unladen mass. |
| 2.1 Zahteve za homologacijo pnevmatik | (2) The corresponding value for the sum of the axle maximum permissible mass is the sum of the axle weights in Annex I, points 3.1 to 3.3, to Council Directive 96/53/EC (Council Directive 96/53/EC of 25 July 1996 laying down for certain road vehicles circulating within the Community the maximum authorised dimensions in national and international traffic and the maximum authorised weights in international traffic (OJ L 235, 17.9.1996, p. 59). |
| 2.1.1 Določbe za pnevmatike, zasnovane zlasti za kmetijska vozila, z diagonalno zgradbo ali z zgradbo s poševnimi vložki in s prepasano diagonalno zgradbo, katerih referenčna hitrost ne presega 40 km/h (tj. oznaka hitrostnega razreda A8), in za radialne pnevmatike, zasnovane zlasti za uporabo v gradbeništvu (tj. pnevmatike, označene z „Industrial“, „IND“, „R-4“ ali „F-3“) | (3) Where the driving axle is fitted with twin tyres and air suspension or suspension recognised as being equivalent within the European Union as defined in Annex II to Directive 96/53/EC, or where each driving axle is fitted with twin tyres and the maximum weight of each axle does not exceed 9,5 t. |
| 2.1.1.1 Vse pnevmatike, ki so v skladu z ustreznim tipom, morajo biti označene v skladu s točkami od 2.1.1.2 do 2.1.1.2.4. | (4) The corresponding value for the sum of the axle maximum permissible mass is the sum of the axle weights in Annex I, point 3.5, to Directive 96/53/EC. |
| 2.1.1.2 Posebne zahteve za oznake: | ANNEX XXIII |
| 2.1.1.2.1 Pnevmatike morajo imeti naslednje oznake v skladu s standardom ISO 4223-1:2002/spremembo 1:2011, vključno z: | Requirements on ballast masses |
| — | oznako velikosti pnevmatike, | Where the tractor is to be fitted with ballast weights in order to meet the other requirements of EU type-approval, those ballast weights shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the tractor, be intended for fitting, and bear the manufacturer’s mark and a statement of their mass in kilograms to an accuracy of ± 5 %. Front ballast weights that have been designed for frequent removal/fitting shall leave a safety clearance of at least 25 mm for the grab handles. The method of locating the ballast weights shall be such that any inadvertent separation is avoided (e.g. in the event of tractor rollover). |
| — | indeksom nosilnosti (tj. številsko kodo, ki pomeni nosilnost pnevmatike pri hitrosti, ki ustreza zadevnemu hitrostnemu razredu), | ANNEX XXIV |
| — | oznako hitrostnega razreda (tj. oznako, ki pomeni največjo hitrost, pri kateri lahko pnevmatika prenese obremenitev, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti) in | Requirements on the safety of electrical systems |
| — | besedo „TUBELESS“ (brez zračnice), če je pnevmatika zasnovana za uporabo brez notranje zračnice. | 1. Requirements for all T, C, R and S vehicles equipped with electrical systems |
| 2.1.1.2.2 Pnevmatike morajo imeti naslednje dodatne oznake: | 1.1. Electrical equipment |
| — | trgovsko ime ali blagovno znamko proizvajalca, | 1.1.1. | Electrical cables shall be protected if located in potentially abrasive contact with surfaces and shall be resistant to, or protected against, contact with lubricant or fuel. Electrical cables shall be located so that no portion is in contact with the exhaust system, moving parts or sharp edges. |
| — | tlak v pnevmatiki, ki za ustrezno pritrditev nog med nameščanjem pnevmatike ne sme biti presežen, | 1.1.2. | Fuses or other overload protection devices shall be installed in all electrical circuits except for high amperage circuits such as the starter-motor circuit and high-tension spark ignition system. Electrical distribution of these devices between circuits shall prevent the possibility of cutting off all operator alert systems simultaneously. |
| — | pri pnevmatikah za priključke se opis uporabe (tj. indeks nosilnosti in oznaka hitrostnega razreda) dopolni z navedbo glede tega, ali velja za „pogonsko kolo“, „prosto kotaleče se kolo“ ali oboje, in | 2. Requirements on static electricity safety |
| — | datum izdelave v obliki skupine štirih števk, od katerih prvi dve pomenita teden, zadnji dve pa leto izdelave. | Requirements on static electricity safety are the ones provided in point 3 of Annex XXV. |
| 2.1.1.2.3 Vse oznake iz točk 2.1.1.2.1 in 2.1.1.2.2 morajo biti berljivo in trajno vtisnjene v bočnico ali na njo v okviru proizvodnega procesa. Uporaba žigosanja ali drugih oblik označevanja po zaključenem proizvodnem procesu ni dovoljena. | 3. All-electric vehicles in categories T2, T3, C2 or C3 should comply, as far as is practicable, with the requirements of Annex IV of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 (1). |
| 2.1.1.2.4 V skladu s členom 34(2) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013 se za pnevmatike, zasnovane zlasti za kmetijska vozila, z diagonalno zgradbo ali z zgradbo s poševnimi vložki in s prepasano diagonalno zgradbo, katerih referenčna hitrost ne presega 40 km/h (tj. oznaka hitrostnega razreda A8), in za radialne pnevmatike, zasnovane zlasti za uporabo v gradbeništvu (tj. pnevmatike, označene z „Industrial“, „IND“, „R-4“ ali „F-3“), homologirane v skladu s to uredbo, ne zahteva nobena homologacijska oznaka. | (1) Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 of 24 October 2013 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (OJ L 7, 10.1.2014, p. 1). |
| Opisni list in opisna mapa, ki se priložita vlogi za homologacijo navedenih pnevmatik, sta določena z vzorci iz člena 68(a) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | ANNEX XXV |
| Vsaki homologirani pnevmatiki se dodeli enolična homologacijska številka, katere vzorec je določen v členu 68(h) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013, izda pa se tudi certifikat o homologaciji, katerega vzorec je določen v členu 68(c) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | Requirements on fuel tanks |
| 2.1.2 Nove pnevmatike, ki so skladne s tipom, ki izpolnjuje zahteve iz točk 2.1.1 do 2.1.1.2.4, se lahko še naprej dajejo na trg, in sicer do 31. decembra 2018. | 1. This Annex applies to tanks designed to contain the liquid fuel used primarily for the propulsion of the vehicle. |
| 2.1.2.1 Pnevmatike, ki so bile proizvedene pred datumom iz točke 2.1.2 in ki ne izpolnjujejo zahtev iz točk 2.1.3 do 2.1.3.1, izpolnjujejo pa zahteve iz točk 2.1.1 do 2.1.1.2.4, se lahko prodajajo še največ 30 mesecev od navedenega datuma. | Fuel tanks shall be made so as to be corrosion resistant. They shall satisfy the leakage tests carried out by the manufacturer at a pressure equal to double the working pressure but in any event not less than 0,3 bar. Any excess pressure or any pressure exceeding the working pressure shall be automatically compensated by suitable devices (vents, safety valves etc.). The vents shall be designed in such a way as to prevent any fire risk. The fuel shall not escape through the fuel-tank cap or through the devices provided to compensate excess pressure even if the tank is completely overturned: a drip shall be tolerated. |
| 2.1.3 Zahteve za pnevmatike, zasnovane zlasti za kmetijska vozila, razen za pnevmatike iz točk 2.1.1 do 2.1.1.2.4 | 2. Fuel tanks shall be installed in such a way as to be protected from the consequences of an impact to the front or to the rear of the tractor; there shall be no protruding parts, sharp edges etc. near the tanks. |
| 2.1.3.1 Pnevmatike, ki jih ne zajemajo določbe iz točk 2.1.1 do 2.1.1.2.4, morajo biti v skladu s tipi, homologiranimi skladno z ustreznimi pravilniki UN/ECE. | The fuel supply pipework and the filler orifice shall be installed outside the cab. |
| 2.2 Zahteve za homologacijo tipa vozila glede na namestitev pnevmatik | 3. Requirements related to static electricity safety of the fuel tank |
| 2.2.1 Posebne zahteve za namestitev pnevmatik na vozila, katerih največja konstrukcijsko določena hitrost ne presega 65 km/h | The fuel tank and its accessory parts shall be designed and installed in the vehicle in such a way that any ignition hazard due to static electricity shall be avoided. |
| 2.2.1.1 Ob upoštevanju določb iz točke 2.2.1.2 morajo biti vse pnevmatike, nameščene na vozila, vključno z rezervno pnevmatiko, homologirane v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 106, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | If necessary, measure(s) for charge dissipation shall be provided. |
| 2.2.1.1.1 Za namene homologacije vozila v skladu z Uredbo (EU) št. 167/2013 se lahko pnevmatike, zasnovane zlasti za kmetijska vozila, z diagonalno zgradbo ali z zgradbo s poševnimi vložki in s prepasano diagonalno zgradbo, katerih referenčna hitrost ne presega 40 km/h (tj. oznaka hitrostnega razreda A8), in radialne pnevmatike, zasnovane zlasti za uporabo v gradbeništvu (tj. pnevmatike, označene z „Industrial“, „IND“, „R-4“ ali „F-3“), do 31. decembra 2017 namesto tega homologirajo v skladu s to uredbo. | The manufacturer shall demonstrate to the Technical Service the measure(s) which guarantee the fulfilling of these requirements. |
| 2.2.1.2 Če je vozilo zasnovano za pogoje uporabe, ki so nezdružljivi z značilnostmi pnevmatik, homologiranih v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 106, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, ali s to uredbo, in je zato treba namestiti pnevmatike z drugačnimi značilnostmi, zahteve iz točke 2.2.1.1 ne veljajo, če sta izpolnjena naslednja pogoja: | ANNEX XXVI |
| — | pnevmatike so v skladu z Uredbo (ES) št. 661/2009 Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta (1) (tj. homologirane v skladu s pravilniki UN/ECE št. 30, 54 in 117, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I k tej uredbi) ali homologirane v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 75, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, in | Requirements on rear protective structures |
| — | homologacijski organ in tehnična služba menita, da so nameščene pnevmatike primerne za pogoje uporabe vozila. Vrsta izjeme in razlogi za sprejetje morajo biti jasno navedeni v poročilu o preskusu. | 1. General |
| 2.2.2 Posebne zahteve za namestitev pnevmatik na vozila z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 65 km/h | Vehicles of category R covered by this Regulation shall be designed so as to provide effective protection against underrunning from the rear by vehicles of categories M1 and N1
(1). They shall comply with the requirements of points 2 and 3, shall be granted a type-approval certificate set out in Article 68(c) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 and the EU type-approval mark shall be affixed to them as set out in Article 68(h) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 2.2.2.1 Ob upoštevanju določb iz točke 2.2.2.2 morajo vse pnevmatike, nameščene na vozila, vključno z rezervno pnevmatiko, biti v skladu z Uredbo (ES) št. 661/2009 (tj. homologirane v skladu s pravilniki UN/ECE št. 30, 54 in 117, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I). | 2. Requirements |
| 2.2.2.2 Če je vozilo zasnovano za pogoje uporabe, ki so nezdružljivi z značilnostmi pnevmatik, homologiranih v skladu z Uredbo (ES) št. 661/2009, in je zato treba namestiti pnevmatike z drugačnimi značilnostmi, zahteve iz točke 2.2.2.1 ne veljajo, če sta izpolnjena naslednja pogoja: | 2.1. | Vehicles of categories Ra and Rb shall be so constructed and/or equipped as to offer effective protection over their whole width against underrunning from the rear by a vehicle of categories M1 and N1. | 2.1.1. | The vehicle shall be tested under the following conditions: | — | it shall be at rest on a level, flat, rigid and smooth surface, | — | the front wheels shall be in the straight-ahead position, | — | tyres shall be inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer, | — | the vehicle may, if necessary to achieve the test forces required, be restrained by any method specified by the vehicle manufacturer, | if the vehicle is equipped with hydropneumatic, hydraulic or pneumatic suspension or a device for automatic levelling according to load, it shall be tested with the suspension or device in the normal running condition specified by the manufacturer. |
| — | pnevmatike so homologirane v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 75, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, in | 2.2. | Any vehicle in one of the categories R1a, R1b, R2a or R2b shall be deemed to satisfy the condition set out in 2.1: | — | if it satisfies the conditions set out in 2.3, or | — | if the ground clearance of the rear part of the unladen vehicle does not exceed 55 cm over a width which is not shorter than that of the rear axle by more than 10 cm on either side (excluding any tyre bulging close to the ground). | Where there is more than one rear axle, the width to be considered is that of the widest. | This requirement shall be satisfied at least on a line at a distance of not more than 45 cm from the rear extremity of the vehicle. |
| — | homologacijski organ in tehnična služba menita, da so nameščene pnevmatike primerne za pogoje uporabe vozila. Vrsta izjeme in razlogi za sprejetje morajo biti jasno navedeni v poročilu o preskusu. | 2.3. | Any vehicle in one of the categories R3a, R3b, R4a or R4b shall be deemed to satisfy the condition set out in 2.1 provided that: | — | the vehicle is equipped with a special rear protective structure in accordance with the requirements of 2.4, or | — | the vehicle is so designed and/or equipped at the rear that, by virtue of their shape and characteristics, its component parts can be regarded as replacing the rear protective structure. Components whose combined function satisfies the requirements set out in 2.4 are considered to form a rear protective structure. |
| 2.2.3 Splošne zahteve za namestitev pnevmatik | 2.4. | A device for protection against underrunning from the rear, hereinafter referred to as ‘device’, generally consists of a cross-member and linking components connected to the chassis side-members or to whatever replaces them. | 2.4.a. | For vehicles fitted with a platform lift the fitting of the rear protective structure may be interrupted for the purposes of the mechanism. In such cases, the following shall apply: | 2.4.a.1. | the lateral distance between the fitting elements of the rear protective structure and the elements of the platform lift, which make the interruption necessary, may amount to no more than 2,5 cm; | 2.4.a.2. | the individual elements of the rear protective structure shall, in each case, have an effective surface area of at least 350 cm2; | 2.4.a.3. | the individual elements of the rear protective structure shall be of sufficient dimensions to comply with the requirements of paragraph 2.4.5.1, whereby the relative positions of the test points are determined. If the points P1 are located within the interruption area mentioned in 2.4a, the points P1 to be used shall be located in the middle of any lateral section of the rear protective structure; | 2.4.a.4. | for the area of interruption of the rear protective structure and for the purposes of the platform lift, point 2.4.1 need not apply. | It shall have the following characteristics: | 2.4.1. | the device shall be fitted as close to the rear of the vehicle as possible. When the vehicle is unladen (2) the lower edge of the device shall at no point be more than 55 cm above the ground; | 2.4.2. | the width of the device shall at no point exceed the width of the rear axle measured at the outermost points of the wheels, excluding the bulging of the tyres close to the ground, nor shall it be more than 10 cm shorter on either side. Where there is more than one rear axle, the width to be considered is that of the widest; | 2.4.3. | the section height of the cross-member shall be not less than 10 cm. The lateral extremities of the cross-member shall not bend to the rear or have a sharp outer edge; this condition is fulfilled when the lateral extremities of the cross-member are rounded on the outside and have a radius of curvature of not less than 2,5 mm; | 2.4.4. | the device may be so designed that its position at the rear of the vehicle can be varied. In this event, there shall be a guaranteed method of securing it in the service position so that any unintentional change of position is precluded. It shall be possible for the operator to vary the position of the device by applying a force not exceeding 40 daN; | 2.4.5. | the device shall offer adequate resistance to forces applied parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle, and be connected, when in the service position, with the chassis side-members or whatever replaces them. | This requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if it is shown that both during and after the application the horizontal distance between the rear of the device and the rear extremity of the vehicle does not exceed 40 cm at any of the points P1, P2 and P3. In measuring this distance, any part of the vehicle which is more than 3 m above the ground when the vehicle is unladen shall be excluded; | 2.4.5.1. | points P1 are located 30 cm from the longitudinal planes tangential to the outer edges of the wheels on the rear axle; points P2, which are located on the line joining points P1, are symmetrical to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle at a distance from each other of 70 to 100 cm inclusive, the exact position being specified by the manufacturer. The height above the ground of points P1 and P2 shall be defined by the vehicle manufacturer within the lines that bound the device horizontally. The height shall not, however, exceed 60 cm when the vehicle is unladen. P3 is the centre-point of the straight line joining points P2; | 2.4.5.2. | a horizontal force corresponding to 25 % of the maximum technically permissible mass of the vehicle but not exceeding 5 × 104 N shall be applied successively to both points P1 and to point P3; | 2.4.5.3. | a horizontal force corresponding to 50 % of the maximum technically permissible mass of the vehicle but not exceeding 10 × 104 N shall be applied successively to both points P2; | 2.4.5.4. | the forces specified in 2.4.5.2 and 2.4.5.3 above shall be applied separately. The order in which the forces are applied may be specified by the manufacturer; | 2.4.5.5. | whenever a practical test is performed to verify compliance with the abovementioned requirements, the following conditions shall be fulfilled: | 2.4.5.5.1. | the device shall be connected to the chassis side-members of the vehicle or to whatever replaces them; | 2.4.5.5.2. | the specified forces shall be applied by rams which are suitably articulated (e.g. by means of universal joints) and shall be parallel to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle via a surface not more than 25 cm in height (the exact height shall be indicated by the manufacturer) and 20 cm wide, with a radius of curvature of 5 ± 1 mm at the vertical edges; the centre of the surface is placed successively at points P1, P2 and P3. |
| 2.2.3.1 Vse pnevmatike, običajno nameščene na isto os, morajo biti enakega tipa z izjemo primerov iz točk 2.2.4.1.1 in 2.2.4.1.2. | 2.5. | By way of derogation from the abovementioned requirements, vehicles of the following categories need not comply with the requirements of this Annex as regards rear underrun protection: | — | ‘slung’ trailers and other similar trailers for the transport of logs or other very long items, | — | vehicles for which rear underrun protection is incompatible with their use. |
| 2.2.3.2 Prostor, v katerem se vrti kolo, mora omogočati neovirano premikanje pri uporabi največje dovoljene velikosti pnevmatik in širine platišč ob upoštevanju najmanjše in največje globine naleganja platišča, če pride v poštev, ter najmanjših in največjih omejitev glede vzmetenja in krmiljenja, ki jih določi proizvajalec vozila. To se preveri z največjimi in najširšimi pnevmatikami v vsakem prostoru ob upoštevanju ustrezne velikosti platišča in največje dovoljene širine preseka ter zunanjega premera pnevmatike v povezavi z oznako velikosti pnevmatike, kot je navedeno v ustreznem pravilniku UN/ECE. Preverjanja se opravijo v prostoru za zadevno kolo z vrtenjem modela največjega obrisa pnevmatike, ne samo dejanske pnevmatike. | 3. Exemptions |
| 2.2.3.3 Tehnična služba se lahko strinja z nadomestnim preskusnim postopkom (npr. virtualnim preskušanjem), da se preveri, ali so zahteve iz točke 2.2.3.2 izpolnjene, pod pogojem, da je izpolnjena zahteva za razdaljo med največjim obrisom pnevmatike in konstrukcijo vozila. | Vehicles where any rear protective structure is incompatible with their rear fitted operational devices, shall be exempted from the requirement. Otherwise, the vehicle shall be fitted with a rear protective structure at its rear part that does not obstruct the function of those operational devices. |
| 2.2.4 Nosilnost | (1) As defined in Annex II Part A to Directive 2007/46/EC. |
| 2.2.4.1 Največja dovoljena obremenitev vsake pnevmatike, nameščene na vozilo, mora biti ob upoštevanju največje konstrukcijsko določene hitrosti vozila in najzahtevnejših delovnih pogojev ter posebnih primerov iz točk 2.2.6 do 2.2.6.5, če pride v poštev, vsaj enaka naslednjemu: | (2) As defined in item 2.6 of Appendix 1. |
| — | največji dovoljeni masi na os, če je os opremljena samo z eno pnevmatiko, | ANNEX XXVII |
| — | polovici največje dovoljene mase na os, če je os opremljena z dvema pnevmatikama v enem sestavu, | Requirements on lateral protection |
| — | 0,285-kratniku največje dovoljene mase na os, če je os opremljena z dvema kompletoma pnevmatik v dvojnem sestavu, | 1. General prescriptions |
| — | 0,20-kratniku največje dovoljene mase na os, če je os opremljena z dvema kompletoma pnevmatik v trojnem sestavu. | 1.1. Every vehicle of categories R3b and R4b shall be so constructed and /or equipped as to offer, when a complete entity, effective protection to unprotected road users (pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists) against the risk of falling under the sides of the vehicle and being caught under the wheels. |
| 2.2.4.1.1 Če so dvojni ali trojni sestavi sestavljeni iz pnevmatik različnih tipov (tj. z različnimi oznakami velikosti pnevmatik in opisi uporabe), velja naslednje: | This Annex shall not apply to: |
| — | pnevmatike morajo imeti enak skupni premer, | — | trailers specially designed and constructed for the carriage of very long loads of indivisible length, such as timber, |
| — | pnevmatike morajo imeti enako „kategorijo uporabe“, „zgradbo“ in „simbol za hitrostni razred“ iz odstavkov 2.1.3, 2.1.4 in 2.1.5 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 106, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, | — | vehicles designed and constructed for special purposes where it is not possible, for practical reasons, to fit such lateral protection. |
| — | vozilo mora biti simetrično opremljeno, | 1.2. A vehicle satisfies the requirement set out in point 1.1 if its side parts provide protection conforming to the provisions of the points 1.3.–5 and of Appendix 1. |
| — | vsota največjih dovoljenih obremenitev vseh pnevmatik, nameščenih na os, mora znašati vsaj toliko kot 1,14-kratnik največje dovoljene osne mase v primeru dvojnega sestava in vsaj toliko kot 1,2-kratnik največje dovoljene osne mase v primeru trojnega sestava, | 1.3. Positioning of the vehicle for testing its compliance to lateral protection |
| — | delež največje dovoljene mase na os posamezne pnevmatike sestava ne sme preseči največje dovoljene obremenitve posamezne pnevmatike, | When tested for compliance with the technical specifications set out in point 2, the position of the vehicle shall be as follows: |
| — | tlak v posameznih pnevmatikah sestava mora biti v skladu s priporočeno vrednostjo proizvajalca pnevmatik ob upoštevanju dejanske obremenitve posamezne pnevmatike in delovnih pogojev. | — | on a horizontal and flat surface, |
| 2.2.4.1.2 Če je lahko vozilo na vsaki osi opremljeno s pnevmatikami, za katere je vsota največjih dovoljenih obremenitev manjša od največje dovoljene mase na os, veljajo zahteve iz točk 2.2.4.1 in 2.2.4.1.1 z največjo dovoljeno maso na os glede na vrsto pnevmatik namesto največje dovoljene mase na os. | — | the steered wheels shall be in a straight-ahead position, |
| Vrednosti za največjo dovoljeno maso na os glede na vrsto pnevmatik in največjo dovoljeno maso na os določi proizvajalec vozila. | — | the vehicle shall be unladen, |
| V navodilih za uporabo, opisnem listu in certifikatu o skladnosti morajo biti navedene vrednosti mase na os za vsako od njih glede na največjo dovoljeno maso na os glede na vrsto pnevmatik. | — | semi-trailers shall be positioned on their supports with the loading surface horizontal. |
| 2.2.4.2 Največja dovoljena obremenitev pnevmatike se določi na naslednji način: | 2. Lateral protection provided by a specific device (side guard) |
| 2.2.4.2.1 | V primeru pnevmatik, označenih s simbolom za hitrostni razred D (tj. 65 km/h) ali manjšo hitrost, se upošteva tabela „Spreminjanje nosilnosti s hitrostjo“ iz odstavka 2.30 Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 106, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I, za ustrezno kategorijo uporabe. V tabeli so glede na oznake nosilnosti in simbole za nazivni hitrostni razred prikazane spremembe obremenitve, ki jih pnevmatika lahko vzdrži ob upoštevanju največje konstrukcijsko določene hitrosti vozila. | 2.1. | The device shall not increase the overall width of the vehicle and the main part of its outer surface shall not be more than 120 mm inboard from the outermost plane (maximum width) of the vehicle. Its forward end may be turned inwards on some vehicles in accordance with points 2.4.2 and 2.4.3. Its rearward end shall not be more than 30 mm inboard from the outermost edge of the rear tyres (excluding any bulging of the tyres close to the ground) over at least the rearmost 250 mm. |
| 2.2.4.2.2 | V primeru pnevmatik, označenih s simbolom za hitrostni razred F (80 km/h) ali večjo hitrost in homologiranih v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 54, se upošteva „Tabela sprememb nosilnosti glede na hitrost“ iz odstavka 2.29 navedenega pravilnika. V tabeli so glede na oznake nosilnosti in simbole za nazivni hitrostni razred prikazane spremembe obremenitve, ki jih pnevmatika lahko vzdrži ob upoštevanju največje konstrukcijsko določene hitrosti vozila. | 2.2. | The outer surface of the device shall be smooth, substantially flat or horizontally corrugated and so far as possible continuous from front to rear; adjacent parts may however overlap, provided that the overlapping edge faces rearwards or downwards, or a gap of not more than 25 mm measured longitudinally may be left, provided that the rearward part does not protrude outboard of the forward part; domed heads of bolts or rivets may protrude beyond the surface to a distance not exceeding 10 mm and other parts may protrude to the same extent provided that they are smooth and similarly rounded; all external edges and corners shall be rounded with a radius not less than 2,5 mm (tested as prescribed in Appendix 1). |
| 2.2.4.2.3 | V primeru pnevmatik, homologiranih v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 75, se upošteva „Tabela sprememb nosilnosti glede na hitrost“ iz odstavka 2.27 navedenega pravilnika. V tabeli so glede na oznake nosilnosti in simbole za nazivni hitrostni razred prikazane spremembe obremenitve, ki jih pnevmatika lahko vzdrži ob upoštevanju največje konstrukcijsko določene hitrosti vozila. | 2.3. | The device may consist of a continuous flat surface, or of one or more horizontal rails, or a combination of surface and rails; when rails are used, they shall be not more than 300 mm apart and not less than: | — | 50 mm high in the case of category R3b vehicles, | — | 100 mm high and essentially flat in the case of R4b vehicles. Combinations of surfaces and rails shall form a continuous side guard subject, however, to the provisions of point 2.2. |
| 2.2.4.3 Predpisan tlak v pnevmatikah mora biti naveden na vozilu (npr. na eni ali več nalepkah). Podatki morajo biti jasno berljivi, ne da bi bilo treba z orodjem odstraniti kateri koli del, in pritrjeni tako, da jih ni mogoče preprosto odstraniti. Ustrezne informacije v zvezi z oznakami nosilnosti in hitrosti ter predpisan tlak v pnevmatikah se jasno navedejo v priročniku z navodili za uporabo vozila, da se po začetku uporabe vozila zagotovi, da se po potrebi nanj namestijo ustrezne nadomestne pnevmatike s primerno nosilnostjo. | 2.4. | The forward edge of the side guard shall be constructed as follows: | 2.4.1. | Its position shall be: | 2.4.1.1. | on a balanced trailer where the axles’ distance is equal to or greater than 3 m: not more than 500 mm to the rear of the transverse vertical plane tangential to the rearmost part of the tyre on the wheel immediately forward of the guard; | 2.4.1.2. | on a balanced trailer where the axles’ distance is less than 3 m and on any other trailer: not more than 250 mm to the rear of the transverse median plane of the support legs, if support legs are fitted, but in any case the distance of the front edge to the transverse plane passing through the centre of the coupling pin in its rearmost position may not exceed 2,7 m. | 2.4.2. | Where the forward edge lies in otherwise open space, the edge shall consist of a continuous vertical member extending over the whole height of the guard; the outer and forward faces of this member shall measure at least 50 mm rearward and be turned 100 mm inwards in the case of R3b and at least 100 mm rearwards and be turned 100 mm inwards in the case of R4b. |
| 2.2.4.3.1 Indeks nosilnosti, naveden v opisnem listu, mora biti najnižja stopnja, ki je združljiva z največjo dovoljeno obremenitvijo zadevne pnevmatike. Lahko se namestijo pnevmatike z višjo stopnjo. | 2.5. | The rearward edge of the side guard shall not be more than 300 mm forward of the transverse vertical plane tangential to the foremost part of the tyre on the wheel immediately to the rear; a continuous vertical member is not required on the rear edge. |
| 2.2.5 Hitrostna zmogljivost | 2.6. | The lower edge of the side guard shall at no point be more than 550 mm above the ground. |
| 2.2.5.1 Vsaka pnevmatika, ki je običajno nameščena na vozilo, mora imeti simbol za hitrostni razred. | 2.7. | The upper edge of the guard shall not be more than 350 mm below that part of the structure of the vehicle, cut or contacted by a vertical plane tangential to the outer surface of the tyres, excluding any bulging close to the ground, except in the following cases: | 2.7.1. | where the plane in point 2.7 does not cut the structure of the vehicle, the upper edge shall be level with the surface of the load-carrying platform, of 950 mm from the ground, whichever is the less; | 2.7.2. | where the plane in point 2.7 cuts the structure of the vehicle at a level more than 1,3 m above the ground, then the upper edge of the side guard shall not be less than 950 mm above the ground. |
| 2.2.5.1.1 Simbol za hitrostni razred mora biti združljiv z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo. | 2.8. | Side guards shall be essentially rigid, securely mounted (they shall not be liable to loosening due to vibration in normal use of the vehicle) and made of metal or any other suitable material. | The side guard shall be considered suitable if it is capable of withstanding a horizontal static force of 1 kN applied perpendicularly to any part of its external surface by the centre of a ram the face of which is circular and flat, with a diameter of 220 mm ± 10 mm, and if the deflection of the guard under load is then not more than: | — | 30 mm over the rearmost 250 mm of the guard, and | — | 150 mm over the remainder of the guard. | 2.8.1. | The above requirement may be checked by means of calculations. |
| 2.2.5.1.2 Upoštevati je treba prilagojeno nosilnost iz točk 2.2.4.2.1 do 2.2.4.2.3. | 2.9. | The side guard may not be used for the attachment of brake, air or hydraulic pipes. |
| 2.2.5.2 Ustrezne informacije in predpisan tlak v pnevmatikah se jasno navedejo v navodilih za uporabo, da se po začetku uporabe vozila zagotovi, da se po potrebi nanj namestijo ustrezne nadomestne pnevmatike s primerno hitrostno zmogljivostjo. | 3. By derogation from the above provisions, vehicles of the following types need comply only as indicated in each case: |
| 2.2.5.2.1 Hitrostni razred, naveden v opisnem listu, mora biti najnižja stopnja, ki je združljiva z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo vozila. Lahko se namestijo pnevmatike z višjo stopnjo. | 3.1. | An extendible trailer shall comply with all of the requirements of point 2, when closed to its minimum length; when the trailer is extended, the side guards shall comply with points 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8, and with either 2.4 or 2.5 but not necessarily both; extension of the trailer shall not produce gaps in the length of the side guards; |
| 2.2.6 Posebne zahteve za vozila, opremljena s pnevmatikami s simbolom za hitrostni razred, ki ustrezajo največji konstrukcijsko določeni hitrosti, ki ne presega 65 km/h (tj. do simbola D) | 3.2. | a tank-vehicle that is a vehicle designed solely for the carriage of fluid substance in a closed tank permanently fitted to the vehicle and provided with hose or pipe connections for loading or unloading, shall be fitted with side guards which comply so far as is practicable with all the requirements of point 2; strict compliance may be waived only where operational requirements make this necessary; |
| 2.2.6.1 Ciklična uporaba | 3.3. | On a vehicle fitted with extendible legs to provide additional stability during loading, unloading or other operations for which the vehicle is designed, the side guard may be arranged with additional gaps where these are necessary to permit extension of the legs. |
| 2.2.6.1.1 Pri ciklični uporabi: | 4. If the sides of the vehicle are so designed and/or equipped that by their shape and characteristics their component parts together meet the requirements of point 2, they may be regarded as replacing the side guards. |
| 2.2.6.1.1.1 | mora priti do razbremenitve pred cestnim prevozom; | 5. Alternative requirements |
| 2.2.6.1.1.2 | se šteje, da vozila, opremljena z vbrizgalnimi šobami ali priključkom za obdelavo tal (npr. plugom), in vozila, ki vlečejo predmete, delujejo v načinu visokega navora; | Alternatively to complying with points 1.3 to 2.9 and point 4., manufacturers may choose whether to comply with points 2 and 3 and Parts I, II and III as well as Annex 3 of UNECE Regulation No 73 as referenced in Annex I. |
| 2.2.6.1.1.3 | se šteje, da tudi vozila, ki vlečejo priklopnike na naklonu nad 11° (20 %), delujejo v načinu visokega navora. | Appendix 1 |
| 2.2.6.1.2 V primeru pnevmatik, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „traktor – krmiljeno kolo“ in so označene z oznako „FRONT“, „F-1“, „F-2“ ali „F-3“ ter se uporabljajo pri hitrosti do največ 10 km/h na traktorju, ki je opremljen s „sprednjim nakladalnikom“, največja obremenitev pnevmatike ne sme preseči 2-kratnika obremenitve, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti, ki je naveden na pnevmatiki. | Method for determining the height of external surface projections |
| 2.2.6.1.3 V primeru pnevmatik, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „traktor – pogonsko kolo“ in se uporabljajo za delo na polju z „visokim in dolgotrajnim navorom“ (npr. oranje), največja obremenitev pnevmatike ne sme preseči obremenitve, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti, ki je naveden na pnevmatiki, pomnožene z 1,07 za pnevmatike z oznako hitrostnega razreda A8 ali z 1,15 za pnevmatike z oznako hitrostnega razreda D. | 1. | The height H of a projection is determined graphically by reference to the circumference of a 165 mm diameter circle, internally tangential to the external outline of the external surface at the section to be checked. |
| 2.2.6.1.4 V primeru pnevmatik, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „traktor – pogonsko kolo“ in se uporabljajo za delo na polju brez „visokega in dolgotrajnega navora“ pri hitrosti do največ 10 km/h (razen dela na pobočju z naklonom nad 20 %), največja obremenitev pnevmatike ne sme preseči obremenitve, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti, ki je naveden na pnevmatiki, pomnožene z 1,70. | 2. | H is the maximum value of the distance, measured along a straight line passing through the centre of the 165 mm diameter circle, between the circumference of the aforesaid circle and the external contour of the projection (see Figure 1). |
| 2.2.6.1.5 V primeru pnevmatik, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „traktor – pogonsko kolo“ in se uporabljajo za delo na polju brez „visokega in dolgotrajnega navora“ pri največji hitrosti, ki ne presega 15 km/h (razen dela na pobočju z naklonom nad 20), največja obremenitev pnevmatike ne sme preseči obremenitve, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti, ki je naveden na pnevmatiki, pomnožene z 1,55. | 3. | In cases where it is not possible for a 100 mm diameter circle to contact externally part of the external outline of the external surface at the section under consideration, the surface outline in this area shall be assumed to be that formed by the circumference of the 100 mm diameter circle between its tangent points with the external outline (see Figure 2). |
| 2.2.6.1.6 V primeru pnevmatik, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „priključek“ in so nameščene na vozila kategorij T, R in S, označene z oznako hitrostnega razreda A6 ali A8 in s kodo nazivnega premera platišča pod 24 ter se uporabljajo v načinu s „cikličnim spreminjanjem velike obremenitve“ (tj. ko je vozilo v eno smer prazno, v drugo smer pa največja tehnično dovoljena masa vozila presega dvakratnik mase neobremenjenega vozila), se spreminjanje nosilnosti pri hitrosti iz točke 2.2.4.2.1 lahko poveča za do 20 % za prosto kotaleča se kolesa ali za do 43 % za pogonska kolesa. | 4. | Drawings of the necessary sections through the external surface shall be provided by the manufacturer to allow the height of the projections referred to above to be measured. |
| 2.2.6.1.7 Najnižji tlak v pnevmatikah, potreben v primerih iz točk 2.2.6.1.2 do 2.2.6.1.6, mora določiti proizvajalec pnevmatik. | Figure 1 |
| 2.2.6.2 V primeru „pnevmatik z izboljšanim upogibanjem“ ali „pnevmatik z zelo visokim upogibanjem“, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „traktor – pogonsko kolo“ (označene so s predpono IF ali VF) in se uporabljajo pri hitrosti do največ 10 km/h na vozilu, ki je opremljeno s „sprednjim nakladalnikom“, največja obremenitev pnevmatike ne sme preseči 1,40-kratnika obremenitve, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti, ki je naveden na pnevmatiki, ustrezen referenčni tlak pa se mora povečati za 40 kPa. | Figure 2 |
| 2.2.6.2.1 V primeru „pnevmatik z izboljšanim upogibanjem“, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „traktor – pogonsko kolo“ in so označene s predpono IF in pripono „CFO“ ter nameščene na vozila kategorije T, ki se uporabljajo za delo na polju brez „visokega in dolgotrajnega navora“ (razen dela na pobočju z naklonom nad 20 %), največja obremenitev pnevmatike ne sme preseči obremenitve, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti, ki je naveden na pnevmatiki, pomnožene z 1,55 za delo pri hitrosti do največ 15 km/h in z 1,30 za delo pri hitrosti do največ 30 km/h. | ANNEX XXVIII |
| 2.2.6.3 V primeru pnevmatik, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „traktor – pogonsko kolo“ in so označene z oznako hitrostnega razreda A6 ali A8 ter nameščene na kmetijske priklopnike, ki se uporabljajo pri hitrosti med 25 km/h in 40 km/h, največja obremenitev pnevmatike ne sme preseči 1,20-kratnika obremenitve, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti, ki je naveden na pnevmatiki. | Requirements on load platforms |
| 2.2.6.4 V primeru pnevmatik, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „gozdarski stroji“ in so nameščene na pogonska kolesa vozil kategorije T za uporabo z „visokim in dolgotrajnim navorom“ v gozdarstvu pri hitrosti do 10 km/h (vključno s primeri iz točk 2.2.6.1.1.2 in 2.2.6.1.1.3), največja obremenitev pnevmatike ne sme preseči obremenitve, ki ustreza indeksu nosilnosti, ki je naveden na pnevmatiki. | 1. | The centre of gravity of the platform shall be situated between the axles. |
| 2.2.6.5 V primeru pnevmatik, ki spadajo v kategorijo uporabe „priključek“ in so označene z oznako hitrostnega razreda A6 ali A8 ter nameščene na prosto kotaleča se krmiljena kolesa vozil kategorije T, je treba nosilnost, označeno s „Free Rolling“, ob upoštevanju največje konstrukcijsko določene hitrosti vozila in sprememb nosilnosti glede na hitrost v skladu z opredelitvijo 2.30 iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 106 pomnožiti z 0,80. | 2. | The dimensions of the platform shall be such that: | — | the length does not exceed 1,4 times the front or rear track of the tractor, whichever is the larger, | — | the width does not exceed the maximum overall width of the tractor without equipment. |
| 2.2.6.6 Ustrezne informacije in predpisan tlak v pnevmatikah se jasno navedejo v priročniku z navodili za uporabo vozila, da se po začetku uporabe vozila zagotovi, da se po potrebi nanj namestijo ustrezne nadomestne pnevmatike s primerno nosilnostjo. | 3. | The platform shall be laid out symmetrically in relation to the longitudinal median plane of the tractor. |
| 2.2.6.7 Če predpisan tlak za pnevmatike, nameščene na kmetijska ali gozdarska vozila, presega 500 kPa, tlak pnevmatike na ravno podlago ne sme presegati 0,8 MPa. | 4. | The height of the load platform above the ground shall be not more than 150 cm. |
| 2.2.6.7.1 Tlak pnevmatike na podlago pomeni povprečno obremenitev, s katero pnevmatika, v kateri je pravilen tlak, na površini naleganja pritiska na ravno ploskev. Navpična sila se izmeri v statičnih pogojih na osi kolesa ob upoštevanju največje dovoljene mase na os, kot jo je določil proizvajalec. Površina naleganja pnevmatike je sestavljena iz ravne ploskve, ki jo omejuje konveksna mnogokotna krivulja, ki oriše najmanjšo ploskev, ki vsebuje vse točke stika med pnevmatiko in podlago. | 5. | The type of platform and the way it is fitted shall be such that, with a normal load, the driver’s field of vision remains adequate and the various compulsory lighting and light-signalling devices may continue to fulfil their proper function. |
| 3. Akreditirane interne tehnične službe proizvajalca | 6. | The load platform may be detachable; it shall be attached to the tractor in such a way as to avoid any risk of accidental detachment. |
| Proizvajalec pnevmatik je lahko imenovan za akreditirano interno tehnično službo za izvedbo samopreskušanja v skladu s členom 60 Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 7. | For tractors of category T4.3, the length of the platform shall not exceed 2,5 times the maximum front or rear track of the tractor, whichever is the larger. |
| (1) Uredba (ES) št. 661/2009 Evropskega parlamenta in Sveta z dne 13. julija 2009 o zahtevah za homologacijo za splošno varnost motornih vozil, njihovih priklopnikov ter sistemov, sestavnih delov in samostojnih tehničnih enot, namenjenih za taka vozila (UL L 200, 31.7.2009, str. 1). | 8. | For vehicles with multiple load platforms, the centre of gravity of the vehicle with loaded platform(s) and without driver shall be situated between the front-most and the rearmost axle in all loading conditions. Any load shall be evenly distributed on the load platform(s). |
| PRILOGA XXXI | ANNEX XXIX |
| Zahteve za sisteme za preprečevanje škropljenja izpod koles | Requirements on towing devices |
| 1. Zahteve za vsa vozila kategorij Tb in Rb | 1. Number |
| 1.1 | Traktorji kategorije Tb morajo biti opremljeni z okrovi koles (deli karoserije, blatniki itd.). | Every tractor shall have a special device to which it shall be possible to attach a connection such as a tow-bar or a tow-rope for towing purposes. |
| 1.2 | Okrovi koles morajo biti zasnovani tako, da druge udeležence v prometu čim bolj varujejo pred razpršenimi kamni, umazanijo, ledom, snegom in vodo. | 2. Position |
| 1.3 | Kolesa morajo na vrhu imeti okrov, ki pokriva najmanj 2/3 celotne širine pnevmatike. Sprednji in zadnji rob okrova morata pokrivati kot najmanj 90 stopinj. | The device shall be fitted to the front of the tractor, which shall be equipped with a coupling pin or hook. |
| 1.4 | Vozila kategorije Rb, opremljena s pnevmatikami C3 ali z drugimi pnevmatikami s cestnim profilom, ki so dovoljene za ta vozila, morajo biti opremljena z okrovi koles, ki pokrivajo celotno širino pnevmatike; sprednji del okrova kolesa mora pokrivati kot najmanj 30° v smeri naprej, zadnji del okrova pa mora pokrivati kot najmanj 60° v smeri nazaj od navpične ravnine, ki poteka po središču koles. Deli karoserije lahko opravljajo vlogo delov okrovov, če zagotavljajo enako stopnjo zaščite pred kamni, blatom, ledom, snegom in vodo, ki jih kolo dvigne v zrak. | 3. Design |
| PRILOGA XXXII | The towing device shall be of the slotted-jaw type or a winch suitable for its application. The opening at the centre of the locking pin shall be 60 mm + 0,5/– 1,5 mm and the depth of the jaw measured from the centre of the pin shall be 62 mm ± 0,5 mm. |
| Zahteve za vzvratno prestavo | The coupling pin shall have a diameter of 30 + 1,5 mm and be fitted with a device preventing it from leaving its seating during use. The securing device shall be non-detachable. |
| Vsi traktorji morajo imeti napravo za vzvratno vožnjo, s katero je mogoče upravljati z voznikovega sedeža. | The tolerance of + 1,5 mm referred to above should not be regarded as a manufacturing tolerance but as a permissible variation in nominal dimensions for pins of different designs. |
| PRILOGA XXXIII | 4. Alternative requirements |
| Zahteve za gosenice | 4.1. | The dimensions of point 3 can be exceeded if the manufacturer deems that they are not adequate for the size or mass of the vehicle. |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 4.2. | Manufacturers may choose to apply on vehicles with a maximum technically permissible mass not exceeding 2 000 kg either the requirements of points 1, 2 and 3 or the requirements of Commission Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010 (1). |
| V tej prilogi: | 5. Instructions |
| 1.1 | „gosenično podvozje“ pomeni sistem, ki je sestavljen iz najmanj dveh koles gosenic, ki sta nameščeni na določeni medsebojni razdalji v eni ravnini (vrsti), in neprekinjenega kovinskega ali gumijastega goseničnega traku, ki teče okrog koles; | The correct use of the towing device shall be explained in the Operator’s manual, in accordance with the requirements laid down on the basis of Article 18(2)(l), (n), (q) and (4) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 1.2 | „kolesa gosenic“ pomenijo sistem, ki prenaša težo vozila in goseničnega podvozja na tla prek goseničnega traku, prenaša navor s pogonskega sistema na gosenični trak in lahko spremeni smer premikanja traku; | (1) Commission Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010 of 8 November 2010 concerning type-approval requirements for motor vehicle towing devices and implementing Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type- approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ L 291, 9.11.2010, p. 36). |
| 1.3 | „gosenični trak“ pomeni neprekinjen gibljiv trak, ki lahko prevzema vzdolžne vlečne sile; | ANNEX XXX |
| 1.4 | „dolžina gosenice“ pomeni razdaljo med sredinama skrajnih koles gosenic, pod katerima se gosenični trak ali nastavki dotikajo tal; | Requirements on tyres |
| 1.5 | „širina gosenice“ pomeni razdaljo med dvema vzporednima ravninama, ki omejujeta zunanjost dvignjenega vzorca tekalne površine (reber) ali nastavkov. | 1. Definitions |
| 2. Področje uporabe | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| 2.1 | Vozila kategorije C morajo izpolnjevati zahteve iz te priloge. | 1.1. | ‘Cyclic service’ means the condition that applies when the load on the tyre cycles between the fully loaded and the unloaded condition; |
| 2.1.1 | Vozila, katerih največja konstrukcijsko določena hitrost ne presega 15 km/h, morajo imeti kovinske gosenice, ki so opremljene z gumijastimi nastavki na ploščah gosenic, ali gosenice, ki so izdelane samo iz gume. | 1.2. | ‘High and sustained torque’ means the condition that occurs due to a load on the drawbar or hitch; |
| 2.1.2 | Vozila z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo med 15 km/h in 40 km/h morajo imeti gosenice, ki so izdelane samo iz gume. | 1.3. | ‘Applicable tyre inflation pressure’ means the internal pressure of the tyre, with the tyre at ambient temperature (i.e. cold tyre pressure), recommended in conformity to the load, speed and service conditions of the vehicle. It does not include any pressure built up due to tyre usage and is expressed in kPa; |
| 2.1.3 | Vozila z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 40 km/h morajo imeti gosenice, ki so izdelane samo iz gume. | 1.4. | ‘Maximum load rating’ means the mass which a tyre can carry when operated in conformity with requirements governing utilisation specified by the tyre manufacturer; |
| 3. Zahteve | 1.5. | ‘Maximum permissible mass per axle according to tyre specification’ means the mass corresponding to the maximum permissible static vertical load that can be transmitted to the ground by the wheels of the axle as restricted by the maximum load rating of tyre types that can be fitted to the vehicle as listed in the information document. |
| 3.1 Vozila z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo najmanj 15 km/h morajo imeti gumijaste gosenice. | 2. Requirements |
| 3.2 Gosenična podvozja morajo biti takšna, da ne povzročajo poškodb na cestah. Vozila z goseničnimi podvozji ne povzročajo poškodb na cestah, če: | 2.1. Requirements applying to the component type-approval of tyres |
| 3.2.1 | niso presežene mejne vrednosti iz točk 3.3 do 3.5 in | 2.1.1. Provisions for pneumatic tyres designed primarily for agricultural vehicles with diagonal or bias-ply and bias-belted construction with a reference speed not exceeding 40 km/h (i.e. speed symbol A8), as well as radial tyres designed primarily for construction application purposes (i.e. tyres marked ‘Industrial’, ‘IND’, ‘R-4’ or ‘F-3’). |
| 3.2.2 | je površina goseničnega podvozja, ki pride v stik s cestiščem, sestavljena iz elastomernega materiala (na primer iz gume itd). | 2.1.1.1. All tyres conforming to the relevant type shall be marked in conformity with points 2.1.1.2 to 2.1.1.2.4. |
| 3.3 Povprečni stični tlak na podlago | 2.1.1.2. Specific requirements for markings. |
| 3.3.1 Kovinske gosenice | 2.1.1.2.1. Tyres shall bear the following markings, in conformity with ISO 4223-1:2002/Amd 1:2011, including: |
| 3.3.1.1 | Vozila iz točke 2.1.1 lahko imajo povprečni stični tlak na podlago (P) največ 0,65 MPa, pri čemer se za izračun uporabi naslednja formula: | pri čemer je NR skupno število koles gosenic, ki prenašajo obremenitev neposredno na površino cestišča (prek gosenic in nastavkov), AP pa je zunanja površina posameznega nastavka (tj. v stiku s cesto) v mm2. Vrednost AP se določi z merjenjem naležne ploskve enega nastavka pravokotno pod sredino neskrajnega kolesa gosenice, in sicer tako, da se obremenjeno vozilo spusti na ustrezen kos kartona ali drugega materiala, ki se trajno deformira, nato pa se izmeri površina nastale udrtine. | — | the tyre size designation; |
| 3.3.1.2 | Pri vozilih s kombinacijo osi s kolesi in gosenic se obremenitev, ki se prenaša prek osi s kolesi pri obremenjenem vozilu, izmeri z uporabo ustreznih tehtalnih plošč, nato pa se odšteje od skupne največje dovoljene mase, da se izračuna P. Druga možnost je, da se največja dovoljena masa vozila nadomesti z največjo kombinirano obremenitvijo za gosenični sklop, ki jo določi proizvajalec. | — | the load capacity index (i.e. a numerical code which indicates the load the tyre can carry at the speed corresponding to the associated speed category); |
| 3.3.2 Gumijaste gosenice | — | the speed category symbol (i.e. a symbol which indicates the maximum speed at which the tyre can carry the load corresponding to its load index); and |
| 3.3.2.1 | Vozila iz točke 2.1.2 lahko imajo povprečni stični tlak na podlago (P) največ 0,5 MPa, pri čemer se za izračun uporabi naslednja formula: | pri čemer je AL skupna površina gumijastih reber v stiku s cesto med sredinama skrajnih koles gosenic, pod katerima se gosenični trak dotika tal. Dobavitelj gumijastega traku mora navesti odstotek površine reber (1) v primerjavi s skupno površino traku (opredeljeno kot dolžina gosenice, pomnožena s širino gosenice), lahko pa se izmeri skupna površina reber v stiku s cesto, in sicer tako, da se obremenjeno vozilo spusti na ustrezen kos kartona ali drugega materiala, ki se trajno deformira, nato pa se izmeri površina nastalih udrtin. | — | the word ‘TUBELESS’ if the tyre is designed for use without an inner tube. |
| 3.3.2.2 | Pri vozilih s kombinacijo osi s kolesi in gosenic se obremenitev, ki se prenaša prek osi s kolesi pri obremenjenem vozilu, izmeri z uporabo ustreznih tehtalnih plošč, nato pa se odšteje od skupne največje dovoljene mase, da se izračuna P. Druga možnost je, da se največja dovoljena masa vozila nadomesti z največjo kombinirano osno obremenitvijo za gosenični sklop, ki jo določi proizvajalec. | 2.1.1.2.2. Tyres shall bear the following additional markings: |
| 3.3.2.3 | Vozila iz točke 2.1.3 lahko imajo povprečni stični tlak na podlago (P) največ 0,2 MPa, pri čemer se izračun opravi v skladu s točkama 3.3.2.1 in 3.3.2.2. | — | the manufacturer's trade name or mark; |
| 3.4 Največja obremenitev na kolo gosenice, ki se izračuna tako, da se največja dovoljena masa v kg (ob upoštevanju katere koli mase, ki deluje na katere koli osi s kolesi na enak način kot v točki 3.3.1.2 ali 3.3.2.2) deli s skupnim številom koles gosenic, ki prenašajo obremenitev neposredno na površino cestišča, ne sme presegati 2 250 kg. | — | the inflation pressure that shall not be exceeded for the purpose of bead seating during tyre mounting; |
| 3.5 Največja obremenitev na dolžino enote površine gosenice v stiku s cesto se izračuna tako, da se največja dovoljena masa v kg (ob upoštevanju katere koli mase, ki deluje na katere koli osi s kolesi na enak način kot v točki 3.3.1.2 ali 3.3.2.2) deli s skupno dolžino (v metrih) gosenic v stiku s cesto v katerem koli trenutku (tj. med sredinama skrajnih koles gosenic), na podlagi mej iz točke 3.3.1.1, 3.3.2.1 ali 3.3.2.3 in ob upoštevanju primera vozila iz točk 2.1.1, 2.1.2 oziroma 2.1.3 in 3.4. | — | in case of implement tyres the service description (i.e. load index and speed category symbol) shall be supplemented with the indication whether it applies to ‘drive wheel’ or to ‘free rolling wheel’ or to both; and |
| 3.6 Na notranji strani goseničnih trakov morajo biti elementi, ki zagotavljajo, da gosenični trak teče prek koles. Na zunanji strani mora biti gosenični vzorec, ki ustreza predvideni uporabi v kmetijstvu ali gozdarstvu. | — | the date of manufacture in the form of a group of four digits, the first two showing the week and the last two the year of manufacture. |
| 3.7 Navor se lahko prenaša s trenjem (neposredno) ali z oblikovno zvezo med kolesi gosenic in gosenico. | 2.1.1.2.3. All markings mentioned in points 2.1.1.2.1 and 2.1.1.2.2 shall be legibly and permanently moulded into or onto the sidewall and produced as part of the process during manufacture. The use of branding or other methods of marking after completion of the original manufacturing process is not permitted. |
| 3.8 V vozilih, pri katerih se gosenični trakovi poganjajo s trenjem, se mora vozniku med vožnjo po cesti neprekinjeno prikazovati napetost gosenic ali pa mora biti na voljo vidni in/ali zvočni signal, ki se aktivira v primeru najmanjše napetosti traku. | 2.1.1.2.4. In line with Article 34(2) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, no type-approval mark is required for pneumatic tyres designed primarily for agricultural vehicles with diagonal or bias-ply and bias-belted construction with a reference speed not exceeding 40 km/h (i.e. speed symbol A8), as well as radial tyres designed primarily for construction application purposes (i.e. tyres marked ‘Industrial’, ‘IND’, ‘R-4’ or ‘F-3’) approved in accordance with this Regulation. |
| 3.9 Krmiljenje | The information document and information folder that shall be submitted with the application for type-approval of those tyres are specified in the models set out in Article 68(a) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| 3.9.1 Vozila iz točke 2.1.1 ali 2.1.2 | A unique type-approval number, the model of which is set out in Article 68(h) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, shall be assigned to each type-approved tyre and a type-approval certificate, the model of which is set out in Article 68(c) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, shall be issued. |
| 3.9.1.1 | Pri vozilih s samo enim goseničnim sklopom na vsaki strani se krmiljenje izvaja tako, da se spremeni hitrost med levim in desnim goseničnim sklopom. | 2.1.2. New pneumatic tyres conforming to the type complying with the requirements set out in points 2.1.1. to 2.1.1.2.4 may continue to be placed on the market until 31 December 2018. |
| 3.9.1.2 | Pri vozilih z dvema goseničnima sklopoma na vsaki strani se krmiljenje izvaja z zgibanjem sprednjega in zadnjega dela vozila okrog sredinske navpične osi ali z obračanjem dveh nasprotnih ali vseh štirih goseničnih sklopov. | 2.1.2.1. Tyres that were manufactured prior to the date set out in point 2.1.2. which do not comply with the requirements of points 2.1.3. to 2.1.3.1. and which comply with the requirements set out in points 2.1.1. to 2.1.1.2.4. may be sold for a period not exceeding 30 months from that date. |
| 3.9.2 Vozila iz točke 2.1.3 | 2.1.3. Requirements for pneumatic tyres designed primarily for agricultural vehicles other than those set out in points 2.1.1. to 2.1.1.2.4. |
| 3.9.2.1 | Krmiljenje se izvaja z zgibanjem sprednjega in zadnjega dela vozila okrog sredinske navpične osi ali z zgibanjem vseh goseničnih sklopov. | 2.1.3.1. Tyres not covered by the provisions of points 2.1.1 to 2.1.1.2.4. shall conform to the types approved under the relevant UNECE regulations. |
| 3.9.3 Vozila iz točke 2.1.1, 2.1.2 ali 2.1.3 s podvozjem, ki je kombinacija osi s kolesi in kompleta ustreznih gosenic | 2.2. Requirements for the approval of a type of vehicle with regard to the installation of tyres |
| 3.9.3.1 | Krmiljenje se izvaja s spreminjanjem smeri koles na osi s kolesi in/ali z zgibanjem sprednjega in zadnjega dela vozila okrog sredinske navpične osi. Os s kolesi je lahko nameščena na sprednjem ali zadnjem delu vozila. | 2.2.1. Specific requirements for the installation of tyres on vehicles with a maximum design speed not exceeding 65 km/h. |
| 3.10 Označevanje | 2.2.1.1. Subject to the provisions of point 2.2.1.2. all tyres fitted to vehicles, including any spare tyre, shall be type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No 106 as referenced in Annex I. |
| Homologacijska oznaka, ki dokazuje skladnost vozila z ustreznimi zahtevami iz točk 3.1 do 3.7, mora biti pritrjena na predpisano tablico v skladu s Prilogo XX. | 2.2.1.1.1. For the purpose of vehicle type-approval in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, tyres designed primarily for agricultural vehicles with diagonal or bias-ply and bias-belted construction with a reference speed not exceeding 40 km/h (i.e. speed symbol A8), as well as radial tyres designed primarily for construction application purposes (i.e. tyres marked ‘Industrial’, ‘IND’, ‘R-4’ or ‘F-3’) may until 31 December 2017 be type-approved according to this Regulation instead. |
| (1) % površine reber, znan tudi kot „kopno in morje“ | 2.2.1.2. Where a vehicle is designed for conditions of use which are incompatible with the characteristics of tyres type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No 106, as referenced in Annex I, or this Regulation and it is therefore necessary to fit tyres with different characteristics, the requirements of point 2.2.1.1. do not apply, provided that the following conditions are met: |
| PRILOGA XXXIV | — | the tyres are in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council (1) (i.e. type-approved according to UNECE regulations Nos 30, 54 and 117 as referenced in Annex I to this Regulation) or type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No 75, as referenced in Annex I, and |
| Zahteve za mehanske naprave za spenjanje | — | the approval authority and technical service are satisfied that the tyres fitted are suitable for the operating conditions of the vehicle. The nature of the exemption and reasons for acceptance shall be clearly stated in the test report. |
| 1. Opredelitev pojmov | 2.2.2. Specific requirements for the installation of tyres on vehicles with a maximum design speed exceeding 65 km/h. |
| V tej prilogi: | 2.2.2.1. Subject to the provisions of point 2.2.2.2., all tyres fitted to vehicles, including any spare tyre, shall be in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 (i.e. type-approved according to UNECE Regulations Nos 30, 54 and 117 as referenced in Annex I). |
| 1.1 | „mehanska naprava za spenjanje med traktorjem in vlečenim vozilom“ pomeni dele, vgrajene na traktorju in na vlečenem vozilu, namenjene za zagotavljanje mehanske zveze med tema voziloma; | 2.2.2.2. Where a vehicle is designed for conditions of use which are incompatible with the characteristics of tyres type-approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 and it is therefore necessary to fit tyres with different characteristics, the requirements of point 2.2.2.1. do not apply, provided that the following conditions are met: |
| 1.2 | „tip mehanske naprave za spenjanje med traktorjem in vlečenim vozilom“ pomeni dele, ki se med seboj ne razlikujejo po bistvenih lastnostih, na primer po: | — | izvedbi dela mehanske naprave za spenjanje, | — | vlečnih ušesih, | — | zunanji obliki, merah ali načinu delovanja (npr. avtomatsko ali neavtomatsko), | — | materialu, | — | vrednosti D, kot je opredeljena v Dodatku 2, za preskus z dinamično metodo ali po masi priklopnika, kot je opredeljena v Dodatku 3, za preskus s statično metodo in po navpični obremenitvi priključne točke S; | — | the tyres are type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No 75; as referenced in Annex I, and |
| 1.3 | „referenčno središče mehanske naprave za spenjanje“ pomeni točko na osi sornika, ki je enako oddaljena od krakov čeljusti, in točko presečišča simetrijske ravnine vlečnega kavlja z linijo konkavnega dela kavlja na višini stika z vlečnim ušesom, ko je ta v položaju za vleko; | — | the approval authority and technical service are satisfied that the tyres fitted are suitable for the operating conditions of the vehicle. The nature of the exemption and reasons for acceptance shall be clearly stated in the test report. |
| 1.4 | „višina mehanske naprave za spenjanje nad tlemi“ pomeni razdaljo med vodoravno ravnino, ki poteka skozi referenčno središče mehanske naprave za spenjanje, in vodoravno ravnino, na kateri stojijo kolesa traktorja; | 2.2.3. General requirements for the installation of tyres |
| 1.5 | „navpična obremenitev priključne točke“ pomeni obremenitev, s katero je obremenjeno referenčno središče mehanske naprave za spenjanje v statičnih pogojih; | 2.2.3.1. All tyres normally fitted to one axle shall be of the same type, with the exception of the cases mentioned in points 2.2.4.1.1 and 2.2.4.1.2. |
| 1.6 | „avtomatska mehanska naprava za spenjanje“ pomeni del mehanske naprave za spenjanje, ki se sam zapre in zapahne ob aktiviranju drsnega mehanizma za vlečno uho brez dodatnega ukrepanja; | 2.2.3.2. The space in which the wheel revolves shall be such as to allow unrestricted movement when using the maximum permissible size of tyres and rim widths, taking into account the minimum and maximum wheel off-sets if applicable, within the minimum and maximum suspension and steering constraints as declared by the vehicle manufacturer. This shall be verified by performing the checks with the largest and the widest tyres in each space, taking into account the applicable rim size and the maximum allowed section width and outer diameter of the tyre, in relation to the tyre size designation as specified in the relevant UNECE regulation. The checks shall be performed by rotating a representation of the tyre’s maximum envelope, not just the actual tyre, in the space for the wheel in question. |
| 1.7 | „obremenitev na sprednjo os neobremenjenega traktorja“ pomeni tisti del teže traktorja, s katerim v statičnih pogojih deluje sprednja os traktorja na tla. | 2.2.3.3. The technical service may agree to an alternative test procedure (e.g. virtual testing) to verify that the requirements of point 2.2.3.2 are met, provided that the clearance between the tyre’s maximum envelope and vehicle structure is complied with. |
| 2. Splošne zahteve | 2.2.4. Load capacity |
| 2.1 | Deli mehanske naprave za spenjanje so lahko zasnovani za avtomatsko ali neavtomatsko delovanje. | 2.2.4.1. The maximum load rating of each tyre fitted on the vehicle, taking into due account the maximum design speed of the vehicle and the most demanding service conditions, as well as the special cases of points 2.2.6. to 2.2.6.5. if applicable, shall be at least equal to the following: |
| 2.2 | Deli mehanske naprave za spenjanje na traktorju morajo izpolnjevati zahteve za mere in trdnost iz točke 3.1 in točke 3.2 ter zahteve za navpično obremenitev priključne točke iz točke 3.3. | — | the maximum permissible mass per axle where the axle is equipped with one tyre only; |
| 2.3 | Deli mehanske naprave za spenjanje morajo biti zasnovani in izdelani tako, da ob normalni uporabi ves čas delujejo zadovoljivo in ohranjajo značilnosti, predpisane v tej prilogi. | — | half of the maximum permissible mass per axle where the axle is equipped with two tyres in single formation; |
| 2.4 | Vsi deli mehanskih naprav za spenjanje morajo biti izdelani iz materialov ustrezne kakovosti, da lahko prenesejo preskuse iz točke 3.2, njihove značilnosti glede trdnosti pa morajo ostati nespremenjene. | — | 0,285 times the maximum permissible mass per axle where the axle is equipped with two sets of tyres in dual (twin) formation; |
| 2.5 | Vse naprave za spenjanje in njihovi zapahi se morajo zlahka vklapljati in izklapljati ter morajo biti zasnovani tako, da v normalnih okoliščinah uporabe ne more priti do nenamernega odklapljanja. | Pri delih avtomatskih naprav za spenjanje mora biti zapahnjeni položaj zavarovan oblikovno, z dvema neodvisno delujočima varnostnima napravama, ki pa se lahko sproščata z isto upravljalno napravo. | — | 0,20 times the maximum permissible mass per axle where the axle is equipped with two sets of tyres in triple formation. |
| 2.6 | Vlečno uho se mora odklanjati za najmanj 60° vodoravno v obe smeri od vzdolžne osi nevgrajene naprave za spenjanje. Poleg tega se zahteva stalna gibljivost v navpični smeri za 20° navzgor in navzdol. (Glej tudi Dodatek 1.) | Kota zgibanja se ne smeta doseči sočasno. | 2.2.4.1.1. In case where dual or triple formations are composed by tyres of different types (i.e. tyre size designations and service descriptions) the following apply: |
| 2.7 | Vlečna sklopka s sornikom mora omogočati osno sukanje vlečnega ušesa za najmanj 90° v desno ali levo okoli vzdolžne osi naprave za spenjanje s stalnim zaviralnim navorom med 30 in 150 Nm. | Vlečni kavelj, nevrtljiva vlečna sklopka s sornikom in lovilnikom, vlečna krogla in vlečni sornik morajo omogočati osno sukanje vlečnega ušesa za najmanj 20° v desno ali levo okoli vzdolžne osi naprave za spenjanje. | — | the tyres shall have the same overall diameter; |
| 2.8 | Za preprečitev nenamernega odpenjanja iz vlečnega ušesa razdalja med vrhom vlečnega kavlja, glave krogle ali sornika (klina) in varovalom (vpenjalno napravo) ne sme biti večja od 10 mm pri največji nazivni obremenitvi. | — | the tyres shall be of the same ‘category of use’, ‘structure’ and ‘speed category symbol’ as defined in paragraphs 2.1.3, 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 of UNECE regulation 106, as referenced in Annex I; |
| 3. Posebne zahteve | — | the vehicle shall be equipped symmetrically; |
| 3.1 Mere | — | the sum of the maximum load ratings of all tyres fitted to the axle shall be at least 1,14 times the maximum permissible axle mass in the case of dual formation and 1,2 times the maximum permissible axle mass in the case of triple formation; |
| Mere delov mehanske naprave za spenjanje na traktorju morajo biti v skladu s slikami od 1 do 5 in tabelo 1 v Dodatku 1. | — | the share of the maximum permissible mass per axle on each tyre of the formation shall not exceed the maximum load rating of each tyre; |
| Mere delov mehanske naprave za spenjanje na vlečenem vozilu morajo biti v skladu z merami, ki jih dovoljujejo kombinacije v tabeli 2 v Dodatku 1. | — | the inflation pressure of each tyre in the formation shall conform to the recommendation of the tyre manufacturer taking into account the actual load on each tyre and the service conditions. |
| 3.2 Trdnost | 2.2.4.1.2. When a vehicle may be fitted on each axle with tyres for which the sum of maximum load rating is less than the maximum permissible mass per axle, the requirements of points 2.2.4.1 and 2.2.4.1.1 apply with the maximum permissible mass per axle according to the tyre specification instead of the maximum permissible mass per axle. |
| 3.2.1 | Za preverjanje trdnosti je treba na delih mehanske naprave za spenjanje opraviti: | (i) | dinamični preskus pod pogoji iz Dodatka 2 ali statični preskus pod pogoji iz Dodatka 3, če se uporabljajo na vozilih, katerih največja konstrukcijsko določena hitrost ne presega 40 km/h; | (ii) | dinamični preskus pod pogoji iz Dodatka 2, če se uporabljajo na vozilih z največjo konstrukcijsko določeno hitrostjo nad 40 km/h. | Druga možnost je, da se v obeh primerih iz točk (i) in (ii) dinamični preskus opravi v skladu z zahtevami iz Pravilnika UN/ECE št. 55, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | The maximum permissible mass per axle according to the tyre specification and the maximum permissible mass per axle are the ones declared by the vehicle manufacturer. |
| 3.2.2 | Preskus ne sme povzročiti nobenih trajnih deformacij, zlomov ali pretrgov. | The owner’s manual, the information document and the certificate of conformity shall mention the values of mass per axle for each one of them depending on the maximum permissible mass per axle according to the tyre specification. |
| 3.3 Navpična obremenitev priključne točke (S) | 2.2.4.2. The maximum load rating of a tyre is determined as follows: |
| 3.3.1 | Največjo statično navpično obremenitev predpiše proizvajalec, vendar ne sme presegati 3 000 kg, razen pri vlečnih kroglah, kjer največja obremenitev ne sme presegati 4 000 kg. | 2.2.4.2.1. | In the case of tyres identified by speed symbol D (i.e. 65 km/h) or lower the ‘table load-capacity variation with speed’ as referred to in paragraph 2.30 of UNECE Regulation No 106, as referenced in Annex I, for its specific category of use is taken into account. The table shows, as a function of the load-capacity indices and nominal-speed-category symbols, the load variations which a pneumatic tyre can withstand taking into account the maximum design speed of the vehicle. |
| 3.3.2 | Pogoji sprejemljivosti: | 3.3.2.1 | Dovoljena statična navpična obremenitev ne sme presegati tehnično dovoljene statične navpične obremenitve, ki jo priporoča proizvajalec traktorja, in statične navpične obremenitve, ki je določena za mehansko napravo za spenjanje v skladu s homologacijo sestavnega dela. | 3.3.2.2 | Ne glede na obremenjenost traktorja masa, ki jo na cesto prenašajo kolesa na sprednji (krmiljeni) osi, ne sme biti manjša od 20 % mase neobremenjenega traktorja, ne sme pa biti presežena največja obremenitev na zadnji (drugi) osi. | 2.2.4.2.2. | In the case of tyres identified by speed symbol F (80 km/h) or higher, type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No 54, the ‘table load-capacity variation with speed’ as referred to in paragraph 2.29 of that Regulation is taken into account. The table shows, as a function of the load-capacity indices and nominal-speed-category symbols, the load variations which a pneumatic tyre can withstand taking into account the maximum design speed of the vehicle. |
| 3.4 Oddaljenost naprave za spenjanje od tal (h) | 2.2.4.2.3. | In the case of tyres type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No 75, the ‘table load-capacity variation with speed’ as referred to in paragraph 2.27 of that Regulation is taken into account. The table shows, as a function of the load-capacity indices and nominal-speed-category symbols, the load variations which a pneumatic tyre can withstand taking into account the maximum design speed of the vehicle. |
| 3.4.1 | Vsi traktorji, katerih največja tehnično dovoljena masa presega 2,5 tone, morajo biti opremljeni z napravo za spenjanje za priklopnik, katere višina od tal izpolnjuje enega od naslednjih pogojev: | ali | , pri čemer je: | mt | : | masa traktorja; | mlt | : | masa traktorja z dodatno utežjo na sprednji osi; | ma | : | obremenitev na sprednjo os neobremenjenega traktorja; | mla | : | obremenitev na sprednjo os traktorja z dodatno utežjo na sprednji osi; | l | : | medosna razdalja traktorja; | S | : | navpična obremenitev priključne točke; | c | : | razdalja med referenčnim središčem mehanske naprave za spenjanje in navpično ravnino, ki poteka skozi os zadnjih koles traktorja. | Mase mt, mlt, ma in mla so izražene v kg. | 2.2.4.3. The applicable tyre inflation pressures shall be stated on the vehicle (e.g. on one or more labels). The information shall be clearly legible without the need to remove any parts with the use of tools and shall be affixed in a way that it is not easily removed. The relevant information concerning load and speed indices as well as the applicable tyre inflation pressures shall be stated clearly in the instruction manual of the vehicle in order to ensure that suitable replacement tyres with an appropriate load capacity shall be fitted when necessary, once the vehicle has been put into service. |
| 4. Pogoji za podelitev EU-homologacije | 2.2.4.3.1. The load capacity index indicated in the information document shall be the lowest grade which is compatible with the maximum permissible load on the tyre in question. Tyres with a higher grade may be fitted. |
| 4.1 | Vzorčni traktor tipa, ki ga je treba homologirati, z vgrajeno homologirano napravo za spenjanje se predloži tehnični službi, ki izvaja homologacijske preskuse. | 2.2.5. Speed capacity |
| 4.2 | Tehnična služba, ki izvaja homologacijske preskuse, preveri, ali je homologirani tip naprave za spenjanje primeren za vgradnjo na tip traktorja, za katerega se zahteva homologacija. Zlasti preveri, ali pritrditev naprave za spenjanje ustreza pritrditvi, ki je bila preskušena ob podelitvi EU-homologacije sestavnega dela. | 2.2.5.1. Every tyre fitted normally on the vehicle shall bear a speed category symbol. |
| 4.3 | Za vsak tip dela mehanske naprave za spenjanje morajo biti vlogi priloženi spodaj navedeni dokumenti in podatki: | — | risbe naprave za spenjanje v merilu (trije izvodi). Te risbe morajo še posebej podrobno prikazovati zahtevane mere, prav tako pa tudi mere za vgradnjo naprave, | — | kratek tehnični opis naprave za spenjanje, ki določa tip izdelave in uporabljen material, | — | navedbo vrednosti D iz Dodatka 2 za dinamični preskus ali vrednosti T (vlečena masa v tonah), ki ustreza največji tehnično dovoljeni masi priklopnika, iz Dodatka 3 za statični preskus in največje navpične obremenitve priključne točke S (izražene v kg), | — | ena ali več vzorčnih naprav po zahtevah tehnične službe. | 2.2.5.1.1. The speed category symbol shall be compatible with the maximum design speed. |
| 4.4 | Imetnik EU-homologacije lahko zahteva njeno razširitev na druge tipe naprave za spenjanje. | 2.2.5.1.2. The adjusted load rating as referred to in points 2.2.4.2.1. to 2.2.4.2.3. shall be taken into account. |
| 4.5 | Pristojni organi podelijo tako razširitev pod naslednjimi pogoji: | 4.5.1 | za novi tip naprave za spenjanje je že bila podeljena EU-homologacija sestavnega dela; | 4.5.2 | naprava je primerna za vgradnjo na tip traktorja, za katerega se zahteva razširitev EU-homologacije; | 4.5.3 | pritrditev naprave za spenjanje na traktor ustreza pritrditvi, ki je bila predstavljena ob podelitvi EU-homologacije sestavnega dela. | 2.2.5.2. The relevant information and the applicable tyre inflation pressure shall be stated clearly in the vehicle owner’s handbook in order to ensure that suitable replacement tyres with an appropriate speed capacity shall be fitted when necessary, once the vehicle has been put into service. |
| 4.6 | Za vsako podeljeno ali zavrnjeno homologacijo ali razširitev homologacije mora biti certifikatu o EU-homologaciji priložen certifikat, katerega predloga je določena v členu 68(c) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013. | 2.2.5.2.1. The speed category as indicated in the information document shall be the lowest grade which is compatible with the maximum design vehicle speed. Tyres with a higher grade may be fitted. |
| 4.7 | Če je vloga za EU-homologacijo tipa traktorja vložena sočasno z zahtevkom za EU-homologacijo sestavnega dela za tip naprave za spenjanje za traktor, za katerega se zahteva EU-homologacija, sta točki 4.1 in 4.2 nepotrebni. | 2.2.6. Specific requirements for vehicles fitted with tyres identified by speed symbols corresponding to a maximum design speed not exceeding 65 km/h (i.e. up to symbol D). |
| 4.8 | Vsem mehanskim napravam za spenjanje morajo biti priložena proizvajalčeva navodila za uporabo. V teh navodilih morata biti navedeni številka EU-homologacije sestavnega dela in vrednost D (kN) ali T (tone), odvisno od tega, kateri preskus je bil opravljen na napravi za spenjanje. | 2.2.6.1. Cyclic service |
| 5. Oznake | 2.2.6.1.1. In cyclic service: |
| 5.1 | Vsak del mehanske naprave za spenjanje, skladen s tipom, kateremu je podeljena EU-homologacija sestavnega dela, mora imeti oznako z naslednjimi napisi: | 5.1.1 | trgovsko ime ali blagovna znamka; | 5.1.2 | oznaka EU-homologacije sestavnega dela, skladna z vzorcem iz člena 68(h) Uredbe (EU) št. 167/2013; | 5.1.3 | če je trdnost preverjena v skladu z Dodatkom 2 (dinamični preskus): | dovoljena vrednost D (kN); | vrednost statične navpične obremenitve S (kg); | 5.1.4 | če je trdnost preverjena v skladu z Dodatkom 3 (statični preskus): | vlečena masa T (tone) in navpična obremenitev priključne točke S (kg). | 5.1.5 | Podatki morajo biti jasno vidni, preprosto berljivi in trajni. | 2.2.6.1.1.1. | unloading shall occur before road transport; |
| 6. Proizvajalec lahko namesto izpolnjevanja zahtev iz te priloge predloži homologacijo sestavnega dela za mehansko napravo za spenjanje, podeljeno v skladu s Pravilnikom UN/ECE št. 55, kot je navedeno v Prilogi I. | 2.2.6.1.1.2. | vehicles equipped with injectors, or any other ground engaging attachment (e.g. ploughs) or dragging objects are considered to be operating in a high torque mode; |
| 7. V primeru vozil s krmilom lahko proizvajalec izbere uporabo zahtev iz točk 2 do 6 ali zahtev iz ustreznih določb Priloge II(C)(4) k Uredbi (EU) št. 168/2013. | 2.2.6.1.1.3. | vehicles towing trailers are also considered to be operating in a high torque mode when operating on slopes greater than 11° (20 %). |
| Dodatek 1 | 2.2.6.1.2. In case tyres classified in category of use 'Tractor - Steering wheel' and marked 'FRONT', 'F-1', 'F-2' or 'F-3' operated at speeds up to a maximum speed of 10 km/h on a tractor equipped with a 'Front end loader' the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed 2,0 times the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre. |
| Tipi mehanske naprave za spenjanje na traktorjih | 2.2.6.1.3. In case tyres classified in category of use 'Tractor - Drive wheel' operating in field applications with 'high and sustained torque' (e.g. ploughing) the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre multiplied by 1,07 for tyres with speed symbol A8 or 1,15 for tyres with speed symbol D. |
| „Vlečna sklopka s sornikom in lovilnikom“: glej sliki 1 in 2. | 2.2.6.1.4. In case tyres classified in category of use 'Tractor - Drive wheel' operating in field applications without 'high and sustained torque' and up to a maximum speed of 10 km/h (excluding hillside operations over 20 % slope) the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre multiplied by 1,70. |
| „Nevrtljiva vlečna sklopka s sornikom in lovilnikom“: glej sliko 1d. | 2.2.6.1.5. In case tyres classified in category of use 'Tractor - Drive wheel' operating in field applications without 'high and sustained torque' and a maximum speed not exceeding 15 km/h (excluding hillside operations over 20 % slope) the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre multiplied by 1,55. |
| „Vlečni kavelj“: glej sliko 1 – „Hitch-hook dimensions“ v ISO 6489-1:2001. | 2.2.6.1.6. In case tyres classified in category of use 'Implement, installed on T-, R- and S-category' vehicles, identified by speed symbols A6 or A8 with a nominal rim diameter code lower than 24, operating in 'cyclic high load variation' (i.e. when one way the vehicle is empty and on the other way the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle exceeds two times the unladen mass in running order) the variation in load capacity with speed identified in point 2.2.4.2.1. may be increased by up to 20 % for Free Rolling wheels or by up to 43 % in case of Drive wheels. |
| „Vlečne vilice“: glej sliko 3. | 2.2.6.1.7. The minimum tyre inflation pressure to be adopted for the cases of the points 2.2.6.1.2 to 2.2.6.1.6 shall be provided by the tyre manufacturer. |
| „Vlečna krogla“: glej sliko 4. | 2.2.6.2. In case of ‘Improved Flexion Tyre’ or ‘Very High Flexion Tyre’ classified in category of use 'Tractor – Drive wheel' (marked with prefix IF or VF) operated at speeds up to a maximum speed of 10 km/h fitted to a vehicle equipped with a 'Front end loader', the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed 1,40 times the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre and the relevant reference pressure shall be increased by 40 kPa. |
| „Sornik (klin)“: glej sliko 5. | 2.2.6.2.1. In the case of "Improved Flexion Tyre" classified in category of use 'Tractor Drive Wheel', marked with prefix IF and with suffix 'CFO', fitted to T-category vehicles operating in field applications without 'high and sustained torque' (excluding hillside operations over 20 % slope) the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre multiplied by 1,55 for operations up to a maximum speed of 15 km/h and by 1,30 for operations up to a maximum speed of 30 km/h. |
| Mere vlečnih vilic morajo biti v skladu z merami naslednjih kategorij iz standarda ISO 6489-3:2004: | 2.2.6.3. In case of tyres classified in category of use 'Tractor – Drive wheel' marked with speed symbols A6 or A8 fitted to agricultural trailers operating at speeds between 25 km/h and 40 km/h, the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed 1,20 times the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre. |
| Kategorija (0) (sornik 18); združljivo z ISO 5692-3, oblika W (22-mm odprtina). | 2.2.6.4. In case of tyres classified in category of use 'Forestry machines' fitted to traction wheels of T-category vehicles, for forestry purposes, with high and sustained torque applications in forestry service at speeds up to 10 km/h (including the cases of points 2.2.6.1.1.2 and 2.2.6.1.1.3), the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre. |
| Kategorija (1) (sornik 30); združljivo z ISO 5692-3, oblika X (35-mm uho); ISO 5692-2:2002 (40-mm odprtina); ISO 8755:2001 (40-mm odprtina). | 2.2.6.5. In case of tyres classified in category of use 'Implement', marked with speed symbols A6 or A8, fitted to free rolling steering wheels of T–category vehicles, the load capacity identified as ‘Free Rolling’, taking into account the maximum design speed of the vehicle as well as the variation of load capacity with speed according to definition 2.30 of UNECE Regulation No 106 shall be multiplied by up 0,80. |
| Kategorija (2) (sornik 30); združljivo z ISO 5692-3, oblika X (35-mm uho); ISO 5692-2:2002 (40-mm odprtina); ISO 8755:2001 (40-mm odprtina). | 2.2.6.6. The relevant information and the applicable tyre inflation pressure shall be stated clearly in the instruction manual of the vehicle in order to ensure that suitable replacement tyres with an appropriate load capacity shall be fitted when necessary, once the vehicle has been put into service. |
| Kategorija (3) (sornik 38); združljivo z ISO 5692-1:2004 (50-mm uho); ISO 5692-3:2011, oblika Y (50-mm odprtina); ISO 20019:2001. | 2.2.6.7. In case the applicable tyre inflation pressure for tyres fitted to agricultural or forestry vehicles exceeds 500 kPa, the tyre ground pressure exerted on a flat surface shall not exceed 0,8 MPa. |
| Kategorija (4) (sornik 50); združljivo z ISO 5692-3:2011, oblika Z (68-mm odprtina). | 2.2.6.7.1. The tyre ground pressure is the average load transmitted by the correctly inflated tyre, through its contact area, onto a flat surface. The vertical force is taken under static conditions on the axis of the wheel taking into account the maximum permissible mass per axle as declared by the manufacturer. The tyre contact area consists of the flat surface contained within the convex polygonal curve circumscribing the smallest area containing all points of contact between the tyre and the ground. |
| Tipi mehanske naprave za spenjanje na vlečenih vozilih | 3. Accredited in-house technical services of the manufacturer |
| „Vlečna ušesa“ v skladu z ISO 5692-1:2004 (50-mm odprtina, 30-mm premer ušesa). | A tyre manufacturer may be designated as accredited in-house technical service to perform self testing, in accordance with Article 60 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013. |
| „Vlečna ušesa“ v skladu z ISO 20019:2001 (50-mm sredina odprtine, od 30- do 41-mm premer ušesa). | (1) Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1). |
| „Vrtljiva vlečna ušesa“ v skladu z ISO 5692-3:2011. | ANNEX XXXI |
| „Ušesa za spenjanje“ v skladu z ISO 5692-2:2002 (40-mm odprtina). | Requirements on spray-suppression systems |
| „Vlečno uho“ v skladu z ISO 8755:2001 (40-mm odprtina). | 1. Requirements for all vehicles in category Tb and Rb |
| „Vlečno uho“ v skladu z ISO 1102:2001 (50-mm odprtina). | 1.1. | Tb category tractors shall be equipped with wheel guards (parts of the bodywork, mudguards, etc.). |
| „Naprava za spenjanje“ v skladu z ISO 24347:2005 (80-mm premer krogle). | 1.2. | The wheel guards shall be designed so that they protect other road users as far as possible from dispersed stones, dirt, ice, snow and water. |
| Risbe sestavnih delov mehanskih naprav za spenjanje | 1.3. | The wheels shall have a guard at the top, which covers at least 2/3 of the total width of the tyre. The front and rear edge of the guard shall cover an angle of at least 90°. |
| Risba 1a | 1.4. | Rb category vehicles, equipped with C3 tyres or with other tyres with road profile permitted for those vehicles, shall be equipped with wheel guards that cover the total width of the tyre; the front part of the wheel guard shall cover an angle of at least 30° towards the front, the rear part of it shall cover an angle of at least 60° rearward of the vertical plane passing through of the centre of the wheels. Parts of the bodywork may form parts of the guards if they provide the same level of protection against thrown-up stones, mud, ice, snow and water. |
| Neavtomatska naprava za spenjanje za priklopnik z valjastim sornikom | ANNEX XXXII |
| Slika 1b | Requirements on the reverse gear |
| Avtomatska naprava za spenjanje za priklopnik z valjastim sornikom | All tractors shall be equipped with a device for reversing which can be operated from the driving position. |
| Slika 1c | ANNEX XXXIII |
| Avtomatska naprava za spenjanje za priklopnik z izbočenim sornikom | Requirements on tracks |
| Slika 1d | 1. Definitions |
| Nevrtljiva vlečna sklopka s sornikom in lovilnikom (ustreza standardu ISO 6489-5:2011) | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| Tabela 1 | 1.1. | ‘Crawler undercarriage’ means a system comprising at least two track rollers, which are spaced a specified distance apart in one plane (in-line) and a continuous metallic or rubber track belt runs around them. |
| Oblike in mere vlečnih sklopk s sornikom in lovilnikom za priklopnike ali priključke | 1.2. | ‘Track rollers’ means the system that transmits the weight of the vehicle and crawler undercarriage to the ground via the track belt, transmit torque from the vehicle’s drive system to the track belt and may produce a change of direction of the moving belt. |
| Navpična obremenitev | S | kg | Vrednost D | D | kN | Oblika | Mere | mm | 1.3. | ‘Track belt’ means a continuous flexible belt, which can absorb longitudinal tractive forces. |
| D | ± 0,5 | a | najmanj | b | najmanj | 1.4. | ‘Track length’ means the distance between the centres of the extreme track rollers under which the pads or track belt are contacting the ground. |
| ≤ 1 000 | ≤ 35 | w | 18 | 50 | 40 | 1.5. | ‘Track width’ means the distance between two parallel planes bounding the outside of the raised tread pattern (lugs) or pads. |
| ≤ 2 000 | ≤ 90 | x | 28 | 70 | 55 | 2. Scope |
| ≤ 3 000 | ≤ 120 | y | 43 | 100 | 80 | 2.1. | Vehicles of category C shall fulfil the requirements of this Annex. |
| ≤ 3 000 | ≤ 120 | z | 50 | 110 | 95 | 2.1.1. | Vehicles with maximum design speed not exceeding 15 km/h shall be equipped either with metallic tracks which are fitted with rubber pads on the track shoes or with tracks made of rubber only. |
| Slika 2 | 2.1.2. | Vehicles with a maximum design speed exceeding 15 km/h and not exceeding 40 km/h shall be equipped with tracks made of rubber only. |
| Neavtomatska naprava za spenjanje za priklopnik, ustreza standardu ISO 6489, del 2, iz julija 2002 | 2.1.3. | Vehicles with a maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h shall be equipped with tracks made of rubber only. |
| Slika 3 | 3. Requirements |
| Primer vlečnih vilic, ki ustrezajo standardu ISO 6489, del 3, iz junija 2004 | 3.1. Vehicles with a maximum design speed of not less than 15 km/h shall be equipped with rubber tracks. |
| Slika 4 | 3.2. Crawler undercarriages shall be non-damaging to roads. Vehicles with crawler undercarriages are non-damaging to roads if |
| Vlečna krogla (ustreza standardu ISO 24347:2005) | 3.2.1. | the limits set out in points 3.3 – 3.5 are not exceeded; and |
| Slika 5 | 3.2.2. | the contact surface of the crawler undercarriage with the road pavement is composed of an elastomeric material (such as rubber, etc.). |
| Vlečni sornik (ustreza standardu ISO 6489-4:2004) | 3.3. Mean Ground Contact Pressure |
| Tabela 2 | 3.3.1. Metallic tracks |
| Sestavni del za spenjanje na traktorju | Sestavni del za spenjanje na vlečenem vozilu | 3.3.1.1. | Vehicles falling under point 2.1.1 shall have a Mean Ground Contact Pressure, P, not exceeding 0,65 MPa, calculated according to the following formula: | Where NR is the total number of track rollers directly transferring load onto the road surface (via the tracks and pads) and AP is the outer surface area of each pad (i.e. in contact with the road), in mm2. AP is defined by measuring the footprint of one pad perpendicular under the centre of a not extreme track roller, by lowering a laden vehicle onto a suitable piece of cardboard or other permanently deformable material and measuring the area of the depression so caused. |
| Ustreza standardu ISO 6489-1:2001 (kavelj) | Ustreza standardu ISO 5692-1:2004 (vlečno uho, 50-mm sredina odprtine, 30-mm premer ušesa) | ali standardu ISO 20019:2001 (vlečno uho, 50-mm sredina odprtine, od 30- do 41-mm premer ušesa) | ali standardu ISO 5692-3:2011 (vrtljiva vlečna ušesa; združljivo samo z obliko Y, 50-mm odprtina) | 3.3.1.2. | For vehicles with a combination of wheeled axles and tracks, the load acting through the wheeled axles with the vehicle in the laden condition shall be measured using suitable weigh pads and subtracted from the overall maximum permissible mass to calculate P. Alternatively, the manufacturer’s declared maximum combined load for the track trains may be substituted for the maximum permissible vehicle mass. |
| Ustreza standardu ISO 6489-5:2011 (nevrtljiva vlečna sklopka s sornikom in lovilnikom) | Ustreza standardu ISO 5692-3:2011 (vrtljiva vlečna ušesa) | 3.3.2. Rubber tracks |
| Ustreza standardu ISO 6489-2:2002 (vlečna sklopka s sornikom in lovilnikom) | Ustreza standardu ISO 5692-2:2002 (uho za spenjanje, 40-mm odprtina) | ali standardu ISO 8755:2001 (40-mm vlečno uho) | ali standardu ISO 1102:2001 (50-mm vlečno uho, združljivo samo s standardom ISO 6489-2:2002, oblika A – neavtomatska) | 3.3.2.1. | Vehicles falling under point 2.1.2 shall have a Mean Ground Contact pressure, P, not exceeding 0,5 MPa, calculated according to the following formula: | Where AL is the total surface area of rubber lugs in contact with the road, between the centres of the extreme track rollers under which the track belt is contacting the ground. The supplier of the rubber belt shall provide the percentage of lug area (1) versus the total surface of the belt (defined as the track length multiplied by the track width), or the total lug area in contact with the road can be measured by lowering a laden vehicle onto a suitable piece of cardboard or other permanently deformable material and measuring the total area of the depressions so caused. |
| Ustreza standardu ISO 6489-3:2004 (vlečno oje) | Ustrezen tip naprave za spenjanje, naveden v tem stolpcu, ki se prilega meram vlečnih vilic traktorja iz tega dodatka ali ustreza vlečnim ušesom vozil Sa in pritrditvi na vlečne vilice v skladu s standardom ISO 21244:2008. | 3.3.2.2. | For vehicles with a combination of wheeled axles and tracks, the load acting through the wheeled axles with the vehicle in the laden condition shall be measured using suitable weigh pads and subtracted from the overall maximum permissible mass to calculate P. Alternatively, the manufacturer’s declared maximum combined axle load for the track trains may be substituted for the maximum permissible vehicle mass. |
| Ustreza standardu ISO 24347:2005 (krogla) | Ustreza standardu ISO 24347:2005 (80-mm premer krogle) | 3.3.2.3. | Vehicles falling under point 2.1.3 shall have a Mean Ground Contact pressure, P, not exceeding 0,2 MPa, calculated according to points 3.3.2.1. and 3.3.2.2. |
| Ustreza standardu ISO 6489-4:2004 (klin) | Ustreza standardu ISO 5692-1:2004 (vlečno uho, 50-mm sredina odprtine, 30-mm premer ušesa) | ali standardu ISO 5692-3:2011 (vrtljiva vlečna ušesa; združljivo samo z obliko Y, 50-mm odprtina) | 3.4. The maximum load per track roller shall not exceed 2 250 kg, calculated by dividing the maximum permissible mass in kg (allowing for any mass acting on any wheeled axles in the same way as 3.3.1.2 or 3.3.2.2) by the total number of track rollers directly transferring load onto the road surface. |
| Dodatek 2 | 3.5. The maximum load per unit length of track surface in contact with the road shall be calculated by dividing the maximum permissible mass in kg (allowing for any mass acting on any wheeled axles in the same way as 3.3.1.2 or 3.3.2.2) by the total length in metres of tracks in contact with the road at any given moment in time (i.e. between the centres of the extreme track rollers), on the basis of the limits provided under 3.3.1.1 or 3.3.2.1 or 3.3.2.3, following the vehicle case under 2.1.1 or 2.1.2 or 2.1.3 respectively, and 3.4. |
| Dinamična preskusna metoda za mehansko napravo za spenjanje | 3.6. On the inside of track belts, there shall be elements to ensure that the track belt shall be guided over the rollers. On the outside, there shall be a track pattern appropriate for the specific intended use in the agricultural or forestry sector. |
| 1. Preskusni postopek | 3.7. Torque can be transmitted by friction (directly) or by positive engagement of track rollers with track. |
| Trdnost mehanske naprave za spenjanje se dokaže z izmenično obremenitvijo na preskuševalni napravi. | 3.8. In vehicles in which track belts are driven by friction, the operator shall have a continuous indication of track tension during road travel, or there shall be a visual and/or audible signal that is activated when the minimum belt tension is reached. |
| Ta metoda opisuje preskus z utrujanjem, ki se opravi na celotni mehanski napravi za spenjanje, in sicer tako, da se naprava, opremljena z vsemi deli, potrebnimi za vgradnjo, namesti na preskuševalno napravo in preskusi na njej. | 3.9. Steering action |
| Izmenične obremenitve potekajo, kolikor je mogoče, v obliki sinusne krivulje (izmenično in/ali naraščajoče), cikel obremenjevanja pa je odvisen od materiala, ki se preskuša. Med preskusom ne sme priti do nikakršnih zlomov ali pretrgov. | 3.9.1. Vehicles falling under point 2.1.1 or under point 2.1.2 |
| 2. Preskusna merila | 3.9.1.1. | For vehicles with only one track train at each side, the steering function shall be performed by changing the speed between the left-hand side and right-hand side track trains. |
| Osnova za preskusne obremenitve so vodoravne komponente sile v vzdolžni osi vozila in navpične komponente sile. | 3.9.1.2. | For vehicles with two track trains at each side, the steering function shall be performed by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis or by pivoting of two opposite or all four track trains. |
| Vodoravne komponente sile, pravokotne na vzdolžno os vozila, in momenti se ne upoštevajo, če so drugotnega pomena. | 3.9.2. Vehicles falling under point 2.1.3 |
| Vodoravne komponente sile v vzdolžni osi vozila so izražene z matematično ugotovljeno vzorčno silo – vrednostjo D. | 3.9.2.1. | The steering function shall be performed by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis or by articulation of all track trains. |
| Za mehansko napravo za spenjanje se uporabi naslednja formula: | 3.9.3. Vehicles falling under point 2.1.1 or 2.1.2 or 2.1.3 and which the undercarriage is a combination of a wheeled axle and a set of the corresponding tracks |
| pri čemer je: | 3.9.3.1. | The steering function shall be performed by changing the direction of the wheels on the wheeled axle and/or by articulation of the front and rear part of the vehicle around a central vertical axis. The wheeled axle can be installed at the front or at the rear of the vehicle. |
| MT | = | največja tehnično dovoljena masa traktorja; | 3.10. Marking |
| MR | = | največja tehnično dovoljena masa vlečenih vozil; | The type-approval mark shall be affixed to the statutory plate in accordance with Annex XX, presenting the compliance of the vehicle with the appropriate requirements of points 3.1 – 3.7. |
| g | = | 9,81 m/s2. | (1) % of lug area, also known as ‘land and sea’. |
| Navpične komponente sile v smeri, pravokotni na progo, so izražene s statično navpično obremenitvijo S. | ANNEX XXXIV |
| Tehnično dovoljene obremenitve navede proizvajalec. | Requirements on mechanical couplings |
| 3. Zahteve za preskusni postopek | 1. Definitions |
| 3.1 Splošne zahteve | For the purposes of this Annex: |
| Preskušana mehanska naprava za spenjanje se obremeni s preskusno silo prek ustreznega standardnega vlečnega ušesa pod kotom, ki ga določa položaj navpične preskusne obremenitve Fv glede na vodoravno preskusno obremenitev Fh v smeri vzdolžne srednje ravnine, ki poteka od zgornjega sprednjega dela proti spodnjemu zadnjemu delu. | 1.1. | ‘Mechanical coupling between tractor and towed vehicle’ means the components installed on the tractor and on the towed vehicle in order to provide the mechanical coupling between those vehicles. |
| Prijemališče preskusne sile je običajna točka stika med mehansko napravo za spenjanje in vlečnim ušesom. | 1.2. | ‘Type of mechanical coupling between tractor and towed vehicle’ means parts which do not differ from one another in such essential respects as: | — | nature of mechanical coupling component, | — | drawbar rings, | — | external shape, dimensions or mode of operation (e.g. automatic or non-automatic), | — | material, | — | value of D as defined in Appendix 2 for the test performed using the dynamic method or the trailer mass as defined in Appendix 3 for tests performed using the static method, and also the vertical load on the coupling point S. |
| Vzdrževati je treba čim manjšo zračnost med napravo za spenjanje in ušesom. | 1.3. | ‘Reference centre of mechanical coupling’ means the point on the pin axis which is equidistant from the wings in the case of a fork and the point resulting from the intersection of the plane of symmetry of the hook with the generatrix of the concave part of the hook at the level of contact with the ring when this is in the traction position. |
| Načeloma se naprava izmenično obremenjuje s preskusno silo, ki niha okoli ničelne vrednosti. Pri izmenični preskusni sili je povzročena obremenitev enaka nič. | 1.4. | ‘Height above ground of mechanical coupling’ means the distance between the horizontal plane through the reference centre of the mechanical coupling and the horizontal plane on which the wheels of the tractor are resting. |
| Če je zaradi zasnove naprave za spenjanje (npr. prevelika zračnost, vlečni kavelj) nemogoče izvesti preskus z izmenično preskusno obremenitvijo, se lahko obremenjevanje opravi tudi na osnovi naraščanja v smeri vleke ali tlaka, kar od tega je večje. | 1.5. | ‘Vertical load on the coupling point’ means the load transmitted, under static conditions on the reference centre of the mechanical coupling. |
| Če se preskus opravi z naraščajočo krivuljo obremenitve, je preskusna obremenitev enaka zgornji (največji) obremenitvi, (spodnja) najmanjša obremenitev pa ne sme presegati 5 % zgornje obremenitve. | 1.6. | ‘Automatic mechanical coupling’ means a mechanical coupling component which closes and secures itself when the sliding mechanism for the drawbar rings is actuated, without further action. |
| Pri preskusu z izmenično obremenitvijo je treba z ustrezno namestitvijo preskusne naprave in izbiro prevajanja moči poskrbeti, da se ne vnesejo nobeni dodatni momenti ali sile v smeri, pravokotni na preskusno silo; kotna napaka smeri sile pri preskušanju z izmenično obremenitvijo naj ne presega ± 1,5°; pri preskusu z naraščajočo obremenitvijo se kot nastavi v položaj zgornje obremenitve. | 1.7. | ‘Weight on the front axle of the unladen tractor’ means that part of the weight of the tractor which, under static conditions, is transmitted on the ground by the front axle of the tractor. |
| Preskusna frekvenca ne presega 30 Hz. | 2. General requirements |
| Pri delih iz jekla ali jeklene litine znaša število ciklov obremenitve | 2.1. | The mechanical coupling components may be designed to function automatically or non-automatically. |
| . Temu preskusu sledi pregled morebitnih razpok, ki se opravi z metodo barvne penetracije ali s podobno metodo. | 2.2. | The mechanical coupling components on the tractor shall conform to the dimensional and strength requirements in point 3.1 and point 3.2 and the requirements for the vertical load on the coupling point in point 3.3. |
| Če so v dele naprave za spenjanje vgrajene vzmeti in/ali blažilniki, se med preskusom ne smejo odstraniti, lahko pa se nadomestijo, če so med preskusom izpostavljeni obremenitvam, do katerih ne pride med normalno uporabo (npr. toplotne obremenitve), in se zato poškodujejo. Njihovo vedenje pred preskusom, med preskusom in po njem se opiše v poročilu o preskusu. | 2.3. | The mechanical coupling components shall be so designed and made that in normal use they will continue to function satisfactorily and retain the characteristics prescribed by this Annex. |
| 3.2 Preskusne sile | 2.4. | All parts of mechanical coupling components shall be made of materials of a quality sufficient to withstand the tests referred to in point 3.2. and shall have durable strength characteristics. |
| Preskusna sila je geometrijska vsota vodoravne in navpične preskusne komponente: | 2.5. | All the couplings and their locks shall be easy to engage and release and shall be so designed that under normal operating conditions no accidental de-coupling is possible. | In automatic coupling components the locked position shall be secured in a form-locking manner by two independently functioning safety devices. However, the latter may be released using the same control device. |
| pri čemer je: | 2.6. | The drawbar ring shall be capable of tilting horizontally at least 60° on both sides of the longitudinal axis of a non-built-in coupling device. In addition, vertical mobility of 20° upwards and downwards is required at all times. (See also Appendix 1.) | The angles of articulation shall not be attained at the same time. |
| Fh= | 2.7. | The jaw shall permit the drawbar rings to swivel axially at least 90° to the right or left around the longitudinal axis of the coupling with a fixed braking momentum of between 30 and 150 Nm. | The towing hook, no-swivel clevis coupling, ball type coupling and pin type coupling shall allow the drawbar ring to swivel axially at least 20° to the right or left around the longitudinal axis of the coupling. |
| (kN) pri izmenični obremenitvi | 2.8. | In order to prevent unintentional uncoupling from the hitch ring, the distance between the towing hook or ball head or pin (piton) tip and the keeper (clamping device) shall not exceed 10 mm at the maximum design load. |
| ali | 3. Special requirements |
| Fh= | 3.1. Dimensions |
| (kN) pri naraščajoči obremenitvi (vleka ali tlak); | The dimensions of the mechanical coupling components on the tractor shall comply with Appendix 1, Figures 1 to 5 and Table 1. |
| Fv= | The dimensions of the mechanical coupling components on the towed vehicle shall comply with the ones permitted by the combinations in Table 2 of Appendix 1. |
| (vrednost je izražena v kN) | 3.2. Strength |
| S= statična navpična obremenitev (obremenitev proti progi, izražena v kg). | 3.2.1. | For the purposes of checking their strength, the mechanical coupling components shall undergo: | (i) | a dynamic test under the conditions set out in Appendix 2 or a static test under the conditions set out in Appendix 3, if they are used on vehicles with maximum design speed not exceeding 40 km/h; | (ii) | a dynamic test under the conditions set out in Appendix 2, if they are used on vehicles with maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h. | Alternatively, in both cases set out in points (i) and (ii), the dynamic test may be performed according to the requirements of the UNECE Regulation No 55 as referenced in Annex I. |
| Dodatek 3 | 3.2.2. | The test shall not cause any permanent deformation, breaks or tears. |
| Statična preskusna metoda za mehansko napravo za spenjanje | 3.3. Vertical load on the coupling point (S) |
| 1. Specifikacije preskusov | 3.3.1. | The maximum static vertical load is laid down by the manufacturer. However, it shall not exceed 3 000 kg, except for the ball type coupling, where the maximum value shall not exceed 4 000 kg. |
| 1.1 Splošno | 3.3.2. | Conditions of acceptance: | 3.3.2.1. | The permissible static vertical load shall not exceed the technically permissible static vertical load recommended by the manufacturer of the tractor nor the static vertical load laid down for the mechanical coupling pursuant to component type-approval. | 3.3.2.2. | Whatever the state of loading of the tractor, the mass transmitted to the road by the wheels on the forward (steering) axle shall not be less than 20 % of the unladen mass of that tractor, but the maximum load on the rear (other) axle shall not be exceeded. |
| 1.1.1 | Po pregledu konstrukcijskih značilnosti se mehanska naprava za spenjanje preskusi s statičnimi preskusi v skladu z zahtevami iz točk 1.2, 1.3 in 1.4. | 3.4. Height above the ground of the coupling device (h) |
| 1.2 Priprava preskusa | Text of image |
| Preskuse je treba opraviti na posebni pripravi, pri čemer morajo biti mehanska naprava za spenjanje in vse morebitne naprave za njeno priključitev na kmetijski traktor pritrjene na togo konstrukcijo z istimi deli, ki se uporabljajo za njeno pritrditev na traktor. | Ballast weight on front axle |
| 1.3 Merilni instrumenti | 3.4.1. | All tractors with a technically permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 2,5 tonnes shall be fitted with a trailer coupling having a ground clearance satisfying one of the following relations: | or | where: | mt | : | mass of the tractor, | mlt | : | mass of the tractor with ballast weight on the front axle, | ma | : | weight on the front axle of the unladen tractor, | mla | : | weight on the front axle of the tractor with ballast weight on the front axle, | l | : | tractor wheelbase, | S | : | vertical load on the coupling point, | c | : | distance between the reference centre of the mechanical coupling and the vertical plane passing through the axle of the rear wheels of the tractor. | Masses mt, mlt, ma and mla are expressed in kg. |
| Merilni instrumenti, uporabljeni za zapisovanje obremenitev in premikov, morajo zagotoviti naslednjo točnost merjenja: | 4. Conditions for granting EU type approval |
| — | obremenitve: ± 50 daN, | 4.1. | A tractor representative of the tractor type to be approved, on which a coupling device, duly approved, is mounted is submitted to the technical services responsible for conducting the type-approval tests. |
| — | premiki: ± 0,01 mm. | 4.2. | The technical service responsible for conducting the type-approval tests checks whether the approved type of coupling device is suitable for mounting on the type of tractor for which type-approval is requested. In particular, it ascertains that the attachment of the coupling device corresponds to that which was tested when the EU component type-approval was granted. |
| 1.4 Preskusni postopek | 4.3. | For each type of mechanical coupling component the application shall be accompanied by the following documents and particulars: | — | scale drawings of the coupling device (three copies). These drawings shall in particular show the required dimensions in detail as well as the measurements for mounting the device, | — | a short technical description of the coupling device specifying the type of construction and the material used, | — | a statement of the value of D as referred to in Appendix 2 for the dynamic test or the value of T (towable mass in tonnes), corresponding to the technically permissible maximum laden trailer mass, as referred to in Appendix 3 for the static test, and also the vertical maximum load on the coupling point S (expressed in kg), | — | one or more sample devices as required by the technical service. |
| 1.4.1 | Napravo za spenjanje je treba najprej predobremeniti z vlečno obremenitvijo, ki ne presega 15 % preskusne vlečne obremenitve, opredeljene v točki 1.4.2. | 4.4. | The holder of the EU type-approval may apply for its extension for other types of coupling device. |
| 1.4.1.1 | Postopek, opisan v točki 1.4.1, je treba ponoviti vsaj dvakrat, izhajajoč iz ničelne obremenitve, ki se nato postopoma povečuje do vrednosti, predpisane v točki 1.4.1, nato pa se zmanjša na 500 daN; to ustaljeno obremenitev je treba vzdrževati vsaj 60 sekund. | 4.5. | The competent authorities grant such extension on the following conditions: | 4.5.1. | the new type of coupling device has received EU component type-approval; | 4.5.2. | it is suitable for mounting on the type of tractor for which the extension of the EU type-approval is requested; | 4.5.3. | the attachment of the coupling device on the tractor corresponds to that which was presented when EU component type-approval was granted. |
| 1.4.2 | Podatki, zapisani za izris krivulje obremenitev/deformacija pri vlečni obremenitvi, ali diagram te krivulje, izrisan na tiskalniku, ki je povezan z napravo za obremenjevanje, morajo temeljiti samo na postopku s povečevanjem obremenitev, z začetkom pri sili 500 daN, glede na referenčno središče naprave za spenjanje. | Med preskusom do vključno preskusne vlečne obremenitve, ki je določena kot 1,5-kratnik tehnično dovoljene mase priklopnika, ne sme priti do zlomov, poleg tega mora krivulja obremenitev/deformacija potekati gladko brez nepravilnosti na intervalu med 500 daN in 1/3 največje vlečne obremenitve. | 4.6. | A certificate, which template is set out in Article 68(c) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, is annexed to the EU type-approval certificate for each type-approval or type-approval extension which has been granted or refused. |
| 1.4.2.1 | Trajna deformacija se zabeleži na krivulji obremenitev/deformacija pri obremenitvi 500 daN po zmanjšanju preskusne obremenitve na to vrednost. | 4.7. | If the application for EU type-approval for a type of tractor is made at the same time as the request for EU component type-approval for a type of coupling device on a tractor for which EU type-approval is requested, then points 4.1 and 4.2 are unnecessary. |
| 1.4.2.2 | Zabeležena trajna deformacija ne sme presegati 25 % največje ugotovljene elastične deformacije. | 4.8. | All mechanical couplings shall be accompanied by the manufacturer’s instructions for use. These instructions shall include the EU component type-approved number and also the values of D (kN) or T (tonnes) depending on which test was performed on the coupling. |
| 1.5 Pred preskusom iz točke 1.4.2 je treba opraviti preskus, pri katerem se referenčno središče naprave za spenjanje postopoma obremenjuje od začetne obremenitve 500 daN do trikratne vrednosti največje dovoljene navpične sile (v daN, enako | 5. Markings |
| ), kakršno priporoča proizvajalec. | 5.1. | Every mechanical coupling component conforming to the type for which EU component type-approval has been granted shall bear a marking with the following inscriptions: | 5.1.1. | trade name or mark; | 5.1.2. | EU component type-approval mark conforming to the model set out in Article 68(h) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013; | 5.1.3. | where the strength is checked in accordance with Appendix 2 (dynamic test): | permissible value of D (kN), | static vertical load value of S (kg); | 5.1.4. | where the strength is checked in accordance with Appendix 3 (static test): | towable mass T (tonnes), and vertical load on the coupling point S (kg). | 5.1.5. | The data shall be clearly visible, easily legible and durable. |
| Med preskusom deformacija naprave za spenjanje ne sme preseči 10 % največje ugotovljene elastične deformacije. | 6. Instead of complying with the requirements of this Annex, the manufacturer may choose to present a component type-approval for a mechanical coupling granted under UNECE Regulation No 55, as referenced in Annex I. |
| Preverjanje se opravi, ko se navpična sila (v daN, enako | 7. For vehicles which are fitted with handlebars, manufacturers may chose whether to apply either the requirements of points 2 to 6 or the requirements of the relevant provisions of Annex II(C)(4) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013. |
| ) odstrani in se ponovno vzpostavi začetna obremenitev 500 daN. | Appendix 1 |
| | Mechanical coupling types on tractors |
| | ‘Clevis type mechanical coupling’: see Figures 1 and 2. |
| | ‘No-swivel clevis mechanical coupling’: see Figure 1d. |
| | ‘Towing hook’: see Figure 1 – ‘Hitch-hook dimensions’ in ISO 6489-1:2001. |
| | ‘Tractor drawbar’: see Figure 3. |
| | ‘Ball type mechanical coupling’: see Figure 4. |
| | ‘Pin (piton) type mechanical coupling’: see Figure 5. |
| | Tractor drawbar dimensions shall comply with those of the following categories of ISO 6489-3:2004: |
| | Category (0) (pin 18); compatible with ISO 5692-3, shape W (22 mm hole). |
| | Category (1) (pin 30); compatible with ISO 5692-3, shape X (35 mm ring); ISO 5692-2:2002 (40 mm hole); ISO 8755:2001 (40 mm hole). |
| | Category (2) (pin 30); compatible with ISO 5692-3, shape X (35 mm ring); ISO 5692-2:2002 (40 mm hole); ISO 8755:2001 (40 mm hole). |
| | Category (3) (pin 38); compatible with ISO 5692-1:2004 (50 mm ring); ISO 5692-3:2011 shape Y (50 mm hole); ISO 20019:2001. |
| | Category (4) (pin 50); compatible with ISO 5692-3:2011 shape Z (68 mm hole). |
| | Mechanical coupling types on towed vehicles |
| | ‘Hitch rings’ according to ISO 5692-1:2004 (50 mm hole, 30 mm ring diameter). |
| | ‘Hitch rings’ according to ISO 20019:2001 (50 mm hole centre, 30 to 41 mm ring diameter). |
| | ‘Swivel hitch rings’ according to ISO 5692-3:2011. |
| | ‘Coupling rings’ according to ISO 5692-2:2002 (40 mm socket). |
| | ‘Drawbar eye’ according to ISO 8755:2001 (40 mm hole). |
| | ‘Drawbar eye’ according to ISO 1102:2001 (50 mm hole). |
| | ‘Coupling device’ according to ISO 24347:2005 (80 mm ball diameter). |
| | Drawings of mechanical couplings components |
| | Figure 1a |
| | Non-automatic trailer coupling, with cylindrical locking pin |
| | Figure 1b |
| | Automatic trailer coupling, with cylindrical locking pin |
| | Figure 1c |
| | Automatic trailer coupling, with cambered locking pin |
| | Figure 1d |
| | No-swivel clevis coupling (corresponding to ISO 6489-5:2011) |
| | Table 1 |
| | Shapes and dimensions of trailer or implement clevis couplings |
| | Vertical load | S | Kg | D value | D | kN | Shape | Dimension | Mm |
| | D | ± 0,5 | a | min. | b | min. |
| | ≤ 1 000 | ≤ 35 | w | 18 | 50 | 40 |
| | ≤ 2 000 | ≤ 90 | x | 28 | 70 | 55 |
| | ≤ 3 000 | ≤ 120 | y | 43 | 100 | 80 |
| | ≤ 3 000 | ≤ 120 | z | 50 | 110 | 95 |
| | Figure 2 |
| | Non-automatic trailer coupling corresponding to ISO 6489 Part 2 of July 2002 |
| | Figure 3 |
| | Example of tractor drawbar corresponding to ISO Standard 6489 Part 3 of June 2004 |
| | Figure 4 |
| | Ball type coupling (corresponding to ISO 24347:2005) |
| | Figure 5 |
| | Pin type coupling (corresponding to ISO 6489-4:2004) |
| | Table 2 |
| | Coupling component on the tractor | Coupling component on the towed vehicle |
| | Corresponding to ISO 6489-1:2001 (hook type) | Corresponding to ISO 5692-1:2004 (hitch ring, 50 mm hole centre, 30 mm ring diameter) | or to ISO 20019:2001 (hitch ring, 50 mm hole centre, 30 to 41 mm ring diameter) | or to ISO 5692-3:2011 (swivel hitch rings; compatible only with shape Y, 50 mm hole) |
| | Corresponding to ISO 6489-5:2011 (no swivel clevis coupling) | Corresponding to ISO 5692-3:2011 (swivel hitch rings) |
| | Corresponding to ISO 6489-2:2002 (clevis type) | Corresponding to ISO 5692-2:2002 (coupling ring, 40 mm socket) | or to ISO 8755:2001 (40 mm drawbar eye) | or to ISO 1102:2001 (50 mm drawbar eye, compatible only with ISO 6489-2:2002, shape A – non-automatic) |
| | Corresponding to ISO 6489-3:2004 (drawbar) | Appropriate coupling type mentioned in this column that fits the drawbar dimensions of the tractor mentioned in this Appendix or corresponding to Sa vehicles’ hitch rings and attachment to tractor drawbars according to ISO 21244:2008. |
| | Corresponding to ISO 24347:2005 (ball type) | Corresponding to ISO 24347:2005 (80 mm ball diameter) |
| | Corresponding to ISO 6489-4:2004 (piton type) | Corresponding to ISO 5692-1:2004 (hitch ring, 50 mm hole centre, 30 mm ring diameter) | or to ISO 5692-3:2011 (swivel hitch rings; compatible only with shape Y, 50 mm hole) |
| | Appendix 2 |
| | Mechanical Coupling Dynamic Test Method |
| | 1. Test procedure |
| | The strength of the mechanical coupling shall be established by alternating traction on a test bed. |
| | This method describes the fatigue test to be used on the complete mechanical coupling device, i.e. when fitted with all the parts needed for its installation the mechanical coupling is mounted and tested on a test bed. |
| | The alternating forces shall be applied as far as possible sinusoidally (alternating and/or rising) with a load cycle depending on the material involved. No tears or breaks may occur during the test. |
| | 2. Test criteria |
| | The horizontal force components in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle together with the vertical force components shall form the basis of the test loads. |
| | In so far as they are of secondary importance, horizontal force components at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and also moments shall not be taken into consideration. |
| | The horizontal force components in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle shall be represented by a mathematically established representative force, the value D. |
| | The following equation shall be applied to the mechanical coupling: |
| | Where: |
| | MT | = | the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the tractor, |
| | MR | = | the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the towed vehicles, |
| | g | = | 9,81 m/s2. |
| | The vertical force components at right angles to the track shall be expressed by the static vertical load S. |
| | The technically permissible loads shall be given by the manufacturer. |
| | 3. Test procedure requirements |
| | 3.1. General requirements |
| | The test force shall be applied to the mechanical coupling device being tested by means of an appropriate standard drawbar ring beneath an angle formed by the position of the vertical test load Fv vis-à-vis the horizontal test load Fh in the direction of the median longitudinal plane passing from top front to bottom rear. |
| | The test force shall be applied at the usual point of contact between the mechanical coupling device and the drawbar ring. |
| | The play between the coupling device and the ring shall be kept to a minimum. |
| | In principle the test force is applied in an alternating manner around the zero point. With an alternating test force the resulting load is equal to zero. |
| | Should the design of the coupling device (e.g. excessive play, towing hook) make it impossible to carry out the test with an alternating test load, the test load may also be applied on a rising basis in the direction of traction or pressure, whichever is the greater. |
| | Where the test is carried out with a rising force curve, the test load is equal to the upper (highest) load, and the lower (smallest) load should not exceed 5 % of the upper load. |
| | Care should be taken in the alternating force test to ensure that by suitable mounting of the test apparatus and choice of power conduction system no additional moments or forces arising at right angles to the test force are introduced; the angular error for the direction of force in the alternating force test should not exceed ± 1,5°; and for the rising force test the angle is set in the upper load position. |
| | The test frequency shall not exceed 30 Hz. |
| | For components made of steel or steel casting the load cycle amounts to |
| | . The subsequent tear test shall be carried out using the colour penetration method or similar method. |
| | If springs and/or dampers are incorporated into the coupling parts, they shall not be removed during the test but may be replaced if, during the test, they are subject to strain under conditions which would not obtain during normal operation (e.g. heat action) and become damaged. Their behaviour before, during and after the test shall be described in the test report. |
| | 3.2. Test forces |
| | The test force shall consist in geometrical terms of the horizontal and vertical test components as follows: |
| | where: |
| | Fh= |
| | (kN) in the case of alternating force, |
| | or |
| | Fh= |
| | (kN) in the case of rising force (traction or pressure), |
| | Fv= |
| | (value expressed in kN) |
| | S= static drawbar load (load on the track, expressed in kg). |
| | Appendix 3 |
| | Mechanical Coupling Static Test Method |
| | 1. Test specifications |
| | 1.1. General |
| | 1.1.1. | Subject to a check on its construction characteristics, the mechanical coupling shall undergo static tests in accordance with the requirements of points 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4. |
| | 1.2. Test preparation |
| | The tests shall be carried out on a special machine, with the mechanical coupling and any structure coupling it to the body of the tractor attached to a rigid structure by means of the same components used to mount it on the tractor. |
| | 1.3. Test instruments |
| | The instruments used to record loads applied and movements shall have the following degree of accuracy: |
| | — | loads applied ± 50 daN, |
| | — | movements ± 0,01 mm. |
| | 1.4. Test procedure |
| | 1.4.1. | The coupling device shall first be subjected to a pre-traction load which does not exceed 15 % of the traction test load defined in point 1.4.2. |
| | 1.4.1.1. | The operation described in point 1.4.1 shall be repeated at least twice, starting with a zero load, which is gradually increased until the value prescribed in point 1.4.1 is reached, and then decreased to 500 daN; the settling load shall be maintained for at least 60 seconds. |
| | 1.4.2. | The data recorded for plotting the load/deformation curve under traction, or the graph of that curve provided by the printer linked to the traction machine, shall be based on the application of increasing loads only, starting from 500 daN, in relation to the reference centre of the coupling device. | There shall be no breaks for values up to and including the traction test load which is established as 1,5 times the technically permissible trailer mass; in addition, the load/deformation curve shall show a smooth progression, without irregularities, in the interval between 500 daN and 1/3 of the maximum traction load. |
| | 1.4.2.1. | Permanent deformation is recorded on the load/deformation curve in relation to the load of 500 daN after the test load has been brought back to that value. |
| | 1.4.2.2. | The permanent deformation value recorded shall not exceed 25 % of the maximum elastic deformation occurring. |
| | 1.5. The test referred to in point 1.4.2 shall be preceded by a test in which an initial load of three times the maximum permissible vertical force (in daN, equal to |
| | ) recommended by the manufacturer is applied in a gradually increasing manner, starting from an initial load of 500 daN, to the reference centre of the coupling device. |
| | During the test, deformation of the coupling device shall not exceed 10 % of the maximum elastic deformation occurring. |
| | The check is carried out after removing the vertical force (in daN, equal to |
| | ) and returning to the initial load of 500 daN. |
